Transkei: Imithetho, Statutes, Statute. 1965
129 73
Xhosa, English, Afrikaans Pages [312] Year 1965
Polecaj historie
Table of contents :
Front Cover
ACT NO. 1 ...
SCHEDULE. ...
WET NO. 1 ...
BYLAE. ...
regie en voorregte van, voer dieselfde pligte uit en ...
Citation preview
URULUMENTE WASETRANSKEI IRIPHABLIKI YOMZANTSI- AFRIKA
TRANSKEIAN GOVERNMENT
TRANSKEISE REGERING
REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA
REPUBLIEK VAN SUID-AFRIKA
IMITHETHO
TRANSKEI :
STATUTES. STATUTE.
1965
Į
URULUMENTE WASETRANSKEI IRIPHABLIKI YOMZANTSI-AFRIKA
GOVERNMENT
TRANSKEIAN
TRANSKEISE REGERING
REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA
REPUBLIEK VAN SUID-AFRIKA
S EX UNITATE VIRE
IMITHETHO
TRANSKEI :
STATUTES. STATUTE .
1965
OKUNGAPHAKATHI/INDEX /INHOUD INOMBOLO NUMBER NOMMER
UMTHETHO ACT WET
uMthetho woQingqo-mali waseTranskei , 1965. Transkei Appropriation Act, 1965. Transkeise Begrotingswet, 1965.
2/1965.
uMthetho woFako- Mibandela weNkonzo kaRulumente
Transkeise Regeringsdienswysigingswet, 1965.
uMthetho waseTranskei woFako-Mibandela kwiiRafu zeziTampu, 1965. Transkei Stamp Duties Amendment Act, 1965. Transkeise Seelwysigingswet , 1965.
5/1965 .
6/1965.
uMthetho woGunyaziwe baseTranskei , 1965. Transkeian Authorities Act, 1965. Transkeise Owerhede wet, 1965.
uMthetho weeNdlela waseTranskei , 1965. Transkei Roads Act , 1965.
27
29 31
32883
4/1965.
14
222
3/1965.
7 220
waseTranskei , 1965. Transkeian Government Service Amendment Act, 1965.
BLADSY
135
1/1965.
ІРНЕРНА PAGE
72
108
Wet op Transkeise Paaie , 1965.
144 176 197
uMthetho weNgxowa yoHlaziyo- Mfuyo eTranskei , 1965.
221
Transkeian Animal Husbandry Improvement Account Act, 1965. Wet op die Transkeise Rekening vir Veeteeltver-
betering, 1965.
223
225
7/1965.
uMthetho weNgxowa-mali yoMhlala Phantsi weetitshala zase Transkei , 1965. Transkeian Teachers ' Pension Fund Act, 1965.
227 230
Wet op die Pensioenfonds vir Transkeise Onderwysers , 1965.
8/1965.
9/1965 .
10/1965.
233
uMthetho woFako- Mibandela kuMthetho woNyulo eTranskei , 1965. Transkei Electoral Law Amendment Act, 1965.
236 249
Wysigingswet op die Transkeise Kieswet , 1965.
261
uMthetho woFako- Mibandela kwiMithetho yoTywala yase Transkei , 1965.
273
Transkeian Liquor Laws Amendment Act , 1965. Wysigingswet op die Transkeise Drankwette , 1965.
282
uMthetho weePenshini wase Transkei , 1965.
297 300
Transkei Pensions Act , 1965. Transkeise Pensioene Wet 1965.
289
302
UMTHETHO WE 1 1965 .
UMTHETHO
Ukusebenza ngesixa semali eya kuthi ingabi ngaphezulu kwizigidi ezilishumi elinesibozo ezinamakhulu amahlanu anamashumi amahlanu anesithandathu lamawaka eerandi kwezenkqubo yaseTranskei ngonyaka ophela kwezemali ngomhla wamashumi amathathu ananye kuMatshi, 1966. (Uvunywe nge 26 May, 1965) UMTHETHO OWENZIWA YIPREZIDANTI YESIZWE NEPALAMENTE YASETRANSKEI , ngulo:UVimba weMali waseTranskei ophathiswe isixa semali esingaphezulu kwiiR18,556,000.
1. UVimba weMali waseTranskei uphathiswa iimali eziya kuthi zifuneke ukuhlangabeza ezenkqubo yase Transkei ngonyaka oya kuphela kwezemali ngomhla wamashumi amathathu ananye kuMatshi , 1966 ukuze ke , xa iimali ezo zidityaniswa zonke , zingadluli kwizigidi ezilishumi elinesibozo ezinamakhulu amahlanu anamashumi amahlanu anesithandathu lamawaka eerandi njengoko kubonisiweyo kuludwe lokuqala lweSihlomelo.
Indlela eza kusetyenziswa ngayo le mali.
2. Imali eqingqwe ngulo Mthetho iya kusetyenziswa qha kuphela kwimisebenzi ecalulwe kwiSihlomelo nebuye yacaciswa ngokungaphezulu kuMavandlakanya eNkcitho ( T.G. 1 - 1965 ) , ngalo ndlela ithe yakholeka kwiPalamente.
UMphathiswa unako ukuyivumela inkqubo eneyantlukwano kuyo .
3.
Igama elifutshane.
4. Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuba nguMthetho woQingqo -mali waseTranskei , 1965 .
Ngemvume yoMphathiswa wezeMali imali inako ukuba isindiswe ingachithelwa phantsi kwentlokwana yeSebe ebivotelwe lona, kusenzelwa ukuba ihlangabeze nkcitho yimbi ephantsi kwenye intlokwana okanye enye inkcitho ethi gqi kwakwelo Sebe ebivotelwe kulo : Kodwa ke oko kungenzeka kuphela xa ngaba iimali ezikuludwe lwesi -2 lweSihlomelo aziyi kungqamba ziwe phantsi kwaye ngaphezulu xa ke iimali ezisindisiweyo ngale ndlela zaze azachithwa, zithi zingasetyenziselwa njongo yimbi ngaphandle kwaleyo bezinikezelelwe kuyo kanye njengoko kuchaziweyo kwiSihlomelo.
1.
ISIHLOMELO.
Uludwe 1.
Ivoti
Uludwe 2.
Umsebenzi
No.
R 1. INkulumbuso nezeMali
R
1,620,000
Kubandakanywa Isipho sokuncedisa i - S.A.N.T.A. (uMbutho weSizwe wokulwa iSifo
400 900
seMiphunga woMzantsi-Afrika ) ....... Ukulungiselelwa kweendwendwe. 2.
EzeMithetho
439,000
Kubandakanywa Ukulungiselelwa kweendwendwe Ukuvuzwa kweempimpi ..........
500 200
3. EzeMfundo Kubandakanywa Ukulungiselelwa kweendwendwe Izipho zokuncedisa : UMbutho waBathandi-midlalo waseTranskei
4,341,000
300
3,000 300
Umtata Rotary Sports Stadium
4. EzaseKhaya Kubandakanywa Ukulungiselelwa kweend wendwe
2,925,000
5. EzoLimo naMahlathi . Kubandakanywa Ukulungiselelwa kweendwendwe
5,089,000
6. EzeeNdlela neZakhiwo Kubandakanywa Ukulungiselelwa kweendwendwe
4,142,000
300
300
300 R
Iyonke
2.
18,556,000
ACT NO. 1 OF 1965.
ACT
To apply a sum not exceeding eighteen million five hundred and fifty- six thousand rand towards the service of the Transkei , for the financial year ending on the thirty-first day of March, 1966. (Assented to 26th May, 1965. )
BE IT ENACTED BY THE STATE PRESIDENT AND THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY, as follows : Transkeian Revenue Fund charged with sum not exceeding R18,556,000.
1. The Transkeian Revenue Fund is hereby charged with such sums of money as may be required for the service of the Transkei for the financial year ending on the thirty -first day of March , 1966 , not exceeding in the aggregate eighteen million five hundred and fifty-six thousand rand as shown in column 1 of the Schedule .
How money to be applied.
2. The money appropriated by this Act shall be applied to the services detailed in the Schedule and more particulary specified in the Estimates of Expenditure (T.G. 1 - 1965 ) , as approved by the Legislative Assembly, and to no other purpose .
The Minister may approve variation .
3. With the approval of the Minister of Finance , a saving on any sub-head of a vote may be made available to meet excess expenditure on any other sub-head , or expenditure on a new sub-head of the same vote : Provided that the sums appearing in column 2 of the Schedule shall not be exceeded , nor shall savings thereon be available for any purpose other than that for which the money is hereby granted as indicated in the said Schedule.
Short title .
4.
This Act shall be called the Transkei Appropriation Act , 1965.
3.
SCHEDULE.
Designation .
No.
1.
Column 1.
Column 2.
R
R
Vote.
1,620,000
Chief Minister and Finance . Including Grant-in-aid to S. A. N. T.A. Official entertainment..
2.
3.
400
900
Justice . Including Official enterainment Rewards to informers
439,000
Education Including Official entertainment Grants-in-aid:
4,341,000
500 200
300
3,000 300
Transkei Amateur Sports Association Umtata Rotary Sports Stadium
4.
5.
6.
Interior Including Official entertainment .
2,925,000
Agriculture and Forestry Including Official entertainment .
5,089,000
Roads and Works Including Official entertainment...
4,142,000
300
300
300 R
Total ....
4.
18,556,000
WET NO. 1 WET
VAN 1965 .
Tot aanwending van ' n som van hoogstens agtienhiljoen vyfhonderd ses -en -vyftigduisend rand vir die diens van die Transkei vir die boekjaar wat op die een-en-dertigste dag van Maart 1966 eindig. (Goedgekeur 26 Mei 1965)
DAAR WORD DEUR DIE STAATS PRESIDENT EN DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING VERORDEN , soos volg:Transkeise Inkomstefonds belas met som van hoogstens R18,556,000.
1. Die Transkeise Inkomstefonds word hierby belas met die somme geld wat nodig mag wees vir die diens van die Transkei vir die boekjaar wat op die een -en-dertigste dag van Maart 1966 eindig , maar gesamentlik hoogstens agtienmiljoen vyfhonderd ses- en-vyftigduisend rand, soos uiteengesit in kolom 1 van die Bylae .
Hoe die geld bestee moet word.
2. Die geld wat deur hierdie Wet beskikbaar gestel word , moet aangewend word vir die dienste in besonderhede in die Bylae vermeld en meer omstandig uiteengesit in die Begrotings van Uitgawes (T.G. 1 1965), soos deur die Wetgewende Vergadering goedgekeur, en vir geen ander doel nie.
Die Minister kan afwyking goedkeur.
3. Met goedkeuring van die Minister van Finansies kan ' n besparing onder die een sub-hoof van ' n begrotingspos aangewend word tot dekking van uitgawes bo die gemagtigde bedrag onder ' n ander sub-hoof, of van uitgawes onder ' n nuwe sub-hoof van dieselfde begrotingspos : Met dien verstande dat die somme wat in kolom 2 van die Bylae voorkom , nie oorskry mag word nie , en besparings daarop ewemin aangewend mag word vir enige ander doel as die waarvoor die geld hierby toegestaan word soos in gemelde Bylae aangedui .
Kort titel.
4.
Hierdie Wet heet die Transkeise Begrotingswet , 1965.
5.
BYLAE.
Kolom 1.
Begrotingspos .
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Benaming.
R 1,620,000
Hoofminister en Finansies .. Met inbegrip van Hulptoelae aan S.A.N.T.V. …....... Amptelike onthaal
R
400 900
439,000
Justisie Met inbegrip van Amptelike onthaal ..... Beloning aan aanbrengers
500 200
Onderwys Met inbegrip van Amptelike onthaal Hulptoelaes aan: Transkei Amateur Sportvereniging Umtata Rotarier Sportstadion
4,341,000
Binnelandse Sake Met inbegrip van Amptelike onthaal
2,925,000
Landbou en Bosbou
5,089,000
300
3,000 300
300
Met inbegrip van Amptelike onthaal
6,
Kolom 2.
300 4,142,000
Paaie en Werke Met inbegrip van · Amptelike onthaal
300
Totaal
R
6.
18,556,000
UMTHETHO WE 2 1965.
UMTHETHO Wokufaka imibandela emthethwèni obhekiselele kwiNkonzo
yoBurulumente baseTranskei. (Obhalwe ngesiBhulu usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe (Uvnywe ngomhla we 17 Juni, 1965) UMTHETHO OWENZIWA YIPREZIDANTI YESIZWE NEPALAMENTE YASETRANSKEI, ngulo:-
Isiqendu sokuqala seSihlokomiso -mthetho No. R.334 sowe 1963 1. (ekuthiwa emva koku siSihlokomiso-mthetho) ngokwenjenje sifakelwa umbandela ngokubeka le ngcaciso-magama ilandelayo endaweni yengcaciso ka " Gunyaziwe weNqila eTranskei " , kwinguqulo yesin gesi yesiqendwana ( 1):
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 1 seSihlokomisomthetho No. R.334 sowe 1963
"Transkeian Territorial Authority" means the Transkeian Territorial Authority established in terms of sub-section (1) of section four of Proclamation No. 180 of 1956."
2.
Isiqendu seshumi elinantlanu seSihlokomiso-mthetho ngokwenjenje sifakelwa umbandela ngokubeka endaweni yesiqendwana ( 10) esi siqendwana silandelayo:
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu se 15 seSihlokomiso-mthetho No. R.334 sowe 1963
"(10) Inkonzo yegosa elisesikhundleni esingamiselweyo kwizikhundla ezisisigxina zokuqhuba umsebenzi weSebe ngokufanelekileyo ingathi nangona kungekho sizekabani sokugxothwa phantsi kwesiqendwana (7), ipheliswe ngokunika isaziso esibhaliweyo esingengaphantsi kwenyanga: Kodwa ke makuqondak ale khona ukuthi, xa iligosa elineminyaka yenkonzo eli shumi , okanye ngaphezulu engaqhawuke ndawo iqumru leNkonzo liya kuthi kuqala licebise ukuba inkonzo yalo mayipheliswe".
3
Esi siqendu silandelayo ngokwenjenje sibekwa endaweni yesiqendu seshumi elinethoba seSihlokomiso-mthetho:
"Inkqubo ekuzipha- 19. ( 1) Xa igosa (ingeyiyo intloko yesebe okanye ipolisa theni kakuloburulumente baseTranskei) libekwa ityala lokuziphatha bi. kakubi , intloko yesebe lalo, okanye naliphi na igosa kwelo sebe eligunyaziselwe oko yintloko yesebe, lingathi lilawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendwana (22), lilimangalele elo gosa ngoko kuziphatha kakubi ngencwadi ebhaliweyo esayinwe lilo. (2) Igosa elisayine ixwebhu lesimangalo liya kuthabatha amanyathelo okuba elo xwebhu linikezelwe kwigosa ngenkqu elimangalelweyo .
7.
Ukubekwa kwesi siqendu endaweni yesiqendu'se 19 seSihlokomiso-mthetho No. R,334 sowe 1963
(3) Ixwebhu lobeko-tyala liya kuba nomyalelo okanye liya kuthunyelwa kunye nomyalelo oyalela igosa elibekw'ityala ukuba lithumele okanye linikele ngethuba elifanelekileyo eli khank anywe kumyalelo lowo , elingas ayi kuba ngaphantsi kweentsuku zomsebenzi ezilishumi elinesine kumntu okhank anyiweyo ngokunjalo, isivumo okanye ukhanyelo beko-tyala olubhaliweyo, kunye ke, okokuba liyathanda, nenkcazelo ebhali weyo yokuziphatha kakubi elimangalelwa ngako. (4) UMphathiswa okanye intloko yesebe okanye okokuba ligunyaziselwe oko yintloko yesebe naliphi na elinye igosa lesebe lingathi nangaliphi na ixesha phambi okanye emveni kokuba igosa limangalelwe ngegunya lesi siqendu , lilinqumamise igosa elo emsebenzini. (5) Igosa elinqunyanyisiweyo emsebenzini ngokwesi qendwana (4) alisayi kuba nalungelo lakufumana nawuphi na umvuzo wexesha ebelinqunyanyiswe ngalo: Kodwa ke makuqondakale khona ukuthi uMphathiswa, embonweni yakhe angayalela ukuba igosa elo lihlawulwe yonke imivuzo yalo okanye inxenye yayo. (6) Ckokuba akukho sityholo sokuziphatha kakubi sandlalwa phambi kwabasemagunyeni okanye siza kwenziwa kubo ngokumalunga negos a elinqunyanyisiweyo emsebenzini , liya kuvunyelwa ukuba libuyele emsebenzini lize lihlawulwe yonke imivuzo yalo yexesha lokunqunyanyiswa emsebenzini . (7) UMphathiswa okanye intloko yesebe okanye naliphi na elinye igosa elinqumamise igosa emsebenzini lingathi nangaliphi na ixesha liluroxise unqunyanyiso emsebenzini , kodwa noko luphelisiwe unqunyanyiso amanyathelo athatyathwayo ngesityholo sokuziphatha kakubi asenokuqhutywa wona. (8) Ukuba igosa elimangalelweyo liyasikhanyela isityholo, uMphathiswa angathi okokuba kolwakhe uluvo kukho isizathu esaneleyo sokuba kuthatyathwe amanye amanyathelo omthetho, amisele igosa ukuba liphande isityholo. (9) Igosa eliza kuqhuba uphando olo liya kuthi libhungisana negosa elisayine ixwebhu lesimangalo, limise ixesha lixele nendawo yophando, laye ke igosa elisayine ixwebhu lobeko-tyala liya kunika igosa elimangalelweyo isaziso esifanelekileyo esibhaliweyo sexesha nendawo esukuba iqingqiwe. ( 10) Igosa elisayine ixwebhu lesityholo linokugunyazisa nawuphi na umntu ukuba abekho kuphando, avelise ubungqina nezizathu ukuxhasa isityholo , axambulise ngokumbuzisisa nawuphi na umntu olingqina ngakwicala lommangalelwa. ( 11 ) (a) Kuphando igosa elimangalelweyo liya kuba
8.
nelungelo lokuba libe kho apho, lize liphulaphulwe xa lizithethela ngenkqu okanye ngommeli ; liya kuba kwanelungelo lokuxambulisa ngemibuzo nawuphi na umntu obizwa ukuba eze kungqina exhasa isityholo, lihlole naziphi na iincwadi eziveliswe njengobungqina , linike ubungqina lona ngokwalo lize libize nabanye abantu njengamangqina. (b) Igosa elisingathiswe uphando liya kugcina amaxwebhu abhaliweyo enkqubo kolo phando nababo bonke ubungqina obunikiweyo khona apho. (c) Ukungaphumeleli kuphando ukubakho ngesiqu okanye ngomelo ngummeli kwegosa elimangalelweyo , akusayi kuphuthisa inkqubo-micimbi etyaleni. (12) Ekuphethweni kophando igosa elisingathiswe uphendlo olo liya kwenza isigqibo sokuba ngaba igosa elibekwa ityala linetyala okanye alinatyala elityholwa ngalo lokuziphatha kakubi kusini na , laye liya kwazisa igosa elityholwayo ngeso sigqibo lifikelele kuso. Liya kwazisa uMphathiswa ngesiphumo solo phando . (13) Okokuba igosa elibekwa ityala linqunyanyisiwe emsebenzini ngegunya lesiqendwana (4), lize ke igosa elisingathiswe uphando lifikelele kwisigqibo sokuba alinatyala lokuziphatha kakubi elityholwe ngalo, elo gosa belinqunyanyisiwe liya kuvunyelwa ngoko nangoko ukuba libuyele emsebenzini walo , lize lihlawulwe wonke umvuzo walo lonke elo thuba belimisiwe emsebenzini. ( 14) Okokuba igosa elisingathis we uphando lifikelele kwisigqibo sokuba igosa elibekwe ityala nhenenhene linetyala lokuziphatha kakubi ebelibekwe lona, imigaqo yesiqendwana (6) sesiqendu seshumi elinesithandathu iya kusebenza iguquguqulwe apho kufunekayo. (15) Okokuba igosa ebelichophele uphando lifikelele kwisigqibo sokuba igosa elibekwa ityala linetyala lokuziphatha kakubi ebelityholwa ngalo, liya kugqithisela kwiqumru leNkonzo onke amaxwebhu ekubhalwe kuwo ukuqhutywa kwemicimbi kuphando olo kunye nabuphi na ubungqina obubhaliweyo obuvunyelweyo apho, ingxelo ngesigqibo afikelele kuso kuphando nezizathu zaso kunye nayiphi na imigqaliselo kulo ityala elo, anokuthi anqwenele ukuyiphawula: Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi ukuba igosa elifunyenwe linetyala lokuziphatha kakubi ngengqesho lisesikhundleni esingamiselweyo kwizikhundla ezisisigxina zokuqhuba umsebenzi weSebe ngokufanelekileyo laye linganikanga saziso sokubhena kweso sigqibo kufikelelwe kuso kuphando ngokwemigaqo yesiqendwana (6) sesiqendu seshumi elinesithandathu njengoko yenziwa isebenze sisiqendwana ( 14) sesi siqendu , igosa ebelichophele uphando, liya kugqithisela amaxwebhu lawo abhaliweyo asel'ekhankanyiwe nezinye iincwadi inge-
9.
kuko kwiQumru koko kwintloko yesebe elisebenza kulo igosa elifunyenwe linetyala lokuziphatha kakubi . (16) Okokuba igos a elifunyenwe linetyala lokuziphatha kakubi lenze isaziso sokubhena ngokwale migaqo seyikhankanyiwe, njengoko yenziwa isebenze , igosa ebelichophele uphando liya kugqithisela kwi Qumru , kunye namaxwebhu abhaliweyo nezinye iincwadi ezikhankanyiweyo kwisiqendwana ( 15), isaziso sombheni nezizathu zokubhena , laye liya kunika umbheni ikopi yezizathu zesigqibo ekufikelelwe kuso kuphando nekubhenwa ngoku ngenxa yaso. (17) Okokuba isažiso sokubhena senziwe ngokwale migaqo seyikhankanyiwe , njengoko yenziwa isebeňze , imigaqo yeziqendwana (8) kuse kwese ( 15), zozibini ziqukiwe , zesiqendu seshumi elinesithandathu iya kusebenza iguquguqulwe nje apho kufunekayo. (18) Okokuba iQumru liyasivumela isibheno sombheni obenqunyanyisiwe emsebenzini uya kuvunyelwa ngoko nanguko ukuba abuyele emsebenzini wakhe aze ahlawulwe wonke umvuzo wakhe welo xesha ebenqunyanyisiwe emsebenzini. (19) Okokuba amaxwebhu abhaliweyo nezinye iincwadi ezikhankanywe kwisiqendwana ( 15) zigqithiselwe ngokwemigaqo yeso siqendwana kwintloko yesebe elo igosa lifunyenwe linetyala lokuziphatha kakubi liqeshwe kulo, okanye okokuba loo maxwebhu abhaliweyo selegqithiselwe , ngokweso siqendwana kwiQumru kwaza akwabikho sibheno senziwayo ngesigqibo eso kufikelelwe kuso kuphando, okanye okokuba isibheno besenziwe laza iQumru lasichitha sisonke okanye inxenye yaso , intloko leyo seyikhankanyiwe yeSebe okanye iQumru , njengoko kunokwenzeka, lingacebisa uMphathiswa (a) ukuba igosa elo likhankanyiweyo maliyalwe okanye lithethiswe , okanye (b) ukuba lidliwe imali engengaphezulu kweerandi ezingamakhulu amane, udliwo olo olunokwenziwa ngokuthabatha emvuzweni walo izavenge ezinokuthi ziqingqwe nguMphathiswa; okanye (c) ukuba lishenxiselwe kwesinye isikhundla okanye liqeshwe ukongezelela kwizikhundla ezisisigxina zokuqhuba umsebenzi wesebe ngokufanelekileyo ; okanye (d) ukuba umvuzo walo okanye udidi elikulo okanye umvuzo walo nodidi elikulo , zombini ezo zinto, mazithotywe /zincitshiswe kuloo nto ziyiyo zibe kumgangatho ekucetyiswa ukuba zibe kuwo; okanye (e) ukuba mali khutshwe okanye maliyalelwe ukuba liroxe kwiNkonzo yoBurulumente baseTranskei
10.
ukususela kumhla oya kuxelwa nguMphathiswa; Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi (i) ngaphandle kwalapho ucebiso lwenziwa ngokwemigaqo ekumhlathi (e) iQumru okanye intloko yeSebe ayisayi kunqandwa nto ekwenzeni ucebiso ngokwemigaqo engaphezulu kwaleyo yomhlathi omnye yale mihlathi seyikhankanyiwe. (ii) IQumru okanye intloko yesebe inokukhe izilazile okwethuba elingengaphezulu kweenyanga ezilishumi elinambini ekwenzeni ucebiso , kwaye (iii) okokuba igosa, eliyalelwe ukuba liroxe kwiNkonzo yoBurulumente baseTranskei , aliphumeleli ukuroxa, liya kuthatyathwa njengelikhutshiweyo apho eNkonzweni ukususela kumhla oya kuthi uxelwe nguMphathiswa. (20) UMphathiswa unokuthabatha inyathelo alicetyiswe liQumru okanye yintloko yesebe okanye naliphi na elinye inyathelo ebelinokuthi iQumru okanye intloko yesebe ilicebise ngokusemthethweni ngokwesiqendwana ( 19) kodwa ke oko kulawulwe ngalo lonke ixesha yimigaqo yeseqendwana ( 1) sesiqendu sesixhenxe xa sukuba "ucebiso" lwenziwe liQumru. (21) 1Qumru okanye intloko yesebe, njengoko kunokuba njalo, liya/iya kugqithisela kuMphathiswa kunye noko li/ ikucebisayo ngokwemigaqo yesiqendwana ( 19) amaxwebhu ekubhalwe kuwo inkqubo-tyala kuphando kunye nazo zonke iincwadi ezisesandleni salo/sayo eziphathelele kuphando okanye esibhenweni . (22) Okokuba ukuziphatha kakubi kuluhlobo lwetyala elithe igosa lagwetywa ngalo yinkundla yomthetho, akusayi kuba yimfuneko ukulibeka ityala igosa elo ngokwemigaqo yesiqendwana ( 1), koko liya kuthatyathwa ngokuqinisekileyo ukuba linetyala loko kuziphatha kakubi ngaphandle kokuba ukugwetywa kwalo kukhatywe yinkundla-matyala ephakamileyo okanye libabalwe ngoxolelo felefele . (23) Ukugwetyelwa kwegosa yinkundla yomthetho kwisityholo setyala lesizi akusayi kunqanda inkqubo-tyala ngokuphathelele kulo ngokwemigaqo yesi Sihlokomiso-mthetho kwisityholo sokuziphatha kakubi , oko kuya kuba njalo nangona iingongoma ezandlalwe kwisityholo sokuziphatha kakubi , zinokuthi okokuba zifunyanwa ziyinyani zibe lelaa tyala lingongoma zalo zandlalwe kwisityholo setyala lesizi ebeligwetye1we kuso okanye zibe lelinye ityala elingeba ligwetywe ngalo ekuthethweni kwetyala lalo elibhekiselele kwesi sityholo sikhankanyiweyo setyala lesi zi . (24) Okokuba igosa elibekwa ityala ngokwemigaqo yesi
11.
siqendu liyalivuma ityala, liya kuthatyathwa njengokuba lin e-tyala ebelityholwa ngalo lokuziphatha kakubi. (25) Okokuba igosa elikhankanywe kwisiqendwana ( 22) okanye (24) lisesikhundleni esimisel weyo kwizikhundla ezisisigxina zokuqhuba umsebenzi weSebe ngokufanelekileyo , intloko yesebe iya kugqithisela kwiQumru zonke iincwadi ezifumanayo eziphathelele ekuziphatheni kakubi kunye nayiphi na imigqaliselo ngokumalunga noko enokunqwenela ukuyenza , laye ke iQumru liya kwenza ucebiso kuMphathiswa ngokwemigaqo yesiqendwana ( 19) . (26) Okokuba igosa elikhank anywe kwisiqendwana (22) okanye ( 24) lisesikhundleni esingamiselweyo kwizikhundla ezisisigxina zoku qhuba umsebenzi wesebe ngokufanelekileyo , intloko yesebe iya kubecisa uMphathiswa ngokwemigaqo yesiqendwana ( 19) . (27) Imigaqo yesiqendwana ( 20) iya kusebenza ngokumalunga nocebiso olwenzi wa ngokwesiqendwana ( 25) okanye (26) ngokungathi olo cebiso belwenziwe ngokwesiqend wana ( 19). (28) Okokuba igosa elithe lanqunyanyiswa emsebenzini ngok wesiqendwana ( 4) umcimbi walo uqwal aselwe ngokwemigaqo yomhlathi ( a) , (b) okanye (d) wesiqendwana ( 19) okanye ngokwemigaqo "yesi xhomekeko- mthethweni " sesibini esiphathelele kweso sigendwana, liya kuthi kwangoko livunyelwe ukuba libuyele emsebenzini walo , waye ke okokuba umcimbi walo uqwalaselwe ngokwemigaqo yomhlathi (c) wesiqendwana ( 19), liya kuthi kamsinyane njengoko kunokwenzeka livunyelwe ukuba liqale umsebenzi esikhundleni elishen xiselwe kuso laye ke, kwimeko enjalo , liya kuhlawulwa wonke umvuzo walo welo xesha belinqunyanyis we ngalo : Kodwa ke makuqondakale khona ukuthi okokuba udidi ebelibekwe kulo emsebenzini luyathotywa ngokwalo mhlathi ukhankanyiweyo ungu (d) , liya kuthi kamsinyane njengoko kunok wenzeka livunyelwe uku ba liqale umsebenzi kwisikhundla sodidi oluthotyiweyo , lize lihlawulwe elo xesha belinqunyanyiswe ngalo , imivuzo yeso sikhundla , kodwa ke , okokuba imivuzo egqithileyo kwimivuzo yeso sikhundla ithe ngexesha lonqunyanyiso lwalo , yahlawulwa lona ngokwesiqendwana (5), alisayi kunyanzelwa ukubal libuyise loo mivuzo ithe kratya kuleyo belifanele ukuyamkela. (29) Igosa elinqunyanyisi weyo emsebenzini ngokwesiqendwana (4) okanye elimangalel weyo ngokwemigaqo yesi siqendu , nelithi liroxe kwiNkonzo yo Burulumente baseTranskei okanye elithi lingene kwenye ingqesho phambi kokuba isityholo elimangalelwa ngaso sigocagocwe kude kube sesiphel weni ngokwemigaqo yesi siqendu , liya kuthatyathwa njengelikhu-
12.
tshiweyo emsebenzini ngenxa yokuziphatha kakubi ukususela kumhla oya kuthi uxelwe nguMphathiswa , ngaphandle kokuba phambi kokuba kwamkelwe isaziso sokuroxa kwalo okanye phambi komhla elithe langena msebenzini wumbi ngawo , belazisiwe okokuba alisayi kumangalelwa okanye ityala elo belimangalelwe ngalo liroxisiwe" .
4. Esi Sihlomelo silandelayo ngokwenjenje sithatha indawo yeSihlomelo seSihlokomiso: "ISIHLOMELO"
Ubeko-sihlomelo endaweni yeSihlomelo se Sihlokomiso-mthetho No. R.334 sowe 1963.
ULUHLU NEENTLOKO ZAMASEBE .
Umhlathi 1. ISebe leNkulu-mbuso nelezeMali
Umhlathi 11. uSibakhulu,iSebe leNkulu-mbuso nelezeMali.
ISebe lezeMithetho
uSibakhulu wezeMithetho.
ISebe leMfundo
uSibakhulu weMfundo .
ISebe lezaseKhaya
uSibakhulu wezaseKhaya .
I Sebe loLimo nezaMahlathi
uSibakhulu woLimo nezaMahlathi.
ISebe leeNdlela neMisebenzi kaRulumente
uSibakhulu weeNdlela neMisebenzi kaRulumente ".
Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuthi nguMthetho ofakwe iMibandela 5. weNkonzo kaRulumente wase Transkei , 1965.
13.
Igama elifutshane.
ACT. NO . 2 OF 1965.
ACT
To amend the law relating to the Government Service of the Transkei. (Afrikaans Text signed by the State President ) (Assented to 17th June, 1965. )
BE IT ENACTED BY THE STATE PRESIDENT AND THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY , as follows: -
Amendment of section 1 of Proclamation No. R.334 of 1963.
Section one of Proclamation No. R.334 of 1963 (hereinafter 1. referred to as the Proclamation) is hereby amended by the substitution for the definition of " Transkeian Regional Authority " , in the English version of sub- section ( 1) , of the following definition: ,,'Transkeian Territorial Authority means the Transkeian Territorial Authority established in terms of sub-section (1) of section four of Proclamation No. 180 of 1956. "
Amendment of section 15 of Proclamation No. R.334 of 1963.
2. Section fifteen of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the substitution for sub-section ( 10) of the following sub-section: "(10) The services of an officer holding a non-prescribed post on the fixed establishment may, notwithstanding the absence of any cause of discharge under sub-section (7), be terminated by the giving of not less than one month's notice in writing: Provided that , in the case of an officer with ten years' or more continuous service, the Commission shall first make a recommendation for the termination of his services . "
Substitution of section 19 of Proclamation No. R.334 of 1963.
3. The following section is hereby substituted for section nineteen of the Proclamation:
19. ( 1) When an officer (other than a head of department "Procedure in or a member of the Transkeian Police Force ) is accused of cases of misconduct, his head of department , or any officer in that misconduct department who has been authorized thereto by the head of department may, subject to the provisions of sub-section (22), charge him in writing under his hand with that misconduct. (2) The officer who signed the charge shall cause it to be served personally upon the officer charged. (3) The charge shall contain or shall be accompanied by a direction calling upon the officer charged to transmit or deliver, within a reasonable period specified in the direction, which shall not be less than fourteen working
14 .
days, to a person likewise specified, a written admission or denial of the charge and, if he so desires, a written explanation of the misconduct with which he is charged. (4) The Minister or the head of department or if authorized thereto by the head of department any other officer in the department may at any time before or after the officer has been dealt with under this section suspend him from duty. (5) An officer who has been suspended from duty in terms of sub-section (4) shall not be entitled to any emoluments for the period of his suspension: Provided that the Minister may, at his discretion , order payment to such officer of the whole or portion of his emoluments. (6) If no charge of misconduct is preferred or is pending against an officer who has been suspended from duty, he shall be allowed to resume duty and be paid his full emoluments for the period of his suspension. (7) The Minister or the head of department or other officer who suspended the officer may at any time cancel the suspension but, notwithstanding the cancellation of the suspension, the proceedings on the charge of misconduct may be continued. (8) If the officer charged denies the charge, the Minister may, if in his opinion there is sufficient cause for further proceedings , appoint an officer to inquire into the charge. (9) The officer who is to hold the inquiry shall, in consultation with the officer who signed the charge,fix the time and place of the inquiry and the officer who signed the charge shall give the officer charged reasonable notice in writing of the time and place so fixed. (10) The officer who signed the charge may authorize any person to attend the inquiry and to adduce evidence and arguments in support of the charge and to cross-examine any person called as a witness for the defence. (11) (a) At the inquiry the officer charged shall have the right to be present and to be heard either personally or through a representative, to cross-examine any person called as a witness in support of the charge, to inspect any documents produced in evidence, to give evidence himself and call other persons as witnesses. (b) The officer holding the inquiry shall keep a record of the proceedings at the inquiry and of all evidence given thereat. (c) The failure of the officer charged to attend the inquiry, either personally or by a representative, shall not invalidate the proceedings.
15.
(12) At the conclusion of the inquiry the officer holding it shall find whether the officer charged is guilty or not guilty of the misconduct with which he has been charged and shall inform the officer charged of his finding. He shall report the result of the inquiry to the Minister. (13) If the officer charged is under suspension from duty under sub- section (4) and the officer holding the inquiry finds that he is not guilty of the misconduct with which he has been charged, the said officer shall be allowed forthwith to resume duty in his post and be paid his full emoluments for the period of his suspension. (14) If the officer holding the inquiry finds the officer charged guilty of the misconduct with which he has been charged, the provisions of sub-section (6) of section sixteen shall mutatis mutandis apply. (15) If the officer who held the inquiry has found the officer charged guilty of the misconduct with which he has been charged, he shall forward to the Commission the record of the proceedings at the inquiry and any documentary evidence admitted thereat, a statement of his finding and his reasons therefor and any observations on the case which he may desire to make : Provided that if the officer found guilty of misconduct holds a non-prescribed post on the fixed establishment and he has not given notice of appeal from the finding in accordance with the provisions of sub-section (6) of section sixteen, as applied by subsection (14) of this section, the officer who held the inquiry shall forward the said record and other documents not to the Commission but to the head of the department in which the officer found guilty of misconduct is employed. (16) If the officer found guilty of misconduct has given notice of appeal in accordance with the provisions aforesaid, as so applied, the officer who held the inquiry shall forward to the Commission, with the record and other documents referred to in sub-section (15), the appellant's notice and grounds of appeal and shall furnish the appellant with a copy of the reasons for the finding against which the appeal is brought. (17) If notice of appeal has been given in accordance with the provisions aforesaid, as so applied, the provisions of sub-sections (8) to ( 15) , both inclusive , of section sixteen shall mutatis mutandis apply. (18) If the Commission allows the appeal of an appellant who was suspended from duty, he shall forthwith be allowed to resume his duties and be paid his full emoluments for the period of his suspension. (19) If the record and documents referred to in sub-
16.
section (15) have, in terms of that sub-section, been forwarded to the head of the department in which the officer found guilty of misconduct is employed, or if the said record and documents have in terms of that sub-section been forwarded to the Commission and no appeal was noted against the finding, or if an appeal was so noted and the Commission has dismissed such appeal wholly or in part, the said head of department or the Commission , as the case may be, may recommend to the Minister (a) that the said officer be cautioned or reprimanded; or (b) that a fine not exceeding four hundred rand be imposed upon him, which fine may be recovered by deduction from his emoluments in such instalments as may be determined by the Minister; or (c) that he be transferred to another post or be employed additional to the fixed establishment; or (d) that his salary or grade or both his salary and grade be reduced to an extent recommended ; or (e) that he be discharged or be called upon to resign from the Transkeian Government Service as from a date to be specified by the Minister: Provided that (i)
except where a recommendation is made under paragraph (e), the Commission or head of department shall not be precluded from making a recommendation under more than one of the foregoing paragraphs ; the Commission or head of department may postpone , (ii) for a period not exceeding twelve calendar months , the making of a recommendation; and (iii) if an officer, who has been called upon to resign from the Transkeian Government Service, fails so to resign, he shall be deemed to have been discharged therefrom as from a date to be specified by the Minister. (20) The Minister may adopt the course recommended by the Commission or the head of department or any other course which it or he could lawfully have recommended under sub-section ( 19) but subject always to the provisions of sub- section ( 1 ) of section seven in the case of a recommendation of the Commission. (21) The Commission or head of department, as the case may be, shall forward to the Minister with its or his recommendation, in terms of sub-section ( 19), the record of the proceedings at the inquiry and all documents in its or his possession which relate to the inquiry or to the appeal. (22) If the misconduct amounts to an offence of which
17 .
the officer has been convicted by a court of law, it shall not be necessary to charge him under sub- section ( 1 ) but he shall be deemed conclusively to be guilty of that misconduct unless the conviction has been set aside by a superior court or he has been granted a free par don. (23) The acquittal of an officer by a court of law upon a charge of a criminal offence shall not be a bar to proceedings against him under this Proclamation on a charge of misconduct notwithstanding the fact that the facts set forth in the charge of misconduct would, if proved, constitute the offence set forth in the criminal charge on which he was acquitted or another offence of which he might have been convicted at his trial on the said criminal charge. (24) If the officer charged in terms of this section admits the charge, he shall be deemed to be guilty of the misconduct with which he has been charged. (25) If the officer referred to in sub-section (22) or (24) holds a prescribed post on the fixed establishment, the head of department shall forward to the Commission all documents available to him which relate to the misconduct and any observations thereon which he may desire to make, and the Commission shall make a recommendation to the Minister in terms of sub-section ( 19) . (26) If the officer referred to in sub-section (22) or (24) holds a non-prescribed post on the fixed establishment, the head of department shall make a recommendation to the Minister in terms of sub- section ( 19). (27) The provisions of sub- section (20) shall apply in respect of a recommendation under sub- section (25) or ( 26) as if the recommendation had been made under sub-section (19). (28) If an officer who has been suspended from duty in terms of sub- section (4) is dealt with in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a), (b) or (d) of sub- section (19) or of the second proviso to that sub-section , he shall forthwith be allowed to resume duty and , if he is dealt with in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (c) of subsection (19) , he shall as soon as practicable be allowed to assume duty in the post or duties to which he is transferred and, in any such case, he shall be paid his full emoluments for the period of his suspension: Provided that, if his grade is reduced in terms of the said paragraph (d) , he shall as soon as practicable be allowed to assume duty in a post of the reduced grade and be paid , for the period of suspension, the emoluments of that post but, if emoluments in excess of the emoluments of that post were , during the period of his suspension , paid to him under sub- section (5), he shall not be obliged to refund the excess.
18.
(29) An officer who has been suspended from duty in terms of sub-section (4) or against whom a charge has been preferred under this section and who resigns from the Transkeian Government Service or assumes other employment before such charge has been dealt with to finality in accordance with the provisions of this section , shall be deemed to have been discharged on account of misconduct with effect from a date to be specified by the Minister unless, prior to the receipt of his notification of resignation or the date of his assumption of other employment , he had been notified that no charge would be preferred against him or that the charge preferred against him had been withdrawn."
4. The following Schedule is hereby substituted for the Schedule to the Proclamation:
Substitution of Schedule to Proclamation No. R. 334 of 1963.
"SCHEDULE . LIST OF DEPARTMENTS AND HEADS OF DEPARTMENTS. Column I. Column II. Departments of the Chief Minister and of Finance
Secretary, Departments of the Chief Minister and Finance.
Department of Justice
Secretary for Justice.
Department of Education
Secretary for Education.
Department of the Interior
Secretary for the Interior.
Department of Agriculture and Forestry
Secretary for Agriculture and Forestry .
Department of Roads and Works
Secretary for Roads and Works."
5. This Act shall be called the Transkeian Government Service Amendment Act, 1965.
19.
Short title .
WET NO. 2 VAN 1965. Tot
WET
wysiging van die wet met betrekking tot die die Transkei. (Afrikaanse teks deur die Staatspresident geteken) (Goedgekeur op 17 Junie 1965. )
Regeringsdiens
van
DAAR WORD DEUR DIE STAATSPRESIDENT EN DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE Wysiging van artikel 1 van Proklamasie No. R.334 van 1963.
VERGADERING VERORDEN, soos volg:-
1. Artikel een van Proklamasie No. R.334 van 1963 (hieronder die Proklamasie genoem) word hierby gewysig deur die omskrywing van " Transkeian Regional Authority " in die Engelse teks van sub-artikel (1 ) deur die volgende omskrywing te vervang: ""Transkeian Territorial Authority ' means the Transkeian Territorial Authority established in terms of sub-section (1 ) of section four of Proclamation No. 180 of 1956. "
Wysiging van artikel 15 van Proklamasie No. R.334 van 1963.
2. Artikel vyftien van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig deur sub-artikel (10) deur die volgende sub- artikel te vervang: ,, ( 10) Die dienste van ' n beampte wat ' n nie -voorgeskrewe pos op die vaste diensstaat beklee kan , ondanks die afwesigheid van enige rede vir ontslag ingevolge sub-artikel (7) , beeindig word deur skriftelike kennisgewing minstens van een maand : Met dien verstande dat , in die geval van ' n beampte met tien jaar of langer ononderbroke diens , die Kommissie eers die beeindiging van sy dienste moet aanbeveel . "
Vervanging van arti- 3. Artikel negentien van die Proklamasie word hierby deur die volkel 19 van Proklagende artikel vervang: masie No. R.334 van 1963. 19. (1) Wanneer ʼn beampte (behalwe 'n departementshoof of "dure Prosein ge'n lid van die Transkeise Polisiediens) van wangedrag valle van beskuldig word, kan sy departementshoof of ' n beampte in wange drag . daardie departement wat deur die departementshoof daartoe gemagtig is, behoudens die bepalings van sub- artikel (22), hom skriftelik onder sy handtekening van daardie wangedrag aankla. (2) Die beampte wat die aanklag onderteken het , moet dit aandie aangeklaagde beampte persoonlik laat bestel . (3) Die aanklag moet ' n aansegging bevat of van 'n aansegging vergesel gaan waarby die aangeklaagde beampte aangesê word om binne ' n redelike tydperk van minstens veertien werksdae wat in die aansegging vermeld word, aan 'n persoon wat ook daarin vermeld word, ' n skriftelike ,
20.
erkenning of ontkenning van die aanklag en, as hy dit verlang, ' n skriftelike verklaring van die wangedrag waarvan hy aangekla word, te stuur of by hom af te lewer. (4) Die Minister of die departementshoof of indien daartoe gemagtig deur die departementshoof enige ander beampte in die departement kan te eniger tyd voor of nadat daar met die beampte ooreenkomstig die bepalings van hierdie artikel gehandel is, die beampte in sy diens skors. (5)' n Beampte wat ingevolge sub-artikel (4) in sy diens geskors is, is nie op enige emolumente vir die tydperk van sy skorsing geregtig nie: Met dien verstande dat die Minister na goeddunke kan gelas dat die geheel of ' n ge deelte van sy emolumente aan sodanige beamptebetaal word. (6) As geen aanklag teen 'n beampte wat in sy diens geskors is, ingebring word of hangende is nie , word hy toegelaat om weer diens te aanvaar en word sy volle emolumente vir die tydperk van sy skorsing aan hom betaal. (7) Die Minister of die departementshoof of ander beampte wat die beampte geskors het, kan die skorsing te eniger tyd intrek, maar ondanks die intrekking van die skorsing kan die verrigtings in verband met die aanklag
van wangedrag voortgesit word. (8) As die aangeklaagde beampte die aanklag ontken, kan die Minister, indien daar na sy oordeel voldoende grond vir verdere stappe bestaan, 'n beampte aanstel om ondersoek na die aanklag in te stel. (9) Die beampte wat die ondersoek moet instel , moet in oorleg met die beampte wat die aanklag onderteken het, die tyd en plek van die ondersoek vasstel , en die beampte wat die aanklag onderteken het, moet aan die aangeklaagde beampte redelike skriftelike kennis gee van die tyd en plek aldus vasgestel . (10) Die beampte wat die aanklag onderteken het, kan enige persoon magtig om by die ondersoek teenwoordig te wees en om getuienis en argumente ter stawing van die aanklag aan te voer en om enige persoon wat as getuie vir die verweer opgeroep is , onder kruisverhoor te neem. (11) (a) By die ondersoek het die aangeklaagde beampte die reg om teenwoordig te wees en om aangehoor te word hetsy persoonlik of deur ' n verteenwoordiger , om enige persoon wat ter stawing van die aanklag opgeroep is , onder kruisverhoor te neem, om alle dokumente wat as getuienis voorgelê is, in te sien , om self getuienis af te lê en ander persone as getuies op te roep. (b) Die beampte wat die ondersoek instel , moet notule hou van die verrigtings by die ondersoek en van alle getuienis wat aldaar afgelê word.
21 .
(c) Die versuim van die aangeklaagde beampte om persoonlik of deur 'n verteenwoordiger by die ondersoek teenwoordig te wees, maak die verrigtings nie ongeldig nie.(12) Na afloop van die ondersoek moet die beampte wat dit instel, bevind of die aangeklaagde beampte skuldig is of nie skuldig is nie aan die wangedrag waarvan hy aangekla is en moet hy die aangeklaagde beampte van sy bevinding verwittig. Hy moet aan die Minister verslag doen oor die uitslag van die ondersoek. (13) As die aangeklaagde beampte ingevolge sub-artikel (4) in sy diens geskors is en die beampte wat die ondersoek instel, bevind dat hy nie skuldig is aan die wangedrag waarvan hy aangekla is nie, moet genoemde beampte toegelaat word om dadelik weer diens in sy pos te aanvaar en moet aan hom sy volle emolumente vir die tydperk van sy skorsing betaal word. (14) As die beampte wat die ondersoek instel, die aangeklaagde beampte skuldig bevind aan die wangedrag waarvan hy aangekla is, is die bepalings van sub- artikel (6) van artikel sestien mutatis mutandis van toepassing. ( 15) As die beampte wat die ondersoek ingestel het, die aangeklaagde beampte skuldig bevind het aan die wangedrag waarvan hy aangekla is , moet hy die notule van die verrigtings by die ondersoek en enige dokumentêre getuienis wat aldaar toegelaat is, 'n uiteensetting van sy bevinding en sy redes daarvoor, en enige opmerkings oor die saak wat hy wens te maak, aan die Kommissie stuur: Met dien verstande dat as die beampte wat aan wangedrag skuldig bevind is, ' n nie-voorgeskrewe pos op die vaste diensstaat beklee, en nie kennis van appél teen die bevinding ooreenkomstig die bepalings van sub- artikel (6) van artikel sestien, soos toegepas by sub- artikel ( 14) van hierdie artikel, gegee het nie, die beampte wat die ondersoek ingestel het, genoemde notule en ander dokumente, nie aan die Kommissie nie maar aan die hoof van die departement waarin die beampte wat aan wangedrag skuldig bevind is, in diens is, moet stuur. (16) As die beampte wat aan wangedrag skuldig bevind is, kennis van appél ooreenkomstig voormelde bepalings, soos aldus toegepas , gegee het, moet die beampte wat die ondersoek ingestel het, saam met die notule en ander dokumente genoem in sub-artikel (15) die appellant se kennisgewing en gronde van appel aan die Kommissie stuur en ' n afskrif van die redes vir die bevinding waarteen die appel aangeteken is , aan die appellant verstrek. (17) As kennis van appel ooreenkomstig voormelde bepalings, soos aldus toegepas, gegee is , is die bepalings van sub- artikels (8) tot en met (15) van artikel sestien
22.
mutatis mutandis van toepassing. (18) As die Kommissie die appel van 'n appellant wat in sy diens geskors is, toestaan, moet die appellant dadelik toegelaat word om weer sy diens te aanvaar en moet aan hom sy volle emolumente vir die tydperk van sy skorsing betaal word. (19) As die notule en dokumente genoem in sub-artikel (15) ingevolge daardie sub-artikel aan die hoof van die departement waarin die beampte wat aan wangedrag skuldig bevind is, in diens is, gestuur is, of as genoemde notule en dokumente ingevolge daardie sub- artikel aan die Kommissie gestuur is en geen appel teen die bevinding aangeteken is nie, of as ' n appél aldus aangeteken is en die Kommissie die appel in sy geheel of gedeeltelik afgewys het, kan genoemde departementshoof of die Kommissie na gelang van die geval, by die Minister aanbeveel – (a) dat genoemde beampte gewaarsku of berispe word; of (b) dat ' n boete van hoogstens vierhonderd rand hom opgelê word, en dat die boete verhaal kan word deur aftrekking van sy emolumente in die paaiemente wat deur die Minister vasgestel word; of (c) dat hy na ' n ander pos oorgeplaas of dat hy addisioneel tot die vaste diensstaat in diens gehou word; of (d) dat sy salaris of graad of sy salaris sowel as sy graad verlaag word in die mate wat aanbeveel word; of (e) dat hy ontslaan of aangesê word om uit die Transkeise Regeringsdiens te bedank met ingang van 'n datum wat deur die Minister vermeld word: Met dien verstande dat behalwe waar ' n aanbeveling kragtens paragraaf (e) (i) gedoen word, die Kommissie of departementshoof nie belet word om ' n aanbeveling kragtens meer as een van die voorgaande paragrawe te doen nie; die Kommissie of die departementshoof die doen van (ii) 'n aanbeveling vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens twaalf kalendermaande kan uitstel; en (iii) as 'n beampte wat aangesê is om uit die Transkeise Regeringsdiens te bedank, versuim om aldus te bedank, hy geag word daaruit ontslaan te gewees het met ingang van 'n datum wat deur die Minister vermeld word. (20) Die Minister kan volgens die aanbeveling van die Kommissie of die departementshoof handel of enige ander weg inslaan wat die Kommissie of hy wettiglik ingevolge sub-artikel ( 19) kon aanbeveel het, maar altyd onderworpe aan die bepalings van sub- artikel ( 1) van artikel sewe in geval van ' n aanbeveling van die Kommissie. (21) Die Kommissie of departementshoof , na gelang
23.
van die geval, stuur saam met die Kommissie of departementshoof se aanbeveling ingevolge sub-artikel ( 19) die notule van die verrigtings by die ondersoek en alle dokumente in sy besit wat op die ondersoek of op die appél betrekking het , aan die Minister. (22) As die wangedrag neerkom op ' n misdryf waaraan die beampte deur ' n geregshof skuldig bevind is , is dit nie nodig om hom ingevolge sub- artikel ( 1) aan te kla nie maar word dit onweerlegbaar geag dat hy skuldig is aan bedoelde wangedrag tensy die skuldigbevinding deur ' n hoer hof ter syde gestel of hy ten volle begenadig is. (23) Die vryspreking van ' n beampte deur ' n geregshot op ' n aanklag van ' n kriminele misdryf, belet nie dat stappe ingevolge hierdie Proklamasie op ' n aanklag van wangedrag teen hom ingestel word nie , ondanks die feit dat die feite uiteengesit in die aanklag van wangedrag, as dit bewys sou word , die misdryf sou uitmaak wat uiteengesit is in die kriminele aanklag waarop hy vrygespreek is of ' n ander misdryf waaraan hy, by sy verhoor op genoemde kriminele aanklag, skuldig bevind kon geword het. (24) As die beampte , wat ingevolge hierdie artikel aangekla is , die aanklag erken, word dit geag dat hy skuldig is aan die wangedrag waarvan hy aangekla is. (25) As die in sub- artikel ( 22) of ( 24) bedoelde beampte 'n voorgeskrewe pos op die vaste diensstaat beklee, stuur die departementshoof alle dokumente wat hy tot sy beskikking het en wat op die wangedrag betrekking het en enige opmerkings daaroor wat hy wens te maak aan die Kommissie en die Kommissie doen ' n aanbeveling ingevolge sub- artikel (19) by die Minister. ( 26) As die in sub- artikel ( 22) of ( 24) bedoelde beampte 'n nie-voorgeskrewe pos op die vaste diensstaat beklee, doen die departementshoof ' n aanbeveling ingevolge subartikel ( 19) by die Minister. (27) Die bepalings van sub- artikel ( 20 ) is van toepassing ten opsigte van ' n aanbeveling wat ingevolge subartikel (25) of ( 26) gedoen is, asof die aanbeveling ingevolge sub- artikel ( 19 ) gedoen is . (28) As daar met ' n beampte wat ingevolge sub- artikel (4) in sy diens geskors is , ooreenkomstig die bepalings van paragrawe ( a) , ( b) of (d) van sub- artikel ( 19) of van die tweede voorbehoudsbepaling by daardie sub- artikel gehandel word, moet hy onverwyld toegelaat word om weer diens te aanvaar, en as daar met hom ooreenkomstig die bepalings van paragraaf ( c) van sub-artikel ( 19) gehandel word, moet hy so gou doenlik toegelaat word om diens te aanvaar in die pos of pligte waarna hy oorgeplaas word , en in sodanige
24 .
geval moet sy volle emolumente vir die tydperk van sy skorsing aan hom betaal word: Met dien verstande dat as sy graad ingevolge genoemde paragraaf ( d) verlaag word, hy so gou doenlik toegelaat moet word om diens in ' n pos van die verlaagde graad te aanvaar, en moet aan hom vir die tydperk van sy skorsing die emolumente van daardie pos betaal word, maar as hoër emolumente as die emolumente van daardie pos aan hom gedurende die tydperk van sy skorsing ingevolge sub- artikel ( 5) betaal is , hy nie verplig is om die verskil terug te betaal nie. (29) ' n Beampte wat ingevolge sub-artikel (4) in sy diens geskors is, of teen wie ' n aanklag ingevolge hierdie artikel ingebring is , en wat uit die Transkeise Regeringsdiens bedank of ander werk aanvaar voordat sodanige aanklag finaal ooreenkomstig die bepalings van hierdie artikel afgehandel is , word geag weens wangedrag ontslaan te gewees het met ingang van ' n datum wat deur die Minister vermeld word, tensy hy voor die ontvangs van sy kennisgewing van bedanking of die datum van sy aanvaarding van ander werk, in kennis gestel is dat geen aanklag teen hom ingebring sal word nie of dat die aanklag wat teen hom ingebring is, teruggetrek is. "
4. Die Bylae van die Proklamasie word hierby deur die volgende Bylae vervang:
,, BYLAE .
LYS VAN DEPARTEMENTE EN DEPARTEMENTSHOOFDE . Kolom 1.
Kolom 11.
Departemente van die Hoofminister en van Finansies
Sekretaris , Departemente van die Hoofminister en Finansies .
Departement van Justisie
Sekretaris van
Departement van Onderwys
Sekretaris van Onderwys .
Departement van Binnelandse Sake
Sekretaris van Binnelandse Sake.
Justisie.
25.
Vervanging van Bylae van Proklamasie No. R.334 van 1963.
Kort titel.
Departement van Landbou en Bosbou
Sekretaris van Landbou en Bosbou.
Departement van Paaie en Werke
Sekretaris van Paaie en Werke . "
Hierdie Wet heet die Transkeise Regeringsdienswysigingswet, 5. 1965.
26 .
UMTHETHO WE 3 1965.
UMTHETHO
Wokufaka imibandela kuMthetho weeRafu ze Zitampu , 1962. (Obhalwe ngesiBhulu usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe) (Uvunywe ngomhla we 17 Juni, 1965. ) UMTHETHO OWENZIWA YIPREZIDANTI YESIZWE NEPALAMENTE YASETRANSKEI, ngulo:1. Umcimbi 17 weSi hlomelo Sokuqala soMthetho weeRafu zeZitampu, 1962 (emveni koku obizwa ngokuthi nguMthetho oyiNtloko), ngokwenjenje ufakwa umbandela ngokubeka amagama "kweenyanga ezimbini " kumhlathana (b) womhlathi ( 1) endaweni yamagama " kwenyan ga enye" naphi na apho akhoyo.
Ufako-mbandela kuMcimbi 17 weSihlomelo Sokuqala soMthetho No. 59 wowe 1962
2. Umcimbi 23 weSihlomelo Sokuqala soMthetho oyiNtloko ngokwenjenje ufakwa imibandela (a) ngokubeka le mihlathi ilandelayo endaweni yomhlathi (1):
Ufako-mbandela kuMcimbi 23 weSihlomelo Sokuqala soMthetho No. 59 wowe 1962
“(1) Ukuba inikwe ngaphambi komhla wokuqala kweyekhala/kuJulayi , 1965, ngokuhlawula okanye ekuhlawuleni isambuku semali esizii R10 okanye ngaphezulu (ingeyiyo nayiphi na irisithi enikwe nanguwuphi na umbutho owakhayo osekwe ngokusemthethweni ngokumalunga nohlawulo lwenzala nak wiyiphi na imali ebolekwe kumbutho onjalo okanye ukuhlawulela nayiphi na imali enjalo) R. C. 0. 01 (1) kabini
Ukuba inikwe ngomhla okanye emveni komhla wokuqala kweyeKhala, 1965, ekuhlawuleni ngokuhlawula okanye isambuku semali esi zii R10 okanye ngaphezulu (in geyiyo nayiphi na irisithi eni kwa nguwo nawuphi na umbutho owakhayo osekwe ngokusemthethweni ngokumalunga nohlawulo lwenzala kuyo nayiphi na imali ebolekwe kumbutho onjalo okanye ukuhlawulela nayiphi na imali enjalo): (a) ukuba isambuku- mali sizii R10 koko 0. 01 singaphantsi kwama R25 .... (b) ukuba eso sambuku-mali singama R25 0. 02❞ okanye ngaphezulu .....
27 .
(b)
ngokongeza esiphelweni oku kulandelayo kukhululiweyo: "(1) Irisithi enikwa nanguwuphi na umntu ngokuhlawulwa kuye kwemali ayigcinelwe ngentembeko ngu Rulumente WaseTranskei. (m) Irisithi enikelwa ukuhlawula okanye ekuhlawulweni kwayo nayiphi na ipenshini .
(n) Irisithi enikwa umqeshi ngumqeshwa wakhe ukuhlawula okanye ekuhlawulweni kwentlawulo okanye umvuzo omawuhlawulwe ngomsebenzi owenziwe nguloo mqeshwa nangaliphi na ithuba lengqesho : Kodwa makuqondakale khona ukuthi oku kukhululwa akuyi kusebenza ngokumalunga nayo nayiphi na irisithi enikelwe ukuhlawula okanye enikwe ekuhlawuleni nayiphi na ikomishini okanye intlawulo enjalo."'. Intloko emfutshane nomhla wokusebenza.
3. Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuba nguMthetho waseTranskei wo Fako-mbandela kwii Rafu zeZitampu , waye uya
kuthatyathwa njengokuba uqalise ukusebenza ngomhla wam ashumi amabini anethoba kuTshaziimpuzi , 1965 .
28
ACT NO. 3 OF 1965.
ACT To amend the Stamp Duties Act , 1962 . (Afrikaans Text signed by the State President) (Assented to 17th June, 1965 )
BE IT ENACTED BY THE STATE PRESIDENT AND THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY , as follows : -
Amendment of Item 17 of First Schedule to Act No. 59 of 1962.
1. Item 17 of the First Schedule to the Stamp Duties Act, 1962 (hereinafter referred to as the Principal Act), is hereby amended by the substitution in sub-paragraph (b) of paragraph (1 ) for the words " one month's" wherever they occur, of the words " two months ' " .
Amendment of Item 23 of First Schedule to Act No. 59 of 1962.
2. Item 23 of the First Schedule to the Principal Act is hereby amended (a)
by the substitution for paragraph ( 1 ) of the following paragraphs : "(1)
If given before the first day of July, 1965, for or upon the payment of a sum of money amounting to R10 or more (other than any receipt given by any legally established building society in respect of the payment of interest on any money borrowed from such society or the repayment of any such money) R. C. 0. 01
( 1) bis If given on or after the first day of July, 1965, for or upon the payment of a sum of money amounting to R10 or more (other than any receipt given by any legally established building society in respect of the payment of interest on any money borrowed from such society or the repayment of any such money): (a) if such sum amounts to R10 but less than R25........ 0. 01 (b) if such sum amounts to R25 or more 0.02"
29.
(b) by the addition at the end thereof of the following exemptions :
Short title and date of commencement.
"(1)
Receipt given by any person in respect of the payment to him of money held in trust for him by the Government of the Transkei.
(m)
Receipt given for or upon the payment of any pension.
(n)
Receipt given by an employee to his employer for or upon the payment of any salaty or wages due in respect of services rendered by such employee during any period of employment : Provided that this exemption shall not apply in respect of any receipt given for or upon the payment of any commission or similar remuneration . "
3. This Act shall be called the Transkei Stamp Duties Amendment Act, 1965, and shall be deemed to have come into operation on the twenty-ninth day of April, 1965.
30.
WET NO. 3 VAN 1965.
WET
Tot wysiging van die Seëlwet, 1962. (Afrikaanse teks deur die Staatspresident geteken.) (Goedgekeur op 17 Junie 1965. ) DAAR WORD DEUR DIE STAATSPRESIDENT EN DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING VERORDEN , soos volg:1.
Wysiging van Item 17 van Eerste Bylae by Wet 59 van 1962 .
2. Item 23 van die Eerste Bylae by die Hoofwet word hierby gewysig (a) deur paragraaf ( 1) deur die volgende paragrawe te vervang:
Wysiging van Item 23 van Eerste Bylae by Wet 59 van 1962.
Item 17 van die Eerste Bylae by die Seëlwet, 1962 (hieronder die Hoofwet genoem), word hierby gewysig deur in sub-paragraaf (b) van paragraaf ( 1) die woorde ,, een maand", waar hulle ook ookal voorkom, deur die woorde ,,twee maande” te vervang.
,,(1) Indien voor die eerste dag van Julie 1965 gegee vir of by die betaling van ' n som geld ten bedrae van R10 of meer (behalwe 'n kwitansie gegee deur 'n ten wettig opgerigte bouvereniging opsigte van die betaling van rente op enige geld geleen van so 'n vereniging of die terugbetaling van sodanige geld)
R. c. 0. 01
(1) bis
Indien op of na die eerste dag van Julie 1965 gegee vir of by die betaling van ' n som geld ten bedrae van R10 of meer (behalwe ' n kwitansie gegee deur 'n bouvereniging ten opgerigte wettig op rente van opsigte van die betaling enige geld geleen van so ' n vereniging of die terugbetaling van sodanige geld): (a) indien bedoelde som R10 maar minder as R25 bedra ..... 0. 01 (b) indien bedoelde som R25 of meer bedra .... 0. 02❞
(b)
deur aan die end daarvan die volgende vry-
31.
stellings by te voeg: ,,(1) Kwitansie deur enigiemand gegee ten opsigte van die betaling aan hom van geld namens hom deur die Transkeise Regering in trust gehou. (m) Kwitansie gegee vir of by die betaling van enige pensioen. (n)
Kort titel en datum van inwerkingtreding.
Kwitansie gegee deur ' n werknemer aan sy werkgewer vir of by die betaling van enige salaris of loon ten opsigte van dienste deur daardie werknemer gedurende 'n dienstydperk bewys: Met dien verstande dat hierdie vrystelling nie van toepassing is nie ten opsigte van 'n kwitansie gegee vir of by betaling van enige kommissie of dergelike besoldiging" .
Hierdie Wet heet die Transkeise Seëlwysigingswet, 3. 1965, en word geag in werking te getree het op die nege-entwintigste dag van April 1965.
32 .
UMTHETHO WE 4 1965.
UMTHETHO
Wokufaka imibandela kumagunya, amandla nomsebenzi wogunyaziwe bezizwe nabeenqila, wokuseka amaziko olawulo lweziphaluka, wokulungiselela iirafu zokuzithandela , wokuchaza iimfanelo , amandla, amagunya nomsebenzi weekumkani , iinkosi nezibonda, nokuqingqa imigaqo yoluleko- similo kwiikumkani , iinkosi nezibonda, wokuchitha ogunyaziwe bezithili nokulungiselela eminye imicimbi enxibelelene noko. (Obhalwe ngesiXhosa usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe.) (Uvunywe ngomhla we 21 Januari 1966. )
Lo Mthetho untlantlu-ntlantlu yaye ke intlantlu nganye ibhekiselele kwingongoma eboniswe njengoko kunjalo apha ngezantsi : -
INGCACI SO-MAGAMA ICANDELO I : ICANDELO II :
Isiqendu 1 UMMISO- NGENDLELA KWEZOLAWULO ULAWULO LWEZIZWE NOLWEENQILA : Ogunyaziwe beZizwe Ogunyaziwe beeNqila Ogunyaziwe bezizwe
ICANDELO III : ICANDELO IV ICANDELO V ICANDELO VI ICANDELO VII ISIHLOMELO.
: : : :
2 33-6 6-9
nogunyaziwe beenqila AMAZIKO OLAWULO LWEZIPHALUKA IIRAFU ZEZIZWE
11-14 14 14
IIKUMKANI , IINKOSI NEZIBONDA AMATYALA NEZOHLWAYO INGXUBE
14-20 20-21 21-24
24-25
KUQINGQWA UMTHETHO YIPREZIDANTI YOMBUSO NENDLU YOWISOMITHETHO YASETRANSKEI, ngolu hlobo lulandelayo : —
1. Kulo Mthetho, ngaphandle kokuba umxholo ophethweyo una- ma. Ingcaciso-magantsingiselo yimbi ukuthi (i)
"Igazethi yobuRulumente" kuthetha iGazethi yobuRulumente yaseTranskei ;
(ii)
"ikumkani" kuthetha umntu olwalathelo lwakhe njengekumkani okanye ikumkani elibamba kuqiniselweyo okanye oluthatyathwa ngokwemigaqo yesiqendwana (3) sesiqendu samashumi amahlanu anesibhozo ngokuba luqiniselwe ngokwesiqendu samashumi amane anesihlanu soMthetho osiSiseko soLawulo, kwaye kubandakanya nenkosi elawula nawuphi na ummandla ngaxesha-linye nekumkani ;
33.
(iii) (iv)
(v)
"lo Mthetho" kubandakanya imimiselo ; "imantyi" kubandakanya imantyi eyongezelelweyo nengumncedisi ; "inkosi" kuthetha umntu olwalathelo lwakhe njengenkosi okanye inkosi elibamba luqiniselweyo okanye oluthatyathwa ngokwemigaqo yesiqendwana (3 ) sisiqendu samashumi amahlanu anesibhozo ngokuba luqiniselwe ngokwesiqendu samashumi amane anesihlanu soMthetho osiSiseko soLawulo ;
(vi)
"inqila" kuthetha ummandla kugunyaziwe wenqila ochazwe esiqendwini sesibini soMthetho osiSiseko soLawulo ;
(vii )
"intloko" kuthetha intloko okanye intloko elibamba kagunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila kuxhomekeke ukuthi nguwuphi na kanye-kanye, kwaye ke ngokuphathelele nakwiyiphi na intlanganiso kagunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila okanye yayo nayiphi na ikomiti okanye ikomitana yakhe, kushwankathela umntu othi ngokwemigaqo yalo Mthetho, achophele okanye ogunyazisiweyo okokuba achophele loo ntlanganiso ; "intloko yesebe" kunentsingiselo enikwe eso sijungqana sentetho kwiSihlokomiso-mthetho No. R.334 sowe 1963 ; "isandla" kuthetha isekela lekumkani okanye lenkosi elalathelwe ngokwesiqendwana (2) sesiqendu samashumi amane anesibini kwaye kuquka isekela elityunjwe ngokwemigaqo yomhlathi (2) weSihlokomisomthetho No. 311 sowe 1963 ; "isibonda" kuthetha umntu
(viii )
(ix)
(x)
(a)
(xi)
(xii ) (xiii ) (xiv)
(xv)
olwalathelo lwakhe njengesibonda okanye isibonda esilibamba luqiniselweyo okanye oluthatyathwa ngokwemigaqo yesiqendwana (3 ) sesiqendu samashumi amahlanu anesibhozo ngokuba luqiniselwe ngokwesiqendwana ( 4 ) sesiqendu samashumi amane ananye ; okanye (b) owalathelwe ukuba abe sisibonda okanye isibonda esilibamba ngokwesiqendwana (5 ) sesiqendu samashumi amane ananye ; "ISigqeba sikaRulumente" kuthetha iSigqeba sikaRulumente esisekwe ngokweCandelo IV loMthetho osiSiseko soLawulo ; "isithili" kuthetha isithili semantyi ; "isizwe" kuquka umzi wasendaweni ethile ngokubanzi ; "iziko lolawulo lweziphaluka" kuthetha iziko lolawulo lweziphaluka elisekwe ngokwesiqendu samashumi amathathu anethoba; "-miselweyo" kuthetha okumiselwe ngummiselo kwaye ke nokuthi "-misela" kunentsingiselo eyeleleyo
34 .
(xvi )
(xvii)
(xviii)
(xix )
(xx)
(xxi ) (xxii)
(xxiii )
(xxiv)
(xxv)
(xxvi)
apho ; "ugunyaziwe" kuthetha ugunyaziwe wesizwe nokokuba ngugunyaziwe wenqila, kuxhomekeke emekweni ; "ugunyaziwe wenqila" kuthetha ugunyaziwe wenqila osekwe, okanye ngokwemigaqo yesiqendwana ( 2 ) sesiqendu samashumi amahlanu anesibhozo othatyathwa ngokuba usekwe sisiqendu seshumi ; "ugunyaziwe wesizwe" kuthetha ugunyaziwe wesizwe osekwe okanye ngokwemigaqo yesiqendwana ( 2) sesiqendu samashumi amahlanu anesibhozo othatyathwa ngokuba usekwe sisiqendu sesithathu ; "ummandla wolawulo" kuthetha nawuphi na ummandla okanye umhlaba enqileni (a) obekelwe bucala, ogcinelwe , owenzelwe ukuba ufumanekele okanye ufunyanelwe ukuba ube ngowesizwe ngokwesithethe somhlaba kawonkewonke okanye ukuba umiwe sisizwe elowo enoxwebhu lobumnini-mhlaba , kulo mhlaba ke kuqukwa nedlelo elikuwo ; okanye (b) ophantsi kolawulo lwenkosi okanye isibonda ; okanye (c) omiwe nanguwuphi na ummi waseTranskei ; okanye (d) Obhengezwe ukuba ungummandla wolawulo ngokomhlathi (a) wesiqendu sesibini ; "ummi" kuthetha umThile wasizwe sithile ekuqhelekileyo ukuba ahlale kuloo mmandla, isithili okanye inqila ; "ummiselo" kuthetha ummiselo owisiweyo okanye osebenza ngegunya lomthetho ngokwalo Mthetho ; "umnyaka wemali" kuthetha isithuba esithabathela kumhla wokuqala kuTshaziimpuzi (kuApril ) nakuwuphi na unyaka kuse kumhla wamashumi amathathu ananye kweyoKwindla (kuMatshi ) enyakeni olandela lowo kanye ; "uMphathiswa" kuthetha uMphathiswa wesebe ekuthe ngokwesiqendwana (3 ) sesiqendu samashumi amabini ananye soMthetho osiSiseko soLawulo kwanikelwa amagunya , iimfanelo nomsebenzi kulo amandla, obhekiselele kwiinkundla zolawulo ezikhankanywe esiqendwini samashumi amane anesithandathu saloo Mthetho ; "umrafi" kuthetha nawuphi na ubani omelwe kukuba arafe ngokoMthetho weRafu neNkqubela yabaNtsundu, 1925 ( uMthetho No. 41 wowe 1925 ) ; "uMthetho osiSiseko soLawulo" kuthetha uMthetho osiSiseko soLawulo eTranskei, 1963 (uMthetho No. 48 wowe 1963 ) ; "uRulumente" kuthetha uRulumente waseTranskei.
35.
Icandelo UMMISO-NGENDLELA
I KWEZOLAWULO.
Ukuyilwa kwe- 2. UMphathiswa angathi, elawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendwana ( 2 ) mimandla yolawulo nokusekwa sesiqendu samashumi amane anesihlanu nasisixhomekeka-mgaqweni kwezizwe. sesiqendwana ( 1 ) sesiqendu sama shumi amahlanu anethoba soMthetho osiSiseko soLawulo, kwakhona akuba ecebisene nesizwe esisemcimbini :(a)
ngesaziso kwiGazethi yobuRulumente abhengeze okokuba nawuphi na umhlaba nqileni ithile ungummandla woLawulo ukulungiselela iinjongo zalo Mthetho ; okanye achaze imida yawo nawuphi na ummandla wolawulo okanye ummandla wesizwe nasiphi na aze athi ngamaxesha ngamaxesha kanjalo aguqule okanye aroxise oko ; (b) ahlula-hlule nasiphi na isizwe esikhoyo sibe ngamaqela amabini okanye angaphezulu koko, okanye adibanise izizwe nokokuba ngamaqelaqela okanye iinxenye zezizwe zibe sisizwe esinye, okanye aseke isizwe esitsha ngokwemfuneko okanye njengoko kunokufunwa lulawulo olulungileyo.
Icandelo
II
ULAWULO OLUPHATHELELE ESIZWENI NASE NQILENI.
Ogunyaziwe bezizwe. Ugunyaziwe we- 3. Kummandla wolawulo ngamnye okanye phakathi kwemida sizwe . enjalo edityanisiweyo yolawulo njengoko uMphathiswa angathi emveni kokuba ebhungisene nezizwe ezo, abhengeze ngesaziso kwiGazethi yobuRulumente ngamaxesha nga maxesha, kuya kubakho ugunyaziwe wesizwe onentloko yakhe neqela lamaceba amalungu ke lawo angala : (a ) iKumkani kwakhona yonke inkosi nesibonda eyakuthi ibe lilungu ngenxa yokokuba yikumkani, okanye yinkosi okanye sisibonda kwayo, ehlala kummandla kaGunyaziwe onjalo, kunye ke. (b) namanye amaceba alinani elithile elingathi limiselwe nguMphathiswa ukuba lalathelwe (i) yintloko ngokungqinelana nesiko kodwa ngemvume yoMphathiswa ; (ii ) ngabavoti ababhalisiweyo baseTranskei abahlala phakathi kwemida yommandla kaGunyaziwe lowo , ngendlela ke eya kuthi iqingqwe nguMphathiswa ;
36 .
(iii ) nayikumkani ngokwesiko : Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi xa kungekho siko lifanelekileyo linokusetyenziswa, nakuphi na ukwalathelwa ngokwemihlathana (i ) no (ii) kuya kwenziwa ngendlela eya kuthi iyalelwe nguMphathiswa : Makuqondakale kwakhona ukuthi inani lamaceba eliya kwalathelwa ngokomhlathana ( ii ) alisayi kugqitha kwisinye esithathwini salo lonke inani lamaceba eliquka abantu abangamaceba ngelungelo nje lezinye izikhundla abakuzo. (2 ) Intloko kaGunyaziwe wesizwe (a) nakuwuphi na ummandla onenkosi enye kuphela okanye, okokuba akukho nkosi, onesibonda esinye kuphela, iya kuba yiloo nkosi okanye eso sibonda ; okanye (b) nakuwuphi na omnye ummandla, iya kuba yinkosi okanye, ukuba ayikho inkosi , ibe sisibonda okanye umntu owalathelwe nguMphathiswa ukuba abe yintloko emveni kokuba ebhungisene nayo nayiphi na ikumkani okanye'enye inkosi esemcimbini. Umphathiswa angathi nanini na akuroxise 3. ukwalathelwa okwenziwe ngokomhlathi (b) wesigendwana (2 ) , ukuba, kolwakhe uluvo, kukho zizathu zivakalayo zokukwenza oko, waye angalathela enye inkosi nje, okanye, ukuba ayikho inkosi, nasiphi na esinye isibonda okanye umntu abe yintloko. 4. ( 1 ) Ugunyaziwe wesizwe uya kuthi elawulwa yimigaqo yalo Mthetho neyawo nawuphi na umthetho. (a) alawule ngokubanzi imicimbi yezizwe ezisemandleni wakhe ; (b) ancedise, axhase aluleke intloko yakhe ekusebenziseni amandla, amagunya nasekuqhubeni umsebenzi awuthwaliswe ngulo Mthetho okanye nguwo okanye ngokomnye nawuphi na umthetho ; (c) akhuthaze izinto abanomdla kuzo abantu, inkqubela nentlalontle yabemi nohlaziyo lomhlaba emmandleni wakhe ; (d) aphononge, acebise iziphathamandla ezifanelekileyo ngokumalunga nezicelo(i) zokusekwa kwezikolo zikaRulumente, ukwakhelwa kwazo izakhiwo nokufunyaniswa kwazo ezinye izinto eziluncedo kuzo ; (ii ) zoncedo ngemali yemihlalaphantsi yabagugileyo, yabaziimfama neyabangaphilileyo emizimbeni ; (iii ) zemihlaba yokulinywa neminye ;
37.
Umsebenzi ngokubanzi kagunyaziwe wesizwe .
(iv) zeelayisensi ; (e) asebenzise amandla amagunya aqhube nomsebenzi onikwa uGunyaziwe ngamaxesha ngamaxesha nguMphathiswa emicimbini ethi ngokoluvo lwakhe ibe yileyo iphantsi kolawulo lwesizwe, kubandakanywe apho nayiphi na kule micimbi ilandelayo :(i ) ulawulo lomhlaba (ii ) ulwazi ngempilo, ezokungasese nemicimbi eluncedo yempilo ngokubanzi ,. apha ke kuqukwa ukusekwa, ukuphathwa nokulondolozwa kweekliniki neminye imizi enjalo kunye nokweenkundla zamadlaka ; (iii ) ulondolozo-mhlaba ekubandakanywa kulo uhlaziyo, ukugcinwa zisebenza kakuhle nokwenziwa bhetele ngokubanzi kweendawo ezizizifumanisi-manzi , ulawulo lwamadlelo nokwenziwa kwamahlungu, ukutshabalalisa ukhula, ukukhusela imithi nokulungelelanisa onke amanyathelo athatyathwayo ngokuphathelele kudityo nonqandozindonga zingabikho. (iv) ulondolozo lwezidalwa nazo zonke izihluma-mhlabeni ; (v) ukwenziwa bhetele kwempahla nofuyo-mpahla ngokubanzi noseko lweeemizini zentengiso-lubisi manyano yobisi kunye ke neminye imisebenzi enjalo ; (vi) uququzelelo nommiso kakuhle lweemanyano zabalimi nabafuyi, imiboniso-lulimo, amatheko oboniso kunye neenkuphisano elugqatsweni ; (vii) eminye imisebenzi yenkqubela-phambili kwimicimbi yasekhaya. (viii ) ukunganda inkohlakalo kwizidalwa ; kunye (ix ) nokutshabalalisa izilwanyana eziyingozi kwizilimo njalo njalo . (2 ) Akukho sigwebo, sigqibo, lululeko nokokuba ngumyalelo owenziwe okanye onikwe yinkosi okanye sisibonda okanye sisandla senkosi , ekusebenziseni igunya esilinikiweyo ngumthetho okanye ngokomthetho nawuphi na uya kuthatyathwa ngokuba awunamandla emthethweni ngenxa nje yokuba wenziwe okanye unikwe yiloo nkosi , isibonda okanye eso sandla senkosi sisebenza ngecebiso okanye ngemvume okanye ngokuphenjelelwa ngugunyaziwe wesizwe okanye nayiphi na
38.
ikomiti okanye iceba lakhe, saye ke nasiphi na isigwebo, isigqibo, ululeko okanye umyalelo owenziwe okanye onikwe ngaloo ndlela uya kuthatyathwa ngokusingisele kuzo zonke iindlela njengowenziwe yiloo nkosi , isibonda okanye isandla. (3) Ukulungiselela iinjongo zokunikwa ngokomthetho igunya lokuthetha amatyala eembambano nawezizi nayiphi na inkosi okanye isibonda esiyintloko kagunyaziwe wesizwe, okanye isandla saleyo nkosi , ummandla asekelwe wona loo gunyaziwe uya kuthatyathwa njengokuba ngummandla ophantsi kolawulo okanye ummandla ekusebenza kuwo igunya lokuthetha amatyala laloo nkosi okanye isibonda. 5. ( 1) Ugunyaziwe wesizwe ngemvume yoMphathiswa -
uya
kuba
namandla
Uwiso-rafungugunyaziwe wesizwe .
(a)
okuwisa irafu engengaphezulu ezirandini ezimbini nakuwuphi na umnyaka omnye ngokuphathelele kubo bonke abemi abangabarafi abakummandla wakhe, aze (b) arafise abantu ngokufuya izinja. ( 2) Akukho rafu injalo iya kuba namandla emthethweni ingekapapashwa ngesaziso kwiGazethi yobuRulumente. 6. (1 ) Ugunyaziwe ngamnye wesizwe uya kuba nentlanganiso eqhelekileyo isihlandlo esingengaphantsi kwesinye kuzo zonke iinyanga ezintathu zonyaka ngosuku olumisiweyo nangeyure engathi imiswe yintloko. (2) Nangaliphi na ixesha intloko ingabiza, yaye iya kuthi xa akufunayo oko uMphathiswa, iMantyi okanye inani elingengaphantsi kwesinye esithathwini salo lonke inani lamaceba, libize intlanganiso "eyodwa❞ kagunyaziwe : Kodwa ke makuqondakale khona ukuthi uMphathiswa okanye iMantyi ingathi ngokwayo ibize intlanganiso eyodwa kagunyaziwe. (3) Akukho mcimbi uya kuqwalaselwa entlanganisweni eyodwa ungengomcimbi uxelwe esazisweni sayo: (4) Elona nani lizeleyo likufuphi elingaphezulu kwesinye esithathwini salo lonke inani lamaceba liya kwenza ikhoram, kwaye ke kungekho mcimbi uya kuqhutywa okanye kwenziwe isigqibo ngaphandle kokuba ikho ikhoram. (5) Phantsi ke kwemigaqo yalo Mthetho neyazo naziphi na iinxuluma-mithetho (imithethwana) inkqubo emayisetyenziswe entlanganisweni nayiphi na okanye komnye umcimbi kagunyaziwe wesizwe, apha ke kubandakanywa ukukhethwa apha kumaceba kwekomiti nayiphi enyulelwa amathuba athile okanye
39.
Iintlanganiso zikaGunyaziwe wesizwe.
emiyo, iya kuba ngokwemithetho namasiko esizwe eso. Isaziso seentlanganiso zikaGunyaziwe wesizwe.
7. Intloko kaGunyaziwe wesizwe iyakwazisa iceba ngalinye kunye neziko lolawulo lweziphaluka ngokumalunga (a )
(b)
Iinxuluma-mithetho zikaGunyaziwe wesizwe .
8. Ugunyaziwe wesizwe tho (a)
(b)
(c)
limali zogunyaziwe bezizwe .
nosuku neyure ekumiselwe ukuba kuzo kubekho iintlanganiso eziqhelekileyo , kwaye ke kuya kufunwa ukuba elo ceba lize kwezo ntlanganiso ziqhelekileyo ngaphandle kwesinye isaziso esikhutshwayo ; nosuku neyure zayo nayiphi na intlanganiso eyodwa, yaye iya kucacisa injongo yaloo ntlanganiso : Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi iMantyi ingenza isaziso ngayo nayiphi na intlanganiso eyodwa ebizwa nguMphathiswa okanye yiyo ngokwayo. angenza iinxuluma-mithe-
zokulawula inkqubo-micimbi nokugcina izinto zihamba ngokusendleleni ezintlanganisweni zikagunyaziwe okanye nakuyo nayiphi na ikomiti yakhe, enegunya lokukhupha amaceba angaziphathi ngandili ; okanye zokumisela iimali emazihlawulwe ngemisebenzi eluncedo eyenziwa ngugunyaziwe lo okanye iirafu emazihlawulwe lulo naluphi na udidi oluxeliweyo lwabantu ngokumalunga nezinto eziluncedo ezenzelwa abantu ngugunyaziwe ; ngokubanzi ngokuphathelele nakuwuphi na umcimbi osemandleni akhe ngokwesiqendu sesine.
9. ( 1 ) UM a uya kuthab phath atha manyathelo okuba e-ofisini yies mw aa ntyi nganye ngokubhekis i-akhealwele m n w kuguny uazi e gamnye esizwe akuvulwe nti ekuya wk ufakw kuyo iimali zohlobo oluxeliw a e yo kuhlaw ngazo yonk nekuy apha ngezan e a tsi ulelwa o n u n n e inkcit ho yenziwe gawo awuphi a mcimbi semandleni aloo gunyaz : Kodwa ke makuqo iwe nd a ebeka imigaq ayibon iafk ukuthi uMpha anelle e t a o aa imimi ugunya a nayiyihiswn elawul , n g ayinik selo phi wa ela enjalo okanye na i-akhawu ziwe lowo nayiph i nti inxeny yayo . e (2 ) Kuya kuhlawulwa okanye kungeniswe kwiakhawunti kagunyaziwe wesizwe (a) zonke iimali , iirafu neendleko ezibizwayo emazihlawulwe kugunyaziwe wesizwe ngokwesiko ;
40.
(b )
zonke izambuku-mali ezifunyenwe nakwiyiphi na into eyimpahla kaGunyaziwe wesizwe ; (c) nasiphi na isipho esivela kumntu nawuphi na ngenjongo yokunceda ugunyaziwe wesizwe ; (d) Izambuku-mali emazihlawulwe kugunyaziwe wesizwe ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) sesiqendu samashumi amahlanu anesithandathu nazo zonke ezinye iimali ezingathi zabelwe oko yiNdlu yoWiso -mithetho ; kunye (e) nazo zonke ezinye izambuku-mali ezifunyanwa naphi na ngenjongo yokunceda ugunyaziwe wesizwe. (3) Xa kukho izizwe ezibini okanye ngaphezulu kummandla kagunyaziwe wesizwe, uMphathiswa angathi elawulwa yimigaqo yemimiselo nayiphi na ayalele ukuba kuvulelwe i-akhawunti eyodwa okanye eyahlukileyo nasiphi na isizwe esinjalo okanye naziphi na izizwe ezibini okanye ngaphezulu ezinjalo zidibene okanye ivulelwe nayiphi na enye injongo, waye ke angenza isigqibo sokuba mali zini na emazifakwe okanye emazikhutshwe kwi-akhawunti yaloo gunyaziwee wesizwe ziya kubhalwa ezincwadini njengezingeniswe okanye ezitsalwe kwi-akhawunti eyodwa enjalo. Ogunyaziwe beeNqila. 10. ( 1 ) Kwinqila nganye kuya kubakho ugunyaziwe wenqila onentloko yakhe kunye neqela lamaceba angala (a) zonke iinkosi nazo zonke ezinye iintloko zogunyaziwe bezizwe kuloo nqila ezingamalungu ngelungelo lezo zikhundla zazo ; (b) iceba elinye kwisithili ngasinye kuloo mmandla elikhethwe ngezona voti zininzi kubameli nangabameli babavoti ababhalisiweyo abakogunyaziwe bezizwe kweso sithili ; (c) iceba elinye elalathelwe yintloko kagunyaziwe wenqila, oku ke kulawulwe yimigaqo yesiqendwana ( 2 ) ; na (d ) maceba amathathu alathelwe ngokwahlukana kwawo ngenxa yolwazi okanye amava awo emfundo, ulimo nemfuyo, norwebo namashishini, ngaBaphathiswa bamasebe asel' enikwe ngokwemigaqo yesiqendwana (3 ) sesiqendu samashumi amabini ananye soMthetho osiSiseko soLawulo amandla, amagunya, imisebenzi neemfanelo eziphathelele kuloo micimbi. (2) Naliphi na icebo elalathelweyo (a) ngokomhlathi ( c ) wesiqendwana ( 1 ) yintloko eyikumkani, okanye
41 .
Ugunyaziwe wenqila.
ngokomhlathi (d ) weso siqendwana sikhankanyiweyo nguMphathiswa, Liya kuba lelo ceba lonke ixesha isakholisekile ikumkani okanye uMphathiswa lowo, kuxhomekeke ukuthi nguwuphi na kanye kwaba babini. (b)
(3)
intloko kagunyaziwe wenqila (a) kwinqila ekukho kuyo ikumkani, iya kuba yileyo kumkani ; okanye (b) nakwiyiphi na ke enye inqila, iya kuba yinkosi etyunjwe ukuba ibe yintloko ngamaceba kagunyaziwe wenqila ngevoti yoninzi, oku ke kuxhomekeke kwimvume yoMphathiswa : Kodwa ke mayiqondakale yona ingongoma ethi intloko kagunyaziwe wenqila ingathi nangaliphi na ixesha igunyazise isandla sayo ukuba sichophele nayiphi na intlanganiso kagunyaziwe wenqila okanye yayo nayiphi na ikomiti yakhe. Ikomkhulu likagunyaziwe wenqila.
11. Ikomkhulu likagunyaziwe wenqila liya kuba yindawo ekhethwe yintloko ngemvume yoMphathiswa.
Amandla , amagunya nomsebenzi kagunyaziwe wenqila.
12. ( 1 ) Ugunyaziwe wenqila uya kuthi elawulwa yimigaqo yalo Mthetho (a) ongamele ngokubanzi ancedise nakulawulo lwemicimbi yogunyaziwe bezizwe kuloo nqila ; (b) akhuthaze inkqubela-phambili nemicimbi edla umzi ngokubanzi ebhekiselele kubemi baloo nqila ; (c) asebenzise igunya lokugweba amatyala eembambano nawesizi kunye ke nomsebenzi wosingatho-zibheno, ekungenzeka awunikwe nanguwuphi na okanye nangokwawuphi na umthetho ; (d) enze amalungiselelo okoyisa izifo zeenkomo ngokwakha, ukulondoloza nokusebenzisa iidiphu zeenkomo kwanokuthabatha amanye amanyathelo emthethweni okanye ngokomthetho nawuphi na ; (e) acebise uRulumente ngokunxulumene (i ) nengqesho enomvuzo omhle yabadinga umsebenzi ; (ii ) nokusekwa kwamashishini amakhulu, ukuqhutyelwa phambili kwanokusetyenziswa ngendlela enenzuzo ubutyebi bendalo benqila ; (iii) nokwenziwa bhetele kweendlela zokulimå nokufuya kunye nezokudlisa amadlelo ngokubanzi ; ( iv ) nokuthabatha amanyathelo okukhusela
42 .
(v)
(vi) (vii ) (viii )
(ix )
impilo yabemi ngokubanzi nokwenza kubekho amancedo afunekayo ekunyangeni abagulayo nokufunela izindlu zokuhlala abagugileyo nemilwelwe ; nolondolozo-mhlaba , uhlaziyo nokwenziwa bhetele kweendawo ezifumanisa amanzi ; nolondolozo lweentlanzi neenyamakazi ; noseko lweemarike nezikiti ; nolawulo nokunikwa imvume ngokusemthethweni yorwebo nokushishina, apha ke kubandakanywa ulwabiwo lweziza zorwebo nezinye, ukunikwa okanye ukuhlaziya iimvume kwezorwebo ; nokulawulwa kwemisebenzi yezentlalontle, ekubandakanywa kuyo intlalontle yabantwana nolawulo lwemisebenzi yezentlalontle eluncedo ngokuphathelele kwabagugileyo, imilwelwe okanye iimfama ezingenakusebenza nenkathalelomahlwempu.
(x ) nemfundo ngokubanzi ; (xi) neendlela zoluntu ; kunye (xii ) nolawulo, ukumiwa nokusetyenziswa komhlaba kuloo nqila ; nokusebenzisa amandla namagunya, uku(f) qhuba nokufeza iimfanelo nomsebenzi ugunyaziwe wenqila awuthwaliswe / azisingathiswe ngumthetho okanye ngokomthetho nawuphi na omnye ; (g) nokusebenzisa ngokubanzi amandla amagunya nokuqhuba umsebenzi okulawulo lwenqila ngokoluvo loMphathiswa nangathi yena Mphathiswa awunike loo gunyaziwe wengila. (2) Ugunyaziwe wenqila ngemvume yoMphathiswa angawufumana aze abe nawo umhlaba okanye naliphi na ilungelo emhlabeni njengoko angabona kufuneka ukuze afeze umsebenzi neemfanelo zakhe.
13. Ugunyaziwe wenqila angenza imithethwana engatenxileyo kwimigaqo yalo Mthetho (a) yokulawula inkqubo-micimbi nokugcina izinto zihamba ngokusendleleni ezintlanganisweni zikagunyaziwe okanye zayo nayiphi na ikomiti yakhe ; (b) emisela (imithethwana ) , efaka imibandela , eroxisa okanye etshitshisa umthetho osisithethe nosesikweni wenqila leyo ; okanye (c) emisela iimali emazihlawulwe ngemisebenzi
43.
Iinxuluma-mithetho zikagunyaziwe wenqila.
(d)
eluncedo eyenziwa ngugunyaziwe okanye iirafu emazihlawulwe lulo naluphi na udidi oluxeliweyo lwabantu ngokumalunga nezinto eziluncedo ezenzelwa abantu ngugunyaziwe ; ngokubanzi ngokufeza nayiphi na injongo esisingisele kuyo isiqendu seshumi elinambini.
Ukuwiswa kweerafu nguguny aziwe wenqila.
14. (1) Ugunyaziwe wenqila elawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendwana (3 ) uya kuba namandla, ngemvume yoMphathiswa, okuwisa irafu engengaphezulu kweerandi ezimbini nakuwuphi na unyaka omnye ngokuphathelele kummi ngamnye wenqila ongumrafi. (2 ) Akukho rafu injalo iya kuba namandla emthethweni ingaziswanga ngesaziso eGazethini yobuRulumente. (3) Akukho mmi ungumrafi, ngaphandle kokuba uvunyelwe ngugunyaziwe wenqila angummi kuyo, kuya kufuneka ahlawule nayiphi na irafu erafiswa ngokwemigaqo yesiqendwana ( 1 ) nangawuphi na umnyaka emakuhlawulwe kuwo nguye irafu ngokomhlathi (a ) wesigendwana (1) sesiqendu sesihlanu.
Irafu yemfuyo namavandlakanya-mali odipho.
15. (1) Nangona ikho loo migaqo yesiqendwana (3 ) sesiqendu seshumi elinesine, kunjalo nje eqhuba ngemvume yoMphathiswa , ugunyaziwe wenqila uya kuthi ungekadluli umhla wokuqala kweyoKwindla ngonyaka ngamnye , awise irafu yemfuyo ngokusingisele esithilini ngasinye enqileni yakhe ekuya kufuneka ihlawulwe nguye wonke ummi kweso sithili ofuye iinkomo okanye othi okwelo xesha abe unobuhlanti okanye umzi ekugcinwa kuwo iinkomo . (2) Loo rafu ke ikhankanyiweyo iya kwaziswa ngesaziso kwiGazethi yobuRulumente yaye iya kufanela ukuba ihlawulwe ngomhla oya kuxelwa nguMphathiswa kweso saziso ngokumalunga nenkomo nganye yommi nawuphi na onjalo okanye egcinwe nakubuphi na ubuhlanti okanye umzi ngomhla wokuqala kwekaCanzibè kuloo mnyaka. (3) Ugunyaziwe wenqila ungekadluli umhla okhankanywe kwisiqendwana ( 1 ) , uya kwandlala phambi kwemantyi yesithili eso, ukuze yona iwadlulisele kuMphathiswa , amavandlakanya akhe enkcitho-mali ngokuphathelele kwimisebenzi yokudipha neminye azimisele ukuyenza okanye ukuyifumanisa abantu kweso sithili enyakeni ozayo wemali ngokwemigaqo yomhlathi (d ) wesiqendwana (1) sesiqendu seshumi elinambini kunye ke nezizathu zesigqibo sakhe ngokubhekiselele kwimali eyirafu yemfuyo. (4) Umphathiswa uya kuba namandla ngokwasemthethweni okwandisa okanye okunciphisa imali yayo nayiphi na irafu yemfuyo erafiswa ngokwesiqendwana
44 .
(1) yaye ke nayiphi na irafu yemfuyo eyandiswe okanye encitshiswe njalo iya kuthatyathwa njengerafiswe ngokufanelekileyo ngugunyaziwe wenqila. (5) Irafu yemfuyo ewiswa ngokwesi siqendu kunye naziphi na ezinye iimali okanye iirafu ezihlawulelwa imisebenzzi yodipho okanye eminye eyenziwe okanye eyenzelwa abantu ngugunyaziwe wenqila ngokwemigaqo yomhlathi (d) wesigendwana (1) sesigendu seshumi elinambini, ziya kufakwa kwi-akhawunti eyodwa yesithili eso eya kubizwa ngokuthi yi-akhawunti yodipho, kwaye ke ngaphandle kokuba uMphathiswa uyalela ngenye indlela, yimali echithwe kuphela, ngugunyaziwe wenqila ngodipho-zinkomo notshatyalaliso lwezifo zeenkomo kweso sithili eya kukhutshwa kuloo akhawunti. (6) Akukho nto ikwesi siqendu iya kuthatyathwa njengeyalela okanye enqanda ugunyaziwe wenqila ukuba awisele izithili ezahlukeneyo iirafu zemfuyo ezahlukeneyo . (1) Umphathiswa uya kuthabatha amanyathelo okokuba ugunyaziwe ngamnye wenqila asekelwe uvimba-mali ekuya kufakwa kuye iimali ezixeliweyo apha ngezantsi nekuya kutsalwa kuye yonke imali echithiweyo ngayo yonke imicimbi esemandleni kagunyaziwe. (2) Wonke uvimba-mali onjalo uya kuba phantsi kolawulo loMphathiswa, ongathi yena ebeka imigaqo ayibona ifanele, elawulwa nayiyiphi na imimiselo, ulawulo Iwaloo vimba okanye lwenxenye yakhe nayiphi na alunikele kugunyaziwe wengila.
Uvimba-mali kagunyaziwe wenqila.
17. Kuya kuhlawulwa kuvimba kagunyaziwe wenqila ezi zambuku zemali zilandelayo, koko ke oko kulawulwe yimigaqo yesiqendwana (5) sesiqendu seshumi clinesihlanu nasisixhomekeka-mgaqweni somhlathi (a) wesigendwana (6) sesiqendu samashumi amahlanu anesibhozo (a) zonke imali ezibizwayo, iirafu neendleko emazihlawulwe kugunyaziwe wenqila ngokwesiko ; (b) zonke izambuku-mali ezifunyanwa ngento nayiphi na angumniniyo ugunyaziwe wenqila; (c) nasiphi na isipho esenziwe nanguwuphi na umntu ngenjongo yokunceda ugunyaziwe wengila ; (d) izambuku-mali emazihlawulwe ugunyaziwe wenqila ngokwesiqendwana (1) sesiqendu samashumi amahlanu anesithandathu kunye naziphi na ezinye iimali engathi iNdlu yoWiso-mithetho izabele le njongo - nazo
Izambuku emazihlawulwe kuvimba kagunyaziwe wenqila.
45.
(e) zonke ezinye iimali ezifunyanwa naphi na ukunceda ugunyaziwe wenqila.
Intlanganiso zikagunyaziwe wenqila.
18. (1 ) Ugunyaziwe wenqila ngamnye uya kuba nentlanganiso eqhelekileyo kungengaphantsi kwesihlandlo esinye kuzo zonke iinyanga ezimbini ngolo suku lumisiweyo nangaleyo yure ingathi intloko kagunyaziwe iyimise. (2) Intloko ingayibiza nanini na intlanganiso eyodwa kagunyaziwe wenqila kwanangexesha esukuba ifunwa ukuba yenjenjalo nguMphathiswa okanye linani elingengaphantsi kwesiqingatha esinye salo lonke inani lamaceba : Kodwa ke makuqondakale khona ukuthi uMphathiswa angathi abize intlanganiso eyodwa ngokwakhe. (3) Akukho mcimbi uya kuqwalaselwa entlanganisweni eyodwa ungengomcimbi uxelwe kwisaziso sayo. (4) Elona nani likufutshane lizeleyo lingaphaya kwesinye esithathwini salo lonke inani lamaceba liya kwenza ikhoram, kwaye ke akukhe mcimbi uya kuqhutywa okanye sigqibo siya kwenziwa ingekho ikhoram.
Isaziso seentianganiso zikagunyaziwe wenqila.
19. Intloko kagunyaziwe wenqila iya kunika isaziso iceba ngalinye nogunyaziwe ngamnye wesizwe neziko lolawulo lweziphaluka kuloo nqila (a) sosuku neyure emiselwe ukuba neentlanganiso eziqhelekileyo, laye ke iceba elinjalo kuya kufuneka lizile kwezo ntlanganiso ngaphandle kokunikwa esinye isaziso ; (b) sosuku neyure yentlanganiso "eyodwa" nayiphi na saye siya kucacisa injongo yayo : Makuqondakale kodwa ukuthi uMphathiswa angenza ukuba kunikwe isaziso sentlanganiso eyodwa nayiphi na ebizwa nguye.
Izigqibo zikagunyaziwe wenqila ziya kuba ngevoti yoninzi.
20. Yonke imicimbi yokuxoxwa evelayo kwintlanganiso kagunyaziwe wenqila iya kuconjululwa ngeevoti zoninzi, kwaye ke ekulinganeni kweevoti macala, intloko iya kuba kwanevoti yenkqawulo-mbambano. 21. Imicimbi kagunyaziwe wenqila iya kughutywa kuvunyelwe wonke umntu: Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi ugunyaziwe angathi nangayiphi na intlanganiso ngesigqibo okanye okokuba uyalelwe oko yintloko, azenze ikomiti, angaluvumeli uluntu nje entlanganisweni yakhe.
Intlanganiso kagunyaziwe wenqila ivule kile kuwonke-wonke.
Ingxelo-micimbi yentlanganiso kagunyaziwe wenqila.
22. (1) Intloko kagunyaziwe wenqila iya kuthabatha amanyathelo, okuba kwenziwe ingxelo-micimbi yako konke okuqhutyiweyo ngugunyaziwe, apho ke kuya kubhalwa (a) umhla nendawo yentlanganiso ; (b) amagama amaceba abekho nelomntu obechophele loo ntlanganiso ;
46.
isishwankathelo sokuqhutyiweyo nengxoxo entlanganisweni , esiya kuthi ke sibe nazo zonke izindululo, okanye imibandela ngokuzeleyo nezigqibo ekufikelelwe kuzo ngayo, esibandakanya (isishwankathelo eso) negama leceba elenza nasiphi na isindululo okanye elifaka nawuphi na umbandela kweso sindululo kunye neceba elixhase isindululo okanye umbandela ; (d) ukuba licela oko iceba, ukuthi alivani naso nasiphi na isigqibo. (2) Ingxelo-micimbi yentlanganiso iya kuthi emveni kokuba iqiniselwe kweyona ntlanganiso ikufutshane ilandelayo isayinwe yintloko kagunyaziwe wenqila. iyakuthi (3) Intloko kwentlanganiso emveni nganye yenze okokuba ikopi yengxelo-micimbi yokuqhutyiweyo apho kuyo ithunyelwe kuMphathiswa, umLawuli noṀphicothi -zincwadi omkhulu " nakwiziko ngalinye lolawulo lweziphaluka kuloo nqila nakugunyaziwe wesizwe ngamnye kuloo nqila. 23 (1) Kuzo zonke iintlanganiso zikagunyaziwe we– nqila intloko iya (a) kugcina inzolo ngokubanzi ; (b) kwenza izigqibo ngazo zonke iingongoma ekuphikiswana ngazo malunga nocwangco nolungelelwano lwezinto; (c) kumisa kakuhle, ngengqiqo yayo, ukulandelelana kwemicimbi yeengxoxo emveni koqiniselo lwengxelo-micimbi. (d) kuba namandla (i) okuvala ingxoxo nakuwuphi na umcimbi xa ibona oko kufuneka ngokubhekiselele kuqhutyo-zingxoxo okanye kwinzolo nocwangco nolungelelwano lwezinto ; (ii) okuchitha intlanganiso leyo okwexesha okanye iyivale ; okanye (iii ) okunqumamisa ekubeni libuye libe luncedo apho entlanganisweni nokuyalela ukutsho lwalo naliphi na iceba elisebenzisa amazwi athukayo okanye angafanelekileyo okanye elithi ngenye indlela liziphathe kakubi. (2) Wonke ubani obhekisa amazwi kusihlalo uya kuma ngeenyawo . (3) Isindululo okanye umbandela (a) awuyi kusebenza ungaxhaswanga ngokufanelekileyo emveni kokuphakanyiswa (b) awungeroxiswa kungengangamvume kagunyaziwe wenqila waye (c) uya kufundwa ngokuvakalayo ngaphambi kokuba uvotelwe. (c)
47 .
Inkqubo ezintlanganisweni zikagunyaziwe wenqila.
Iqoqo lenqila. 24. (1) Ugunyaziwe wenqila ngamnye uya kwalathela amaceba amane akhe, okanye enqileni enezithili ezidlulileyo kwezine, amaceba alingana nezo zithili ngobuninzi, ukuba athi edibene nentloko abe liqoqo lenqila : Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi ugunyaziwe angathi nangaliphi na ixesha aligxothe naliphi na iceba elinjalo, alathele elinye endaweni yalo. (2) Iqoqo lenqila liya kuthi kwizithuba eziphakathi kweentlanganiso eziqhelekileyo zikagunyaziwe wenqila libe nokuziphendulela ngokufeza okanye ngokusebenzisa amandla, amagunya nomsebenzi kagunyaziwe wenqila kodwa ke ingengawo amandla, amagunya nomsebenzi angathi ugunyaziwe awuqingqe amaxesha ngamaxesha (3) Intloko kagunyaziwe wenqila iya kuchophela iintlanganiso zeqoqo lengila : Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi xa sukuba intloko ingekho nakwiyiphi na intlanganiso, amalungu akhoyo angalathela omnye kuwo ukuba achophele loo ntlanganiso. (4) Iqoqo lenqila liya kuba nentlanganiso kungengaphantsi kwesihlandlo esinye ngenyanga ngosuku olumisiweyo nangeyure engathi imiswe ngamaxesha ngamaxesha yintloko kagunyaziwe wenqila. (5) Intloko iya kunika isaziso sosuku neyure emiswe ngokwesiqendwana (4) ilungu ngalinye leqoqo lenqila neziko ngalinye lolawulo lweziphaluka nakubo bonke ogunyaziwe bezizwe kuloo nqila, laye ke elo lungu kuya kufuneka lizile ezintlanganisweni zeqoqo lenqila ngaphandle kwasaziso simbi : Kodwa ke makuqondakale khona ukuthi intloko ingabiza nangaliphi na ixesha intlanganiso eyodwa yeqoqo lenqila ngesaziso esingengaphantsi kweseentsuku ezimbini. (6) Amalungu amathathu eqoqo lenqila aya kuba yikhoram ngaphandle kokuba ke iqoqo, ekubandakanywa kulo intloko yalo, linamalungu angaphezulu kwamahlanu ekuya kuthi ke amalungu amane abe yikoram . (7) Iqoqo lenqila liya kwenza ingxelo kugunyaziwe weenqila entlanganisweni nganye eqhelekileyo elandelayo kagunyaziwe. (8) Iqoqo lenqila nangaliphi na ilixa lingalathela iikomitana kwalapha kumalungu alo ukufeza injongo eliyibona ifanele laye linganikezela kuloo komitana, okanye nakwiliphi na ilungu layo, uphando okanye igunya nakwiliphi na ilungu layo, uphando okanye igunya naliphi na lokwenza nayiphi na into egameni leqoqo : Kodwa ke makuqondakale khona ukuthi nayiphi na ikomitana enjalo okanye umntu uya kwenza ingxelo kwiqoqo lenqila. (9) Imigaqo yezi ziqendu : esamashumi amabini
48.
esamashumi amabini ananye, esamashumi amabini anambini nesamashumi amabini anesithathu iya kusebenza iguqulwe nje apho kufunekayo ngokumalunga neqoqo lengila. 25. Intloko okanye naliphi na iceba likagunyaziwe wenqila liya kuhlawulwa kuvimba-mali waloo gunyaziwe (a)
(b)
Izibonelelo zentloko namaceba kagunyaziwe wenqila.
ngokubakho nakwiyiphi na intlanganiso kagunyaziwe wenqila, ekuqukwa kuyo nayiphi na intlanganiso yeqoqo lengila okanye nayiphi na enye ikomiti okanye ikomitana yalo, okanye okokuba ligunyaziswe yimantyi okanye yintloko yesebe, ukuba liye ngomsebenzi nakwiyiphi na indawo esithilini okanye ngaphandle kwesithili ekuqhelekileyo ukuba lihlale kuso, izibonelelo zokuhamba nezinye angazimisela uMphathiswa ebhungisana noMphathiswa wezeMali.
Ogunyaziwe bezizwe nabeenqila. 26. Akukho mntu uya kufanela ukwalathelwa okanye ukuhlala njengeceba likagunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila engengomvoti ubhalisiweyo waseTranskei. 27. (1) Amaceba kagunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wengila aya kuba sesikhundleni sokuba ngamaceba iminyaka emihlanu ngaphandle ke njengoko kuqingqiweyo kulo Mthetho okanye esiqendwini samashumi amathathu anesibini soMthetho osiSiseko soLawulo ; (2)Ukulungiselela iinjongo zesiqendwana (1) ixesha (isithuba) ngalinye liya kuqalisa ngomhla wokuqala kweyoMqungu (kuJanuwari ) nangokuphathelele kwixesha lokuqala ngomnyaka we 1966. (3) Naliphi na iceba esithe isihlalo salo asabi namntu ngokuphela kwexesha, liya kufaneleka ukuba liphinde lalathelwe. 28. Isikhundla seceba likagunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila asiyi kuba namntu (a) ukuba liyafa ; okanye (b) ukuba liyayeka ukubhaliswa njengomvoti waseTranskei , okanye (c) ukuba aliphumeleli ukuza ezintlanganisweni ezintathu ezilandelelanayo zikagunyaziwe ngaphandle kwemvume yakhe eyodwa; okanye (d) ukuba alikho apho engileni ngaphaya kweenyanga ezintandathu kungengangamvume iyodwa kagunyaziwe ; okanye (e) ukuba liyaphuma esikhundleni salo ; okanye
49.
Izenzi-kufanela kumaceba ogunyaziwe bezizwe nabeenqila. Ubude bexesha lobuceba kogunyaziwe bezizwe okanye beenqila.
Ukushenxa esihlalweni kweceba likagunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila.
(f)
ukuba isikhundla salo sivakaliswa nguMphathiswa njengesingenamntu ngokwesiqendu samashumi amabini anethoba ; okanye (g) ukuba kufakwa omnye esikhundleni salo ngokwesiqendu samashumi amathathu anesithathu ; okanye (h ) ukuba ligwetyiwe ngokwaphula nangaluphi na uhlobo imigaqo yesiqendu samashumi amane anethoba; okanye ngokubhekiselele nakuwuphi na umntu (i) oliceba ngegunya lesikhundla sakhe, ukuba uyekile ukuba sisibonda okanye inkosi okanye uthatyathwa ngokwesiqendu samashumi amathathu anesibini soMthetho osiSiseko soLawulo ukuba ulahlile ebukhosini.
Eminye imigaqo ngoshenxo ezikhundleni ngamaceba ogunyaziwe bezizwe okanye beenqila .
29. UMphathiswa angathi ngokubona kwakhe abhengeze ukuba asinamntu isikhundla seceba naliphi na likagunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila (a) ukuba, emveni kophando olwenziwe ligosa elalathelwe oko nguMphathiswa, ekuya kuthi kulo iceba libe nelungelo lokumanyelwa ekuzithetheleleni kwalo, uMphathiswa uyaneliswa kukuba iceba alinankathalo ekuqhubeni umsebenzi walo okanye ukuba, nangasiphi na esinye isizathu, ukushenxiswa kweceba esikhundleni salo kuyimfuneko uluntu olunomdla kuyo ; okanye (b) ngesicelo sentloko ngokumalunga naliphi na iceba (ingelilo iceba elikhankanywe kwisiqendwana (2) sesiqendu seshumi ) elalathelwe nguye.
Izithuba ezifumana zivele kogunyaziwe bezizwe okanye beenqila.
30. Okokuba kuyenzeka singabi namntu isikhundla salo naliphi na iceba likagunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila, ngaphambi kokuphela kwexesha eliqingqelwe ubuceba balo, isikhundla salo ngentsalela yelo xesha liqingqiweyo lobuceba siya kuzaliswa ngokufanelekileyo ngokwemigaqo yalo Mthetho.
Ixesha eliqingqelwe ubuhlungu beentloko ezithile zoguny aziwe bezizwe okanye beenqila.
31. Imigaqo yezi ziqendu : esamashumi amabini anesixhenxe nesamashumi amathathu iya kusebenza iguqulwe nje apho kufunekayo ngokuphathelele kwintloko nganye kagunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila ekhankanywe emhlathini (b ) wesiqendwana (2) sesiqendu sesithathu nasemhlathini (b ) wesiqendwana ( 3 ) sesiqendu seshumi.
Ukungabinakho ukongama kwentloko kagunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila.
32 (1 ) Okokuba iyafa intloko yakhe nawuphi na ugunyaziwe wesizwe nokokuba wenqila okanye ithi ngaso nasiphi na esinye isizathu iyeke ukuba yintloko kagunyaziwe , kwaye ke kufuneka ukuze kuzaliswe eso sithuba
50.
ukuba kwalathelwe ikumkani, ikumkani elibamba, inkosi okanye inkosi elibamba ngokwesiqendu samashumi amane anesihlanu soMthetho osiSiseko soLawulo, okanye (b) ukuba kwalathelwe isibonda okanye isibonda esilibamba ngokwesiqendu samashumi amane ananye, amaceba kagunyaziwe entlanganisweni ebizelwe ngokukodwa loo njongo kwaye ke nangemvume yoMphathiswa, aya kutyumba omnye wawo ukuba abe yintloko okwexeshana nje elithile, achophele iintlanganiso zikagunyaziwe kude kuqiniselwe ngokusemthethweni ukwalathelwa kwentloko : Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi okokuba nawuphi na umntu osabanjisiweyo ngolo hlobo akankosi okanye akasibonda, ukufeza iinjongo zezi ziqendu : esamashumi amane anesithathu nesamashumi amane anesine uya kuthatyathwa ngokokuba yinkosi elibamba okanye sisibonda esilibamba, kuxhomekeke ekubeni uyintoni na kanyekanye kwaba. (2) Okokuba intloko kagunyaziwe nawuphi na wesizwe okanye wenqila ayinakho ngenxa yokungabikho okanye ngesinye isizathu nje esiyibambe okwexeshana, ukuchophela nayiphi na intlanganiso kagunyaziwe wenqila, amaceba akhoyo entlanganisweni aya kunyula omnye wawo ukuba achophele loo ntlanganiso. 33. (1) Wonke umntu oba yintloko kagunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila esikhundleni sentloko etshabileyo okanye ethe nangasiphi na esinye isizathu yalahla apho esikhundleni, angathi ngemvume yoMphathiswa alathele iceba elinye okanye ngaphezulu ukuthatha indawo yenani lamaceba elilingana nalawo abelathelwe ngumanduleli wakhe kweso sikhundla. (2) Ngaphandle koko kuqingqiweyo kwisiqendwana (1 ) amaceba kagunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila akasayi kuphuma ezikhundleni zawo kuphela nje ngesizathu sokufa kwentloko kagunyaziwe okanye ngokulahla kwayo isikhundla nangasiphi na esinye isizekabani . (a)
34. Onke amanyathelo okumangala ngokusemthethweni athatyathwa ngugunyaziwe wesizwe nokokuba ngowenqila okanye awokummangalela loo gunyaziwe angathatyathwa yintloko yaloo gunyaziwe ngegunya leso sikhundla sayo okanye imangalelwe loo ntloko ikweso sikhundla sayo sobugosa emthethweni : Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi (a) isizwe okanye nawuphi na ugunyaziwe wesizwe akasayi kuba nakuziphendulela okunobutyala ngeembophelelo zasemthethweni zayo nayiphi na ikumkani ngobuqu
51 .
Amalungelo entloko entsha kagunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila.
Ukumangala okanye ukumangalelwa kogunyaziwe bezizwe.
(b)
bayo, inkosi okanye isibonda saye ke nasiphi na isizwe okanye ugunyaziwe wesizwe okanye umhlaba omiwe nasisiphi na isizwe awusayi kubotshelelwa nangabuphi na ubutyala ngokuphathelele nakwiyiphi na imvumelwano eyenziwe na-okanye imfanelo emayifezwe ngokusemthethweni nayiyiphi na ikumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda ngàphandle kokuba obo butyala bungemvume yoMphathiswa emveni kokuba bamkelwe entlanganisweni kagunyaziwe wesizwe lowo baza baqiniselwa entlanganisweni kagunyaziwe wenqila ; nokuba ingafunyanwanga imvume ebhaliweyo yoMphathiswa kwangaphambili, akukho manyathelo akumangalela ngokubhekiselele kubumnini-nto, umiwo okanye ufunyanomhlaba sisizwe aya kuthatyathwa okanye axhaswe nanguwuphi na umthile okanye nangabaphi na abantu beso sizwe ngokumalunga nayiphi na ikumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda seso sizwe okanye ngokubhekiselele kugunyaziwe lowo wesizwe okanye wenqila okanye nayiphi na intloko yaloo gunyaziwe okanye ngokumalunga nesizwe.
Uvunyelo nobhengezolweenxuluma-mithetho zikagunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila.
35 ( 1 ) Akukho nxuluma-mithetho (umthethwana ) yenziwe ngokwesiqendu sesibhozo nanguwuphi na ugunyaziwe wesizwe okanye ngokwesiqendu seshumi elinesithathu nanguwuphi na ugunyaziwe wenqila iya kuba namandla omthetho ingavunyelwanga nguMphathiswa ize emveni koko ipapashwe eGazethini yobuRulumente. (2) Ngaphambi kokuba avume nayiphi na inxuluma-mithetho ngokwesiqendu (1 ) , uMphathiswa angayibuyisela kugunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila ebivela kuye ukuba ayiphononge ngokutsha ngokuthathela ingqalelo ulwazi nengcebiso eyenye enikwayo.
UMphathiswa angalathela amaceba.
36 ( 1 ) Nangona kukho nayiphi na enye into kulo Mthetho, okokuba inani lamaceba akhe nawuphi na ugunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila lithi nangaliphi na ixesha linganeli ukwenza ikhoram ngenxa yenani elikhoyo lezithuba ezifuna ukuzaliswa, uMphathiswa angalathela inani elaneleyo lamaceba okwexesha elingadlulileyo ezinyangeni ezintandathu , ukuba lithi lidibene nenani lamaceba asesezikhundleni zawo , lenze ubuncinane ikhoram : Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi akukho mntu uya kwalathelwa njalo nguMphathiswa engengommi waloo mmandla usekelwe ugunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila, kuxhomekeke ukuthi nguwuphi na kanye-kanye kwaba , aze abe ubhalisiwe njengomvoti waseTranskei.
52 .
(2) Iceba elalathelwe ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) liya kuxhamla zonke iimfanelo namalungelo alo naliphi na iceba likagunyaziwe, lenze msebenzi-mnye kuze nokungafaneleki kwalo ebulungwini bulawulwe yimigaqo efana nqwa naleyo ilawula naliphi na elinye iceba likagunyaziwe lo, kwahluke nje ngokuthi lona liya kuba sesikhundleni salo ngentando yoMphathiswa. 37 (1) Okokuba nangaliphi na ixesha maceba kagunyaziwe wesizwe (a) akukho okanye wenqila okanye akukho maceba aneleyo anakho navumayo ukwenza ikhoram , okanye (b) intloko yakhe nawuphi na ugunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila ayinakho, okanye ayivumi okanye iyatyeshela okanye iyalibazisa ukusebenzisa okanye ukuqhuba nawuphi na umsebenzi okanye igunya eyilinikiweyo okanye ethwaliswe lona ngulo Mthetho okanye nawuphi na omnye umthetho, kwaye (c) kufuneka ukunceda ubuRulumente obububo, ukuqinisekisa ukuthi kuthe roqo kukho , okanye imimandla ulawulo lwaloo mmandlą okanye lwaloo nqila; uMphathiswa angalathela imantyi ukuba ngelo thuba asebenze athandayo , njengogunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila okanye intloko yakhe loo gunyaziwe njengoko kunokufuneka ngokweemeko. (2) Imantyi ke eyalathelwe ngokwesiqendwana (1) iya kufanela ke ngokusemthethweni ukuqhuba nokusebenzisa naliphi na igunya okanye umsebenzi ewunikiweyo okanye othwaliswe ngomthetho ugunyaziwe okanye intloko leyo kagunyaziwe. (3) Naliphi na igunya, umsebenzi oqhutywa okanye amandla asetyenziswa yimantyi ngokwesiqendwana ( 2) aya kuthatyathwa njengasetyenziswe ngemfanelo ngugunyaziwe okanye yintloko efanelekileyo, kuxhomekeke ukuthi yiyiphi na kanye-kanye kwezi zinto zimbini.
UMphathiswa angalathela iMantyi ukuba isebenze njengogunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila okanye njengentloko.
38. Ugunyaziwe ngamnye wesizwe nowenqila uya kuthatyathwa ngokuba ungumlawuli weziphaluka ukulungiselela iinjongo zoMthetho wowe 1958 wokunqanda uBumene-mene obuNothengo (Umthetho Namba 6 wowe 1958) .
Ukunqanda ubumene-mene obunothengo phakathi.
53.
Icandelo
III
AMAZIKO OLAWULO LWEZIPHALUKA
Uyilo Iwamaziko olawulo 1weziphaluka.
39. Kulawulwa yimithetho elawula inkonzo yobuRulumente baseTranskei, kuya kusekwa e-ofisini naphantsi kolongamelo lwemantyi nganye iziko lolawulo lweziphaluka eliya (a) kuncedisa liluleke ogunyaziwe bezizwe esithilini eso ekuqhubeni okanye ekusebenziseni amandla abo, amagunya nomsebenzi wabo ngokwalo Mthetho okanye ngokwawo nawuphi na omnye; (b) kwenza egameni laloo gunyaziwe okanye ugunyaziwe wenqila umsebenzi wolawulo neminye ekuqukwa kuyo uqokelelo-mali engenayo njengoko uMphathiswa angathi ngamaxesha ngamaxesha ayibalule ; (c) kuqhuba lilawule egameni loMphathiswa imicimbi yemali ne-akhawunti okanye uvimba-mali wakhe nawuphi na ugunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila, okanye nayiphi na inxalenye yoko, engabekwanga elulawulweni lukagunyaziwe lowo ngokwalo Mthetho ; neliya (d) kukhuthaza ngokubanzi ukwenziwa kusebenze lo mthetho nolawulo lwawo, lenze okanye lifeze eminye imisebenzi neemfanelo zohlobo angathi uMphathiswa ekusebenziseni ingqiqo yakhe azinikezele kwiziko lolawulo Iweziphaluka okanye njengoko kunokuthi kumiselwe. Icandelo
IV
IIRAFU ZEZIZWE.
Irafu yokuzithandela.
40 (1) Xa isizwe ngokuzithandela senza isicelo sorafiso-mali ethile ukunceda sona eso sizwe , aze uMphathiswa (a) abe wanelisiwe ukuba uninzi lwabarafi beso sizwe luyayinqwenela loo rafu, waye (b) eyivumela injongo eza kuwiselwa yona irafu leyo, uMphathiswa ke ngesaziso eGazethini yobuRulumente angawisa loo rafu ingumlinganiso othile ngokuphathelele kumntu ngamnye weso sizwe ongumrafi . (2 ) UMphathiswa nangaliphi na ixesha ngesicelo soninzi lwabarafi abachatshazelwayo yiloo rafu angayiroxisa ngesaziso eGazethini yobuRulumente nayiphi na irafu erafiswa ngokwesiqendwana (1 ) .
54.
Icandelo
V
IIKUMKANI , IINKOSI NEZIBONDA. 41 (1) Kuya kuba ngumsebenzi kagunyaziwe wesizwe, elawulwa yimigaqo yesi siqendu , ukwalathela isibonda okanye, njengoko kungafunekayo ngokweemeko, isibonda esilibamba ukuba siphathe nabaphi na abemi bommandla wolawulo okanye nawuphi na umhlaba ophakathi kwemida yawo okanye owenza wona. (2 ) Akukho mntu uya kwalathelwa ukuba abe sisibonda okanye isibonda esilibamba engengaphezulu kwamashumi amabini ananye eminyaka kwakhona engabhaliswanga njengomvoti waseTranskei. (3) Kwakhona emveni kobhungiswano nabavoti ababhalisiweyo balowo mmandla wolawulo kwintlanganiso ebimenyelwe ukuqwalasela lowo mcimbi. (4) Naluphi na ulwalathelo ngokwesiqendwana (1 ) luya kumelwa kukuba luqiniselwe nguMphathiswa ongathi ke yena ngokusebenzisa ingqiqo yakhe aluqinisele olo lwalathelo okanye alubuyisele emva kugunyaziwe wesizwe ukuba aphinde aluphononge. (5 ) Nangona kukho eminye imigaqo engangqinelaniyo noku kwisiqendwana ( 1) , uMphathiswa (a) emveni kokubhungisana nogunyaziwe wesizwe kwanayo nayiphi na ikumkani echaphazelekayo, angalathela isibonda okanye isibonda esilibamba okokuba kolwakhe uluvo kuluncedo kuluntu ukwenjenjalo ; (b) uya kwalathela isibonda esilibamba ukuba kukho nasiphi na isikhundla sobubonda esingenamntu ixesha elingaphaya kweenyanga ezintathu. 42 (1) Ikumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda siya(a) kuxhamla ubuncwane bewonga, amalungelo, senze iimfanelo nomsebenzi esiwunikiweyo okanye esiwuthwalisiweyo ngenxa yewonga laso ngamasiko okanye zizithethe ezivunyiweyo zesizwe sayo ; (b) kuba nelungelo ekufezeni ngokufanelekileyo umsebenzi waso lokuba wonke ummi wommandla esalathelwe wona anyaniseke kuso, asihlonele, asixhase, asithobele. (c) kuqhuba umsebenzi wolawulo lommandla waso sisebenzisana nogunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila, silawulwa nayimiyalelo esemthethweni esingathi siyinikwe nguokanye ngommeli nawuphi na ofanelekileyo kaRulumente. (d) kugcina umthetho nolungelelwano lwezinto ,
55.
Ulwalathelo lwezibonda okanye izibonda ezingamabamba.
Iimfanelo, amandla, amagunya nomsebenzi weekumkani , iinkosi nezibonda.
sibike kurulumente ngoko nangoko, naluphi na udaba olubalulekileyo okanye oludla umzi, ekubandakanywa kulo nayiphi na imeko yesidubedube okanye yokunganeliseki kwabantu ; (e) kusebenzisa enqileni yaso ngokumalunga nawuphi na ummi (i ) amandla okubamba abantu esiwanikiweyo esikhundleni saso njengegosa loxolo, siSahluko IV soMthetho wowe 1955 weNkqubo ephathelele kuMatyala eZizi (uMthetho Namba 56 wowe 1955) size (ii) sithi silawulwa yimigaqo yeziqendwana (3) nese (4 ) zesiqendu samashumi amane anesithandathu salo Mthetho ukhankanyiweyo, sisebenzise amandla ophengululo, ukubamba nokudla umntu, ngokumalunga nemfuyo ebiweyo, utywala, imichiza eba sisighelo egazini, imipu, izixhobo zokulwa, iiruluwa nezidubuli ezikhankanywe kwisiqendwana ( 1 ) seso siqendu ; (f) kuqinisekisa ukuthi kukhuselwa ubomi, abantu nezinto zabo , abahambi abaneenjongo ezinyulu enqileni yaso, size sibike ngoko nangoko kwabafanelekileyo abasemagunyeni. ( i ) ukubulawa kwakhe nawuphi na umntu ngesinyokotho esingekho mthethweni okanye ngenye indlela engeyoyandalo ; (ii ) ukuvela kwaso nasiphi na isifo esisulelayo nesithathekayo. (iii ) naluphi na uthakatho okanye ubunuse okanye "ubuprofeti " bokuzenzisa ; (iv) nakuphi na ukusetyenziswa ngokungendlela kwempahla kaRulumente ; (v) nakuphi na ukwamkela okanye ukusebenzisa iimali zoluntu ngokungekho mthethweni ; (vi ) ukuba nayo nayiphi na intlanganiso, indibano okanye ingqungquthela engaukusasazwa gunyazisiweyo okanye kweencwadi namaphepha angafunekiyo okanye ukungena okungagunyazisiweyo kwakhe nawuphi na umntu emmandleni waso, kunye ( vii ) naluphi na ukreqo-mthetho olungekho lungelweni legunya laso lokuthetha amatyala ; (g) kuchitha okanye siyalele ukuchithwa kwayo nayiphi na intlanganisela yabantu abaxho-
56 .
bileyo okanye nayiphi na intlanganiso okanye ingqungquthela enengxushungxushu okanye engekho mthethweni ; okokuba kukho imeko yentswelo ntobelo-mthetho emmandleni waso okanye, kuluvo lwaso akukho enye indlela yokuyiphelisa siya (h ) kuyalela ukuba konke okanye nakuphi na koku kulandelayo kuya kwalelwa okwexesha elingengaphezulu kweentsuku ezilishumi elinane nangasiphi na isihlandlo esinye (i ) iziqhu zamadoda engamaqela ngamagela; (ii) intsilo-tywala okanye ukuba neziyolo zezinyunguma kuloo mmandla njengoko siya kuyalela ; (iii ) ukuphathwa nanguwuphi na umntu kwekhaka okanye kwenduku engaphezulu kwenye eqhelekileyo ; (iv) iingxolo zentlaba-mkhosi okanye ukhaliso-maxilongo okanye iimpempe ; kwazisa abemi bommandla waso okufunwa (i) nguwo nawuphi na umthetho omtsha. kuqinisekisa ukuthi izenzo zabantu zingqi(j) nelana nayo yonke imithetho nemiyalelo yabo nabaphi na abo bafanelekileyo basemagunyeni ; (k) kunqanda kungabikho nkohlakalo yenziwayo kwizidalwa; (1) kuvalela, size xa umthetho ufuna senjenjalo sivalele esikiti nayiphi na imfuyo edliswa ngokungekho mthethweni okanye efunyanwa iduka phakathi kwemida yommandla okanye engeniswa ngokungemthetho okanye kwiimeko eziranisayo emmandleni waso size ke sibike oko kwabasemagunyeni abafanelekileyo ; size ke (m ) ngokubanzi sizame ukukhuthaza imicimbi eluncedo esizweni saso nasenqileni leyo , sime ngeenyawo sixhase, siqalise ngokwaso amanyathelo enkqubela yabantu baso. (2 ) Ilawulwa yimigaqo yeSihlokomiso-mthetho Namba 311 sowe 1963 , ikumkani okanye inkosi ngemvume kagunyaziwe lowo wenqila noMphathiswa ingalathela isandla sayo sibe sinye okanye ngaphezulu ukuyincedisa ekuqhubeni okanye ekusebenziseni iimfanelo, amandla , amagunya nomsebenzi ewunikwe ngokwalo Mthetho okanye nawuphi na omnye umthetho, yaye ke ingathi kananjalo iluphelise olo lwalathelo : Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi akukho kumkani okanye nkosi iya kuthi ngokwalathela isekela okanye isandla sayo , iziroxise emthwalweni wayo
57.
wokuziphendulela ngokuqhuba okanye ngokusebenzisa ngokufanelekileyo nawaphi na amandla, iimfanelo, igunya okanye umsebenzi. Umvuzo wesighelo wekumkani , inkosi okanye isibonda.
43 (1) Ilawulwa yimigaqo yalo Mthetho (a) ikumkani iya kuba nelungelo kwintlawulo okanye komnye umvuzo wohlobo olungathi luqingqwe ngumthetho ; yaye (b) inkosi okanye isibonda siya kufumana umvuzo wohlobo olungathi luqingqwe ngumthetho okanye lumiselwe nguMphathiswa ngamaxesha ngamaxesha ebhungisana noMphathiswa wezeMali. ( 2) Kungengamvume yoMphathiswa efunyenwe kwangaphambili akukho kumkani, nkosi okanye sibonda siya kuncamela nawuphi na umntu nayiphi na intlawulo, umvuzo okanye esinye isibonelelo emasihlawulwe kuso ngokwalo Mthetho okanye nawuphi na omnye umthetho .
Ezinye izibonelelo emazihlawu1we kwiikumkani , iinkosinezibonda.
44. Ikumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda siya kuthi kwiimali ezabelwe oko yiNdlu yoWiso-mithetho sihlawulwe (a) okokuba siya ngomsebenzi nakwiyiphi na i-ofisi kaRulumente okanye intloko yesebe okanye imantyi ifuna siye ndaweni ithile engaphandle kwenqila okanye ummandla waso, kuxhomekeke ekuthini yiyiphi na kwezi, isibonelelo soncediso kwiindleko zokunokuhlala hamba nezokudla ezingathi zimiselwe nguMphathiswa ebhungisana noMphathiswa wezeMali : Kodwa ke makuqokale ukuthi (i) intloko yesebe okanye imantyi xa ibona kufanele, ingayalela ukuba akukho sibonelelo solo hlobo siya kuhlawulwa okanye yinxalenye nje yaso kuphela eya kuhlawulwa ; nokuba (ii ) uMphathiswa angamisela izibonelelo ezahlukeneyo ngokumalunga neekumkani , iinkosi okanye izibonda ngokwewonga lazo okanye ezinye iimeko eziphathelele kubuqu bazo nangokwemigama eza kuhanjwa zizo ; (b) okokuba ngemvume yoMphathiswa siya phuma enkonzweni ngomhlala-phantsi ombangi yawo ibubudala okanye ubuthathaka bempilo okanye nangasiphi na esinye isizathu esivakalayo nesanelisayo, isibonelelo somhlala-phantsi ngomlinganiso ongaqingqwa nguMphathiswa ebhungisana noMphathiswa wezeMali.
58 .
45. Ekuqingqeni nayiphi na intlawulo yesighelo ngokwesiqendu samashumi amane anesithathu okanye isibonelelo sokuroxa enkonzweni (somhlala- phantsi) ngokomhlathi (b) wesiqendu samashumi amane anesine, kuya kuthathelwa ingqalelo ixesha ngalinye elithile lenkonzo eyanelisayo nokokuba ayiqhawuke ndawo okanye ayinjalo, eyenziwe yikumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda : Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi , ekuqingqeni isibonelelo soroxo-nkonzweni , akukho xesha lithile lankonzo liya kubandakanywa ekuhlawulwe ngalo isibonelelo soroxo-nkonzweni okanye ekufunyenwe ngalo naluphi na uncedo ngoroxo-nkonzweni nokokuba kungaphambili okanye kusemveni kokuqalisa ukusebenza kwalo Mthetho.
Ukumisela intlawulo okanye izibonelelo zomhlala-phantsi .
46. ( 1 ) Xa sukuba kukho sizathu senza okokuba umntu akholwe kukuba ikumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda sinetyala lokuziphatha kakubi ngokuba (a) singaphumeleli okanye sisala ukwenza oko kuvumelana nawo nawuphi na umgaqo walo Mthetho okanye wawo nawuphi na omnye umthetho ekuyimfanelo yaso ukuba senze ngokuvumelana nawo, (b) asithobeli, asihoyi okanye sithi ngabomu singenzi myalelo usemthethweni esiwunikwe ngumntu onegunya lokuwunika, okanye sithi ngendlela esiziphethe ngayo sibonakalalise intswela-ntobeko, (c) siziphethe ngokulihlazo, ngokungafanelekileyo okanye ngokungangqinelaniyo newonga elikuso,
Ululeko-similo.
(d )
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
sisebenzisa ngokugqithileyo iziselo ezinxilisayo okanye amachiza abangela ubutyhamtyham bengqondo, sisebenzisa amandla aso ngokuphosisekileyo okanye "sixhwitha" abantu, okanye ngokusebenzisa unyanzelo okanye naziphi na ezinye indlela zokuzithandela bobungqwangangqwili sifumana nayiphi na irafu, imali ebizwayo, umvuzo okanye isipho, sithetha ityala lomntu nawuphi na okanye simohlwaye singagunyaziswanga ngokufaneukukwenza lekileyo oko ngu- okanye ngokomthetho nawuphi na, siba lilungu okanye sinenxaxheba kwimicimbi yombutho okanye yomanyano onjongo zalo zibuqethulayo okanye zibuchasileyo ubuRulumente obumisiweyo okanye umthetho nocwangco, okanye asinankathalo okanye siyanqena ukwenza umsebenzi waso,
59
uMphathiswa angasibeka ityala esibhalela ngoko kuziphatha kakubi, alathele igosa elisenkonzweni kaRulumente ukuba liphande ngaloo mcimbi, aze enze imiyalelo ngokumalunga nophando, ekuya kuthi kulo ikumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda sibe nelungelo lokumanyelwa xa sizithethelelayo, njengoko abona kufanelekile : Kodwa ke makuqondakale khona ukuthi ukuqhutywa komcimbi onxulumene nesimangalo akuyi kuphuthiswa kukungaphumeleli nakuphi na kweku mkani, inkosi okanye isibonda ukubakho apho kuphando. (2 ) Igosa elichophele uphando liya (a) kugcina onke amaxwebhu abhaliweyo abhekiselele kuxutyusho-simangalo ; (b) kwenza isigqibo ekuphethweni kophando sokuba ngaba ikumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda sinetyala lokuziphatha kakubi kusini na, lize ke lisixelele isibonda eso ngesigqibo salo ; lize ke (c) lithumele kuMphathiswa amaxwebhu abhaliweyo ngovavanyo-tyala, ingxelo yalo ngesigqibo elifikelele kuso, izizathu zokufikelela kuso nokunye ke elikuphawulileyo elifuna ukukukhankanya (oku ke apha ngezantsi kubizwa ngokuthi ngamaxwebhu abhaliweyo ophando). (3) Okokuba igosa lifikelele kwisigqibo sokuba ikumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda sinetyala lokuziphatha kakubi, uMphathiswa uya kuthumela ikopi yamaxwebhu abhaliweyo ophando (a)
ngokumalunga nekumkani okanye inkosi, kugunyaziwe wayo wengila, (b) ngokumalunga nesibonda, kugunyaziwe waso wesizwe, loo gunyaziwe ke uya kuthi emveni koko ngexesha elixelwe nguMphathiswa ( i ) ayiyale okanye ayithethise ikumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda, okanye (ii ) ayihlawulise imali engengaphezulu kwekhulu leerandi, emayihlawulwe okanye itsalwe entlawulweni yayo okanye komnye umvuzo ngenjongo yokuyithululela loo mali kwiNgxowa-mali yeNgeniso yaseTranskei ngezavenge ezingathi ziqingqwe ngugunyaziwe, okanye (iii) liyimise esikhundleni sayo ingazuzi intlawulo okanye omnye umvuzo okwexesha elingengaphezulu kweminyaka emibini , okanye (iv) ayohlwaye nangaziphi na izohlwayo ezibini okanye ngaphezulu zezo kucha-
60.
tshazelwe kuzo kwimihlathana (1) , (ii) no (iii ) idibene, okanye (v) ayikhuphe esikhundleni okanye ayichithe. (4) Nasiphi na isohlwayo esiwiswe ngokwesiqendu (3 ) kuya kufuneka siqiniselwe ngolu hlobo lulandelayo (a) siSigqeba sikaRulumente xa iyikumkani okanye inkosi : Kodwa ke kuqondakale nje ukuthi xa iyikumkani okanye inkosi ekhutshwa okanye echithwa esikhundleni, olo khutsho okanye uchitho kuya kufuneka luqiniselwe yiPrezidanti yoMbuso ; nokuthi (b) ukuba sisibonda, nguMphathiswa. (5) I-Prezidanti yoMbuso, iSigqeba sikaRulumente okanye uMphathiswa, kuxhomekeke ukuthi nguwuphi na kanye-kanye kwaba, uya kusebenzisa ingqiqo yakhe ngokuphathelele ekubeni asiqinisele eso sohlwayo okanye asibuyisele emva kuloo gunyaziwe usiwisileyo ukuze asiphononge ngakumbi ngexesha eliqingqiweyo elingathi lixelwe. (6) Okokuba ke ngexesha elixelwe phantsi kwesiqendwana ( 3 ) okanye njengoko kunokuba njalo (5 ) , ugunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila (a) akaphumeleli okanye uyala ukuwisa nasiphi na kwizohlwayo ekuchatshazelwe kuzo kwizohlwayo ekuchatshezelwe kuzo kwisiqendwana (3 ) , okanye (b) emveni kokuphonononga ngakumbi nasiphi na isohlwayo esinjalo, akaphumeleli okanye uyala ukusiguqula okanye uwisa isohlwayo esingafanelekileyo okanye esinganeleyo ngokweembono zoMphathiswa okanye zeSigqeba sikaRulumente, kuxhomekeke ukuthi nguwuphi na kwaba osemcimbini, uMphathiswa okanye iSigqeba sikaRulumente siya kuwisa isohlwayo sohlobo oluya kuthi kwiimbono zakhe okanye zaso lube lolo ngeluwiswe ngugunyaziwe : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi xa iyikumkani okanye inkosi egxothwayo okanye echithwayo esikhundleni, olo gxotho okanye uchitho kuya kufuneka luqiniselwe yiPrezidanti yoMbuso. (7) Nasiphi na isohlwayo esiwiswe nguMphathiswa okanye siSigqeba sikaRulumente ngokwesiqendwana (6) siya kuthatyathwa ngesiwiswe ngokusemthethweni ngugunyaziwe ofanelekileyo wesizwe okanye wengila, nokuthi, oko kulawulwa sisixhomekeka-mgaqweni somhlathi (a) wesiqendwana 4, siqiniselwe ngemfanelo nguMphathiswa okanye siSigqeba sikaRulumente, kuhambe ngokuthi nguwuphi na kanye-kanye kwaba. (8) Imigaqo yeziqendwana ( 3 ) , (4) , (5 ) , ( 6 ) nesesi
61 .
Ukumiswa-sikhundleni okwexeshana kwekumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda.
Impahla, amalungelo okanye iimbophelelo zobukumkani okanye zobukhosi .
7, zonke ziqukiwe, iya kusebenza iguqulwe nje apho kufunekayo nakwiyiphi na ikumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda esigwetywe ngetyala yinkundla efanelekileyo okokuba elo tyala, ngokwembono yoMphathiswa, lifana nokuziphatha kakubi ngokuphathelele ekutolikweni kwemigaqo yesi siqendu , yaye ke loo kumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda iya kuthatyathwa, ngenxa yolo gwetyo, njengokuba ifunyenwe inetyala lokuziphatha kakubi ngokwesi siqendu. (9) Akukho kumkani, nkosi , okanye sibonda esifunyenwe okanye ekuthatyathwa ukuba sifunyenwe sinetyala lokuziphatha kakubi ngokwesi siqendu , kwaye ke kungekho sekela okanye sandla saleyo kumkani okanye nkosi nayiphi na siya kuchophela nayiphi na intlanganiso kagunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila ebizelwe ukufeza iinjongo zeziqendwana (3 ) , (4) , (5) nesesi (6) , yaye loo kumkani , inkosi okanye isibonda singasayi kuthabatha nxaxheba nakwiziphi na iingxoxo okanye ubhungiswano kuloo ntlanganiso. Nawuphina ke umntu ogqitha imigaqo yesi siqendwana uya kuba netyala. 47. ( 1 ) UMphathiswa anga — (a) nqumamisa esikhundleni nayiphi na ikumkani okanye inkosi okanye ugunyaziwe wesizwe ngesicelo sakhe nawuphi na ugunyaziwe wenqila, kodwa xa sukuba isisibonda ngesicelo soninzi lwamaceba (b) nqumamisa esikhundleni sayo nayiphi na ikumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda esibekwe ityala lokuziphatha kakubi ngokwemigaqo yesiqendwana (1 ) sesiqendu samashumi amane anesithandathu, okanye esimangalelwe ngokwenza naliphi na ityala ; okanye (c) nqumamisa esikhundleni saso nasiphi na isibonda okokuba kolwakhe uluvo kukho izizathu ezinesihlahla zokwenjenjalo. ( 2 ) Nayiphi na ikumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda esisamisiweyo emsebenzini waso ngokwesiqendwana (1) asisayi kuba nalungelo nakwiyiphi na intlawulo okanye omnye umvuzo ngokwexesha lokunqunyanyiswa kwaso ngaphandle kokuba uMphathiswa uyalele ukuba sihlawulwe yonke okanye inxalenye yawo. 48. ( 1 ) Xa iqinisela ukwalathelwa kwakhe nawuphi na umntu njengekumkani, inkosi okanye inkosi elibamba okanye nangaliphi na ixesha emveni koko , iPrezidanti yoMbuso, ingathi nangona kukho nayiphi na eminye imigaqo kulo Mthetho okanye nakuwuphi phi na omnye, emveni kokuba kwenziwe uphando, ekungeza kulo wonke othandayo, nguloo mntu okanye ngabo bantu banolwazi lolwimi, amasiko nemithetho
62.
yengila okanye yesizwe eso, njengoko ke inokuthi ima/ ibalathele ukufeza loo njongo, yenze umyalelo inika okanye ithwalisa umntu okwalathelwa kwakhe njengekumkani, inkosi okanye inkosi elibamba sekuqiniselwe , loo mpahla, amalungelo okanye iimbophelelo/iimfanelo zalowo ubesesikhundleni sobukumkani okanye obunye ubukhosi ngaphambi kwakhe , akukhathaleki nokokuba eso sikroba ebukhosini sivuleke njani na, ezingathi kwiimbono zayo zibe bezifunyenwe okanye " bezizekwe" ngulowo bezizezakhe ngaphambili ngenxa yesikhundla sakhe nanjengoko ke ingabona kuvumelana nobulungisa iPrezidanti yoMbuso. (2 ) Nawuphi na ke umntu ochatshazelwa ngumyalelo owenziwe ngokwesiqendwana ( 1 ) angathi exesheni elingangonyaka ukususela kuloo mhla, abongoze iPrezidanti yoMbuso ukuba yaneze, ifake imibandela okanye icacise imigaqo yaloo myalelo, yaye ke • iPrezidanti yoMbuso ingenza ke umyalelo ecinga ukuba ufanele ngokumalunga noko. Icandelo
VI
AMATYALA NEZOHLWAYO. 49. (1 ) Nayiphi na intloko okanye iceba likagunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila elithi ngendlela ethe ngqo okanye ngokusekeleza libize imali ngenkani okanye lamkele okanye livume ukwamkela okanye lizame ukuzifumanela okanye ukufumanela nawuphi na omnye umntu, nasiphi na isipho, umvuzo okanye nayiphi na enye into eliyinikwa ngenxa yesithembiso elisenzileyo , kungezizo izibonelelo elinelungelo kuzo ngokwalo Mthetho okanye eminye imimiselo, ngomsebenzi oluncedo eliwenzayo njengentloko okanye njengeceba okanye ngokwenza okanye ukungenzi kwalo okanye ngenxa yokuba lenzile okanye lingenzanga nayiphi na into esikhundleni salo njengentloko okanye njengeceba, liya kuba netyala, lize lithi ke ekugwetyweni kwalo limelwe kukuba lidliwe imali engengaphezulu kumakhulu amabini cerandi okanye imfako-ntolongweni okwexesha elingengaphezulu konyaka omnye okanye limelwe kukuba lohlwaywe ngaxesha-linye ngolo dliwomali nolo fako- ntolongweni . (2 ) Nayiphi na intloko okanye iceba likagunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila eliya entlanganisweni okanye elithi libe nenxaxheba kwinkqubo-micimbi entlanganisweni kagunyaziwe okanye ikomiti okanye ikomitana yakhe ngexesha kuxoxwa okanye kuvotwa nakuwuphi na umcimbi elithi ngokuthe ngqo okanye ngokusekeleza lona ngokwalo okanye ngokusebenzisa inkosikazi
63.
Ugqitho-mithetho yintloko okanye ngamaceba ogunyaziwe bezizwe nabe enqila.
yalo, umlingane walo okanye umahlulelane walo eshishinini, libe nomdla ophathelele kwezemali , liya kuba netyala ngaphandle kokuba kungavezwa ubungqina bokuba lalingazi ukuba linalowo mdla uphathelele emalini. Ukuphazamisa aBaphathiswa, amagosa athile, iikumkani, iinkosi okanye izibonda.
Ugqitho zinxuluma-mithetho.
Isohlwayo ngokubanzi.
50. Nawuphi na ke umntu ophazamisa uMphathiswa okanye nawuphi na omnye uMphathiswa, okanye nayiphi na intloko yesebe, imantyi, ikumkani , inkosi okanye isibonda ekuqhubeni umsebenzi waso ngokusemthethweni okanye othi angawuthobeli nawuphi na umyalelo osemthethweni waloo Mphathiswa okanye othuka ngabomu nangenkani loo Mphathiswa, intloko yesebe, imantyi, ikumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda xa senza into siqhuba umsebenzi waso okanye othi aphazamise ngabomu inkqubo-micimbi yayo nayiphi na intlanganiso emenywe ngokusemthethweni nguloo Mphathiswa, intloko yesebe, imantyi, ikumkani , inkosi okanye isibonda ngokuphathelele emsebenzini waso, uya kuba netyala, kwaye ke ngaphezulu koko nawuphi na umntu othi athuke ngabomu nangenkani nawuphi na uMphathiswa, intloko yesebe, imantyi , ikumkani okanye isibonda xa sisachophele intlanganiso ebizwe siso malunga nomsebenzi waso okanye othi ngabomu aphazamise inkqubo-micimbi kuloo ntlanganiso, angashenxiswa apho, kuze ke, okokuba kuyafuneka, akhe avalelwe entangeni ngomyalelo waloo Mphathiswa, intloko yesebe, imantyi, ikumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda, ide ivalwe loo ntlanganiso. 51. Nawuphi na umntu okreqa okanye ongayithobeliyo nayiphi na inxuluma-mithetho eyenziwe ngugunyaziwe wesizwe ngokwesiqendu sesibhozo okanye ngugunyaziwe wenqila ngokwesiqendu seshumi elinesithathu uya kuba netyala, amelwe kukuba ekugwetyweni kwakhe ahlawuliswe imali engengaphezulu kwamashumi amahlanu eerandi. 52. Inkundla-matyala egweba nawuphi na umntu nangaliphi na ityala phantsi kwalo Mthetho elingamiimali selwanga sohlwayo sicacisiweyo, in gamdla engengaphezulu kwamakhulu amabini eerandi okanye ekungayihlawulini loo mali, imfake entangeni ixesha elingengaphezulu kweenyanga ezintandathu. Icandelo
VII
INGXUBE
Ukupheliswa koguny aziwe bezithili.
53. Ukususela ngomhla Mthetho (a)
woqaliso-kusebenza
kwalc
ugunyaziwe wesithili ngamnye osekwe nge-
64.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
siqendu sesine seSihlokomiso-mthetho Namba 180 sowe 1956 uya kuchithwa ; yonke impahla eshukumayo okanye engashenxiswayo eyathi ngaphambilana nje kancinane kwalo mhla ukhankanyiweyo yabe yayisety enziswa okanye yayifunyenwe ngugunyaziwe wesithili ikakhulu ukulungiselela iinjongo zemisebenzi okanye eziphathelele kwimisebenzi ekujongwe kuyo ngumhlathi (e) wesiqendu samahumi amathathu ananye sesi Sihlokomiso-mthetho sikhankanyiweyo (apha ngezantsi ebizwa ngokuthi yimisebenzi yodipho) iya kunikelwa ugunyaziwe wenqila waloo nqila ilawulwa yimigaqo okanye ziimbophelelo ( iimfanelo) eyayigcinwe okanye isety enzi swe ngokungatenxileyo kuzo kufutshane nje ngaphambi kwalo mhla ukhankanyiweyo. Kodwa ke makuqondakale khona ukuthi nawuphi na umncono-mali oyinzuzo kwi-akhawunti ekuchatshazelwe kuyo kwisiqendwana ( 3) - sesiqendu samashumi amathathu anesine sesi Sihlokomisomthetho sikhankanyiweyo uya kufakwa kwi-akhawunti yediphu esekelwe eso sithili ngokwesiqendwana (5) sesiqendu seshumi elinesihlanu salo Mthetho ; bonke ubutyala ekungenwe kubo ngokusemthethweni ngugunyaziwe wesithili ngeenjongo zemisebenzi okanye ngokubhekiselele ekubandakanywa emisebenzini yodipho, kubo nabuphi na ubutyala bokurafela nayiphi na impahla ekuchatshazelwe kuyo emhlathini (b ) wesi siqendu , buya kuba bubutyala bukagunyaziwe wenqila leyo njengetyala emalitsalwe kwi-akhuwunti yokudipha yeso sithili ; wonke umntu owathi ngaphambili nje kancinane kwalo mhla ukhankanyiweyo wabe uqeshwe ngugunyaziwe wesithili ngeenjongo zemisebenzi okanye ngokubhekiselele kwimisebenzi yodipho, ukususela kuloo mhla uya kagunyaziwe kwinkonzo kutshintshelwa wenqila leyo : Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi imigaqo elawula inkonzo yakhe nawuphi na umntu onjalo iya kuthi roqo inamandla omthetho ngokungathi ubehleli engaphumanga enkonzweni kagunyaziwe wesithili ; yonke enye impahla , ubutyala, amalungelo, zikagunyaziwe neembophelelo iimfanelo ngamnye onjalo wesithili ziya kuba yimpa-
65.
hla, ubutyala, amalungelo, iimfanelo neembophelelo zikaRulumente.
Ukubhekisa kweminye imi thetho k wimimandla yolawulo nakwiinko si nezibonda .
Ukusetyenziswa kwemigaqo ethile uoMthetho No. 41 wowe 1925 ekufumaneni iirafu nezinye iimali ezibizwayo ezingekahlawulwa.
Ulwabiwo olungagungqiyo lweemali noqiniselo lweentlawulo ezithile kumaziko angaphakamileyo olawulo .
54. Nakuphi na ukubhekisa nakuwuphi na umthetho, xa sukuba oko kubhekisa kumalunga nelaseTranskei— (a) ngokuphathelele elalini , kuya kuthatyathwa njengobhekiso kummandla wolawulo. (b) ngokuphathelele enkosini okanye isibonda, kuya kuthatyathwa njengobhekiso enkosini okanye enkosini elibamba okanye esibondeni okanye esibondeni esilibamba esikwalathelwa kuqiniselweyo okanye okuthatyathwa ngokokuba kuqiniselwe okanye kwenziwe ngokwesiqendu samashumi amane anesihlanu soMthetho osiSiseko soLawulo okanye salo isiqendu samashumi amane ananye Mthetho. 55. Imigaqo yesiqendu sethoba soMthetho wowe 1925 weRafu neÑkqubela yabaNtsundu (uMthetho No. 41 wowe 1925 ) kunye nemimiselo eqingqwe ngokwaloo Mthetho iya kusebenza iguqulwe nje apho kufunekayo ngokuphathelele ekufumaneni nakuwuphi na ummi nayiphi na irafu okanye imali efunwayo emiselwa, ewiswa, okanye erafiswa okanye ethatyathwa ngokuba imiselwe, iwiswe okanye irafiswe nguMphathiswa okanye nanguwuphi na ugunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila ngokwalo Mthetho. 56. (1 ) Kulawulwa yimigaqo yalo Mthetho kuya kuhlawulwa kugunyaziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila ngamaxesha ngomnyaka ngamnye wemali nangendlela angathi ayimisele uSibakhulu wezeMali, isambukumali esilingana nesambuku-mali esifakwe kwiNgxowa yeNgeniso-mali yaseTranskei kuloo mnyaka wemali ngokwemihlathi (a ) no ( b ) yesiqendwana ( 1) sesiqendu samashumi amahlanu anesibini soMthetho osiŠiseko soLawulo, ngokumalunga nommandla okanye inqila, kuxhomekeke ekubeni yiyiphi na kanye-kanye kwezi,- yaloo- gunyaziweisambuku-mali- ke- eso esivela (a) kwiintlobo-ntlobo zeerafu , iimali ezibizwayo ezirafiswa ngokwesiqendu sesihlanu, isiqendu seshumi elinesine okanye isiqendu seshumi elinesihlanu okanye ngokweenxulumamithetho naZiphi na eziwiswa ngokwesiqendu sesibhozo okanye isiqendu seshumi elinesithathu, okanye nayiphi na enye irafu erafiswayo okanye ethatyathwa ngokuba irafisiwe ngokwesiqendu samashumi amane ; (b) naziphi na iimali ezibizwa yi-ofisi okanye iintlawulelo ngodliwo eziqokelelwe ngugunyaziwe okanye nayiphi na intloko okanye
66 .
isandla /isekela layo ekusebenziseni igunya lokugweba amatyala embambano nawesizi elimnikiweyo ugunyaziwe okanye eliyinikiweyo intloko ngumthetho okanye ngokomthetho nawuphi na, okanye ezifunyenwe ngokwaphula naziphi na iinxuluma-mithetho okanye ngakho nakuphi na ukungaphumeleli ukurafa irafu erafiswayo okanye ewiswayo okanye ekuthatyathwa ukuba irafisiwe okanye iwisiwe ngokwalo Mthetho ; (2) Ukuhlawulwa nakuwuphi na ugunyaziwe wesizwe, womzi, wesithili ókanye wengila okhankanyiwe kwisiqendu samashumi amane anesithandathu soMthetho osiSeko soLawulo, ngalo naliphi na ithuba ukususela kumhla wokuqala kuTshazimpuzi (kuAprili ) , 1964, kuse kumhla wokuqalisa ukusebenza kwalo Mthetho, kweemali naziphi na ezivela nakuwuphi na ummi waseTranskei ngokumalunga neerafu eziwiswe ngokoMthetho wowe 1925 weŘafu neNkqubela yabaNtsundu (uMthetho No. 41 wowe 1925) , okanye iSihlokomiso-mthetho No. 180 sowe 1956, ngokwenjenje kuyaqiniselwa. 57. (1 ) Umphathiswa angawisa imimiselo (a) elungiselela ulawulo, ulongamelo, ugcino kakuhle nophicotho-zincwadi zee-akhawunti okanye ovimba-mali, kunye nenkqubo emayisetyenziswe kwingqokelelo nasekulondolozeni iimali ezingenayo nasekwenzeni iingxelo abanazo ezingxoweni zabo ogunyaziwe bezizwe nabeenqila ; (b) elungiselela ukwalathelwa, nokuqingqwa kwemigaqo yokwalathelwa nomsebenzi wabaqeshwa bogunyaziwe bezizwe okanye beenqila ; (c) emisela amaxesha okuhlawula iirafu nezinye iimali ezibizwayo ezirafiswa okanye eziqingqwa ngokwalo Mthetho kunye neemeko angathi kuzo okanye imigaqo angathi elawulwa yiyo nawuphi na umntu akhululwe kubutyala bokuzihlawula ; (d ) emisela indlela yoqingqo noqokelelo lwerafu yemfuyo erafiswa ngokwesiqendu seshumi elinesihlanu, indlela yobhaliso-zinkomo ukufeza iinjongo zaloo rafu kunye ke nawuphi na omnye umcimbi onxibelelene nenkcithomali kwimisebenzi yodipho ; (e) elungiselela ukuhlawula izibonelelo kwiintloko namaceba ogunyaziwe bezizwe nabeenqila, nakwiikumkani, iinkosi nezibonda ; (f) emisela imigaqo yenkonzo yeekumkani , iinkosi nezibonda ;
67 .
Imimiselo.
(g)
emisela imisebenzi neemfanelo zamaziko olawulo lweziphaluka ; kunye ke ngokubanzi ( nokuwisa nayiphi na imimiselo ekufuneka okanye anamandla ngalo Mthetho okuba ayiwise, kwanayo nayiphi na eminye imimiselo, akukhathaleki nokokuba ibhekiselele okanye ayibhekiselele nakuwuphi na umcimbi okhankanywe ngokucacileyo kwesi sigendwana, angathi ayibone ifuneka ukuqinisekisa ukusebenza nokwenziwa kusebenze okuneziqhamo kwalo Mthetho : Kodwa ke makuqondakale khona ukuthi imimiselo ephathelele nakwiziphi na izibonelelo emazi hlawulwe nawuphi na umntu okanye uqokelelo nolawulo okanye ulwenziwo-zingxelo ngosetyenziso Iwazo naziphi na iimali lungenziwa kuphela kubhungiswana noMphathiswa wezeMali. (2) Kungenziwa ke imimiselo eyahlukeneyo ngokubhekiselele kogunyaziwe bezizwe okanye beenqila abahlukeneyo, okanye ngokubhekiselele kwimimandla eyahlukeneyo elawulwa ngugunyaziwe omnye okanye ngokubhekiselele kwimicimbi echaphazela abemi abahlukeneyo abalawulwa ngugunyaziwe omnye. (3) Imimiselo ingaqingqa izohlwayo ngogqitho lwayo okanye ngokungaphumeleli ukwenza okuvumelana nayo ezingengaphezulu (o. kt. izohlwayo) kwisihlawulo esilikhulu leerandi okanye ekungaphumelelini ukuyihlawula loo mali yodliwo, ufako-ntolongweni ixesha eliziinyanga ezintathu. Ukutshitshiswa kwemithetho nokutenxileyo.
58. ( 1) Imithetho ekhankanywe kwiSihlomelo salo Mthetho, ngokuphathelele ekusebenzeni kwayo eTranskei, ngokwenjenje iyaroxiswa kangangoko kuxeliweyo emhlathini wesithathu weso Sihlomelo. (2) Ugunyaziwe ngamnye wesizwe okanye womzi nogunyaziwe ngamnye wenqila osekwe ngokwawo nawuphi na umthetho otshitshiswe sisiqendwana (1) uya kuthatyathwa ngokokuba usekwe ngulo Mthetho njengogunyaziwe wesizwe nanjengogunyaziwe wenqila, ngokulandelelana kwabo .
(3) Ulwalathelo njengekumkani , inkosi okanye inkosi elibamba okanye ukumiselwa njengesibonda okanye isibonda esilibamba, kwakhe nawuphi na umntu owalathelwe ukuba aba koko ngokwawo nawuphi na umthetho oroxiswe sisiqendwana (1 ) nobesesikhundleni ngokusemthethweni kancinane nje ngaphambili kokuqalisa ukusebenza kwalo Mthetho, kuya kuthatyathwa njengokuba kuqiniselwe ngokufanelekileyo ngokwesiqendu samashumi amane anesihlanu soMthetho osiSiseko soLawulo okanye isiqendu samashumi amane ananye salo Mthetho, kuxhomekeke ekubeni sisiphi na kanye-kanye kwezi zibini. (4) Nayiphi na ke into eyenziwe ngokuvumelana
68 .
namandla anikwe iziphathamandla ezifanelekileyo ngomgaqo okanye ngokomgaqo nawuphi na womth etho nawuphi na oroxiswe sisigendwana (1) iya kuthatyathwa ngokuba yenziwe ziziphathamandla ezifanelekileyo ngokwamagunya anikwe ngulo Mthetho okanye ngokomgaqo walo Mthetho ongqinelana okanye oyelele apho. (5) Nawaphi na ke amanyathelo oluleko athatyathwayo ngokumalunga nokuziphatha kakubi kwekumkani, inkosi okanye isibonda nasiphi na ngaphambi komhla wokuqalisa ukusebenza kwalo Mthetho angaghutywa njalo okanye, angathi uMphathiswa afake isimangalo ngokwakhe ngokungathi oko kuziphatha kakubi bekwenzeke emveni kwalo mhla uxeliweyo. (6) Nangona ke ikho imigaqo yesiqendwana (1 ) sesi siqendu neyesiqendu samashumi amahlanu anesithathu (a)
nayiphi na irafu yesizwe ewiswe ngokwesiqendu seshumi elinesihlanu soMthetho wowe 1925 weRafu neNkqubela yabaNtsundu (uMthetho Namba 41 wowe 1925) kwanayo nayiphi na irafu erafiswa ngugunyaziwe wesithili ngokwesiqendu samashumi amathathu eSihlokomiso-mthetho Namba 180 sowe 1956, ebisebenza ngamandla omthetho ngaphambilana nje kancinane komhla wokusebenza kwalo. Mthetho, iya kuhlala isebenza ngamandla omthetho ide iphuthe ngokuphela kwexesha, yaye iya kuthatyathwa ngokokuba iwiswe nguMphathiswa, ngesaziso kwiGazethi yobuRulumente, ngokwesiqendu samashumi amane: Kodwa ke makuqondakale khona ukuthi imveliso yayo nayiphi na irafu erafiswe ngolo hlobo ngugunyaziwe wesithili iya kusetyenziswa ilawulwe nokulawulwa ngugunyaziwe wenqila leyo, ebhungisana noMphathiswa, ukufeza injongo ebirafiselwe yona loo rafu. (b) Irafu yajikelele ewiswe siSaziso sakwaRulumente Namba 418 sowe 1955 kunye nayiphi na irafu yempilo ekuchatshazelwe kuyo kweso saziso njengoko sifakelwe imibandela siSaziso sakwaRulumente Namba 698 sowe 1955, iya kuhlala imelwe kukuba ihlawulwe, ize iqokelelwe ifunyanwe nokufunyanwa ngokusemthethweni ngokungathi lo Mthetho awuzanga uphunyezwe. (7) Ade ke uMphathiswa awise imimiselo, imimiselo ebisebenza ngokomthetho ngaphambilana nje kancinane komhla wokuqalisa ukusebenza kwalo Mthetho (ekuthiwa apha ngezantsi yimimiselo ekhoyo ) nangona
69 .
Ufako-mbandela kwiSihlokomisomthetho No. 311 sowe 1963.
Intloko emfutshane nomhla woqaliso-kusebenza.
kukho imigaqo yesiqendwana (1 ) kwananjengoko ke inokuthi imimiselo ekhoyo isetyenziswe yaye ingangqubani nemigaqo yoMthetho osiSiseko soLawulo okanye yalo Mthetho, iya kuthi roqo - isebenza ngokubhekiselele kogunyaziwe bezizwe nabeenqila : Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi xa sukuba uMphathiswa awisa imimiselo, ngokuphathelele nakuwuphi na umcimbi ekubhekiswe kuwo kwisiqendwana ( 1 ) sesiqendu samashumi amahlanu anesixhenxe, angathi ngesaziso kwiGazethi yobuRulumente ayiroxise yonke okanye nayiphi na kule mimiselo ikhoyo. 59. Umhlathi ( 2 ) weSihlokomiso-mthetho esingesiNgesi esinguNamba 311 sowe 1963 ngokwenjenje ufakwa umbandela ngobeko endaweni yala magama athi "izinikwa-gunya" ne- " sinikwa-gunya" naphinaphi na apho akhona, la magama athi "amasekela ne- "sekela" ngokulandelelana kwawo. 60. Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuba nguMthetho woGunyaziwe eTranskei, 1965, waye uya kuqalisa ukusebenza ngomhla oya kumiselwa nguMphathiswa ngesaziso eGazethini yobuRulumente. ISIHLOMELO .
IMITHETHO ETSHITSHISIWEYO - NGOKUPHATHELELE EKUSEBENZENI KWAYO ETRANS KEI . Inamba nomnyaka woMthetho/ Sihlokomiso
Intloko
U(Si)tshitshiswe kangakanani .
Umthetho No. 41 wowe 1925. Umthetho weRafu neNkqube- Isiqendu seshumi elinantlanu. la yabaNtsundu , 1925 . Umthetho No. 38 wowe 1927. Umthetho woLawulo Iwaba- Iziqendwana (7), (7) kabini , 7 Ntsundu , 1927. okunye , ( 8) nese (9) sesiqendu sesibini, isiqendu sesithathu , isiqendu sesine , nomhlathi (a) wesiqendwana ( 1) sesiqendu sesihlanu . Isihlokomiso-mthetho Sonke. Isihlokomiso-mthetho No. 180 sowe 1956 . soGunyaziwe baPhesheya kweNciba. Isihlokomiso- mthetho Sonke. No. 110 sowe 1957. Isihlokomiso-mthetho Sonke. No. 77 sowe 1958. Isihl okomiso-mthetho Sonke . No. 171 sowe 1958 . Isihlokomiso-mthetho Sonke. No. 12 sowe 1959 . Isihlokomiso- mthetho Sonke. No. 13 sowe 1959.
70.
Isihlokomiso-mthetho No. 93 sowe 1959. Isihlokomiso-mthetho No. 94 sowe 1959. Isihlokomiso- mthetho No. 200 sowe 1959. Isihlokomiso-mthetho No. 20 sowe 1960. Isihlokomiso-mthetho No. 28 sowe 1960. Isihlokomiso -mthe tho No. 49 sowe 1960. Isihlokomiso -mthetho No. 188 sowe 1960. Isihlokomiso -mthetho sePrezidanti yoMbuso No. 22 sowe 1961 . Isihlokomiso-mthetho No. 118 sowe 1961 . Isihlokomiso-mthetho No. 174 sowe 1962. Isihlokomiso -mthetho No. 8 sowe 1963 . Isihlokomiso-mthetho No. 144 sowe 1963. Isihlokomiso- mthetho No. 346 sowe 1963. Umthetho No. 6 wowe 1964.
Sonke.
Sonke. Sonke. Sonke. Sonke. Sonke.
Sonke.
Sonke. Sonke. Sonke. Sonke. Sonke.
Umthetho woGunyaziwe baseTranskei , 1964.
71 .
Sonke. Wonke.
ACT NO. 4 OF 1965 .
ACT
To vary the powers, authorities and functions of tribal and regional authorities, to establish local government bureaux, to provide for voluntary levies, to define the duties , powers, authorities and functions of and to provide a code of discipline for paramount chiefs , chiefs and headmen, to abolish district authorities and to provide for other incidental matters. (Xhosa Text signed by the State President) (Assented to 21/1/66 . )
This Act is divided into different parts which severally relate to the following subject matters:-
Section. 1
DEFINITIONS PART PART
ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANISATION
I :
TRIBAL AND REGIONAL ADMINISTRATION : Tribal Authorities Regional Authorities
II :
PART III PART IV PART V PART VI
: : : :
PART VII :
2
Both tribal and regional authorities LOCAL GOVERNMENT BUREAUX TRIBAL LEVIES
3-9 10-25 26-38 39 40
PARAMOUNT CHIEFS, CHIEFS AND HEADMEN . OFFENCES AND PENALTIES
41-48 49-52
MISCELLANEOUS
53-60
SCHEDULE .
BE IT ENACTED BY THE STATE PRESIDENT AND THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY , as follows' -
Definitions .
1.
In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates (i) "administrative area" means any area or land in a region which (a) has been set apart, reserved , made available or acquired for tribal or communal occupation or for occupation under separate title, together with any common age included therein; or (b) is subject to the administration of a chief or headman; or
(c) is occupied by any citizen
72.
of the Transkei ; or
(d) has been declared to be an administrative area in terms of paragraph (a) of section two;¨ (i) (ii) "authority" means either a tribal authority or a regional authority as the circumstances may require; (xviii ) (iii) "Cabinet" means the Cabinet constituted in terms of Part IV of the Constitution Act; (xiv)
(iv) "chief" means a person whose designation as chief or acting chief has, or by virtue of the provisions of sub-section (3) of section fifty-eight is deemed to have, been confirmed in terms of section forty-five of the Constitution Act; (xv) (v) "Constitution Act" means the Transkei Constitution Act, 1963); (viii) (vi) "deputy" means a deputy of a paramount chief or chief appointed in terms of sub- section ( 2) of section forty-two and includes a deputy nominated under the provisions of paragraph (2) of Proclamation No. 311 of 1963; (vii) (vii) "district" means a magisterial district; (vi) (viii ) "financial year" means the period from the first day of April in any year to the thirty-first day of March in the year next succeeding; (iv) (ix) "Government" means the Government of the Transkei ; (xx) (x) " head " means the head or acting head of a tribal or regional authority as the case may be and, in relation to any meeting of a tribal or regional authority or any committee or subcommittee thereof, includes the person who, in accordance with the provisions of this Act, presides or has been authorised to preside over such meeting; ( x)
(xi) " headman " means a person (a) whose appointment as headman or acting headman has, or by virtue of the provisions of sub-section (3) of section fifty-eight is deemed to have, been confirmed in terms of sub-section (4) of section forty-one; or (b) who has been appointed as headman or acting headman in terms of sub- section (5) of section forty-one; (xii) (xii) "head of department" bears the meaning assigned to that
73.
expression in Proclamation No. R334 of 1963; (v) (xiii) "local government bureau " means a local government bureau established in tems of section thirty-nine; ( xix) (xiv) "magistrate" includes an additional and an assistant magistrate; ( xvi) (xv) "Minister" means the Minister of the department to which, in terms of sub-section (3) of section twenty-one of the Constitution Act, powers, duties and functions relating to the administrative bodies referred to in section forty- six of that Act, have been allocated; (xvii) (xvi)
"Official Gazette" means the Official Gazette of the Transkei; (ii)
(xvii) "paramount chief" means a person whose designation as paramount chief or acting paramount chief has, or by virtue of the provisions of sub-section (3 ) of section fifty-eight is deemed to have, been confirmed in terms of section forty-five of the Constitution Act, and includes a chief who exercises control over any region concurrently with a paramount chief; (xi) (xviii) "prescribed" means prescribed by regulation and "prescribe" has a corresponding meaning; (xxvi) (xix) "region" means a regional authority area described in section two of the Constitution Act; ( xxiv) (xx) "regional authority" means a regional authority established, or by virtue of the provisions of sub- section (2) of section fifty-eight deemed to have been established, by section ten; (xxv) (xxi) "regulation " means a regulation made or in force under this Act; (xxi) (xxii) " resident" means a member of a tribe who ordinarily resides in the area, district or region concerned ; (xxiii ) " taxpayer" means any person who is liable for the payment of tax in terms of the Bantu Taxation and Development Act,
1925 (Act No. 41 of 1925) ; ( iii ) (xxiv) " this Act" includes the regulations ;(ix)
74.
(xxv) "tribal authority" means a tribal authority established, or by virtue of the provisions of sub- section ( 2) of section fifty-eight deemed to have been established , by section three; (xxiii) (xxvi) " tribe " includes a community . (xxii )
PART 1 . ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANISATION.
2. Subject to the provisions of sub- section ( 2) of section forty-five and the proviso to sub- section ( 1 ) of section fifty-nine of the Constitution Act, the Minister may, after consultation with the tribe concerned -
Constitution of administrative areas and of tribes.
(a) by notice in the Official Gazette declare any land in a region to be an administrative area for the purposes of this Act or define the boundaries of any administrative area or the area of any tribe, and from time to time, in like manner, alter or withdraw the same; (b) divide any existing tribe into two or more parts, or amalgamate tribes or parts of tribes into one tribe, or constitute a new tribe, as necessity or good government may require.
PART 11. TRIBAL AND REGIONAL ADMINISTRATION
TRIBAL AUTHORITIES. 3. (1) There shall in every administrative area or within such administrative areas jointly as the Minister, after consultation with the tribes concemed, may from time to time make known by notice in the Official Gazette be a tribal authority consisting of a head and a number of councillors being -
(a) ex officio the paramount chief and every chief and headman residing within the area of such authority, and (b) so many other councillors as may be determined by the Minister for appointment by (i) the head in accordance with custom, subject to the approval of the Minister; (ii) the registered voters of the Transkei residing within the area of the authority, in such manner as the Minister shall indicate; and
75.
Tribal authority.
(iii ) the paramount chief in accordance
with custom :
Provided that, in the absence of any applicable custom , any appointment in terms of sub-paragraphs (i ) and (iii ) shall be made in such manner as the Minister shall direct: Provided further that the number of councillors to be appointed in terms of sub-paragraph (ii) shall not exceed one third of the total number of councillors inclusive of the persons who are councillors ex officio. (2) The head of a tribal authority shall (a) in any area in which there is only one chief or, if there is no chief, only one headman, be such chief or such headman ; or (b) in any other area, be the chief or, if there is no chief, the headman or person designated as head by the Minister after consultation with any paramount or other chief concerned. (3) The Minister may at any time withdraw any designation made in terms of paragraph (b) of sub- section ( 2) if, in his opinion , there are good reasons for doing so and may designate some other chief, or, if there is no chief, some other headman or person as head.
General functions of tribal authority.
4. ( 1 ) A tribal authority shall , subject to the provisions of this Act and of any other law (a) generally administer the affairs of the tribes within its area;
(b) assist, support and guide its head in the exercise or performance of the powers , authorities and functions conferred upon him by this Act or by or under any other law; (c) promote the interests and the advancement and wellbeing of the residents of, and the development and improvement of the land in, its area; (d) consider, and make recommendations to the competent authority in connection with applications for (i) the establishment of, and the provision of buildings for, or accessories to, Government schools; (ii) old age and blind persons ' pensions and disability grants ;
76 .
(iii) arable and other allotments; (iv) licences; (e) exercise or perform the powers , authorities and functions assigned to the authority from time to time by the Minister in such matters as , in his opinion, fall within the sphere of tribal administration , including any of the following matters: (i) land administration; (ii) hygiene, sanitation and health services generally, including the establishment, management and maintenance of clinics or other similar institutions and of cemeteries; (iii) soil conservation including the development, improvement and maintenance of water supplies, the control of grazing and grass-burning, the eradication of weeds, the protection of trees and the co-ordination of soil reclamation measures ; (iv) the preservation of fauna and flora; (v) the improvement of livestock and animal husbandry generally and the establishment of co-operative dairy and other schemes; (vi) the organisation of famers ' associations , agricultural shows, demonstrations and competitions ;
(vii) other developments of a parochial nature; (viii) the prevention of cruelty to animals; and (ix) the destruction of vermin. (2) No judgment, decision or direction given or order made by a chief or headman or the deputy of a chief, in the exercise of jurisdiction conferred upon him by or under any law, shall be deemed to be invalid by reason of its having been given or made by such chief, headman or deputy acting on the advice or with the consent or at the instance of a tribal authority or any committee or councillor thereof, and any judgement, decision or direction so given or order so made shall for all purposes be deemed to have been given or made by such chief, headman or deputy.
in accordance with law (3) For the purposes of the conferment who is head of headman or of civil or criminal jurisdiction on any chief
77 .
a tribal authority, or on the deputy of such a chief, the area for which such tribal authority has been established shall be deemed to be the area under the control, or the area of jurisdiction, of the said chief or headman. Imposition of levy or tax by tribal authority .
5. ( 1) A tribal authority shall have the power, with the approval of the Minister(a) to levy a rate not exceeding two rand in any one year upon every resident in its area who is a taxpayer, and (b) to impose a tax upon the keeping of dogs. (2) No such rate or tax shall have any force or effect until it has been made known by notice in the Official Gazette.
Meetings of tribal authority.
6. ( 1) Every tribal authority shall hold an ordinary meeting not less than once every three months on such fixed day and at such hour as the head may appoint. (2) At any time the head may, and when so required by the Minister, a magistrate or not less than one- third of the total number of councillors shall , call a special meeting of the authority : Provided that the Minister or a magistrate may himself call a special meeting of the authority. (3) No business shall be dealt with at a special meeting other than that specified in the notice thereof.
(4) The nearest whole number exceeding one-third of the total number of councillors shall form a quorum and no business shall be transacted or decision taken unless a quorum is present. (5) Subject to the provisions of this Act and of any bye-laws, the procedure to be followed at any meeting or other proceeding of a tribal authority, including the appointment from amongst the councillors of any occasional or standing committee, shall be in accordance with the laws and the customs of the tribe concerned .
Notice of meetings of tribal authority.
7. The head of a tribal authority shall give notice to every councillor and to the local government bureau (a) of the day and hour appointed for the holding of ordinary meetings, and such councillor shall be required to attend such ordinary meetings without further notice; (b) of the day and hour of any special meeting and shall specify the purpose thereof Provided that a magistrate
78 .
may give notice of any special meeting called by the Minister or by himself. 8.
A tribal authority may make bye- laws -
Bye-laws oftribal authority .
(a) for regulating the proceedings and for preserving order at meetings of the authority or any committee thereof, with power to exclude offending councillors; or (b) prescribing fees for services rendered by the authority or rates payable by any specified class of persons in respect of services made available by the authority; and (c) generally in regard to any matter within its purview in terms of section four. 9. ( 1) The Minister shall cause to be opened in the office of every Finances of tribal authorities. magistrate, in respect of each tribal authority, an account into which shall be paid such amounts as are hereinafter specified and from which all expenditure incurred in connection with any matter within the purview of the authority concerned shall be met : Provided that the Minister may, on such conditions as he may deem fit and subject to any regulations , vest any such account or any portion thereof in the authority concerned. (2) There shall be paid into the account of a tribal authority (a) all fees, 'rates and charges which, in accordance with custom , are payable to the tribal authority; (b) all amounts derived from any property owned by the tribal authority; (c) any donation made by any person for the benefit of the tribal authority; (d) the amounts payable to a tribal authority in terms of section ( 1) of section fifty-six and all other moneys which the Legislative Assembly may appropriate for the purpose; and (e) all other amounts derived from any source whatsoever for the benefit of the tribal authority. (3) Where there are two or more tribes within the area of a tribal authority, the Minister may, subject to the provisions of any regulations, direct that a separate account be opened for any such tribe or any two or more such tribes jointly or for any other purpose and may determine what moneys payable into or out of the account of that tribal authority shall be credited to or charged against any such separate account.
79.
REGIONAL AUTHORITIES.
Regional autho- 10. ( 1) In every region there shall be a regional authority consisting rity. of a head and a number of councillors being (a) all the chiefs and all the other heads of tribal authorities in the region ex officio; (b) one councillor from each district in the region appointed from amongst their number, by a majority of votes, by the representatives of the registered voters on the tribal authorities in that district; (c) one councillor appointed by the head of the regional authority, subject to the provisions of sub- section (2); and (d) three councillors appointed, respectively, on the grounds of their knowledge or experience of education , agriculture, and trading and business by the Ministers of the departments to which powers , duties and functions relating to those matters have been allocated in terms of sub- section (3) of section twenty-one of the Constitution Act.
(2) Any councillor appointed (a) under paragraph ( c) of sub- section ( 1) by a head who is a paramount chief, or (b) under paragraph (d) of the said sub- section by a Minister, shall hold office during the pleasure of the paramount chief or the Minister concerned , as the case may be.
(3) The head of a regional authority shall (a) in a region in which there is a paramount chief, be such paramount chief; or (b) in any other region , be the chief nominated as head by the councillors of the regional authority by a majority of votes subject to the approval of the Minister: Provided that a head of a regional authority may at any time authorise his deputy to preside on his behalf over any meeting of the authority or any committee thereof.
80 .
11. The seat of a regional authority shall be the place selected by the head with the approval of the Minister.
Seat of regional authority.
12.
Powers, authorities and functions of regional authority.
( 1) A regional authority shall , subject to the provisions of this Act (a) exercise a general oversight over, and assist in the administration of, the affairs of the tribal authorities in the region; (b) promote the advancement and the general interests of the inhabitants of the region;
(c) exercise such civil or criminal jurisdiction , including any appellate functions, as may be conferred upon it by or under any law; (d) provided for the suppression of diseases of cattle by the construction, maintenance and operation of dipping tanks and the application of such other measures as it may consider necessary or as may be required by or under any law; (e) advise the Government in relation to · (i) the gainful employment of workseekers; (ii) the establishment of industries and the development and exploitation of the natural resources of the region; (iii) the improvement of farming and agricultural ahd pastoral methods generally; (iv) the safeguarding of the general health of the residents and the provision of suitable facilities for the treatment of the sick and the accommodation of the aged and infirm; (v) soil conservation and the development and improvement of water supplies;
(vi) fish and game preservation; (vii) the establishment of markets and pounds; (viii) the control and licensing of trading and business, including the allocation of trading and other sites and the granting or renewal of licences;
81 .
(ix) the administration of welfare services , including child welfare, and the administration of social benefit schemes for the aged, infirm or blind, as well as disability grants and pauper relief;
(x) education generally; (xi) public roads; and (xii) the administration, settlement and use of the land in the region ; (f) exercise the powers and perform the functions and duties conferred or imposed upon a regional authority by or under any other law; (g) generally exercise or perform such other powers, authorities and functions as, in the opinion of the Minister, fall within the sphere of regional administration and as he may assign to that regional authority. (2) A regional authority may, subject to the approval of the Minister, acquire and hold land or any interest in land as it may deem necessary for the purpose of performing its functions and duties. Bye-laws of re- 13. A regional authority may make bye-laws not inconsistent with gional authority . the provisions of this Act -
(a) for regulating the proceedings and for preserving order at meetings of the authority or any committee thereof; or (b) prescribing, amending or abrogating the customary law of the region; or (c) prescribing fees for services rendered by the authority or rates payable by any specified class of persons in respect of services made available by the authority; and ( d) generally for achieving any purpose contemplated by section twelve. Levy of rates by regional authority.
14. ( 1) Subject to the provisions of sub-section ( 3) a regional authority shall have power, with the approval of the Minister, to levy a rate not exceeding two rand in any one year upon each resident of the region who is a taxpayer. ( 2) No such rate shall have any force or effect until it has been made known by notice in the Official Gazette.
82 .
(3) No resident who is a taxpayer shall , unless the tribal authority within whose area he resides has consented thereto, be liable for any rate levied under sub- section ( 1) during any year in respect of which a rate is payable by him in terms of paragraph (a) of sub- section ( 1) of section five. 15. ( 1) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-section (3) of section fourteen and subject to the approval of the Minister, a regional authority shall, not later than the first day of March in each year, levy a stock rate in respect of each district in its region which shall be payable by every resident in such district who owns cattle or for the time being is in charge of any kraal or homestead at which cattle are kept.
Stock rate and dipping estimates.
(2) The said rate shall be made known by notice in the Official Gazette and shall become due and payable on a date to be specified by the Minister in such notice in respect of each head of cattle owned by any such resident or kept at any such kraal or homestead on the first day of May in that year. (3) A regional authority shall , not later than the date mentioned in sub- section ( 1), submit to the magistrate of the district concerned, for transmission to the Minister, its estimates of expenditure in respect of the dipping and other services which it proposes to provide or make available in that district during the ensuing financial year in terms of paragraph (d) of sub-section ( 1) of section twelve together with the reasons for its decision as to the amount of the stock rate. (4) It shall be competent for the Minister to increase or decrease the amount of any stock rate levied in terms of sub- section ( 1) and any stock rate so increased or decreased shall be deemed to have been duly levied by the regional authority. (5) The stock rate levied under this section and any other fees or rates paid for dipping or other services provided or made available by a regional authority in terms of paragraph (d) of sub-section ( 1) of section twelve shall be paid into a special account for the district concerned to be termed a dipping account and, unless the Minister otherwise directs, only the expenditure incurred by the regional authority in connection with the dipping of cattle and the suppression of cattle diseases in that district shall be met from such account. (6) Nothing in this section contained shall be construed as prohibiting a regional authority from levying different stock rates for different districts. 16. ( 1) The Minister shall cause to be established for every regional Treasury for reauthority a treasury into which shall be paid such amounts as are herein- gional authority. after specified and from which all expenditure incurred in connection with
83.
any matter within the purview of the authority shall be met. (2) Every such treasury shall be under the control of the Minister who may, on such conditions as he may deem fit and subject to any regulations, vest the control thereof or any portion thereof in the regional authority. Amounts to be paid into treasury of regional authority.
17. Subject to the provisions of sub-section (5) of section fifteen and the proviso to paragraph ( a) of sub-section (6) of section fifty-eight there shall be paid into the treasury of a regional authority (a) all fees, rates and charges which in accordance with custom , are payable to the regional authority; (b) all amounts derived from any property owned by the regional authority; (c) any donation made by any person for the benefit of the regional authority; (d) the amounts payable to the regional authority in terms of sub-section ( 1) of section fifty-six and any other moneys which the Legislative Assembly may appropriate for the purpose; and (e) all other moneys derived from any source whatsoever for the benefit of the regional authority.
Meetings of regional authority.
18. (1) Every regional authority shall hold an ordinary meeting not less than once every two months on such fixed day and at such hour as the head may appoint. (2) At any time the head may, and when so required by the Minister or not less than one-third of the total number of councillors shall , call a special meeting of the regional authority : Provided that the Minister may himself call a special meeting. (3) No business shall be dealt with at a special meeting other than that specified in the notice thereof.
(4) The nearest whole number exceeding one-third of the total number of councillors shall form a quorum and no business shall be transacted or decision taken unless a quorum is present.
Notice of meetings of regional authority.
19. The head of a regional authority shall give notice to every councillor and to every tribal authority and local government bureau in the region -
84.
(a) of the day and hour appointed for the holding of ordinary meetings, and such councillors shall be required to attend such ordinary meetings without further notice; (b) of the day and hour of any special meeting and shall specify the purpose thereof : Provided that the Minister may cause notice to be given of any special meeting called by him.
20. All questions arising in a meeting of a regional authority shall be determined by a majority of votes, and in case of an equality of votes, the head shall also have a casting vote.
Decisions of regional authority to be by majority vote.
21. The business of a regional authority shall be conducted with Meeting of regional authority open doors : Provided that the authority may at any meeting by resolution , open to public. exclud and commit into itself e resolv head, tee e or if so directed by the the public from its meeting.
· 22. (1) The head of a regional authority shall cause minutes to be made Minutes of meeting of regional of all proceedings of the authority wherein shall be recorded authority.
(a) the date and place of the meeting; (b) the names of the councillors present at, and of the persons presiding over, the meeting;
(c) a summary of the proceedings and the discussion at the meeting, which shall contain in full every motion or amendment and the decision taken thereon, including the name of the councillor moving any motion or any amendment thereto and the councillor who seconded the motion or amendment; (d) if a councillor so requests, the fact that he dissents from any decision .
(2) The minutes of a meeting shall , after confirmation at the next succeeding meeting, be signed by the head of the regional authority.
(3) The head shall after each meeting cause a copy of the minutes of the proceedings thereof to be forwarded to the Minister, the Controller and Auditor-General and to each local govenrment bureau and tribal authority in the region.
85.
23. Procedure at meetings of regional authority.
(1) At any meeting of a regional authority the head shall -
(a) maintain order generally; (b) decide on all disputed points of order; (c) regulate, in his discretion , the order of business subsequent to the confirmation of the minutes;
(d) have the power (i) to close discussion on any subject when he considers such a course necessary in the interests of business or order; (ii) to adjourn or terminate the meeting; or (iii) to suspend from further service at the meeting, and to order the removal , of any councillor who uses offensive or unbecoming words or otherwise misconducts himself.
(2) Every person addressing the chair shall stand. (3) A motion or amendment (a) shall lapse unless duly seconded after being moved; (b) may not be withdrawn except by leave of the regional authority; and (c) shall be read aloud before being put to the vote.
Regional executive committee .
24. (1) Every regional authority shall appoint four of its councillors or, in a region comprising more than four districts, as many councillors as there are districts , to be, together with the head, a regional executive committee Provided that the authority may, at any time, discharge any such councillor and appoint another councillor in his place. (2) A regional executive committee shall be responsible, in the intervals between ordinary meetings of the regional authority, for the exercise or performance of the powers, authorities and functions of the regional authority other than such powers , authorities and functions as the authority may from time to time determine .
(3) The head of the regional authority shall preside over meetings of the regional executive committee : Frovided that , if the head is absent from any meeting, the members present may appoint one of their
86 .
number to preside at that meeting. (4) A regional executive committee shall hold a meeting not less than once every month on such fixed day and at such hour as the head of the regional authority may from time to time appoint. (5) The head shall give notice of the day and hour appointed under sub-section (4) to every member of the regional executive committee and to every local govemment bureau and tribal authority in the region and such member shall be required to attend the meetings of the regional executive committee without further notice : Provided that the head may at any time call a special meeting of the regional executive committee on not less than two days ' notice.
(6) Three members of a regional executive committee shall for a quorum unless the executive committee, including its head, consists of more than five members when four members shall fom a quorum .
(7). The regional executive committee shall report to the regional authority at each ensuing ordinary meeting of the authority.
(8) A regional executive committee may at any time appoint subcommittees from amongst its members for such purpose as it may deem necessary and may delegate to such sub-committees , or to any one of its members, any enquiry or power to do any act on behalf of the executive committee : Provided that any such sub-committee or person shall report to the regional executive committee. (9) The provisions of sections twenty, twenty-one, twenty-two and twenty-three shall apply mutatis mutandis to a regional executive committee.
There shall be paid to the head or any councillor of a regional authority from the treasury of such authority -
25.
(a) for attendance at any meeting of the regional authority, including any meeting of the regional executive or any other committee or sub- committee thereof, or
(b) if he is authorised by a magistrate or by a head of a department, to proceed on duty to any place in or outside the district in which he ordinarily resides , such travelling and other allowances as the Minister may prescribe in consultation with the Minister of Finance.
87 .
Allowances for head and councillors of region . al authority.
BOTH TRIBAL AND REGIONAL AUTHORITIES.
Qualifications 26. No person shall be qualified to be appointed or to sit as a of councillors of tribal and re- councillor of a tribal or a regional authority unless he is registered as a gional authori- voter of the Transkei. ties.
Period of office 27. (1) The councillors of a tribal or a regional authority shall , except of councillors of tribal or re- as provided in this Act or in section thirty-two of the Constitution Act , gional ties.. authori- hold office for a period of five years; (2) For the purposes of sub- section ( 1) each period shall commence on the first day of January and, in respect of the first period, in the year 1966.
(3) Any councillor whose seat has become vacant by effluxion of time shall be eligible for reappointment .
Vacation ofseat 28. The seat of a councillor of a tribal or a regional authority shall by councillor of become vacant · tribal or regional authority. (a) if he dies; or (b) if he ceases to be registered as a voter of the Transkei ; or (c) if he fails to attend three consecutive meetings of the authority without its special leave; or (d) if he is absent from the region for longer than six months without the special leave of the authority; or (e) if he resigns his seat; or ( f) if his seat is declared vacant by the Minister in terms of section twenty-nine; or (g) if he is replaced in terms of section thirty-three; or
(h) if he is convicted of any contravention of section fortynine ; or (i) in the case of any councillor ex officio, if he has ceased
88 .
to be a headman or a chief or is deemed , in terms of section thirty-two of the Constitution Act, to have vacated his chieftainship .
29. council l
or
, declare the seat of any Other provision The Ministe may, in his discret re vacation of s i r of a tribal or a regional authorit voancant seats by couny cillors of tribal or regional autho (a) if, after an enquiry held by an officer appointed by the rities. Minister for the purpose , at which the councillor shall be entitled to be heard, he is satisfied that the councillor is negligent in the performance of his duties or that, for any other reason , the removal of the councillor from his seat is desirable in the public interest; or (b) at the request of the head in respect of any councillor (not being a councillor referred to in sub- section ( 2) of section ten) appointed by him.
30. If the seat of any councillor of a tribal or regional authority becomes vacant before the expiry of his period of office, his seat shall , for the remainder of such period, be appropriately filled in accordance with the provisions of this Act.
Casual vacancies on tribal or regional authorities.
31. The provisions of sections twenty-seven and thirty shall apply Period of office of certain heads mutatis mutandis to every head of a tribal or regional authority referred of tribal or reto in paragraph (b) of sub- section (2) of section three and paragraph (b) ties. gional authoriof sub- section (3 ) of section ten.
32. ( 1 ) If the head of any tribal or regional authority dies or , for any other reason , ceases to be head of the authority and it is necessary in order to fill such vacancy (a) for a paramount chief, acting paramount chief, chief or acting chief to be designated in terms of section fortyfive of the Constitution Act, or (b) for a headman or acting headman to be appointed in terms of section forty-one. the councillors of the authority shall , at a meeting held specially for the purpose and subject to the approval of the Minister, nominate one of their number to act temporarily as head and to preside over meetings of the authority until the confirmation according to law of the designation or appointment of the head : Provided that if any person so acting is not a chief or a headman he shall for the purposes of sections forty-three and forty-four be deemed to be an acting chief or an acting headman, as the case may be.
89 .
Inability of head of tribalauthority orregional to preside.
(2) If the head of any tribal or regional authority is unable, through absence or other temporary cause, to preside over any meeting of the authority, the councillors present at the meeting shall appoint one of their number to preside at that meeting.
Rights of new head of tribal or regional authority.
33. ( 1) Any person who becomes the head of a tribal or a regional authority in the place of a head who has died or for any other reason ceased to hold office may, with the approval of the Minister, appoint one or more councillors to replace an equivalent number of councillors appointed by his predecessor in office. (2) Except as provided in sub- section ( 1 ) the councillors of a tribal or a regional authority shall not vacate their seats by reason only of the death of, or the vacation of office for any other reason by, the head of the authority.
Legal proceedings by or against tribal authorities .
34.
Any legal proceedings by or against a tribal or a regional authority may be instituted by or against the head of that authority in his official capacity : Provided (a) that a tribe or any tribal authority shall not be responsible for the personal obligations of any paramount chief, chief or headman nor shall any tribe or tribal authority or the ground occupied by any tribe be bound in any way whatsoever by any contract entered into or liability incurred by any paramount chief, chief or headman unless it has been approved by the Minister after having been adopted at a meeting of the tribal authority concerned and confirmed at a meeting of the regional authority; and (b) that, except with the written permission of the Minister first had and obtained, no legal proceedings in regard to the ownership , occupation or acquisition of land by a tribe shall be instituted or maintained by an individual nember or any members of such tribe against any paramount chief, chief or headman of such tribe or against the tribal or regional authority concerned or any head thereof or against the tribe.
Approval and publication of bye-laws of tribal or regional authority.
( 1) No bye-law made under section eight by any tribal authority 35. or under section thirteen by any regional authority shall have any force of effect until it has been approved by the Minister and published in the Official Gazette. (2) Before approving any bye-law under sub- section ( 1) , the Minister may refer it back to the tribal or regional authority concerned for recon-
90.
sideration in the light of such further information and advice as may be given. 36. ( 1) Notwithstanding anything in this Act contained, if the number of councillors of any tribal or regional authority is at any time, owing to the number of vacancies , insufficient to form a quorum, the Minister may appoint a sufficient number of councillors for a period not exceeding six months to form , together with the councillors whose seats have not become vacant, at least a quorum : Provided that no person shall be so appointed by the Minister unless he is a resident of the area for which the tribal authority has been established or of the region , as the case may be, and is registered as a voter of the Transkei .
Minister may appoint councillors .
(2) A councillor appointed in terms of sub- section ( 1) shall enjoy all the rights and privileges of, and perform the same duties and be subject to the same disqualifications as, any other councillor of the authority except that he shall hold office during the pleasure of the Minister.
37.
Minister may appoint magistrate to act as (a) there are no councillors of a tribal or a regional autho- tribal or regional authority or rity or not sufficient councillors able and willing to as head. form a quorum , or
(1) If at any time -
(b) the head of any tribal or regional authority is unable or unwilling or neglects or delays to exercise or to perform any power, authority or function conferred or imposed upon him by this Act or any other law, and (c) it is necessary, in the interests of good government, to ensure the continuation of the administration of the administrative area or areas or the region concerned, the Ministermay appoint a magistrate to act , during his pleasure, as the tribal or the regional authority or the head thereof, as circumstances may require. (2) A magistrate appointed under sub- section ( 1) shall be competent to exercise and perform any power, authority or function conferred or imposed by law upon the authority or head concerned. (3) Any power, authority or function exercised or performed by a magistrate under sub- section ( 2) shall be deemed to have been duly exercised or performed by the appropriate authority or head, as the case may be.
91 .
Prevention of corruption.
38. Every tribal and regional authority shall be deemed to be a local authority for the purposes of the Prevention of Corruption Act, 1958 (Act No. 6 of 1958). PART 111. LOCAL GOVERNMENT BUREAUX.
Establishment 39. Subject to the laws governing the government service of the Transkei , there shall be established in the office, and under the superof local govern . bureaux ment visory control, of every magistrate a local government bureau which shall -
(a) assist and guide the tribal authorities in the district concerned in the exercise or performance of their powers, authorities and functions under this Act or any other law;
(b) on behalf of any such authority or a regional authority, perfom such administrative and other functions, including the collection of revenue , as the Minister may from time to time specify; (c) on behalf of the Minister, conduct and administer the financial affairs and the account or treasury of any tribal or regional authority, or any portion thereof, which has not been placed under the control of the authority concerned in terms of this Act; and (d) generally promote the application and administration of this Act and perform such other functions and duties as the Minister may , in his discretion, assign to a local government bureau or as may be prescribed.
PART IV. TRIBAL LEVIES.
Voluntary levy.
40. ( 1) When a tribe voluntarily makes application for the levy of a special rate for the benefit of such tribe, and the Minister (a) is satisfied that the majority of the taxpayers of such tribe desires such a levy , and
(b) approves the purpose for which the levy is to be imposed, the Minister may, by notice in the Official Gazette levy such rate upon
92.
every member of the tribe who is a taxpayer. (2) The Minister may at any time , at the request of the majority of the taxpayers affected thereby, by notice in the Official Gazette, withdraw any levy imposed in terms of sub-section (1).
PART V. PARAMOUNT CHIEFS, CHIEFS AND HEADMEN.
41. (1) It shall be the function of a tribal authority, subject to the pro- Appointment of headmen or actvisions of this section, to appoint a headman or, as circumstances may ing headmen. require, an acting headman over any residents of, or land situated within or comprising, an administrative area. (2) No person shall be appointed as a headman or acting headman unless he is over the age of twenty-one years and is registered as a voter of the Transkei. (3) The appointment of a headman or an acting headman shall be made after consultation , free of any tribute, fee, reward or present, with the paramount chief concerned and with the registered voters of the particular administrative area at a meeting convened for the purpose. (4) Any appointment under sub- section ( 1) shall be subject to confirmation by the Minister who may in his discretion confirm the appointment or refer it back to the tribal authority for further consideration. (5) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub- section (1), the Minister(a) may, after consultation with the tribal authority and any paramount chief concerned, appoint a headman or an acting headman if in his opinion it is in the public interest to do so; (b) shall appoint an acting headman if any headmanship remains vacant for a period in excess of three months.
42.
(1) A paramount chief, chief or headman shall (a) enjoy the status, rights and privileges and be subject to the obligations and duties conferred or imposed upon his office by the recognised customs or usages of his tribe; (b) be entitled, in the due fulfilment of his functions , to the loyalty, respect, support and obedience of every resident of the area for which he has been appointed;
93.
Duties, powers, authorities and functions of paramount chiefs, chiefs and headmen.
(c) in co-operation with the tribal or regional authority and subject to such lawful orders or instructions as may, from time to time, be given to him by or through any competent representative of the Government, carry on the administration of his area; (d) maintain law and order and report to the Government, without delay, any matter of import or concern, including any condition of unrest or dissatisfaction; (e) exercise within his area, in relation to any resident (i) the powers of arrest conferred upon him, in his capacity as a peace officer, by Chapter IV of the Criminal Procedure Act, 1955 (Act No. 56 of 1955) and (ii) subject to the provisions of sub-sections (3) and (4) of section forty-six of the said Act, the powers of search and seizure , relating to stolen stock, liquor, habit-forming drugs , arms , ammunition and explosives, referred to in sub- section ( 1) of that section ; (f) ensure the protection of life , persons and property and the safety of bona fide travellers within his area, and report forthwith to the competent authority (i) the death of any person from violence or other unnatural cause ; (ii) the outbreak of any contagious or infectious disease ;
(iii ) any pretended witchcraft or divination; (iv) any misuse of Government property; (v) any irregular receipt or use of public moneys ; (vi) the holding of any unauthorised meeting, gathering or assembly or the distribution of undesirable literature in, or the unauthorised entry of any person into, his area; and (vii) the commission of any offence which does not fall to be dealt with under his own jurisdiction ;
(g) disperse or order the dispersal of any unauthorised assembly of armed persons or of any riotous or unlawful meeting or gathering;
94 .
(h) if a state of lawlessness exists in his area or, in his opinion, cannot otherwise be prevented, order that all or any of the following shall be prohibited for a period not exceeding fourteen days at any one time -
(i) the gathering of men in groups ; (ii) the brewing of beer or the holding of any feast within such area as he shall specify; (iii) the carrying by any person of a shield or more than one ordinary stick; (iv) the shouting of war cries or the blowing of bugles or whistles; (i) make known to the residents of his area the requirements of any new law;
(j) ensure compliance with all laws and the orders and instructions of any competent authority; (k) prevent cruelty to animals; (1) detain and, when so required by law, impound any livestock depastured unlawfully or found straying within, or introduced illegally or under suspicious circumstances into, his area and report the fact to the competent authority; and
(m) generally seek to promote the interests of his tribe and of the region and actively support, and himself initiate , measures for the advancement of his people. (2) Subject to the provisions of Proclamation No. 311 of 1963 , a paramount chief or a chief may, with the approval of the regional authority concerned and the Minister, appoint one or more deputies to assist him in the exercise or performance of his duties , powers, authorities and functions under this Act or any other law and may, in like manner, terminate any such appointment: Provided that no paramount chief or chief shall , by the appointment of any deputy , divest himself of responsibility for the due exercise or performance of any duty, power, authority or function .
43.
Normal remuneration of paramount chief, (a) a paramount chief shall be entitled to such salary or other chief or headman. remuneration as may be provided by law; and
(1) Subject to the provisions of this Act -
95 .
(b) a chief or a headman shall receive such remuneration as may be provided by law or determined by the Minister from time to time in consultation with the Minister of Finance. (2) Except with the prior approval of the Minister no paramount chief , chief or headman shall cede to any person any salary, remuneration or other allowance payable to him in terms of this Act or any other law.
Other allowances payable to paramount chiefs and headmen .
44. A paramount chief, chief or headman shall , out of moneys appropriated by the Legislative Assembly for the purpose be paid (a) if he proceeds on duty to any office of the Government or is required by a head of a department or a magistrate to attend at any place outside his region or area, as the case may be, such allowance in aid of transport and subsistence expenses as may be prescribed by the Minister in consultation with the Minister of Finance : Provided
(i) that a head of a department or a magistrate may , if he thinks fit , direct that no such allowance or only part of such allowance shall be paid; and (ii) that the Minister may prescribe different allowances for paramount chiefs, chiefs or headmen according to their status or other personal circumstances and according to the distances to be travelled by them ;
(b) if he retires from service, with the approval of the Minister, on account of old age or infirmity or for any other good and sufficient reason , a retiring allowance at such rate as may be determined by the Minister in consultation with the Minister of Finance. Determination of remuneration or retiring allowances.
45. In the determination of any normal remuneration under section forty-three or retiring allowance under paragraph (b) of section fortyfour, there shall be taken into account every period of satisfactory service, whether continuous or not , rendered by the paramount chief, chief or headman: Provided that , in the determination of a retiring allowance , no period of service in respect of which a retiring allowance or any other retirement benefit whatsoever has been paid, whether before or after the commencement of this Act, shall be included.
Discipline.
46. ( 1) Whenever there is reason to believe that a paramount chief, chief or headman is guilty of misconduct in that he -
96.
(a) fails or refuses to comply with any provision of this Act or of any other law with which it is his duty to comply, (b) disobeys , disregards or makes wilful default in carrying out a lawful order given to him by a person having authority to give it, or by conduct displays insubordination ,
(c) conducts himself in a disgraceful , improper or unbecoming manner, (d) uses intoxicants or stupefying drugs excessively, (e) abuses his powers or extorts, or by the uses of compulsion or arbitrary means obtains , any tribute, fee, reward or present , (f) tries or punishes any person without being duly authorised thereto by or under any law, (g) becomes a member or takes part in the affairs of an organisation or association whose objects are subversive of or prejudicial to constituted government or law and order, or (h) is negligent or indolent in the discharge of his duties, the Minister may charge him in writing with such misconduct, appoint an officer in the service of the Government to enquire into the matter and give such instructions in regard to the enquiry, at which the paramount chief, chief or headman shall be entitled to be heard, as he may deem fit . Provided that the proceedings shall not be invalidated by any failure of the paramount chief, chief or headmanto attend the enquiry. (2) The officer holding the enquiry shall (a) keep a record of the proceedings ; (b) at the conclusion of the enquiry, find whether the paramount chief, chief or headman is guilty or not guilty of the misconduct and inform him of his finding; and (c) forward to the Minister the record of the proceedings , a statement of his finding, the reasons therefor , and any observations which he might wish to make (hereinafter referred to as the record of the enquiry). (3) If the officer has found that the paramount chief, chief or headman is guilty of the misconduct, the Minister shall forward a copy of the
97 .
record of the enquiry (a) in respect of a paramount chief or a chief, to the regional authority concerned, (b) in respect of a headman, to the tribal authority concerned , and such authority shall thereupon, within a period specified by the Minister -
(i) caution or reprimand the paramount chief, chief or headman , or (ii) impose on him a fine not exceeding one hundred rand, payable or recoverable from his salary or other remuneration for the benefit of the Transkeian Revenue Fund in such instalments as the authority may determine , or (iii) suspend him from office without salary or other remuneration for a period not exceeding two years, or (iv) impose on him any two or more of the punishments referred to in sub-paragraphs (i), (ii ) and (iii ) jointly, or (v) depose or dismiss him. (4) Any punishment imposed under sub-section (3) shall be subject to confirmation (a) in the case of a paramount chief or a chief, by the Cabinet: Provided that where a paramount chief or chief is deposed or dismissed , such deposition or dismissal shall be subject to confirmation by the State President; and (b) in the case of a headman, by the Minister. (5) It shall be in the discretion of the State President , the Cabinet or the Minister, as the case may be , to confirm any such punishment or to refer it back to the authority concerned for further consideration within such period as may be specified.
(6) If within the period specified under sub- section (3) or (5) , as the case may be , the tribal or regional authority (a) fails or refuses to impose any of the punishments referred to in sub- section (3) , or
98.
(b) after further consideration of any such punishment, fails or refuses to alter it or imposes a punishment which in the opinion of the Minister or the Cabinet , as the case may be, is inappropriate or inadequate, the Minister or the Cabinet shall impose such punishment as, in his or its opinion, the authority ought to have imposed : Provided that where a paramount chief or chief is deposed or dismissed , such deposition or dismissal shall be subject to confirmation by the State President. (7) Any punishment imposed by the Minister or the Cabinet in terms of sub-section (6) shall be deemed to have been lawfully imposed by the competent tribal or regional authority and, subject to the proviso to paragraph (a) of sub-section (4) , to have been duly confirmed by the Minister or the Cabinet, as the case may be. (8) The provisions of sub-sections (3 ) , (4) , (5) , (6) and (7) , inclusive, shall apply mutatis mutandis to any paramount chief, chief or headman convicted of an offence by any competent court if such offence , in the opinion of the Minister, is tantamount to misconduct within the the purview of this section , and such paramount chief, chief or headman shall be deemed , on the grounds of such conviction , to have been found guilty of misconduct under this section. (9) No paramount chief, chief or headman who has or is deemed to have been found guilty of misconduct under this section , and no deputy of any such paramount chief or chief, shall preside over any meeting of a tribal or regional authority held for the purposes of sub-sections (3), (4), (5) and (6) nor shall such paramount chief, chief or headman take part in any discussion or deliberation at such meeting. Any person who contravenes the provisions of this sub- section shall be guilty of an offence.
47
Temporary sus(1 ) The Minister may pension from office or para(a) at the request of any regional authority, in the case mount chief, of a paramount chief or chief, or a tribal authority chief or headman. in the case of a headman , or the majority of the councillors thereof, suspend any paramount chief, chief or headman from office; or (b) suspend from office any paramount chief, chief or headman charged with misconduct under the provisions of sub- section ( 1 ) of section forty-six, or with the commission of any offence ; or (c) suspend from office any headman if in his opinion there are good reasons for doing so
(2) Any paramount chief, chief or headman suspended from office in terms of sub-section ( 1 ) shall not be entitled to any salary or other remu-
99.
neration for the period of his suspension unless the Minister has ordered the payment to him of the whole or portion thereof. Property rights or obligations of paramount chieftainship or chieftainship.
48. ( 1 ) When confirming the designation of any person as paramount chief, chief or acting chief or at any time thereafter , the State President may, notwithstanding anything in this Act or in any other law' contained , after a public enquiry by such person or persons having a knowledge of the language , customs and laws of the region or tribe concerned , as he may appoint for the purpose , make an order awarding to, or imposing upon, the person whose designation as paramount chief, chief or acting chief has been confirmed , such of the property, rights or obligations of the previous holder of the paramount or other chieftainship , irrespective of the manner in which such chieftainship was vacated , as in his opinion were acquired or incurred by such previous holder by virtue of his office and as he may deem just. (2) Any person affected by an order made in terms of sub- section (1) may, within one year from the date thereof, petition the State President for the amplification , variation or interpretation of the provisions of the order, and the State President may make such order, thereon as he may deem fit. PART VI. OFFENCES AND PENALTIES.
Offences by head or councillors of tribal or regional authorities.
( 1) Any head or councillor of a tribal or regional authority who 49. directly or indirectly exacts or accepts or agrees to accept or attempts to obtain for himself or for any other person , any gift , reward or other consideration whatsoever, other than the allowances to which he is entitled in terms of this Act or any regulations , for or on account of his services as head or as a councillor or his doing or refraining from doing or having done or refrained from doing anything in his capacity as head or as a councillor , shall be guilty of an offence and liable , on conviction , to a fine not exceeding two hundred rand or to imprisonment for a period not exceeding one year or to both such fine and such imprisonment. (2) Any head or councillor of a tribal or regional authority who attends a meeting or takes part in the proceedings of the authority or a committee or sub-committee thereof during the discussion of or voting on any matter in which he has directly or indirectly by himself or through his spouse , partner or business associate any pecuniary interest shall be guilty of an offence unless it is proved that he did not know that he had such interest.
Obstructing Ministers, certain officers , paramount chiefs,
50 . A the Minis o a o M , or any ny perso obstru ter r ny ther inister n cting head of depa rtme , magistra , paramoun chief , chief or headman in the te nt t lawfu exec any lawf utio of his duty , or disobeyi ul order of or will n ng
100.
fully insulting any such Minister, head of department , magistrate , paramount chief, chief or headman while acting in the course of his duty or wilfully obstructing the proceedings of any meeting lawfully convened by such Minister, head of department, magistrate , paramount chief, chief or headman in connection with his duty shall be guilty of an offence, and in addition any person who wilfully insults any Minister, head of department, magistrate , paramount chief, or headman whilst he is presiding over a meeting convened by him in connection with his duty or wilfully obstructs the proceedings of such meeting, may be removed therefrom and , if necessary, detained in custody by order of such Minister, head of department, magistrate , paramount chief, chief or headman , until the conclusion of such meeting.
chiefs or headmen.
51. Any person who contravenes or fails to comply with any bye-law made by a tribal authority under section eight or by a regional authority under section thirteen shall be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding fifty rand.
Contravention of bye-laws.
General penalty . 52. The court convicting any person of any offence under this Act for which no specific penalty has been provided may impose upon him a fine not exceeding two hundred rand or, in default of payment , imprisonment for a period not exceeding six months .
PART V11. MISCELLANEOUS.
53.
As from the date of commencement of this Act (a) every district authority established by section four of Proclamation No. 180 of 1956 shall be disestablished; (b) all the property movable or immovable which immediately prior to the said date was used or had been acquired by a district authority solely for the purposes of or in connection with the services contemplated by paragraph (e) of section thirty-one of the said Proclamation (hereinafter referred to as dipping services) shall vest in the regional authority of the region concerned subject to any conditions or obligations upon or under which such property was held or used immediately prior to the said date : Provided that any balance standing to the credit of an account referred to in sub- section (3) of section thirty-four of the said Proclamation shall be paid into the dipping account established for that
101.
Abolition of district authorities.
district in terms of sub- section (5) of section fifteen of this Act; (c) all the liabilities lawfully incurred by a district authority for the purposes of or in connection with dipping services, including any liability to pay rental for any property referred to in paragraph (b) of this section , shall become the liabilities of the regional authority of the region concerned as a charge against the dipping account for that district;
(d) every person who, immediately prior to the said date was employed by a district authority for the purposes of or in connection with dipping services shall , as from that date, be transferred to the service of the regional Provided that the authority of the region concerned conditions of service of any such person shall continue in force as if he had remained in the service of a district authority; (e) all the other assets , liabilities , rights and obligations of every such district authority shall become the assets , liabilities , rights and obligations of the Govemment. References in 54. other laws to administrative kei areas and chiefs and headmen.
Any reference in any law, in so far as it applies to the Trans-
(a) to a location , shall be construed as a reference to an administrative area; (b) to a chief or headman , shall be construed as a reference to a chief or an acting chief or a headman or an acting headman whose designation or appointment has, or is deemed to have , been confirmed or made in terms of section forty-five of the Constitution Act or section forty-one of this Act. Application of certain provisions of Act No. 41 of 1925 for the recovery of arrear levies, rates, taxes, or fees.
55. The provisions of section nine of the Bantu Taxation and Development Act, 1925 (Act No. 41 of 1925) and regulations framed under that Act shall apply mutatis mutandis to the recovery from any resident of any levy, rate, tax or fee imposed , levied or prescribed or deemed to have been imposed , levied or prescribed by the Minister or by any tribal or regional authority in terms of this Act.
Standing appro- 56. ( 1 ) Subject to the provisions of this Act there shall be paid to a priation of mo- tribal or regional authority at such times during each financial year and neys and validation of certain in such manner as the Secretary for Finance may determine, an amount
102 .
equal to the amount paid into the Transkeian Revenue Fund during that payments to lower administrafinancial year , in tems of paragraphs (a) and ( b) of sub-section ( 1) of tive bodies. section fifty-two of the Constitution Act, in respect of the area or region, as the case may be, of the authority concerned and deriving from (a) the levies, taxes, rates, fees or charges imposed or levied in terms of section five, section fourteen or section fifteen or under any bye- laws made under section eightor section thirteen, or any levy, tax or rate imposed or levied or deemed to have been imposed or levied under section forty; (b) any fees of office or fines collected by an authority or any head or deputy in the exercise of civil or criminal jurisdiction conferred upon it or him by or under any law, or recovered in respect of a contravention of any bye- laws or of any failure to pay any levy , tax or rate, imposed or levied, or deemed to have been imposed or levied, under this Act.
(2) The payment to any tribal, community , district or regional authority referred to in section forty-six of the Constitution Act, during any period from the first day of April , 1964 , to the date of commencement ofthis Act, of any moneys paid by any citizen of the Transkei in respect of levies or rates imposed in terms of the Bantu Taxation and Development Act, 1925 (Act No. 41 of 1925) , or Proclamation No. 180 of 1956, is hereby validated. 57.
(1) The Minister may make regulations (a) providing for the administration , supervision, control and auditing of the accounts or treasuries, and the procedure to be followed in the collection and safeguarding of the revenues, and in accounting for moneys in the possession, of tribal and regional authorities; (b) providing for the appointment, and the determination of the conditions of appointment and the duties , of employees of tribal or regional authorities; (c) prescribing the times for the payment of rates , taxes, fees or charges levied or prescribed under this Act and the circumstances in which or the conditions subject to which any person may be exempted from liability for the payment thereof; (d) prescribing the manner of assessment and collection of stock rate levied under section fifteen, the method of
103 .
Regulations.
registration of cattle for the purposes of such levy and any other matter relating to expenditure on dipping services; (e) providing for the payment of allowances to heads and councillors of tribal and regional authorities and to paramount chiefs, chiefs and headmen; (f) prescribing the conditions chiefs, chiefs and headmen;
of service
of paramount
(g) prescribing the functions and duties of local government bureaux ; and generally any regulations which he is, by this Act, required or empowered to make and any other regulations , whether or not relating to any matter specifically mentioned in this sub- section, which he may deem necessary in order to ensure the effective operation and administration of this Act : Provided that regulations as to any allowances payable to any person or the collection and control of and accounting for any moneys may only be made in consultation with the Minister of Finance. (2) Different regulations may be made in respect of different tribal or regional authorities or in respect of different areas under the same authority or in respect of matters affecting different residents under the same authority. (3) The regulations may provide penalties for any contravention thereof or failure to comply therewith not exceeding a fine of one hundred rand or, in default of payment, imprisonment for a period of three months.
Repeal of laws and savings.
58. ( 1) The laws specified in the Schedule to this Act are, in so far as they apply to the Transkei, hereby repealed to the extent set out in the third column of that Schedule. (2) Every tribal or community authority and every regional authority established in terms of any law repealed by sub- section ( 1) shall be deemed to have been established as a tribal and as a regional authority, respectively, by this Act. (3) The designation as paramount chief, chief or acting chief, orthe appointment as headman or acting headman , of any person appointed as such under any law repealed by sub- section ( 1 ) and lawfully holding office immediately prior to the commencement of this Act , shall be deemed to have been duly confirmed in terms of section forty-five of the Constitution Act or section forty-one of this Act, as the case may be. (4) Anything done in pursuance of powers conferred on the com-
104 .
1
petent authority by or by virtue of any provision of any law repealed by sub-section (1) shall be deemed to have been done by the appropriate authority in pursuance of powers conferred by or by virtue of the corresponding provision of this Act.
(5) Any disciplinary proceedings in respect of misconduct committed by any paramount chief, chief or headman before the date of commencement of this Act may be continued or instituted by the Minister as if such misconduct had been committed after the said date. (6) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub section ( 1) of this section and of section fifty-three-
(a) any tribal levy imposed in terms of section fifteen ofthe Bantu Taxation and Development Act, 1925 (Act No. 41 of 1925) and any rate levied by a district authority in terms of section thirty-three of Proclamation No. 180 of 1956, which is in force immediately prior to the date of commencement of this Act, shall remain in force until it becomes inoperative by effluxion of time and shall be deemed to have been imposed by the Minister , by notice in the Official Gazette, in terms of section forty: Provided that the proceeds of any rate so levied by a district authority shall be used and administered by the regional authority of the region concerned, in consultation with the Minister, for the purpose for which such rate was levied. (b) the general levy imposed by, and any health rate referred to in, Government Notice No. 418 of 1955 , as amended by Govemment Notice No. 698 of 1955 , shall continue to be due and payable and to be collected and recovered as if this Act had not been passed.
(7) Until the Minister makes regulations , the regulations in force immediately prior to the date of commencement of this Act (hereinafter referred to as the existing regulations ) shall , notwithstanding , the provisions of sub- section (1) and in so far as the existing regulations can be applied and are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Constitution Act or this Act, continue to apply in respect of tribal and regional authorities: Provided that, whenever the Minister makes regulations, with regard to any matter referred to in sub-section ( 1 ) of section fifty-seven, he may by notice in the Official Gazette withdraw all or any of the existing regulations. of Paragraph (2) of the English version of Proclamation No. 311 of Amendment Proclamation No. 311 of 1963. 1963 is hereby amended by the substitution for the words "mandatories" 59.
105
and "mandatory" wherever they occur, of the words "deputies " and "deputy" respectively.
Short title and date of commencement.
60 . This Act shall be called the Transkei Authorities Act, 1965 and shall come into operation on a date to be fixed by the Minister by notice in the Official Gazette.
SCHEDULE . LAWS REPEALED - IN SO FAR AS THEY APPLY TO THE TRANSKEI .
No. and year of Law.
Title.
Act No. 41 of 1925 .
Bantu Taxation and Development Act, 1925 . Bantu Administration Act, 1927.
Act No. 38 of 1927.
Proclamation No. 180 of1956. Proclamation No. 110 of 1957. Proclamation No. 77 of 1958. Proclamation No. 171 of 1958. Proclamation No. 12 of 1959. Proclamation No. 13 of 1959. Proclamation No. 93 of 1959. Proclamation No. 94 of 1959. Proclamation No. 200 of 1959. Proclamation No. 20 of 1960. Proclamation No. 28 of 1960. Proclamation No. 49 of 1960. Proclamation No. 188 of 1960 . State President's Proclamation No. 22 of 1961.
Transkeian Bantu Authorities Proclamation.
Extent of Repeal. Section fifteen.
Sub-sections (7), (7) bis, (7) ter, (8) and (9) of section two, section three, section four, and paragraph ( a) of sub- section (1) of section five. The whole. The whole. The whole. The whole.
The whole. The whole. The whole. The whole. The whole. The whole. The whole.
The whole . The whole.
The whole.
106 .
Proclamation No. 118 of 1961. Proclamation No. 174 of 1962. Proclamation No. 8 of 1963 . Proclamation No. 144 of 1963 . Proclamation No. 346 of 1963. Act No. 6 of 1964.
The whole. The whole. The whole. The whole.
Transkeian Authorities Act, 1964.
107 .
The whole. The whole.
WET NO. 4 WET
VAN 1965 . Om die bevoegdhede, gesag en werksaamhede van stam- en streeksowerhede to verander, om plaaslike bestuursburo's in te stel , om voorsiening te maak vir vrywillige heffings, om die pligte, bevoegdhede, gesag en werksaamhede te omskryf van, en om voorsiening te maak vir ' n tugkode vir, hoofkapteins , kapteins en hoofmanne , om distriksowerhede af te skaf en om vir ander bykomstige aangeleenthede voorsiening te maak. (Xhosa Teks deur die Staatspresident geteken) (Goedgekeur op 21/66 ) Hierdie Wet is onderverdeel in verskillende dele wat onderskeidelik betrekking het op die volgende aangeleenthede:
Artikel. WOORDBEPALING DEEL DEEL
1
I :
ADMINISTRATIEWE ORGANISASIE
II :
STAM- EN STREEKSORGANISASIE : Stamowerhede Streeksowerhede Stam- sowel as streeksowerhede
DEEL III :
2
3-9 10-25 26-38
DEEL IV :
PLAASLIKE BESTUURSBURO'S STAMHEFFINGS
39
DEEL V : DEEL VI :
HOOFKAPTEINS , KAPTEINS EN HOOFMANNE MISDRYWE EN STRAWWE
41-48
DEEL VII : BYLAE
GEMENGDE BEPALINGS
53-60
40
49-52
DAAR WORD DEUR DIE STAATSPRESIDENT EN DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING VERORDEN, soos volg:
Woordbepaling.
1.
Tensy uit die samehang anders blyk, beteken in hierdie Wet (i) ,, administratiewe gebted " enige gebied of grond in ' n streek wat -
(a) uitgehou , gereserveer, beskikbaar gestel of verkry is vir stam- of gemeenskaplike besit of vir besit kragtens afsonderlike titel, saam met enige meent daarby ingesluit; of (b) onderworpe is aan die administrasie van ' n kaptein of hoofman; of (c) deur ' n burger van die Transkei bewoon word; of
108.
(d) tot administratiewe gebied ingevolge paragraaf (a) van artikel twee verklaar is; (i) (ii) ,, Amptelike Koerant" die Amptelike Koerant van die Transkei; (xvi) (iii) ,, belastingbetaler" iemand wat belastingpligtig is ingevolge die Bantoe Belasting en Ontwikkeling Wet, 1925 (Wet No. 41 van 1925); (xxiii) (iv) ,,boekjaar" die tydperk vanaf die eerste dag van April in enige jaar tot die een-en-dertigste dag van Maart in die daaropvolgende jaar, (viii) (v) ,, departementshoof" dieselfde as in Proklamasie No. R.334 van 1963; (xii) (vi) ,,distrik" 'n magistraatsdistrik; (vii) (vii) ,, gevolmagtigde " ' n gevolmagtigde van ' n hoofkaptein of kaptein aangestel ingevolge subartikel. (2) van artikel twee-en-veertig en ook ' n gevolmagtigde benoem kragtens paragraaf (2) van Proklamasie No. 311 van 1963; (vi) (viii) ,, Grondwet" die Transkeise Grondwet , 1963 (Wet No. 48 van 1963); (v) (ix) ,, hierdie Wet" ook die regulasies; (xxiv)
(x) ,, hoof" die hoof of waamemende hoof van ' n stam- of streeksowerheid na gelang van die geval en, met betrekking tot enige vergadering van ' n stam- of streeksowerheid of ' n komitee of subkomitee daarvan , ook die persoon wat, ooreenkomstig die bepalings van hierdie Wet, by so ' n vergadering voorsit of gemagtig is om daarby voor te sit; ( x) (xi) ,,hoofkaptein" iemand wie se aanwysing as hoofkaptein of waamemende hoofkaptein bekragtig is , of uit hoofde van die bepalings van subartikel (3) van artikel agt-en-vyftig geag word bekragtig te wees, ingevolge artikel vyf-en-veertig van die Grondwet, en ook 'n kaptein wat beheer oor ' n streek gelyktydig met ' n hoofkaptein uitoefen; (xvii)
(xii) ,, hoofman " iemand (a) wie se aanstelling as hoofman of waam emende hoofman bekragtig is, of uit hoofde van die bepalings van subartikel (3) van artikel agt-en-vyftig geag word bekragtig
109 .
te wees, ingevolge veertig; of
subartikel (4) van artikel een-en-
(b) wat as hoofman of waarnemende hoofman ingevolge subartikel (5) van artikel een-en-veertig aangestel is ; (xi)
(xiii) ,, inwoner " 'n lid van ' n stam wat gewoonlik in die betrokke gebied, distrik of streek woon; (xxii) (xiv) ,, Kabinet" die Kabinet saamgestel ingevolge Deel 1V van die Grondwet; (iii) (xv) ,, kaptein " iemand wie se aanwysing as kaptein of waarnemende kaptein bekragtig is , of uit hoofde van die bepalings van subartikel (3) van artikel agt-en-vyftig geag word bekragtig te wees, ingevolge artikel vyf-en-veertig van die Grondwet; (iv) (xvi) ,, magistraat " ook ' n addisionele en ' n assistent magistraat; (xiv) (xvii) ,, Minister" die Minister van die Departement waaraan , ingevolge subartikel (3) van artikel een-en-twintig van die Grondwet, bevoegdhede, pligte en werksaamhede met betrekking tot die in artikel ses-en-veertig van genoemde Wet bedoelde liggame, toegewys is; (xv) (xviii) ,,owerheid" of ' n stamowerheid of ' n streeksowerheid, na gelang van omstandighede; (ii) (xix) ,,plaaslike bestuursburo" 'n plaaslike bestuursburo ingestel kragtens artikel nege-en-dertig; (xiii) (xx) ,, Regering" die Regering van die Transkei; (ix) (xxi) ,, regulasie " ' n regulasie wat ingevolge hierdie Wet uitgevaardig of van krag is; (xxi) (xxii) ,, stam " ook ' n gemeenskap; (xxvi) (xxiii) ,. stamowerheid" 'n stamowerheid wat ingestel is, of uit hoofde van die bepalings van subartikel ( 2) van artikel agt-en-vyftig geag word ingestel te wees, by artikel drie; (xxv) (xxiv) ,, streek" 'n streeksowerheidsgebied beskryf in artikel twee van die Grondwet; (xix) (xxv) ,, streeksowerheid" 'n streeksowerheid wat ingestel is, of
110.
uit hoofde van die bepalings van subartikel (2) van artikel agt-en-vyftig geag word ingestel te wees, by artikel tien; (xx) (xxvi) ,, voorgeskryf" by regui asie voorgeskryf en het ,, voorskryf" 'n ooreenstemmende betekenis; (xviii ) DEEL 1 ADMINISTRATIEWE ORGANISASIE . 2. Behoudens die bepalings van subartikel ( 2) van artikel vyf-enveertig en die voorbehoudsbepaling van subartikel ( 1) van artikel negeen-vyftig van die Grondwet, kan die Minister, na oorlegpleging met die betrokke stam -
Samestelling van administratiewe gebiede en van stamme.
(a) by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant enige grond in 'n streek tot administratiewe gebied vir die doeleindes van hierdie Wet verklaar, of die grense van 'n administratiewe gebied of die gebied van ' n stam omskryf, en dieselfde van tyd tot tyd op soortgelyke wyse verander of intrek; (b) 'n bestaande stam in twee of meer dele verdeel , of stamme of gedeeltes van stamme in een stam saamsmelt, of 'n nuwe stam stig soos die noodsaaklikheid of goeie bestuur dit mag vereis. DEEL 11. STAM- EN STREEKSORGANISASIE. STAMOWERHEDE.
3. ( 1) Daar is in elke administratiewe gebied of binne die administratiewe gebiede gesamentlik wat die Minister , na oorlegpleging met die betrokke stamme, van tyd tot tyd by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant mag bekend maak, 'n stamowerheid wat bestaan uit ' n hoof en 'n aantal raadslede synde (a) ex officio, die hoofkaptein en elke kaptein en hoofman wat binne die gebied van sodanige owerheid woon, en (b) soveel ander raadslede as wat deur die Minister bepaal mag word vir aanstelling deur (i) die hoof, volgens gewoonte, onderworpe aan die Minister se goedkeuring; (ii) die geregistreerde kiesers van die Transkei wat binne die gebied van die owerheid woon, op die wyse wat deur die Minister aangedui word; en
111 .
Stamowerheid.
(iii) die hoofkaptein, volgens gewoonte : Met dien verstande dat, by ontstentenis van enige toepaslike gewoonte, ' n aanstelling ingevolge subparagrawe (i) en (iii) gemaak moet word op die wyse wat die Minister gelas: Met dien verstande voorts dat die aantal raadslede, ingevolge subparagraaf (ii ) aangestel te word, een derde van die totale aantal raadsledé , met inbegrip van diegene wat raadslede ex officio is , nie mag oorskry nie. (2) Die hoof van ' n stamowerheid is · (a) in 'n gebied met slegs een kaptein of, as daar geen kaptein is nie, met slegs een hoofman , sodanige kaptein of sodanige hoofman; of (b) in enige ander gebied, die kaptein of, as daar geen kaptein is nie, die hoofman of persoon wat deur die Minister, na oorlegpleging met enige betrokke hoof- of ander kaptein, aangewys word. (3) Die Minister kan te eniger tyd enige aanwysing ingevolge paragraaf (b) van subartikel (2) intrek indien, na sy oordeel , goeie redes vir sodanige optrede bestaan, en ' n ander kaptein of, as daar geen kaptein is nie, ' n ander hoofman of persoon as hoof aanwys .
Algemene werk- 4. (1) ' n Stamowerheid moet, onderworpe aan die bepalings van hierdie saamhede van van enige ander wet en Wet rheid. Stamowe (a) oor die algemeen die sake van die stamme binne sy gebied bestuur; (b) aan sy hoof hulp, bystand en leiding verleen in die uitoefening of verrigting van die bevoegdhede, gesag en werksaamhede aan hom deur hierdie Wet of deur of ingevolge een of ander wet verleen; (c) die belange en die vooruitgang en welsyn van die inwoners van, en die ontwikkeling en verbetering van die grond in , sy gebied bevorder; (d) in oorweging neem, en aanbevelings aan die bevoegde gesag maak in verband met, aansoeke om -
(i) die stigting van , en die voorsiening van geboue vir, of toebehoorsels tot, Regeringskole; (ii) ouderdomspensioene , skiktheidstoelaes ;
112.
pensioene vir blindes en onge-
(iii) beboubare en ander persele; (iv) lisensies; (e) die bevoegdhede, gesag en werksaamhede uitoefen of verrig wat die Minister van tyd tot tyd aan die owerheid toewys in sake wat na sy mening binne die bestek van stambestuur val , met inbegrip van enige van die volgende sake (i) grondadministrasie; (ii) higiëne , sanitasie en gesondheidsdienste oor die algemeen, insluitende die stigting , bestuur en onderhoud van klinieke of ander soortgelyke instellings en van begraafplase; (iii) grondbewaring insluitende die ontwikkeling, verbetering en onderhoud van watervoorrade, die beheer van weiding en veldbrande , die uitroeiing van onkruid, die beskerming van bome en die koördinering van grondbewaringsmaatreels; (iv) die bewaring van fauna en flora;
(v) die verbetering van vee en veeteelt oor die algemeen die stigting van koöperatiewe suiwel- en ander skemas ; (vi) die organisasie van boereverenigings, landbou tentoonstellings, -demonstrasies en -wedstryde ; (vii) ander ontwikkelings van ' n gemeentelike aard; (viii) die voorkoming van dieremishandeling; en (ix) die vemietiging van ongedierte. (2) Geen vonnis, beslissing of opdrag gegee of bevel uitgevaardig deur ' n kaptein of hoofman, of die gevolmagtigde van ' n kaptein, by die uitoefening van regsbevoegdheid deur of kragtens een of ander wet aan hom verleen, word ongeldig geag nie op grond dat dit deur bedoelde kaptein, hoofman of gevolmagtigde handelende op advies of met toestemming of onder opdrag van 'n stamowerheid of enige komitee of raadslid daarvan gegee of uitgevaardig is, en ' n vonnis , beslissing of opdrag aldus gegee of bevel aldus uitgevaardig, word vir alle doeleindes geag deur bedoelde kaptein, hoofman of gevolmagtigde gegee of uitgevaardig te gewees het.
113 .
(3) Vir die doeleindes van die verlening, volgens wet , van siviele of strafregtelike regsmag aan ' n kaptein of hoofman wat hoof van 'n stamowerheid is, of aan die gevolmagtigde van so ' n kaptein, word die gebied waarvoor die stamowerheid ingestel is, geag die regsgebied of gebied onder beheer van bedoelde kaptein of hoofman te wees. Oplegging van heffing of belasting deur stamowerheid.
5. (1) ' n Stamowerheid is bevoeg om, met die goedkeuring van die Minister (a) ' n heffing van hoogstens twee rand in enige jaar aan elke inwoner van sy gebied wat ' n belastingbetaler is op te lê, en (b) 'n belasting op die aanhou van honde te hef. (2) So ' n heffing of belasting word nie van krag voordat dit by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant bekendgemaak is nie.
Vergaderings van stamowerheid.
6. ( 1) ' n Stamowerheid hou 'n gewone vergadering minstens een keer elke drie maande op die vasgestelde dag en uur wat die hoof mag bepaal . (2) Die hoof kan te eniger tyd , en moet wanneer hy daartoe versoek word deur die Minister, ' n magistraat of minstens een-derde van die totale aantal raadslede , ' n spesiale vergadering van die owerheid belê : Met dien verstande dat die Minister of ' n magistraat self ' n spesiale vergadering van die owerheid kan belê. (3) Geen ander sake as dié wat in die kennisgewing daarvan vermeld word, word op ' n spesiale vergadering behandel nie behalwe met instemming van die raadslede wat by daardie vergadering aanwesig is. (4) Die naaste heelgetal wat een-derde van die totale aantal raadslede oorskry is ' n kworum en geen verrigtinge vind plaas of besluit word geneem tensy ' n kworum aanwesig is nie. (5) Behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet en van enige verordeninge is die prosedure wat gevolg word op enige vergadering of ander verrigting van ' n stamowerheid, met inbegrip van die aanstelling uit die raadslede van enige geleentheids- of vaste komitee , in ooreenstemming met die wette en gewoontes van die betrokke stam.
Die hoof van ' n stamowerheid gee kennis aan elke raadslid en die Kennisgewing 7. van stamower- plaaslike bestuursburo van vergaderings heid. (a) van die dag en uur vasgestel vir die hou van gewone vergaderings, en so ' n raadslid moet die gewone vergaderings sonder nadere kennisgewing bywoon; (b) van die dag en uur van 'n spesiale vergadering en meld die
114
doel daarvan Met dien verstande dat 'n magistraat kennis van ' n spesiale vergadering wat die Minister of hy belê, kan gee. 8.
'n Stamowerheid kan verordeninge uitvaardig -
Verordeninge van stamowerheid.
(a) om die verrigtinge te reël en om orde te handhaaf op vergaderings van die owerheid of ' n komitee daarvan , met bevoegdheid om oortredende raadslede uit te sluit; of (b) wat gelde vir dienste gelewer deur die owerheid, of bedrae betaalbaar deur ' n vermelde klas persone ten opsigte van dienste beskikbaar gestel deur die owerheid, voorskryf; en (c) oor die algemeen in verband met enige aangeleentheid binne sy bevoegdheid ingevolge artikel vier.
9. , ten laat in die kantoo van iedere magistr Die Minist r aat er open waari die bedrae hier, ' n rekeni opsigt van elke stamow n ng erhei onder e d
genoem gestort, en waaruit alle uitgawes in verband met ' n aangeleentheid binne die bevoegdheid van die betrokke owerheid aangegaan, gedek word : Met dien verstande dat die Minister, onderworpe aan die voorwaardes wat hy goedvind, en behoudens enige regulasies , so ' n rekening of ' n gedeelte daarvan aan die betrokke owerheid kan oordra. (2) Daar word in die rekening van ' n stamowerheid gestort (a) alle gelde en bedrae wat volgens gewoonte aan die stamowerheid betaalbaar is; (b) alle bedrae verkry uit enige eiendom van die stamowerheid; (c) 'n skenking deur enigiemand ten bate van die stamowerheid; (d) die bedrae betaalbaar aan die stamowerheid ingevolge subartikel ( 1 ) van artikel ses-en-vyftig en alle ander gelde wat die Wetgewende Vergadering vir die doel mag bewillig; en (e) alle ander gelde uit watter bron ook al wat ten bate van die stamowerheid verkry word . (3) Waar daar twee of meer stamme binne die gebied van ' n stamowerheid is, kan die Minister, behoudens die bepalings van enige regulasies, gelas dat ' n aparte rekening vir so ' n stam of twee of meer sodanige stamme gesamentlik of vir enige ander doel geopen word, en bepaal watter bedrae wat in of uit die rekening van daardie owerheid betaalbaar is, in sodanige rekening gekrediteer of daarteen gedebiteer moet word.
115 .
Finansies van stamowerhede.
STREEKSOWERHEDE. Streeksowerheid . 10. (1) Daar is in elke streek ' n streekso werheid wat bestaan uit 'n hoof en ' n aantal raadslede, synde (a) al die kapteins en al die ander hoofde van stamo werhede in die streek ex officio; (b) een raadslid van elke distrik in die streek aangestel vanuit hulle geledere, by 'n meerderheid van stemme, deur die verteenwoordigers van die geregistreerde kiesers op die stamowerhede in daardie distrik; (c) een raadslid aangestel deur die hoof van die streeksowerheid, onderworpe aan die bepalings van subartikel ( 2); en (d) drie raadslede aangestel , onderskeidelik , op grond van hulle kennis of ondervinding van onderwys , landbou en handel en besigheid, deur die Ministers van die departemente waaraan bevoegdhede, pligte en werksaamhede met betrekking tot bedoelde aangeleenthede ingevolge subartikel (3) van artikel een-en- twintig van die Grondwet toegewys is.
(2) 'n Raadslid aangestel (a) kragtens paragraaf (c) van subartikel ( 1) deur ' n hoof wat 'n hoofkaptein is, of (b) kragtens paragraaf (d) van bedoelde subartikel deur ' n Minister, beklee sy amp solank dit die hoofkaptein of die betrokke Minister, na gelang van die geval , behaag. (3) Die hoof van 'n streeksowerheid is . (a) in ' n streek waar daar ' n hoofkaptein is, sodanige hoofkaptein; of (b) in ' n ander streek, die kaptein wat as hoof benoem word, by ' n meerderheid van stemme deur die raadslede van die streeksowerheid, onderworpe aan die goedkeuring van die Minister:
Met dien verstande dat die hoof van ' n streeksowerheid te eniger tyd sy gevolmagtigde kan magtig om namens hom op ' n vergadering van die streeksowerheid of ' n komitee daarvan voor te sit.
116 .
11. Die setel van ' n streeksowerheid is die plek wat deur die hoof Setel van streeksowerheid. met die goedkeuring van die Minister uitgekies word. 12. (1) Behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet, moet ' n streeks- Bevoegdhede, gesag en werkowerheid saamhede van streeksowerheid . (a) oor die algemeen toesig hou oor, en behulpsaam wees met die administrasie van, die sake van die stamowerhede in die streek ; (b) die vooruitgang en die algemene belange van die bewoners van die streek bevorder; (c) die siviele of strafregtelike regsmag, insluitende appelfunksies, uitoefen wat deur een of ander wet aan hom verleen word; (d) voorsiening maak vir die bestryding van die bou, instandhouding en bediening van aanwending van sodanige ander maatreels ag of wat deur of ingevolge een of ander
veesiektes deur dipbakke en die as wat hy nodig wet vereis word;
(e) die Regering van advies dien met betrekking tot (i) die voordelige indiensneming van werk soekers; (ii) die stigting van nywerhede en die ontwikkeling en ontIginning van die natuurlike hulpbronne van die streek; (iii) die verbetering van boerdery en landbou- en weidingsmetodes in die algemeen; (iv) die beskerming van die algemene gesondheid van die inwoners en die voorsiening van geskikte geriewe vir die behandeling van siekes en die huisvesting van bejaardes en ongeskiktes; (v) grondbewaring en die ontwikkeling en verbetering van watervoorrade; (vi) vis- en wildbeskerming; (vii) die stigting van markte en skutte; (viii ) die beheer en lisensiëring van handel en besigheid , met inbegrip van die toekenning van handels- en ander persele en die toestaan of hernuwing van lisensies; (ix) die administrasie van welsynsdienste met inbegrip van
117.
kinderwelsyn , en die administrasie van maatskaplike welsynskemas vir bejaardes , ongeskiktes en blindes , asook ongeskiktheidstoelaes en armsorg; (x) onderwys oor die algemeen;
(xi) openbare paaie; en (xii) die administrasie , nedersetting en gebruik van die grond in die streek ;
(f) die bevoegdhede uitoefen en die werksaamhede en pligte verrig wat deur een of ander wet aan ' n streekso werheid opgelê word; (g) oor die algemeen die bevoegdhede , gesag en werksaamhede uitoefen of verrig wat volgens die Minister se oordeel binne die bestek van streeksbestuur val en wat hy aan daardie streeksowerheid mag toewys . (2) 'n Streek sowerheid kan, onderworpe aan die Minister se goedkeuring, grond of ' n belang in grond verkry en besit na gelang hy dit vir die verrigting van sy werksaamhede en pligte nodig ag.
Verordeninge van streeksowerheid.
13. 'n Streeksowerheid kan verordeninge , wat nie met die bepalings van hierdie Wet onbestaanbaar is nie, uitvaardig (a) om die verrigunge te reël en om orde te handhaaf op vergaderings van die owerheid of ' n komitee daarvan; (b) om die gewoontereg van die streek voor te skryf, te wysig of te herroep; (c) om gelde vir dienste deur die owerheid gelewer of bedrae betaalbaar deur ' n vermelde klas persone ten opsigte van dienste deur die owerheid beskikbaar gestel, voor te skryf; en (d) oor die algemeen om die doelstellings beoog deur artikel twaalf te bereik.
Heffing van be- 14. ( 1) Behoudens die bepalings van subartikel (3) is ' n streeksowerlasting deur streeksowerheid. heid bevoeg om met die Minister se goedkeuring ' n heffing van hoogstens twee rand in enige jaar aan elke inwoner van die streek wat ' n belastingbetaler is, op te lê. (2) So ' n belasting word nie van krag voordat dit by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant bekendgemaak is nie.
118.
(3) Tensy die stamowerheid binne wie se gebied hy woon daartoe ingestem het, is geen inwoner wat ' n belastingbetaler is, vir 'n heffing opgelê ingevolge subartikel ( 1 ) aanspreeklik nie gedurende enige jaar ten opsigte waarvan ' n heffing deur hom betaalbaar is kragtens paragraaf (a) van subartikel ( 1) van artikel vyf.
( 1) Ondanks die bepalings van subartikel (3) van artikel veertien veelbelasting en 15. en onderworpe aan die Minister se goedkeuring, moet ' n streek sowerheid dipbegrotings . nie later nie as die eerste dag van Maart in elke jaar ' n veebelasting hef, ten opsigte van elke distrik in sy streek, wat betaalbaar is deur elke inwoner in so 'n distrik wat beeste besit of vir die oomblik beheer het oor ' n kraal of opstal waar beeste gehou word. (2) Bedoelde belasting word by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant bekendgemaak en is verskuldig en betaalbaar op ' n datum vermeld deur die Minister in so ' n kennisgewing ten opsigte van elke bees in die besit van so ' n inwoner of gehou by so ' n kraal of opstal op die eerste dag van Mei in daardie jaar. (3) Nie later as die in subartikel ( 1) bedoelde datum nie moet ' n streeksowerheid by die magistraat van die betrokke distrik vir deursending aan die Minister sy begroting van uitgawes indien ten opsigte van die dip- en ander dienste wat hy voornemens is om gedurende die volgende boekjaar in daardie distrik te voorsien of beskikbaar te stel ingevolge paragraaf (d) van subartikel ( 1 ) van artikel twaalf tesame met die redes vir sy besluit aangaande die bedrag van die veebelasting. (4) Die Minister is bevoeg om die bedrag van enige veebelasting wat ingevolge subartikel ( 1) gehef word te verhoog of te verminder en ' n veebelasting so verhoog of verminder word geag behoorlik gehef te wees deur die streekso werheid. (5) Die veebelasting wat ingevolge hierdie artikel gehef word en enige ander gelde of bedrae betaal vir dip- of ander dienste voorsien of beskikbaar gestel deur ' n streeksowerheid ingevolge paragraaf (d) van subartikel ( 1) van artikel twaalf word in ' n spesiale rekening vir die betrokke distrik, wat ' n diprekening genoem word, gestort en, tensy die Minister anders gelas , word slegs die uitgawe, aangegaan deur die streeksowerheid in verband met die dip van vee en die bestryding van veesiektes, uit genoemde rekening gedek . (6) Geen bepaling van hierdie artikel word uitgelê as sou dit 'n streeksowerheid verbied om verskillende veebelastings vir verskillende distrikte te hef nie.
16. (1) Die Minister laat vir elke streeksowerheid 'n tesourie instel, Tesourie vir waarin die hierondervermelde bedrae inbetaal word en waaruit alle uit- streeksowerheid.
119.
gawes in verband met ' n aangeleentheid binne die bevoegdheid van die owerheid gedek word. (2) Elke sodanige tesourie is onder die beheer van die Minister wat, op die voorwaardes wat hy goedvind en behoudens enige regulasies , die beheer daaroor of oor ' n gedeelte daarvan aan die streeksowerheid kan oordra . 17. Bedrae in teBehoudens die bepalings van subartikel ( 5) van artikel vyftien sourie van stamowerheid inbe- en die voorbehoudsbepaling van paragraaf ( a) van subartikel (6) van artikel taal te word. agt-en-vyftig, word daar in die tesourie van ' n streek sowerheid inbetaal-
(a) alle gelde, belastings en bedrae wat volgens gewoonte aan die streeksowerheid betaalbaar is; (b) alle bedrae verkry uit eiendom in die besit van die streeksowerheid; (c) ' n skenking deur enigiemand ten bate van die streeksowerheid; (d) die bedrae betaalbaar aan die streek sowerheid ingevolge subartikel ( 1) van artikel ses-en-vyftig en alle ander gelde wat die Wetgewende Vergadering vir die doel mag bewillig; en (e) alle ander bedrae uit enige bron hoegenaamd ten bate van die streeksowerheid verkry. 18. ( 1 ) Iedere streeksowerheid hou ' n gewone vergadering minstens een Vergaderings streeksower keer elke twee maande op die vasgestelde dag en uur wat die hoof mag van heid. bepaal .
(2) Die hoof kan te eniger tyd, en moet wanneer hy daartoe versoek word deur die Minister of minstens een-derde van die totale aantal raadslede , ' n spesiale vergadering van die streeksowerheid belê ; Met dien verstande dat die Minister self ' n spesiale vergadering kan belê. (3) Geen ander sake as dié wat in die kennisgewing daarvan vermeld word, word op ' n spesiale vergadering behandel nie behalwe met instemming van die raadslede wat by daardie vergadering aanwesig is. (4) Die naaste heel getal wat een- derde van die totale aantal raadslede oorskry is ' n kworum en geen verrigtinge vind plaas of besluit word geneem tensy ' n kworum aanwesig is nie . 19. Die hoof van ' n streeksowerheid gee kennis aan elke raadslid Kennisgewing van vergadeen elke stamowerheid en plaaslike bestuursburo in die streek rings van streeksowerheid. (a) van die dag en uur vasgestel vir die hou van gewone ver-
120.
gaderings, en so ' n raadslid moet die gewone vergaderings sonder nadere kennisgewing bywoon; (b) van die dag en uur van ' n spesiale vergadering en meld die doel daarvan Met dien verstande dat die Minister kennis van ' n spesiale vergadering wat hy belê, kan gee. 20. Alle vrae wat op ' n vergadering van ' n streeksowerheid ontstaan, word by meerderheid van stemme beslis en , in die geval van ' n staking van stemme, het die voorsitter ook ' n beslissende stem .
Besluite van d streeksowerhei met meerderheidstem.
21.
Vergaderings van streeksower heid toeganklik vir publiek.
Die werksaamhede van ' n streeksowerheid word met oop deure Met dien verstande dat ' n owerheid op enige vergadering deur verrig besluit , of indien daartoe gelas deur die hoof, in komitee kan gaan en die publiek van sy vergadering uitsluit.
22. (1) Die hoof van ' n streeksowerheid laat notule hou van alle ver- Notule van streeksowerheic rigtinge van die owerheid waarin aangeteken word. (a) die datum en plek van die vergadering; (b) die name van die raadslede wat die vergadering bywoon en van die persoon wat voorsit ; (c) ' n opsomming van die verrigtinge en besprekings op die vergadering wat volledig elke voorstel of amendement en die besluit daarop geneem, bevat, met inbegrip van die naam van die raadslid wat ' n mosie of amendement voorstel en die raadslid wat die mosie of amendement sekondeer; (d) as 'n raadslid dit versoek , die feit dat hy nie akkoord gaan met ' n besluit wat geneem is nie. (2) Die notule van ' n vergadering word, na bekragtiging op die eersvolgende vergadering, deur die hoof van die streeksowerheid onderteken. (3) Die hoof moet na elke vergadering ' n afskrif van die notule van die verrigtinge daarvan aan die Minister, die Kontroleur- en Ouditeurgeneraal en aan elke plaaslike bestuursburo en st amowerheid in die streek laat stuur. Prosedure by 23. ( 1) Die hoof, op ' n vergadering van die streeksowerheid . vergaderings va streeksowerhei (a) moet orde oor die algemeen handhaaf; (b) beslis oor alle punte van orde waaroor ' n geskil bestaan; (c) reël volgens goeddunke die volgorde van werksaamhede na
121 .
die bekragtiging van die notule;
(d) is bevoeg (i) om die bespreking oor enige onderwerp te sluit indien na sy mening sodanige stap nodig is in die belang van die werksaamhede of orde ; of (ii) om die vergadering te verdaag of te beeindig; of (iii) om ' n raadslid wat aanstootlike of onbetaamlike taal gebruik of hom andersins sleg gedra van verdere diens op die vergadering te skors en sy verwydering te gelas. (2) Elke persoon wat die stoel toespreek,
staan .
(3) ' n Mosie of amendement (a) verval tensy behoorlik gesekondeer nadat dit voorgestel is; (b) mag nie teruggetrek word nie behalwe met verlof van die streeksowerheid ; en (c) moet hardop uitgelees word voordat dit tot stemming gebring word.
Streeksuitvoerende komitee .
24. (1 ) Elke streeksowerheid stel vier van sy raadslede of, in ' n streek wat uit meer as vier distrikte bestaan , soveel lede as wat daar distrikte is, aan om saam met die hoof ' n streeksuitvoerende komitee te wees : Met dien verstande dat die owerheid so ' n raadslid te eniger tyd kan ontslaan en ' n ander raadslid in sy plek aanstel . (2) ' n Streek suitvoerende komitee is gedurende die tye tussen gewone vergaderings van die streeksowerheid verantwoordelik vir die uitoefening of verrigting van die bevoegdhede, gesag en werksaamhede van die streek sowerheid behalwe die bevoegdhede , gesag en werksaamhede wat die owerheid van tyd tot tyd mag bepaal ; (3) Die hoof van die streeksowerheid moet op vergaderings van die streeksuitvoerende komitee voorsit Met dien verstande dat as die hoof van enige vergadering afwesig is , die teenwoordige lede een uit hulle geledere kan aanstel om op daardie vergadering voor te sit. (4) ' n Streek suitvoerende komitee hou 'n vergadering minstens eenmaal per maand op die vasgestelde dag en uur wat die hoof van tyd tot tyd mag bepaal . (5) Die hoof gee kennis van die dag en uur ingevolge subartikel
122 .
(4) vasgestel aan elke lid van die streeksuitvoerende komitee en aan elke plaaslike bestuursburo en stamowerheid in die streek en sodanige lid moet die vergaderings van die streek suitvoerende komitee sonder nadere kennisgewing bywoon Met dien verstande dat die hoof te eniger tyd ' n spesiale vergadering van die streek suitvoerende komitee met minstens twee dae kennisgewing kan belê. (6) Drie lede van 'n streeksuitvoerende komitee is ' n kworum tensy die uitvoerende komitee, saam met sy hoof, uit meer as vyf lede bestaan wanneer vier lede ' n kworum is. (7) Die streeksuitvoerende komitee doen verslag aan die streeksowerheid by elke daaropvolgende gewone vergadering van die owerheid. (8) ' n Streeksuitvoerende komitee kan te eniger tyd subkomitees uit sy lede aanstel vir enige doel wat hy nodig ag en aan so ' n subkomitee, of aan een van sy lede, enige ondersoek of bevoegdheid om enigiets namens die uitvoerende komitee te doen , opdra : Met dien verstande dat so ' n komitee of persoon aan die streeksuitvoerende komitee verslag doen. (9) Die bepalings van artikels twintig, een-en- twintig, twee-entwintig en drie-en-twintig is mutatis mutandis van toepassing op 'n streeksuitvoerende komitee. 25. Daar word aan die hoof of enige raadslid van 'n streeksower- Toelaes vir hoof en raadslede van heid vanuit die tesourie van die owerheid betaal streeksowerhede . (a) vir bywoning van enige vergadering van die streeksowerheid, met inbegrip van ' n vergadering van die streeksuitvoerende komitee of enige ander komitee of subkomitee daarvan, of (b) indien hy deur ' n magistraat of deur ' n departementshoof gemagtig word om in diens na enige plek binne of buite die distrik waarin hy gewoonlik woonagtig is , te gaan, die reis- en ander toelaes wat die Minister in oorleg met die Minister van Finansies mag voorskryf. STAM
SOWEL AS STREEKSOWERHEDE.
26. Niemand is bevoeg om as raadslid van ' n stam- of streeksower- Bevoegdheid van heid aangestel te word of sitting te hê nie tensy hy as ' n kieser van die raadslede van atam- en streeksowerhede . Transkei geregistreer is.
27. (1) Die raadslede van ' n stam- of streeksowerheid beklee hulle Ampstermyn van raadslede van amp, behalwe soos in hierdie Wet of in artikel twee-en-dertig van di e stam-of streeksowerhede .
123 .
Grondwet bepaal , vir ' n tydperk van vyf jaar. (2) Vir die doeleindes van subartikel ( 1) begin elke tydperk op die eerste dag van Januarie en, ten opsigte van die eerste tydperk, in die jaar 1966. (3) ' n Raadslid wie se setel vakant geword het deur verloop van tyd kan weer aangestel word.
Ontruiming van 28. setel deur raads- ontruim lid van stam- of streeksowerheid.
Die setel van ' n raadslid van 'n stam- of streeksowerheid word
(a) indien hy sterf; of (b) indien hy ophou om as ' n kieser van die Transkei geregistreer te wees; of (c) indien hy sonder spesiale vergunning van die owerheid in gebreke bly om drie agtereenvolgende vergaderings daarvan by te woon; of
(d) indien hy vir langer as ses maande sonder spesiale vergunning van die owerheid van die streek afwesig is ; of (e) indien hy sy setel bedank; of (f) indien sy setel deur die Minister ingevolge artikel nege-entwintig vakant verklaar is ; of (g) indien hy ingevolge artikel drie-en-dertig vervang word; of (h) indien hy aan ' n oortreding van artikel nege-en-veertig skuldig bevind word; of ( i) in die geval van ' n raadslid ex officio , indien hy ophou om ' n hoofman of kaptein te wees of, ingevolge artikel tweeen-dertig van die Grondwet, geag word om op te gehou het om kaptein te wees . Die Minister kan na goeddunke die setel van 'n raadslid van Anderbepalings 29. in sake ontruim- ' n stam- of streeksowerheid vakant verklaar ·ing van setels deur raadslede van stam- of (a) indien hy, na ' n ondersoek gehou deur ' n amptenaar vir dié streeksowerhede . doel deur die Minister aangestel waarby die raadslid die reg het om gehoor te word, oortuig is dat die raadslid met die uitvoering van sy pligte nalatig is of dat dit om enige rede in die algemene belang wenslik is om die raadslid van sy amp te onthef; of (b) op versoek van die hoof ten opsigte van ' n raadslid deur hom aangestel (met uitsondering van ' n raadslid in sub-
124.
artikel (2) van artikel tien bedoel ) .
30.
As die setel van ' n raadslid van ' n stam- of streeksowerheid vakant word voor die verstryking van sy ampstyd , word die setel vir die orige gedeelte van die ampstyd op die toepaslik wyse ooreenkomstig die bepalings van hierdie Wet gevul .
Toevallige vakatures op stamof streeksowerhede.
31 . Die bepalings van artikels sewe-en-twintig en dertig is mutatis mutandis van toepassing op elke hoof van ' n stam- of streeksowerheid in paragraaf (b) van subartikel ( 2) van artikel drie en paragraaf (b) van subartikel ( 3) van artikel tien bedoel .
Ampstyd vanvan sehoofde kere stam- of streeksowerhede.
32. ( 1) As die hoof van ' n stam- of streeksowerheid sterf of, om ' n ander rede, ophou om hoof van die owerheid te wees en dit nodig is teneinde die vakature te vul -
Onbekwaamheid van hoof van of streeksstamowerheid om voor te sit.
(a) om ' n hoofkaptein, waarnemende hoofkaptein, kaptein of waarnemende kaptein ooreenkomstig artikel vyf-en-veertig van die Grondwet aan te wys; of (b) om ' n hoofman of wa amemende hoofman kragtens artikel een-en-veertig aan te stel, benoem die raadslede van die owerheid, op ' n vergadering wat spesiaal vir die doel belê word en onderworpe aan die Minister se goedkeuring, een uit hulle geledere om tydelik as hoof waar te neem en op vergaderings van die owerheid voor te sit totdat die aanwysing of aanstelMet dien verstande dat ling van die hoof volgens wet bekragtig is indien die persoon wat so waarneem nie ' n kaptein of hoofman is nie, hy vir die doeleindes van artikels drie-en-veertig en vier-en-veertig geag word ' n waamemende kaptein of ' n waarnemende hoofman te wees , na gelang van die geval. (2) As die hoof van ' n stam- of streeksowerheid nie in staat is, as gevolg van afwesigheid of ander tydelike oorsaak, om op ' n vergadering van die owerheid voor te sit nie, stel die raadslede wat by die vergadering aanwesig is een uit hulle geledere aan om op die vergadering voor te sit.
33. (1) Enigiemand wat die hoof word van ' n stam of streeksowerheid in die plek van ' n hoof wat gesterf het of om enige ander rede opgehou het om sy amp te beklee , kan met die Minister se goedkeuring een of meer raadslede aanstel as plaasvervangers van ' n gelyke getal raadslede wat deur sy voorganger in die amp aangestel is. (2) Behalwe soos in subartikel ( 1) bepaal , ontruim die raadslede van ' n stam- of streeksowerheid nie hulle setels nie as gevolg slegs van
125 .
Regte van nuwe hoof van stamwerof streekso heid .
die dood van, of die ontruiming om enige ander rede van sy amp deur, die hoof van die owerheid. 34. Enige regsgeding deur of teen ' n stam- of streeksowerheid Regsgedinge deur of teen stam-of streeks- kan deur of teen die hoof van daardie owerheid in sy amptelike hoedanigowerhede . heid ingestel word : Met dien verstande
(a) dat ' n stam of stamowerheid nie aanspreeklik is vir die persoonlike verpligtings van ' n hoofkaptein, kaptein of hoofman nie en dat ' n stam of stamowerheid of die grond wat 'n stam bewoon ook op generlei wyse gebonde is deur ' n ooreenkoms of verpligting aangegaan deur enige hoofkaptein, kaptein of hoofman nie tensy dit deur die Minister goedgekeur is nadat dit op ' n vergadering van die betrokke stamowerheid aangeneem, en op ' n vergadering van die streek sowerheid bevestig, is; en (b) dat, behalwe met die vooraf verkree skriftelike vergunning van die Minister, geen regsgeding met betrekking tot die eiendomsreg, besit of verkryging van grond deur ' n stam teen ' n hoofkaptein, kaptein of hoofman van die stam , of teen die betrokke stam- of streeksowerheid, of die hoof daarvan, of teen die stam, ingestel of voortgesit word deur ' n indiwiduele lid of enige lede van die stam nie. Goedkeuring en 35. ( 1) ' n Verordening uitgevaardig kragtens artikel agt deur ' n stamafkondiging van verordeninge van owerheid of kragtens artikel dertien deur 'n streeksowerheid word nie stam- ofstreeks van krag voordat dit deur die Minister goedgekeur en in die Amptelike owerheid. Koerant afgekondig is nie. (2) Voordat hy 'n verordening ingevolge subartikel ( 1) goedkeur, kan die Minister dit na die betrokke stam- of streeksowerheid terugverwys vir heroorweging in die lig van sodanige verdere inligting en advies as wat gegee mag word. Minister kan 36. ( 1) Ondanks die bepalings van hierdie Wet, kan die Minister, as raadslede aan- die getal raadslede te eniger tyd weens die getal vakatures onvoldoende stel. is om ' n kworum uit te maak , ' n voldoende getal raadslede vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens ses maande aanstel wat, tesame met die raadslede wie se setels nie vakant is nie , minstens ' n kworum sal uitmaak : Met dien verstande dat niemand deur die Minister so aangestel word nie , tensy hy ' n inwoner is van die gebied waarvoo : die stamowerheid ingestel is of van die streek , na gelang van die geval , en as ' n kieser van die Transkei geregistreer is.
( 2) ' n Raadslid aangestel kragtens subartikel ( 1) geniet al die
126 .
regie en voorregte van, voer dieselfde pligte uit en is onderworpe aan dieselfde diskwalifikasies as enige ander raadslid van die owerheid behalwe dat hy sy amp beklee vir solank as wat dit die Minister behaag.
37.
Minister kan magistraat aanstel om as stam(a) daar geen raadslede van ' n stam- of streeksowerheid is, of of streeksowerheid of as hoof nie voldoende raadslede wat in staat en gewillig is om 'n te fungeer. kworum uit te maak nie, of
( 1) As, te eniger tyd -
(b) die hoof van ' n stam- of streeksowerheid nie in staat is nie of onwillig is, of nalaat of versuim om enige bevoegdheid, gesag of werksaamheid wat deur hierdie Wet of enige ander wet aan hom verleen of opgedra is, uit te oefen of uit te voer, en
(c) dit nodig is, in die belang van goeie bestuur, om die voortsetting van die administrasie van die betrokke administratiewe gebied of gebiede of streek te verseker, kan die Minister ' n magistraat aanstel om, solank as wat dit hom behaag, as die stam- of streek sowerheid of die hoof daarvan, na gelang van omstandighede, op te tree. (2) ' n Magistraat aangestel ingevolge subartikel ( 1) is beveg, om enige bevoegdheid, gesag of werksaamheid wat deur wet aan die betrokke owerheid of hoof verleen of opgedra is, uit te oefen of te verrig.
(3) Enige bevoegdheid,
gesag of werksaamheid
wat ingevolge
subartikel (2) deur ' n magistraat uitgeoefen of verrig is, word geag behoorlik deur die bevoegde owerheid of hoof uitgeoefen of verrig te wees. Elke stam- en streeksowerheid word geag ' n plaaslike bestuur Voorkoming van 38. te wees vir die doeleindes van die Wet op die Voorkoming van Korrupsie, korrupsie . 1958 (Wet No. 6 van 1958).
DEEL 111. PLAASLIKE BESTUURSBURO'S
39. ' n Plaaslike bestuursburo word, behoudens die wetsbepalings Instelling van plaaslike besop die Transkeise Regeringsdiens, in die kantoor, en onder toesig- tuursburo's. houdende beheer, van elke magistraat ingestel en moet -
127.
(a) bystand en leiding verleen aan die stamowerhede in die betrokke distrik in die uitoefening of verrigting van hulle bevoegdhede, gesag en werksaamhede ingevolge hierdie Wet of enige ander wet; (b) namens so ' n owerheid of ' n streeksowerheid , sodanige administratiewe en ander funksies , insluitende die insameling van inkomste , uitvoer as wat die Minister van tyd tot tyd mag vermeld ; (c) namens die Minister, die finansiele sake en die rekening of tesourie van enige stam- of streeksowerheid, of enige gedeelte daarvan wat nie , kragtens hierdie Wet, onder beheer van sodanige owerheid geplaas is nie , bestuur; en (d) in die algemeen die toepassing en administrasie van hierdie Wet bevorder en sodanige ander funksies en pligte vervul as wat die Minister na goeddunke aan ' n plaaslike bestuursburo mag toewys of soos voorgeskryf mag word. DEEL 1V. STAMHEFFINGS.
Vrywillige heffing.
40 . (1) Wanneer ' n stam vrywillig aansoek doen om die heffing van ' n spesiale belasting ten bate van die stam en die Minister (a) oortuig is dat die meerderheid van die belastingbetalers van sodanige stam so ' n heffing verlang, en (b) die doeleindes goedkeur,
waarvoor die heffing
opgelê gaan word
kan die Minister, by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant, sodanige belasting op elke lid van die stam wat ' n belastingbetaler is, hef. (2) Die Minister kan te eniger tyd, op versoek van die meerderheid van die belastingbetalers wat daardeur geraak word, enige heffing, wat kragtens subartikel (1 ) opgelê is, by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant intrek. DEEL V. HOOFKAPTEINS, KAPTEINS EN HOOFMANNE .
Aanstelling van 41 . ( 1) Dit is die plig van ' n stamowerheid om, onderworpe aan die 'n hoofman of bepalings van hierdie artikel ' n hoofman , of na gelang van omstandighede , ende waarnem hoofman . 'n waarnemende hoofman, oor die inwoners van ' n adiministratiewe gebied
128 .
of oor grond wat binne ' n administratiewe gebied gelee is of dit uitmaak, aan te stel . (2) Niemand word as hoofman of waamemende hoofman aangestel tensy hy ouer as een- en-twintig jaar en ' n geregistreerde kieser van die Transkei is nie.
(3) Die aanstelling van ' n hoofman of waarnemende hoofman word gemaak na oorlegpleging, sonder betaling van enige bydrae, geld, vergoeding of geskenk , met die betrokke hoofkaptein en die geregistreerde kiesers van die betrokke administratiewe gebied op ' n vergadering wat vir die doel bele is.
(4) ' n Aanstelling ingevolge subartikel ( 1) is onderworpe aan bekragtiging deur die Minister wat, na goeddunke, die aanstelling kan bekragtig of dit na die stamowerheid vir verdere oorweging kan terugverwys, (5) Ondanks die bepalings van subartikel ( 1) (a) kan die Minister, na oorlegpleging met die stamowerheid en enige betrokke hoofkaptein, ' n hoofman of waarnemende hoofman aanstel as hy dit in die openbare belang dienstig ag; (b) moet die Minister, indien ' n hoofmanskap vir langer as drie maande vakant is , ' n waamemende hoofman aanstel .
42.
Pligte, bevoegdhede, gesag en werksaamhede (a) geniet die status, regte en voorregte en is onderworpe aan die van hoofkapteins, verpligtinge en pligte wat aan sy amp verleen of opgelê is kapteins manne. en hoofdeur die erkende gewoontes of gebruike van sy stam ;
(1) 'n Hoofkaptein , kaptein of hoofman -
(b) is, in die behoorlike uitvoering van sy pligte, geregtig op die getrouheid, eerbied, ondersteuning en gehoorsaamheid van alle inwoners van die gebied waaroor hy aangestel is;
(c) sit, in samewerking met die stam- of streeksowerheid, en onderworpe aan die wettige bevele of opdragte wat, van tyd tot tyd, aan hom deur, of deur middel van, ' n bevoegde verteenwoordiger van die Regering gegee word, die administrasie van sy gebied voort; (d) handhaaf wet en orde en stel die Regering onmiddellik in kennis van enige belangrike of sorgwekkende aangeleentheid, insluitende enige toestand van onrus of ontevredenheid;
129.
(e) oefen uit, binne sy gebied, ten opsigte van enige inwoner (i) die bevoegdheid om persone in hegtenis te neem wat aan hom verleen is , in sy hoedanigheid as vredesbeampte, ingevolge Hoofstuk 1V van die Strafproseswet, 1955 (Wet No. 56 van 1955); en (ii) behoudens die bepalings van subartikels (3) en (4) van artikel ses-en-veertig van genoemde Wet, die bevoegdhede tot visentering en beslaglegging in verband met gesteelde vee, bedwelmende drank, gewoontevormende verdowingsmiddels , vuurwapens, ammunisie en ontplofbare stowwe, waarna in subartikel ( 1) van daardie artikel verwys word; (f) verseker die beskerming van lewe, persone en eiendom en die veiligheid van bona fide reisigers in sy gebied en stel die bevoegde gesag sonder versuim in kennis van ·
(i) die dood van enigiemand as gevolg van geweld of enige ander onnatuurlike oorsaak; (ii) die uitbreek van enige besmetlike of aansteeklike siekte; (iii) enige beweerde toordery of divinasie; (iv) enige misbruik van Regeringseiendom; (v) enige onreëlmatige ontvangs of gebruik van openbare gelde; (vi ) die hou van enige ongemagtigde vergadering, byeenkoms of samekoms of die verspreiding van ongewenste literatuur binne , of ongemagtigde binnekoms van enige persoon in, sy gebied; (vii) die pleging van enige misdaad , wat nie met die uitoefening van sy eie regsmag afgehandel kan word nie; (g) moet enige ongemagtigde samekoms van gewapendes of enige oproerige of onwettige vergadering of byeenkoms , uit mekaar stuur of die ontbinding daarvan gelas; (h) moet , as ' n toestand van wetteloosheid in sy gebied heers en hy van oordeel is dat dit nie anders voorkom kan word nie, gelas dat, al of enigeen van die volgende vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens veertien dae op ' n keer verbode is
(i) die byeenkoms van mans in groepe;
130.
(ii) die brou van bier of die hou van ' n fees binne die gebied wat hy bepaal; (iii ) die dra van ' n skild of meer as een gewone stok deur enigiemand; (iv) die skreeu van strydkrete of die blaas van beuels of fluite; (i) moet die vereistes van enige nuwe wet aan die inwoners van sy gebied bekendmaak; (j) verseker dat alle wette en bevele en opdragte van enige bevoegde gesag nagekom word; (k) moet mishandeling van diere voorkom ; ( 1 ) moet vee wat in sy gebied onwettig bewei word of wegloopvee wat daarin bevind word of wat onregmatig of onder suspisieuse omstandighede daarin ingevoer word, aanhou en indien die wet so vereis , skut, en die feite aan die bevoegde gesag rapporteer; (m) moet in die algemeen trag om die belange van sy stam en streek te bevorder en maatreels wat die vooruitgang van sy mense ten doel het aktief ondersteun en self invoer. (2) ' n Hoofkaptein of kaptein kan , behoudens die bepalings van Proklamasie No. 311 van 1963 en met goedkeuring van die betrokke streeksowerheid en die Minister, een of meer gevolmagtigdes aanstel om hom by te staan in die uitvoering of verrigting van sy pligte , bevoegdhede , gesag en werksaamhede ingevolge hierdie of enige ander wet en mag, op dieselfde wyse so ' n aanstelling beëindig : Met dien verstande dat geen hoofkaptein of kaptein , deur die aanstelling van ' n gevolmagtigde , hom van die verantwoordelikheid vir die behoorlike uitoefening of verrigting van enige plig, bevoegdheid , gesag of werksaamheid onthef nie.
43.
Normale vergoeding van hoofkaptein , kap(a) is ' n hoofkaptein geregtig op die salaris of ander vergoeding tein of hoofman . soos by wet bepaal mag word; en
( 1) Behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet -
(b) ontvang ' n kaptein of hoofman die vergoeding soos by wet bepaal of deur die Minister van tyd tot tyd in oorleg met die Minister van Finasies vasgestel mag word. (2) Geen hoofkaptein , kaptein of hoofman mag, tensy die Minister se goedkeuring vooraf verkry is , enige salaris , vergoeding of ander toelae
131 .
wat ingevolge hierdie Wet of enige ander wet aan hom betaalbaar is , aan enigiemand sedeer nie.
'n Hoofkaptein, kaptein of hoofman , word betaal , uit gelde wat Ander toelaes 44. betaalbaar aan die Wetgewende Vergadering vir die doel bewillig hoofkapteins, kapteins en hoofmanne . (a) wanneer hy in diens na ' n kantoor van die Rege ring moet gaan of deur ' n departementshoof of magistraat versoek word om op enige plek buite sy streek of gebied , na gelang van die geval , teenwoordig te wees , die toelae ter bestryding van reis- en verblyfkoste wat die Minister, in oorleg met die Minister van Finansies mag voorskryf : Met dien verstande
(i) dat ' n departementshoof of magistraat na goeddunke kan gelas dat geen sodanige toelae of slegs ' n gedeelte daarvan betaal word; en (ii ) dat die Minister verskillende toelaes vir hoofkapteins, kapteins of hoofmanne , ooreenkomstig hulle status of ander persoonlike omstandighede en volgens die afstande wat deur hulle afgelê moet word, mag voorskryf;
(b) wanneer hy, met goedkeuring van die Minister, op grond van hoë ouderdom of swakheid of om enige ander gegronde rede, uit diens tree , ' n uitdienstredingstoelae teen die skaal wat die Minister, in oorleg met die Minister van Finansies mag vasstel .
Vasstelling van 45. By die vasstelling van enige normale vergoeding, ingevolge vergoeding of uitdienstredings- artikel drie-en-veertig, of uitdienstredingstoelae, kragtens paragraaf (5) toelae . van artikel vier-en-veertig, word daar rekening gehou met elke tydperk van bevredigende diens , hetsy aaneenlopend of nie, wat deur die hoofkaptein, kaptein of hoofman gelewer is : Met dien verstande dat daar by die vasstelling van ' n uitdienst redingstoelae geen tydperk van diens ten opsigte waarvan ' n uitdienstredingstoelae of ander aftredingsvoordeel , van watter aard ook al betaal is, hetsy voor of na die inwerkingtreding van hierdie Wet , ingesluit mag word nie.
Tug .
46. (1) Wanneer daar rede bestaan om te glo dat ' n hoofkaptein, kaptein of hoofman skuldig is aan wangedrag deurdat hy (a) versuim of weier om te voldoen aan enige bepaling van hierdie Wet of enige ander wet waaraan dit sy plig is om te voldoen; (b) ' n wettige bevel , wat aan hom gegee is deur ' n persoon wat
132 .
die bevoegdheid het om dit te gee , nie gehoorsaam nie, dit verontagsaam of opsetlik versuim om dit uit te voer, of deur gedrag hom aan insubordinasie skuldig maak; (c) hom op ' n skandelike, onbehoorlike of onbetaamlike wyse gedra; (d) buitensporig gebruik maak van sterk drank of bedwelmende verdowingsmiddels ; (e) sy magte misbruik of enige bydrae, geld, beloning of geskenk, afpers of deur middel van dwang of arbitrêre middels verkry, ( f) iemand verhoor of straf sonder dat hy behoorlik daartoe by wet gemagtig is; (g) lid word van of deel neem aan die bedrywighede van 'n organisasie of vereniging waarvan die oogmerke ondermynend of nadelig is vir die gestelde bestuur of wet en orde; (h) nalatig of traag in die uitvoering van sy pligte is, kan die Minister hom skriftelik van die wangedrag aankla , ' n beampte in diens van die Regering aanstel om die aangeleentheid te ondersoek en sodanige opdragte gee ten opsigte van die ondersoek, waarby die hoofkaptein , kaptein of hoofman die reg sal hom gehoor te word, as wat hy dienstig ag : Met dien verstande dat die verrigtinge nie ongeldig gemaak word deur die versuim van die hoofkaptein , kaptein of hoofman om by die ondersoek teenwoordig te wees nie.
(2) Die beampte wat die ondersoek instel moet (a) notule hou van die verrigtinge; (b) na afloop van die ondersoek bevind of die hoofkaptein , kaptein of hoofman skuldig of nie skuldig is nie aan die wangedrag en hom van sy bevinding verwittig; en (c) die notule van die verrigtinge , ' n uiteensetting van sy bevinding, die redes daarvoor en enige opmerkings wat hy wens te maak (hieronder die ondersoekverslag genoem) aan die Minister stuur. (3) As die beampte bevind het dat die hoofkaptein, kaptein of hoofman skuldig is aan die wangedrag, stuur die Minister ' n afskrif van die ondersoekverslag -
13 3 .
(a) ten opsigte van ' n hoofkaptein of kaptein, aan die betrokke streeksowerheid, (b) ten opsigte van ' n hoofman aan die betrokke stamowerheid waarop sodanige owerheid, binne ' n tydperk deur die Minister vasgestel -
(i) die hoofkaptein, kaptein of hoofman waarsku of berispe, of (ii) hom ' n boete, van hoogstens honderd rand oplê wat ten bate van die Transkeise Inkomstefonds betaalbaar of verhaalbaar is van sy salaris of ander vergoeding in die paaiemente wat die owerheid mag vasstel , of (iii) hom in sy amp skors sonder salaris of ander vergoeding vir ' n tydperk van hoogstens twee jaar, of (iv) hom enige twee of meer van die strawe in subparagrawe (i), (ii) en (iii) genoem, gesamentlik ople, of
(v) hom afsit of ontslaan.
(4) Enige straf, wat ingevolge subartikel ( 3) opgelê is, is onderworpe aan bekragtiging (a) in die geval van ' n hoofkaptein of kaptein, deur die Kabinet : Met dien verstande dat waar ' n hoofkaptein of kaptein afgesit of ontslaan word, sodanige afsetting of ontslag onderworpe is aan bekragtiging deur die Staatspresident; en (b) in die geval van ' n hoofman , deur die Minister. (5) Die Staatspresident, die Kabinet of die Minister, na gelang van die geval, kan na goeddunke , so ' n straf bekragtig of dit na die betrokke owerheid terugverwys vir verdere oorweging binne ' n tydperk wat vermeld word. (6) Indien die stam- of streeksowerheid binne die in subartikel (3) of ( 5) vermelde tydperk , na gelang van die geval (a) in gebreke bly of weier om een of ander van die strawwe, in subartikel (3) bedoel , op te lê, of (b) na verdere oorweging van so ' n straf, versuim of weier om dit te verander of ' n straf oplê wat na die oordeel van die
13 4.
Minister of die Kabinet, soos die geval mag wees, onvanpas of ontoereikend is , le die Minister of die Kabinet ' n straf op wat die owerheid volgens sy mening behoort op te gelê het : Met dien verstande dat waar 'n hoofkaptein of kaptein afgesit of ontslaan word, die afsetting of ontslag onderworpe is aan bekragtiging deur die Staatspresident.
(7) Enige straf wat deur die Minister of die Kabinet kragtens subartikel (6) opgelê word, word geag wettiglik deur die bevoegde stamof streeksowerheid opgelê, en, onderworpe aan die voorbehoudsbepaling van paragraaf ( a) van subartikel (4) , behoorlik deur die Minister of die Kabinet, na gelang van die geval , bekragtig, te gewees het. (8) Die bepalings van subartikels ( 3) , (4) , (5) , (6) en tot en met 7) is mutatis mutandis van toepassing op ' n hoofkaptein, kaptein of oofman wat deur ' n bevoegde hof aan ' n misdryf skuldig bevind is, ndien die misdryf, na die oordeel van die Minister, op wangedrag binne ie omvang van hierdie artikel neerkom , en so ' n hoofkaptein , kaptein of oofman word, op grond van sy skuldigbevinding, geag aan wangedrag oreenkomstig die bepalings van hierdie artikel skuldig bevind te gewees et. (9) Geen hoofkaptein, kaptein of hoofman wat , ingevolge hierdie rtikel skuldig bevind is, of geag word skuldig bevind te gewees het, an wangedrag, en geen gevolmagtigde van so ' n hoofkaptein of kaptein , nag voorsit op ' n vergadering van ' n stam- of streeksowerheid wat gehou vord vir die doeleindes van subartikels ( 3) , ( 4) , ( 5) en ( 6) nie en so ' n 100fkaptein, kaptein of hoofman mag ook nie deelneem aan enige besprekings of beraadslagings by sodanige vergadering nie . Enigiemand wat die bepalings van hierdie subartikel oortree is skuldig aan ' n misiryf.
47.
Tydelike skorsing in sy amp van (a) op versoek van enige streeksowerheid in die geval van ' n hoofkaptein, kaptein of hoofman. hoofkaptein of kaptein, of ' n stamowerheid in die geval van I'n hoofman, of ' n meerderheid van die raadslede daarvan , enige hoofkaptein, kaptein of hoofman in sy amp skors; of
(1) Die Minister kan -
(b) enige hoofkaptein , kaptein of hoofman wat, ingevolge die bepalings van subartikel ( 1) van artikel ses-en-veertig van wangedrag of die pleeg van ' n misdryf aangekla is , in sy amp skors; of (c) as daar, na sy mening, goeie redes daarvoor bestaan, 'n hoofman in sy amp skors .
135 .
(2) Geen hoofkaptein , kaptein of hoofman wat kragtens subartikel ( 1) in sy amp geskors is, is geregtig op enige salaris of vergoeding vir die tydperk van sy skorsing, tensy die Minister die betaling van die geheel of ' n gedeelte daarvan gelas het nie.
48 . Eiendomsregte ( 1) Wanneer die Staatspresident die aanwysing van enigiemand of verpligtinge . van hoofkaptein- as hoofkaptein, kaptein of waarnemende kaptein bekragtig of te eniger skap of kaptein- tyd daarna kan hy, ondanks die bepalings van hierdie Wet of van enige skap . ander wet, na ' n openbare ondersoek deur ' n persoon of, persone , wat kennis dra van die taal ,, gewoontes en wette van die betrokke streek of stam wat hy vir die doel mag aanstel , ' n bevel uitreik wat aan die persoon, wie se aanwysing as hoofkaptein, kaptein of waarnemende kaptein bekragtig is, sodanige van die eiendom , regte of verpligtings van die vorige bekleer van die hoofkaptein- of kapteinskap , ongeag die wyse waarop sodanige kapteinskap ontruim is toeken of oplê, as wat na sy mening deur sodanige vorige bekleer uit hoofde van sy amp verkry of opgeloop is, en as wat hy regverdig ag. (2) Enigiemand wat deur ' n bevel , wat kragtens subartikel ( 1) uitgereik is, geraak word mag, binne een jaar vanaf die datum daarvan, ' n versoekskrif by die Staatspresident indien vir die aanvulling , verandering of vertolking van die bepalings van die bevel en die Staatspresident mag sodanige bevel daarop uitreik as wat hy dienstig age
DEEL V1. MISDRYWE EN STRAWWE.
Oortredings deur 49. ( 1 ) Enige hoof of raadslid van ' n stam- of streek sowerheid wat ' n hoof of raadslede geskenk, Deloning of ander teenprestasie wat ook al , met uitsondering van stam- of streeksowerhe de . van die toelaes waarop hy ingevolge hierdie Wet of enige regulasies geregtig is, regstreeks of onregstreeks eis of aanneem of toestem om dit aan te neem of probeer om dit vir homself of vir iemand anders te verkry, vir of ten opsigte van sy dienste as hoof of raadslid of omdat hy iets doen of nalaat of iets gedoen of nagelaat het in sy hoedanigheid as hoof of raadslid, is skuldig aan ' n misdryf en by skuldigbevinding strafbaar met ' n boete van hoogstens tweehonderd rand of met gevangenisstraf vir 'n tydperk van hoogstens een jaar of met beide sodanige boete en sodanige gevangenisstraf. (2) Enige hoof of raadslid van ' n stam- of streeksowerheid wat ' n vergadering van die owerheid of ' n komitee of subkomitee daarvan bywoon of aan die verrigtinge daarvan deelneem gedurende die bespreking van of stemming oor ' n saak waarby hy self of deur sy gade , vennoot of sakegenoot enige geldelike belang het, is skuldig aan ' n misdryf tensy bewys word dat hy nie geweet het dat hy so ' n belang gehad het nie.
136 .
50. Enigeen wat die Minister of enige ander Minister, of ' n departementshoof, magistraat, hoofkaptein , kaptein of hoofman by die wettige uitvoering van sy ampspligte hinder of wat ' n wettige bevel van so ' n Minister, departementshoof, magistraat, hoofkaptein, kaptein of hoofman terwyl hy in die uitvoering van sy ampspligte handel, verontagsaam of hom, terwyl hy soos voormeld handel, opsetlik beledig, of wat die verrigtings by ' n vergadering wat wettig deur so ' n Minister, departementshoof, magistraat, hoofkaptein, kaptein of hoofman in verband met sy ampspligte belê, opsetlik belemmer , is aan ' n misdryf skuldig : Bowendien kan enigeen wat so ' n Minister, departementshoof , magistraat, hoofkaptein, kaptein of hoofman opsetlik beledig terwyl hy voorsit op ' n vergadering wat deur hom in verband met sy ampspligte belê is, of wat die verrigtings by so ' n vergadering opsetlik belemmer, van die vergaderplek verwyder word en, indien nodig, tot na afloop van die vergadering op las van so 'n Minister, departementshoof, magistraat , hoofkaptein, kaptein of hoofman in hegtenis aangehou word.
verhindering van Ministers, sekere beamptes, hoofkapt kapteins eins, of hoofmanne.
51. Enigiemand wat enige verordening, wat kragtens artikel agt Oortreding van verordeninge . deur ' n stamowerheid of kragtens artikel dertien deur ' n streeksowerheid uitgevaardig is , oortree of versuim om daaraan te voldoen , is skuldig aan ' n misdryf en by skuldigbevinding strafbaar met ' n boete van hoogstens vyftig rand. Die hof wat enigiemand skuldig bevind aan ' n oortreding krag- Algemene straf . tens hierdie Wet waarvoor geen bepaalde straf voorsien word nie kan hom 'n boete van hoogstens tweehonderd rand of, by wanbetaling, gevangenisstraf vir 'n tydperk van hoogstens ses maande, oplê.
52.
DEEL V11. GEMENGDE BEPALINGS.
53.
Vanaf die datum van inwerkingtreding van hierdie Wet (a) word elke distriksowerheid wat ingevolge artikel vier van Proklamasie No. 180 van 1956 ingestel is, afgeskaf;
(b) gaan alle roerende of onroerende eiendom wat onmiddellik voor bedoelde datum deur ' n distriksowerheid gebruik of verkry is uitsluitlik vir die doeleindes van, of in verband met, die dienste in paragraaf ( e) van artikel een- en-dertig vanbedoelde Proklamasie beoog (hieronder dipdienste genoem) oor op die streeksowerheid van die betrokke streek behoudens enige voorwaardes of verpligtinge waarop of waaronder sodanige eiendom besit of gebruik was onmiddellik voor bedoelde datum : Met dien verstande dat enige kredietbalans in ' n rekening genoem in subartikel (3) van artikel vier-en-dertig van bedoelde Proklamasie inbetaal word in
137 .
Afskaffing van distriksowerhede .
die diprekening wat ingevolge subartikel (5) van artikel vyftien van hierdie Wet vir daardie distrik geopen is; (c) word al die verpligtinge wat wettiglik deur ' n distriksowerheid vir die doeleindes van of in verband met dipdienste, met inbegrip van enige aanspreeklikheid om huur te betaal vir enige eiendom in paragraaf (b) van hierdie subartikel bedoel, die verpligtinge van die streeksowerheid van die betrokke streek as ' n las teen die diprekening vir daardie distrik; (d) word enigiemand wat, onmiddellik voor bedoelde datum vir die doeleindes van of in verband met dipdienste by 'n distrik sowerheid in diens was , vanaf daardie datum oorgeplaas in diens van die streeksowerheid van die betrokke streek Met dien verstande dat so ' n persoon se diensvoorwaardes voortbestaan asof hy in diens van ' n distriksowerheid gebly het;
(e) word al die ander bates, laste, regte en verpligtinge van elke distriksowerheid die bates, laste , regte en verpligtinge van die Regering. 54. Verwysing na Enige verwysing in ' n wet vir sover dit op die Transkei van administratiewe toepassing is gebiede , kapteins en hoofmanne in ander wette . (a) na ' n lokasie, word as ' n verwysing na ' n administratiewe gebied uitgelê; (b) na ' n kaptein of hoofman, word uitgele as ' n verwysing na ' n kaptein of waarnemende kaptein of ' n hoofman of ,waamemende hoofman wie se aanwysing of aanstelling bekragtig of gemaak, of geag word bekragtig of gemaak te wees, ingevolge artikel vyf-en-veertig van die Grondwet of artikel een-en-veertig van hierdie Wet.
Toepassing van sekere van Wetbepalings No. 41 van 1925 vir die verhaal van agterstallige heffings , belastings of fooie.
55. Die bepalings van artikel nege van die Bantoe Belasting en Ontwikkeling Wet, 1925 (Wet No. 41 van 1925) en die regulasies daaronder uitgevaardig is mutatis mutandis van toepassing op die verhaal van ' n inwoner van enige heffing, bedrag, belasting of fooi ingevolge hierdie Wet opgelê, gehef of voorgeskryf, of geag opgelê , gehef of voorgeskryf te wees , deur die Minister of deur ' n stam- of streek so werheid.
Staande bewilliging van gelde en wettiging van sekere betalings aan ondergeskikte administratiewe liggame .
56. (1) Behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet, word daar aan ' n stam- of streeksowerheid betaal , op die tye gedurende elke boekjaar en op die wyse vasgestel deur die Sekretaris van Finansies , ' n bedrag gelyk aan die bedrag gedurende daardie boekjaar in die Transkeise Inkomstefonds betaal , ingevolge paragrawe ( a) en ( b) van subartikel ( 1)
138 .
van artikel twee-en-vyftig van die Grondwet, ten opsigte van die gebied of streek, na gelang van die geval, van die betrokke owerheid, verkry uit (a) die heffings , belastings, gelde, fooie of bedrae opgelé of gehef kragtens artikel vyf, artikel veertien of artikel vyftien, of ingevolge enige verordeninge kragtens artikel agt of artikel dertien uitgevaardig, of ' n heffing, belasting of geld opgele of gehef of geag opgelê of gehef te wees ingevolge artikel veertig; (b) enige kantoorgelde of boetes ingevorder deur ' n owerheid of 'n hoof of gevolmagtigde in die uitoefening van siviele of strafregtelike regsmag aan hom deur of ingevolge ' n wet verleen, of ingevorder ten opsigte van ' n oortreding van ' n verordening of van ' n versuim om enige heffing , belasting of geld opgele of gehef of geag opgelé of gehef te wees, ingevolge hierdie Wet. (2) Die betaling aan ' n stam- , gemeenskaps- , distriks- of streeksowerheid in artikel ses -en-veertig van die Grondwet bedoel , gedurende enige tydperk vanaf die eerste dag van April 1964 tot die datum van inwerkingtreding van hierdie Wet , van gelde betaal deur ' n burger van die Transkei ten opsigte van heffings of bedrae opgele ingevolge die Bantoe Belasting en Ontwikkeling Wet , 1925 ( Wet No. 41 van 1925) of Proklamasie No. 180 van 1956 , word hierby gewettig.
57.
( 1) Die Minister kan regulasies uitvaardig (a) wat voorsiening maak vir die bestuur van, die toesig en beheer oor, en die ouditering van die rekenings en tesourieë, en die prosedure wat gevolg moet word by die invordering en bewaring van die inkomste en die verrekening van gelde in die besit van stam- en streeksowerhede; (b) wat voorsiening maak vir die aanstelling en die bepaling van voorwaardes van aanstelling en die pligte van werknemers van stam- of streeksowerhede ; (c) wat die tye voorskryf vir die betaling van heffings , belastings of gelde ingevolge hierdie Wet gehef of voorgeskryf, en die omstandighede waaronder en die voorwaardes onderworpe waaraan enigiemand van die verpligting om dit te betaal , vrygestel kan word; (d) wat die wyse waarop veebelasting gehef ingevolge artikel vyftien aangeslaan en ingevorder moet word, voorskryf en die metode van registrasie van beeste vir die doeleindes van die heffing en ander sake met betrekking tot uitgawes
139.
Regulasies.
aan dipdienste; (e) wat voorsiening maak vir die betaling van toelaes aan hoofde en raadslede van stam- en streeksowerhede en aan hoofkapteins, kapteins en hoofmanne; (f) wat die diens voorwaardes van hoofkapteins , kapteins hoofmanne voorskryf;
en
(g) wat die werksaamhede en pligte van plaaslike bestuursbu ro's voorskryf; en oor die algemeen enige regulasies wat hy ingevolge hierdie Wet moet of kan uitvaardig en enige ander regulasie, hetsy dit op ' n aangeleentheid spesiaal in hierdie subartikel vermeld, betrekking het al dan nie wat hy nodig mag ag om die doeltreffende uitvoering en administrasie van hierdie Wet te verseker Met dien verstande dat regulasies in verband met toelaes betaalbaar aan enigiemand of die invordering en beheer Jor en verrekening van enige gelde uitgevaardig kan word slegs in oorleg met die Minister van Finansies . (2) Verskillende regulasies kan ten opsigte van verskillende stamof streeksowerhede of ten opsigte van verskillende gebiede onder dieselfde owerheid of ten opsigte van aangeleenthede rakende verskillende inwoners onder dieselfde owerheid uitgevaardig word. (3) Die regulasies kan voorsiening maak vir strawwe vir oortreding daarvan of versuim om daaraan te voldoen , maar hoogstens ' n boete van eenhonderd rand of by wanbetaling gevangenisstraf vir ' n tydperk van drie maande.
Herroeping van 58 . ( 1) Die wett in die Byla by hier die Wet genoem , word hiermee e e wette en voorvir sove hull van toep i o d T s i p r behoude . e ansk , herroe in die mate in e r a p ei die derd kolo van daar ssinBgyla aang die e edui . m e (2) Elke stam- of gemeenskapsowerheid en elke streeksowerheid ingestel ingevolge enige wet by subartikel ( 1) herroep, word geag ingestel te wees as ' n stam- of streeksowerheid , onderskeidelik, ingevolge hierdie Wet. (3) Die aanwysing as hoofkaptein , kaptein of waarnemende kaptein of as hoofman of waarnemende hoofman van enigiemand wat as sodanig aangestel is ingevolge enige wet by subartikel ( 1) herroep , en wat onmiddellik voor die inwerkingtreding van hierdie Wet wettiglik sy amp beklee , word geag behoorlik ingevolge artikel vyf-en-veertig van die Grondwet of artikel een- en-veertig van hierdie Wet, na gelang van die geval , bekragtig te wees.
140 .
(4) Enigiets wat gedoen is uit hoofde van bevoegdhede verleen aan die bevoegde gesag deur of kragtens ' n bepaling van ' n wet by subartikel (1) herroep, word geag deur die gepaste gesag uit hoofde van bevoegdhede verleen deur of ingevolge die ooreenstemmende bepaling van hierdie Wet, gedoen te wees . (5) Enige dissiplinêre stappe ten opsigte van wangedrag wat deur 'n hoofkaptein, kaptein of hoofman voor die datum van inwerkingtreding van hierdie Wet gepleeg is , kan deur die Minister voortgesit of ingestel word asof die wangedrag na genoemde datum gepleeg was . (6) Ondanks die bepalings van subartikel ( 1 ) van hierdie artikel en van artikel drie-en-vyftig (a) bly ' n stamheffing opgelê kragtens artikel vyftien van die Bantoe Belasting en Ontwikkeling Wet, 1925 (Wet No. 41 van 1925) , en enige belasting gehef deur ' n distrikso werheid ingevolge artikel drie-en-dertig van Proklamasie No. 180 van 1956 , wat onmiddellik voor die inwerkingtreding van hierdie Wet in werking is , van krag totdat dit deur tydsverloop verval en word geag deur die Minister, by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant ingevolge die bepalings van artikel veertig van hierdie Wet , opgelê te gewees het : Met dien verstande dat die opbrengs van ' n belasting wat so deur ' n distriksowerheid gehef is , deur die streeksowerheid van die betrokke streek gebruik en aangewend moet word, in oorleg met die Minister vir die doel waarvoor die belasting gehef is ; (b) bly die algemene heffing wat opgelê is kragtens , en enige gesondheidsbelasting bedoel in, Goewermentskennisgewing No. 418 van 1955, soos gewysig deur Goewermentskennisgewing No. 698 van 1955, verskuldig en betaalbaar en word dit ingevorder en verhaal asof hierdie Wet nie aangeneem is nie. (7) Totdat die Minister regulasies uitvaardig, bly die regulasies wat onmiddellik voor die datum van inwerkingtreding van hierdie Wet van krag was (hieronder die bestaande regulasies genoem) ondanks die bepalings van subartikci ( 1 ) en vir sover die bestaande regulasies toegepas kan word en nie met die bepalings van die Grondwet of hierdie Wet onbestaanbaar is nie , van krag ten opsigte van stam- en streeksowerhede : Met dien verstande dat wanneer die Minister regulasies uitvaardig in verband met ' n in subartikel ( 1) van artikel sewe-en-vyftig bedoelde aangeleentheid, hy almal of enige van die bestaande regulasies , by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant, kan intrek .
59. van Paragraaf (2) van die Engelse teks van Proklamasie No. 311 Wysiging Proklamasie No. van 1963 word hierby gewysig deur die woorde ,, mandatories " en ,, manda- 311 van 1963.
141 .
tory" waar hulle ook al voorkom, deur die woorde ,, deputies " en ,,deputy ", onderskeidelik , te vervang.
60. Kort titel en Hierdie Wet heet die Wet op Transkeise Owerhede , 1965 en tree datum van inwerkingtreding . in werking op ' n datum wat die Minister by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant bepaal . BYLAE . WETTE HERROEP
No. en jaar van Wet.
Wet No. 41 van 1925. Wet No. 38 van 1927.
Proklamasie No. 180 van 1956 . Proklamasie No. 110 van 1957. Proklamasie No. 77 van 1958. Proklamasie No. 171 van 1958. Proklamasie No. 12 van 1959. Proklamasie No. 13 van 1959. Proklamasie No. 93 van 1959. Proklamasie No. 94 van 1959. Proklamasie No. 200 van 1959. Proklamasie No. 20 van 1960. Proklamasie No. 28 van 1960. Proklamasie No. 49 van 1960. Proklamasie No. 188 van 1960 .
VIR
SOVER HULLE OP DIE TRANSKEI VAN TOEPASSING IS.
Titel.
Bantor Belasting en Ontwikkeling Wet, 1925 . Bantoe-administrasie Wet, 1927 .
Transkeise Bantoe-owerhede Proklamasie.
Omvang van herroeping.
Artikel vyftien. Subartikels (7) , (7) bis, (7) ter, (8) en (9) van artikel twee, artikel drie, artikel vier, en paragraaf (a) van sub-artikel ( 1) van artikel vyf.
Die geheel . Die geheel . Die geheel . Die geheel.
Die geheel. Die geheel. Die geheel. Die geheel . Die geheel . Die geheel. Die geheel .
Die geheel . Die geheel.
142 .
Proklamasie van die Staatspresident No. 22 van 1961 . Proklamasie No. 118 van 1961 . Proklamasie No. 174 van 1962. Proklamasie No. 8 van 1963. Proklamasie No. 144 van 1963. Proklamasie No. 346 van 1963. Wet No. 6 van 1964.
Die geheel. Die geheel . Die geheel. Die geheel. Die geheel .
Transkeise Owerhedewet , 1964.
143.
Die geheel . Die geheel-
UMTHETHO WE 5 1965 .
UMTHETHO
Wokulungiselela ukwenziwa, ukugcinwa kusebenza kakuhle, ukulungiswa nokuphuculwa kohola boluntu eTranskei , ukuchithwa kweBhodi yeNdlela eCebisayo yaseTranskei , ukunikelwa kwemisebenzi ethile ephathelele kohola boluntu kogunyaziwe beenqila abezizwe kunye nemicimbi enxibelelene noko. (Obhalwe ngesiNgesi usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe) (Uvunywe ngomhla we 8 Februari, 1966) KUQINGQWA UMTHETHO YIPREZIDANTI YOMBUSO NENDLU YOWISO-MITHETHO
YASETRANSKEI, ngolu hlobo lulandelayo :Ingcaciso-magama ,
1. Kulo Mthetho ngaphandle kokuba umxholo uqondisa ntsingiselo yimbi ukuthi
ophethweyo
(i) "iGazethi yoBurulumente " kuthetha iGazethi yoBurulumente yaseTranskei; (ii) "ikwari " kuthetha umngxuma owembel we ukukhupha kuwo amatye amancinane namakhulu , ukhethe , ilitye lesileyiti , ilitye lekalika, udongwe, urexe, intlabathi , umhlaba okanye nasiphi na esinye isisetyenziswa esikhutshwa emhlabeni ngesiqhelo ; (iii) "imantyi" kuquka imantyi eyongezelelweyo kunye ke, ngaphandle kokulungiselela iinjongo zesiqendu seshumi elinesithathu, nemantyi encedisayo; (iv) "indledlana yoluntu " kuthetha indledlana ekukho ilungelo ngokumalunga nayo lokuba kuham be uwonkewonke kuyo kwaye kubandakanya nendledlana yoluntu yeenyawo nendledlana yoluntu yabakhwele amahashe; (v) "indlela" kuquka yonke imisebenzi nezinto naziphi na ezizezendlela , eziyinxenye, ezinxulumene okanye ekubandakanywa apho umendo wezithwali nezithuthi, iziceziso zeenqwelo-mafutha, iindledlana zeenyawo ezisemacaleni , izazinge zezihamba-ndleleni , iziqithanambindini, eziphakanyisi weyo iindledlana zamatye emacaleni, iimfunjwa-mhlaba ezixhase iindlela, iindlela ezisemathambekeni , iindlela ezingophuma-ngaphantsi, iikholvethi, imisele , "izivali ", amadama, iingcingo, iindongana ezimfutshane emacaleni eebhroro, iindawo ekuwezwa kuzo abantu ngezikhitshana , ( iimpantu), iindlela eziphakanyisiweyo , amazibuko , iindawo zokungenela, izibonakalisi- zimayile ezindleleni , izalathindlela, amacala ekuyiwa kuwo nezilumkiso , kwaye kubandakanya nayiphi na inxenye yendlela, isiphambuka
144 .
okanye ukujikwa nje kwexeshana kwendlela; (vi) "indlela
kaGunyaziwe"
kuthetha
uhola
woluntu -
(a) othatyathwa, ngokwesiqendwana (2) sesiqendu sesibini, okanye obhengezwe ngokwesiqendu sesithathu ngokuba uyindlela kaGunyaziwe , okanye (b) ochazwe nakwisiphi na isihlomelo esikh ank anywe kwisiqendwana (7) sesigendu samashumi amabini anethoba, waye equka nendledlana yoluntu ;
(vii) " indlela kaRulumente " kuthetha nawuphi na uhola woluntu obizwa ngokwesiqendwana (i) sesiqendu sesibini njengendlela kaRulumente okanye obhengezwe ngokwesiqendu sesithathu ngokuba uyindlela kaRulumente;
(vii ) "indlela yesizwe" kuthetha nayiphi na indlela ebhengezwe ngokuba yindlela yesizwe ngokwesiqendu sesine soMthetho weeNdlela zeSizwe , 1935 (uMthetho Namba 42 wowe 1935); (ix) " inqila " kuthetha ummandla kagunyaziwe wenqila ekuchatshazelwe kuwo esiqendwini sesibini soMthetho osi Siseko soLawulo eTranskei , 1963 (uMthetho Namba 48 wowe 1963);
(x) "isakhiwo ", ngaphandle kokuyisikela imida nangayiphi na indlela intsingiselo eqhelekileyo yeli gama, kuquka nasiphi na isakhi wo okanye isigxunyekwa okanye nayiphi na bethu enye into eyakhi weyo , egxunyekiweyo okanye emisiweyo ngaphezulu okanye ngaphantsi komhlaba kungakhathalelwa luhlobo nabukhulu bayo; (xi) "isango leenqwelo-mafutha" kuthetha "isiyilo" esenziwe endaweni evulekileyo elucingweni olunqamleze kuhola woluntu , ngenjongo yokuvumela ukuba kugqithe iinqwelo-mafutha nokuthintela izilwanyana zingatsibi okanye zityhoboze apho kuso; ( xii) “isaziso ngokubanzi " kuthetha ulwaziso ngokubanzi ngokwemigaqo yesi qendu samashumi amathathu ananye; (xiii) "isaziso saloo ndawo " kuthetha ulwaziso kuloo ndawo ngokwemigaqo yesiqendu samashumi amathathu ananye; (xiv) "iSebe" kuthetha isebe leeNdlela neleMisebenzi ka-
145 .
Rulumente ; (xv) "isiceziso seenqwelo- mafutha " kuthetha isango leenqwelo-mafutha kwakunye neendawo ezingenela kulo zisuka emendweni wezithwali nezithuthi ; (xvi) “isithili " kuthetha isithili semantyi ;
ingengawo kodwa (xvii) "izisetyenziswa" kuquka amanzi ingengawo amanzi ampontshwa ahanjiswe n gemibhobho ngenjongo yokuwasebenzisa emakhaya okanye yokuwasebenzisela ukuselwa zizilwanyana; (xviii) "lo Mthetho " kuquka imimiselo ; (xvix) "okhoyo ", ngokuphathelele kuhola woluntu , kuthetha uhola woluntu owayekho eTranskei ngomhla weshumi elinanye kweyoMnga ( kuDisemba) , 1963; (xx) "ububanzi bomthetho " kuthetha ububanzi bakhe nawuphi na uhola woluntu njengoko bumiselweyo sisigendu okanye ngokwesiqendu sethoba kwaye ku quka nawuphi na umhlaba othaty athwe ngokomhlathana okanye othe nangaliphi na ixesha wafunyanwa ukufeza iinjongo ezandlalwe kumhlathana (ii ) womhlathi ( b) wesixhomekeka-mgaqweni sesiqendwana (1) sesiqendu sethoba okanye isiqendwana ( 1 ) sesiqendu seshumi; (xxi) "ugunyaziwe wenqila" kuthetha ugunyaziwe wenqila osekwe ngumthetho ukuba alawule inqila; (xxii) "ugunyaziwe wesizwe " kuthetha ugunya ziwe wesizwe osekwe ngumthetho ukuba alawule isizwe okanye umzi; (xxiii ) "uhola woluntu" kuthetha nayiphi na indlela engeyiyo indlela yesizwe, anelungelo lokuyisebenzisa uwonkewonke kwaye kuquka indlela kaRulumente nendlela kaGunyaziwe; (xxiv) "ulwakhiwo " ,
ngokuphathelele esakhiweni ,
kuquka —
(a) uguqulo , ulwahlulo-hlulo, uguqulelo lwesakhiwo okanye ulongezelelo esakhiweni ekubandak anywa nobuyiselo Iwaso nasiphi na isisetyenziswa esakhiweni , kunye (b) nolwakhiwo ngokutsha okanye ulungiso lwesakhiwo esitshatyalalisiweyo okanye esidiliziweyo sonke okanye ngenxenye , kungakhathaleki nokokuba upha-
146 .
hla lusala lumile kusini na , saye ke isenzi esithi "ukwakha" sinentsingiselo eyelele apho; (xxv) "umendo wezithwali nezithuthi " kuthetha loo ndawo kahola woluntu eyenzelwe ukusetyenziswa okanye ekuqheleke ukuba iṣetyenziswe ziinqwelo neenqwelomafutha ezin amavili; (xxvi) "ummiselo" Mthetho;
kuthetha
ummiselo
owiswe
ngokwalo
(xxvii) "umnini " , ukufeza iinjongo zentlawulo-mali yembuyekezo ngokwalo Mthetho , kuquka nawuphi na umntu onomhlaba obhaliswe kuxwebhu lwawo ngokuba ngowakhe ube lilifa kwizizukulwana ngezizukulwana zakhe xa ayihlawulayo irafu yawo ; (xxviii) "uMphathiswa" kuthetha neMisebenzi kaRulumente;
uMphathiswa
weeNdlela
(xxix) "uMthetho woLwakhiwo- zindlu ngakohola " kuthetha ukwenziwa kweZaziso koHola noMthetho woLwakhiwozindlu koHola, 1940 (uMthetho Namba 21 wowe 1940);
(xxx) "uRulumente "
kuthetha
uRulumente
waseTranskei;
(xxxi) "uSibakhulu " kuthetha uSibakhulu weeNdlela neMisebenzi kaRulumente.
( 1) Kamsinya kangangoko kunokwenzeka emva kokuqalisa 2. ukusebenza kwalo Mthetho, uMphathiswa ngesaziso kwiGazethi yoBurulumente uya kubiza njengeendlela zikaRulumente ohola boluntu abakhoyo ngoku abathi ngokoluvo 1wakhe babe bayafuneka ngokubhekiselele ekulawuleni elaseTranskei .
Ubizo lweendlela zikaRulumente.
(2) Nawuphi na ke uhola woluntu okhoyo ngoku ongekabizwa n gokuba yindlela kaRulumente ngok wesiqendwana ( 1 ) uya kuthatyathwa ngokuba uyindlela kaGunyaziwe.
3. (1) Umphathiswa angathi, ngesaziso kwiGazethi yoBurulumente (a) abhengeze ukuba nayiphi na indlela kaGunyaziwe , okanye nayiphi na inxenye yayo, yindlela kaRulumente; (b) abhengeze ukuba nayiphi na indlela kaRulumente , okanye nayiphi na inxenye yayo , vindlela kaGunya-
147 .
Ubhengezo, uphambukiso okanye ukuvalwa kohola boluntu.
ziwe; (c) abhengeze ukuba icala ekuphunywa kulo xa kuhanjwayo elisemgceni ongenahola waluntu yindlela kaRulumente : Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi umgca osembindini womendo wezithwali nezithuthi ezinamavili wendlela enjalo kaRulumente uya kwenziwa ngokucacileyo okanye uphawulwe ngokwaneleya -esithubeni seminyaka emibini ukususela kumhla wesaziso esinjalo ; (d) aphambukise okanye avale nayiphi na kaRulumente , okanye nayiphi na inxenye yayo, kangangoko kunokuthi kuxelwe; okanye (e) abhengeze ukuba liyindlela kaGunyaziwe icala ebisinga kulo ngaphambili nayiphi na indlela kaRulumente okanye nayiphi na inxenye yayo, ephanjukiswe ngokomhlathi (d). (2) Ngesicelo sikagunyaziwe wenqila uMphathiswa angathi, ngesaziso kwiGazethi yoBurulumente (a) abhengeze ukuthi kukho indlela kaGunyaziwe kwicala okanye emgceni ekungekho hola waluntu kuwo; okanye
(b) aphambukise okanye avale nayiphi na indlela kaGunyaziwe , okanye nayiphi na inxenye yayo, kangangoko kunokuthi kucaciswe.
Okumelwe kukuba kufe zwe ngaphambi kokuba kusetyenziswe amaguny a ngokwesiqendwana 3.
4.
Umphathiswa akasayi kusebenzisa naliphi na igunya alin ikwe sisi qendu sesithathu ngaphandle kokuba kunjalo nje ade abe uthabathe amanyathelo okuba kunikwe—
(a) isaziso ngokubanzi, ngokuphathelele nakwiliphi na igunya ekubhekiswe kulo kwisiqendwana ( 1) seso siqendu, kunye (b) nesaziso saloo ndawo, ngokumalunga naliphi na igunya ekuchatshazelwe kulo kwisiqendwana (2) seso siqendu, · isaziso eso ekuxelwe kuso injongo yakhe yokusebenzisa elo gunya nokuthi ukuphonongile nakupi na ukumchasa okungaba kwenziwe malunga nalo .
148 .
5. Nokuba uvaliwe okanye uphanjukisiwe uhola woluntu ngokwalo Mthetho, ilungelo loluntu lokusebenzisa loo hola aliyi kuchukunyiswa nto lide iSebe libe libonakalalisile, ngezinto zamehlo emhlabeni okanye ezifakwe khona apho emhlabeni, ukuthi loo hola uvaliwe kwizinto nabantu abahamba endleleni kuthi ke, okokuba uphanjukisiwe, kude kufike ixesha eya kuthi ngalo loo ndawo iphanjukisiweyo ivulelwe izihamba- ndleleni nabasebenzisi ndlela.
Dlungelo loluntu lokusebenzisa ohola abavaliweyo okanye abaphanjukisiweyo.
6. (1) Umphathiswa angathi ngaphandle kokwenza oko kuvumelana nemigaqo yesiqendu sesine -
Uphambukiso okanye uvalo 1wexeshana okanye uphontshiso 1wexeshana lukahola woluntu ngaphandle kwesaziso.
(a) aphambukise uhola woluntu ukuba (i) nayiphi na indawana emgceni wesiphambukiso osembindini ayinakuba kude ngaphezulu kwewaka leeyadi ukususela kweyona ndawana ikufuphi emgceni osembindini waloo ndawo kahola iza kuphanjukiswa, nokuba (ii) emveni kokuba isaziso sophambukiso-ndlela oluza kwenziwa sesinikezwe abanini bomhlaba ekunqamla kuwe loo ndawo kahola iza kuphanjukiswa nekuya kunqamla kuwo isiphambuka, abo banini-mhlaba abenzanga nkcaso ibhaliweyo malunga noko kwiSebe zingekagqithi iintsuku ezingamashumi amathathu ukususela exesheni lokunikezwa kweso saziso okanye , okokuba kuthe kanti inkcaso yalo neyaluphi na uhlobo yenziwe, uMphathiswa way iphonononga 1oo nkcaso waza waluvumela uphambukiso- ndlela; (b) avalele okwexeshana zonke okanye iindidi ezithile zezihamba-ndleleni uhola woluntu okanye umendo wezithwali nezithuthi kahola woluntu ngenjongo yookanye ukulungiselela ukumenza, ukumenza ngokutsha okanye ukumlungisa , okanye ngenxa yokuba ekwimeko eyingozi kwizihamba-ndleleni nakubasebenzisi-ndlela okanye ngenxa yengxaki ethile yequbuliso okanye isiganeko esichaphazela uluntu okanye umzi ngokubanzi esithi, ngokweembono zoMphathiswa sifune, kuthatyathwe amanyathelo awodwa okulawula izihamba-ndleleni nabasebenzisizindlela okanye esithi sifune amalungiselelo awodwa okunceda iinginginya ngeenginginya , kuhola okanye emendweni apho ; (c) aphambukise okwexeshana uhola woluntu okanye umendo we zithuthi nezithwali kahola woluntu
149.
ovaliweyo ngokomhlathi (b).
(2) Ukuphanjukiswa kukahola woluntu okanye ukuvalwa okwexeshana okanye ukuphontshiswa okwexeshana kukahola woluntu okanye umendo wezithuthi nezithwali kahola woluntu, ngokwesi siqendu, kuya kuboniswa ngeebhodi zezaziso ezibukhulu baneleyo ezigxunyekwe zagcinwa zimi kakuhle liSebe esiphelweni ngasinye saloo ndawo yendlela iphanjukisiweyo , ivaliweyo okanye iphontshiselwe ecaleni okwexeshana (a) xa sukuba uMphathiswa athabatha amanyathelo ngokomhlathi ( a) wesiqendwana ( 1), ezo bhodi ziya kuba lapho isithuba seenyanga ezilishumi elinambini, zize ke
(b) xa sukuba uMphathiswa ethabatha amanyathelo ngokomhlathi (b) okanye (c) wesiqendwana ( 1), zibe lapho lonke ithuba kuvaliwe okanye indlela ibhekiswe ecaleni okwexeshana.
Imfanelo yokwenza nokugcina kusebenza kakuhle ohola boluntu.
7. (1) Isebe ngeemali ezikhutshwa kwezo zabelwe le njongo yiNdlu yoWiso-mithetho, liya kwenza, ligcine kusebenza kakuhle, lilungise lize liphucule iindlela zikaRulumente. (2) Ugunyaziwe wesizwe uya kuthwala umsebenzi wokuziphendulela ngokwenza, ukugcina kusebenza kakuhle , ukulungisa nokuphucula zonke iindlela zikaGunyaziwe emmandleni ophantsi kwakhe .
(3) Nangona ke ikho imigaqo yesiqendwana (2), aMphathiswa angafuna ukuba iSebe lenze , ligcine kusebenza kakuhle , lilungise okanye liphucule nayiphi na indlela esemhlabeni nawuphi na owabelwe amahlathi okanye endaweni ekuqhutywa kuyo umsebenzi kaRulumente wonkcenkceshelo okanye nakuwuphi na omnye umhlaba olawulwa okanye ophethwe lilo naliphi na elinye isebe likaRulumente okanye obekelwe bucala ukufeza iinjongo zalo . (4) Ukufeza iinjongo zesi qendwana (2) uMphathiswa uya kuba namandla ngokusemthethweni -
(a) okufumanisa ugunyaziwe wesizwe ngokwemigaqo angayimiselayo ebhungisana noMphathiswa wezeMali , nasiphi na isimatshini okanye impahla efanelekileyo yokusebenza yeSebe, kwaye ke, phantsi kwemithetho elawula iNkonzo kaRulumente waseTranskei , nawuphi na umntu oqeshwe liSebe;
150.
(b) okongamela ukwenziwa, ugcino zisebenza kakuhle , ulungiso okanye uphuculo Iweendlela zikaGunyaziwe njengoko angabona kufanele: Kodwa ke maku qondakale ukuthi ukuba uMphathiswa kwezakhe iimbono uphawula ukuthi akusety enziswa ngokukuko nasiphi na isimatshini okanye impahla yokusebenza efunyaniswe ugunyaziwe wesizwe ngoio hlobo okanye ukuthi ugunya ziwe wesizwe akakwenzanga nakuphi na oko amelwe kukuba akufeze phantsi kom gaqo omiselwe ngokomhlathi ( a), angathi nangaliphi na ilixa aroxise sonke okanye nayiphi na inxenye yeso simatshini okanye impahla yokusebenza aze abuyisele.enkonzweni kaRulumente nawuphi na umntu osengqeshweni yeSebe.
8. (1) Ukulungiselela iinjongo zalo Mthetho uMphathiswa angathabatha okanye asebenzise nawuphi na umhlaba , laye ke iSebe lingakhupha lize lisuse emhlabeni nayiphi na impahla esetyenziswayo: Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi(a) isaziso senjongo yoMphathiswa okanye yeSebe, kuxhomekeke ukuthi ngubani na kwaba, siya kunikelwa umnini okanye lowo uhlala kuloo mhlaba, kwaye ke (b) ngenjongo yokuba nakho ukufikelela emhlabeni obiyelwe ngocingo , iSebe liya kuthi lenze isango kolo cingo. Elo sango liya kuhlala litshixiwe xa sukuba lingavulelwanga ukusetyenziswa, laye ke liya kuba nesitshixo sesibini esiya kunikwa umhlali-mhlabeni lowo , kwaye
(c) okokuba nawuphi na umnini-mhlaba okanye umhlali-inhlabeni akaneliswa sisenzo seSebe ngokubhekiselele ekukhutshweni okanye ekususweni kwezisetyenziswa kuloo mhlaba, angabhenela kuMphathiswa isigqibo sakhe ke ekungayi kuggitha mntu kuso nesiya kuba namandla omthetho ngokuphathelele kuloo mnini-mhlaba okanye umhlalimhlabeni naseSebeni . Umphathiswa ke ekuvumeleni nasiphi na isibheno angabeka loo migaqo ngokumalunga naso angayibona ifanele . (2) Izisetyenziswa ekuchatshazelwe kuzo kwisigendwana (1) zingakhutshwa okanye zisuswe emhlabeni nakuwuphi na ummandla ukuze zisetyenziswe kuloo mmandla okanye nakuwuphi na omnye. (3) Isebe, ngokusebenzisa ucingo okanye esinye isithintelo
151 .
Ukuthatyathwa komhlaba nezisetyenziswa.
esikhuselayo , lingabiyela nawaphi na amanzi eliwafumanisa abantu kunye nawuphi na umgodi wamatye (ikwari) apho kuvunjululwa okanye kuvunjululwe izisetyenziswa lilo ukulungiselela imicimbi yendlela , lwaye ke naluphi na ucingo okanye isithintelo esinjalo siya kuba seseSebe.
Ububanzi bohola boluntu.
(4) Nawuphi na ke umntu osusa, owonakalisa , ophatha dlakadlaka okanye oshenxisa naluphi na ucingo okanye esinye isithintelo ekuchatshazelwe kuso kwisi qendwana (3), okanye nayiphi na inxenye yolo cingo okanye yeso sithintelo, uya kuba netyala lokwaphulumthetho . 9. (1) Bu lawulwa ke yimigaqo yalo Mthetho ububanzi bendlela kaRulumente buya kuba ziiKheyphu-futhi ezingamashumi asibhozo : Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi (a) apho indlela kaRulumente ihamba ngokomlinganiso wobubanzi bendlela obenziwe kukwahlulwa okanye kukwahlulahlulwa komhlaba , baye bubukhulu ngaphezulu kobu bubanzi bukhank anyiweyo , ububanzi baloo ndlela kaRulumente buya kuba bobo bubanzi bukhulu kunobunye ;
waye (b) uMphathiswa angathi (i) ngamaxesha ngamaxesha, nges aziso kwiGazethi yoBurulumente, andise ububanzi bayo nayiphi na indlela kaRulumente ibe bububanzi obungengaphezulu kwekhulu leeKheyphu-futhi;
(ii) ngeenjongo zovulo- zikona nokwenza izazinge zezihamba- ndleleni okanye eminye imisebenzi kwiintlangano zeendlela okanye eziphambukeni okanye ngeenjongo " zokusika " okanye ukuzalisa ndawo zithile ezindleleni , okanye ngeenjongo zokwenza iibhuloro okanye indlela ezingophuma-ngaphantsi , umhlaba athabathe ongaphezulu ongaba uyafuneka ngaphandle bendlela kaRulumente njengoko kobubanzi bumiselwe yimigaqo okanye ngokwemigaqo yesi siqendwana .
(2) Umphathiswa angathi ngesaziso kwiGazethi yoBurulumente, achaze okanye achaze ngokutsha imida yobubanzi bayo nayiphi na indlela kaRulumente ngokuthathela ingqalelo imida ekhoyo okanye iibhakana zemihlaba yabantu okanye ngokuvakalisa ukuba imida yobo bubanzi injengoko ibonisiweyo ngok wendlela yolungelelano okanye yesixokelelwano eplanini esefayi lini
152 .
eofisini exeliweyo. (3) Nangona ke ikho imigaqo yesiqendwana ( 1) , uMphathiswa angathi nakwiyiphi na indawo apho kwayamene khona nendlela kaRulumente ibhoma, ih lathi elityaliweyo , umsebenzi wonkcenkceshelo okanye nawuphi na omnye umhlaba olinyi weyo , okwexeshana nje acuthe ububanzi bendlela kaRulumente ngohlobo nangalo lonke ixesha angalibona lilungile. (4) Umphathiswa angathi, emveni kokuba ebhungisene nogunyaziwe lowo wenqila, ngesaziso eGazethini yoBurulumente, amisele okanye aguqule ububanzi , aze athi, ukuba kuyafuneka, acacise okanye acacise ngokutsha imida yobubanzi, bayo nayiphi na indlela kaGunyaziwe: Kodwa ke makuqondakale khona ukuthi xa sukuba indlela kaGunyaziwe inobubanzi obuhamba ngomlinganiso wobubanzi bendlela obenziwe kukwahlulwa okanye kukwahlulahlulwa komhlaba, ububanzi baloo ndlela kaGunyaziwe buya kuba bobo buhamba ngaloo mlinganiso kude kufike ixesha apho buya kuthi bugu qul we ngokwemigaqo yesi siqendu. (5) Ububanzi bendledlana yoluntu buya kuba ziiKheyphufuthi ezintandathu : Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi uMphathiswa angathi, emveni kokuba ebhungisene nogunyaziwe wenqilą , ngesaziso eGazethini yoBurulumente abuguqule ububanzi bayo nayiphi na indledlana yoluntu .
10. (1) Xa ke , okokokuba umnini - mhlaba ufuna njalo , sekuhlawulwe imbuyekezo ekungathi kuvunyelwane ngayo okanye , xa ingekhoyo imvumelwano leyo , sekuhlawulwe imbuyiselo engathi yenziwe ngokwemigaqo yesiqendu seshumi elinesithathu, uMphathiswa ngesaziso eGazethini yoBurulumente naseMaphepheni-ndaba anga (a) qingqa amisele nakwiliphi na icala elinye okanye kumacala amabini endlela kaRulumente obunye ububanzi ukuze kuhambe apho izilwanyana; (b) misela iindawo zokuphumla nezokuseza izilwanyana ecaleni kwayo nayiphi na indlela kaRulumente: Kodwa ke makuqondakale nje ukuthi (i) akukho ndawo yakuphumla okanye zilwanyana iya kuba ngaphezulu enye ukuba nkulu , zaye ke
yakuseza kweakile
(ii) naziphi na iindawo ezimbini zokuphumla okanye zokuseza ecaleni kwendlela enye azisayi kuba namgama uzahlulayo ungaphantsi kweshumi
153.
Ububanzi bokuhamba izilwanyana, beendawo zokuphumla nokuseza, nobeekampi zokuphumla okanye iindawo zokuphumla.
leemayile; (c) seka agcine kusebenza kakuhle iikampi zokuphumla okanye iindawo zokuphumla ecaleni kwayo nayiphi na indlela kaRulumente ukuze zisetyenziswe luluntu oluhambayo, apha ke kuqukwa neendawo zokutyala imithi nezihlahla, nokuba ziphakathi nokuba zingaphandle kobubanzi baloo ndlela obuqingqwe ngumthetho. (2) Umphathiswa angathi , kananjalo (a) aqingqe ngokutsha amisele nabuphi na ububanzi obongezelelweyo ekuchatshazelwe kubo emhlathini (a) wesiqendwana (1); (b) aguqule okanye atshabalalise nayiphi na indawo yokuphumla neyokuseza emiselwe ngokomhlathi (b) wesiqendwana ( 1); okanye (c) achithe nayiphi na ikampu yokuphumla okanye indawo yokuphumla esekwe ngokomhlathi (c) wesi, qendwana (1) . (3) Ukufeza ke iinjongo zokuhambisa izilwanyana kububanzi okanye nakubuphi na ububanzi obongezelelweyo bendlela kaRulumente , iSebe liya kuba nelungelo lokususa okanye lokwenza kungabi nangozi , okanye lokubongoza umnini okanye umhlali kuwo nawuphi na umhlaba ukuba asuse okanye enze kungabi nangozi i- ankile , isixhaso , isiphunzi , ipali , umsele , umjelo, umbhobho okanye nayiphi na enye into , nokokuba injanı , engeyonxalenye yeNdlela kaRulumente nengahle yenzakalise izilwa nyana eziqhutywayo.
Ukuhlawul wa kwembuyekezomali.
11. (1) Ngaphandle ke komhlaba ekuthi ngokuphathelele kuwo libe ilungelo lokuthabatha umhlaba nokuvumbulula nokususa izisetyenziswa zokwenza nokulungisa ohola boluntu libe ligcinelwe uMbuso, uRulumente okanye iTrasti yabaNtsundų eMzantsiAfrika, uMphathiswa uya kuthi, okokuba umnini ufuna enjenjalo, amhlawule imali yembuyekezo nangawuphi na umhlaba othatyathelwe iinjongo zendlela nangokumalunga nomonakalo owenziwe kumsebenzi wokuwuphucu la loo mhlaba ngenxa yokuvumbulula okanye yokususa ngeenjongo zeendlela izisetyenziswa nakuwuphi na umhlaba onjalo . Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi nangona kukho ngongoma iyenye nakuwuphi na umgaqo olawula ixwebhu lonikezelo-mhlaba, uMphathiswa, ngaphandle koko kuqingqiweyo kule migaqo ikhankanyiweyo yesi siqendu , akuyi kufuneka ahla-
154.
wule imali yembuyekezo ngokubhekiselele ekukhupheni okanye ekususeni ngeenjongo zendlela iziśetyenziswa kuloo mhlaba. (2) Nakuba imali yembuyekezo ingamelwe kukuba ihlawulwe ngokwesiqendwana ( 1), uMphathiswa, uya kuthi , xa sukuba umnini-mhlaba afuna enjenjalo , ambuyekeze ngemali ngawo nawuphi na umsebenzi awenzileyo wokuwuphucula nawuphi na umhlaba owongezelelweyo okanye ongaphezulu othatyathelwe ukwandisa ububanzi bukahola okhoyo woluntu ukuze bube bububanzi bakhe bomthetho : Kodwa ke makuqondakale nje ukuthi ukulungiselela iinjongo zesi siqendwana , uhola okhoyo woluntu ububanzi bakhe obabungekamiselwa okanye obabungekaqingqwa ngokusemthethweni ngaphambi komhla weshumi elinanye kweyoMnga (kuDisemba), 1963, uya kuthatyathwa ngokuba wayenobubanzi
(a) obungamashumi amathandathu eeKheyiphufuthi ngokubhekiselele kuhola woluntu obizwa ngokuba yindlela kaRulumente ngokwesigendwana (1) sesiqendu sesibini, kunye (b) nobamashumi amane eeKheyiphufuthi ngokubhekiselele kuhola woluntu, ingeyiyo indledlana yoluntu, ethatyathwa ngokuba yindlela kaGunyaziwe ngokwesigendwana (2) sesiqendu sesibini. (3) Nakuba ke ikho imigaqo yeziqendwana ( 1) nese (2), uMphathiswa angathi ebhungisana noMphathiswa wezeMali, abuyekeze umnini-mhlaba ngemali -
(a) ngawo nawuphi na umhlaba othatyathelwe okanye osetyenziselwe iinjongo zendlela okanye ngazo naziphi na izisetyenziswa ezivunjululelwe okanye ezisuselwe iinjongo zendlela; (b) apho, kuthi ngenxa yendawo akuyo nokwenziwa kukahola woluntu (ingekukho ukwenziwa banzi kukahola okhoyo woluntu ) konakalelwa umntu kuba (i) nawuphi na umsebenzi owenziweyo wokuphucula umhlaba uyonakaliswa ngandlela ithile; (ii) kufuneka kufunyaniswe amanzi umhlaba othi ngenxa yaloo ndlela yenziweyo ungabi nakho ukufumana amanzi awo esiqhelo ; okanye (iii) umhlaba.onqanyulwe yiloo ndlela umi ngokunga-
155.
fanelekileyo okanye ubukhulu (ubungako) bawo benza okokuba umnini-wo angabi nakho ukuwusebenzisa ngendlela eluncedo.
(4) Akukho nto ikwesi siqendu iya kutolikwa ngokokuba ifuna okanye igunyazisa uMphathiswa ukuba ahlawule imali yembuyekezo ngokumalunga nayiphi na imisebenzi yokuphucula umhlaba eyenziweyo phakathi kobubanzi bomthetho bukahola woluntu emveni kokuba bumiselwe obo bubanzi. Ufikelelo-mhlabeni nokuwusebenzisa, okanye ukwenziwa kwemisebenzi ethile ngaphandle kobubanzi bomthetho.
12. (1) Naliphi na igosa leSebe okanye nawuphi na omnye umntu ogunyaziselwe oko nguMphathiswa uya kuba nelungelo emveni kokubhungisana nomnini -mhlaba okanye nomhlali- mhlabeni apho okanye emveni koniko- saziso loo mnini-mhlaba okanye mhlali-mhlabeni (a) lokusebenzisa nawuphi na umhlaba ongenanto owayamene nayo nayiphi na indlela kaRulumente ngenjongo yokuba nesizana sexeshana sokukampa kunye nokuba nendawo yokugcina impahla ngokuphathelele kubantu nomatshini abasetyenziswa ekwe, nzeni , ukugcina kusebenza kakuhle , ekulungiseni okanye ekuphuculeni loo ndlela : Kodwa ke makuqondakale nje ukuthi iSebe liya kuthi, xa loo mhlaba sewungasafunwa , liwushiye umhlaba lowo ucocekile ungenamisele , zindledlana okanye zindlela ezingahle zibangele ukhukuliso lomhlaba; (b) lokungena nakuwuphi na umhlaba ngenjongo yokubanakho ukufikelela emilanjeni okanye ezinye iindlela zamanzi eziya ngasentla okanye ngezantsi nakwiyiphi na indlela kaRulumente , lokusa nabaphi na abantu nomatshini kuloo mhlaba , nelokwenza, kuze kugcinwe kuqhuba kakuhle njalo nayiphi na imisebenzi engafunekayo ukukhusela loo ndlela okanye nayiphi na ibhloro okanye ikholvethi emgceni ekuhamba loo ndlela kuwo : Kodwa ke makuqondakale nje kuthi okokuba loo misebenzi yenza monakalo uthile emhlabeni owayamene nalowo iqhutywa kuwo okanye nakuphi na okwenziwe kuloo mhlaba ngokumalunga nokuwuphucula, uMphathiswa uya kuthi , okokuba umnini-mhlaba ufuna enjenjalo, ahlawule imali yembuyekezo ekungathi kuvunyelwane ngayo , okanye, xa kungekho mvumelwano nayiphi na, imali engathi inikwe yembuyekezo ngokwesiqendu seshumi elinesithathu; (c) lokungena nakuwuphi na umhlaba nokuzisa abantu nomatshini kuwo ngenjongo yokwenza nokugcina
156 .
kuqhuba kakuhle nayiphi na imisebenzi engaphandle kobubanzi bomthetho bayo nayiphi na indlela kaRulumente ethi, ngembono yoMphathiswa, ibe iyafuneka ukukhusela loo ndlela emanzini ezikhukhula okanye kukhukuliso . Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi , okokuba ufuna njalo umnini -mhlaba, uMphathiswa uya kuhlawula imbuyekezo -mali ekungathi kuvunyelwane ngayo okanye , xa kungekho naluphi na uhlobo lwemvumelwano , imali yembuyekezo engathi inikwe ngokwesiqendu thathu; kunye
seshumi elinesi-
(d) nelokungena nakuwuphi naumhlaba ngawo onke amaxesha afanelekileyo ngenjongo yokwenza naluphi na uphando ngokubhekiseiele kohola boluntu . ( 2) Nawuphi na ke umntu othi , kungengangamvume ibhaliweyo yoMphathiswa efunyenwe kwangaphambili , kunjalo nje naphantsi kwemigaqo angathi ayenze uMphathiswa— (a) aphazamisane nayo, atshabalalise okanye aguqule ubume bayo nayiphi na imisebenzi eyenziwe ngokwesiqendwana ( 1), okanye (b) aphazamisane nokuhamba ngendalo kwamanzi nakuwuphi na umlambo okanye indlela yamanzi eya entla okanye eya ezantsi kuyo nayiphi na indlela kaRulumente okanye owakha/owenza naliphi na idama, isidami-manzi esinqamleziswe emlanjeni , isisele samanzi okanye enye indawo okanye into yokulondoloza amanzi ngentla okanye ngezantsi kwayo nayiphi na indlela kaRulumente ngohlobo okanye endaweni eya konakalisa okanye yenze nakuphi na okungalungileyo nakwiyiphi na indlela kaRulumente , uya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umtnetho.
13.
(1) Isambuku sembuyekezo-mali emayihlawulwe nawuphi na umnini-mhlaba ngokwalo Mthetho siya kuthi , xa kungekho mvumeIwano , siqingqwe yimantyi yesithili ekuvumbuluke kuso elo bango okanye ke , okokuba um bangi ucela njalo , siqingqwe yibhodi emalungu ayo aya kuba yiloo mantyi ixeliweyo nabanye abantu ababini , omnye kubo oya kuthi alathelwe ngumbangi aze omnye alathelwe nguMphathiswa. (2) Ukufeza iinjon go zesiqendwana ( 1 ) umthetho olawula inkqubo yeenkundla- matyala zeemantyi kwizithili ezikhankanywe esiqendwini sesibini soMthetho osiSiseko soLawulo eTranskei, 1963 ( uMthetho Namba 48 wowe 1963) uya kusebenza uguqulwe nje apho kufunekayo , yaye ke imantyi okanye ibhodi , kuxhomekeke ukuthi nguwuphi na kwaba, iya kuba namandla okubiza
157.
Uqingqo 1wembuyeke zomali.
nokumamela okuthethwa ngamangqina , okufuna kuveliswe iincwadi okanye amaxwebhu , okohlwayela indelo- nkundla ngokungathi imantyi okanye ibhodi yinkundla yemantyi , kunye ke , ngaphandle kokuba imantyi ilichophele yodwa ityala, namandla okunika iindleko eziya kubandakanya ukuvuzwa okufanelekileyo kwebhodi kunye nenkcitho yayo. (3) Isigqibo semantyi okanye senkoliso yamalungu ebhodi , kuxhomekeke ukuthi ngubani na kwaba, siya kuba namandla omthetho kumbangi nakuRulumente.
Ububanzi obandisiweyo bohola boluntu
Ushenxi so-cingo nobiyo ngokutsha ngakohola boluntu.
14. Xa sukuba ububanzi bukahola okhoyo woluntu bandis wayo ngokwalo Mthetho okanye ngokwemigaqo yawo, uMphathiswa uya kuba namandla ngokomthetho okuthabatha umhlaba ofunekayo macala omabini kuhola onjalo okanye cala-nye kuphela okanye inxenye yomhlaba kwelinye icala nenye inxenye yawo kwelinye ngobubanzi obushiyashiyanayo : Kodwa ke makuqondakale nje ukuthi , ude ube umhlaba uthatyathwe ngokwenene ngokunjalo , ububanzi njengoko bongezelel weyo buya kuthatyathwa ngokuba bunabe isiqingatha sobo bubanzi caleni ngalinye lomgca osembindini kahola okhoyo . 15. (1) Isebe okanye ugunyaziwe wesizwe , kuxhomekeke ekubeni ngubani na kwaba, angasusa zonke iingcingo ezingenelela ebubanzini bayo nayiphi na indlela kaRulumente okanye indlela kaGunyaziwe njengoko kumiselweyo okanye kuqingqiweyo ngokwalo Mthetho: Kodwa ke makuqondakale nje ukuthi , xa sukuba iSebe okanye ugunyaziwe wesizwe elususile naluphi na ucingo olunjalo , uya kulubiya ngokutsha olo cingo ade abe uyaneliswa uMphathiswa emdeni wobo bubanzi bukhankanyiweyo. (2) Isebe lingazisusa zonke iingcingo ezingenelela (a) ebubanzini obumiselwe ukuhamba izilwanyana ngokomhlathi (a) wesiqendwana ( 1) sesiqendu seshumi; (b) nakwiyiphi na indawo yokuphumlela okanye yokuseza emiselwe ngokomhlathi (b) weso siqendwana sixeliweyo; kunye
lingcingo ngasezindleleni zikaRulumente .
(c) nakwiyiphi na ikampu yokuphumlela, indawo yokuphumlela okanye indawo yokutyala imithi nezihlahla esekwe ngokomhlathi ( c) weso sigendwana sikhankanyiweyo: Kodwa ke makuqondakale khona ukuthi , xa sukuba iSebe lilususile naluphi na ucingo olunjalo, liya kubiya ngalo ngokutsha emdeni ofanelekileyo . (1) Akukho mntu uya kubiya ngocingo endleleni kaRulu16. mente kungengangamvume yoMphathiswa efunyen we kwangapha.
158.
mbili , uMphathiswa ke yena oya kuthi, ekunikeni loo mvume, acacise indawo ekuya kuthi kugxunyekwe kuyo olo cingo. (2) Okokuba nawuphi na umntu ubiya ngocingo ngokungangqinelaniyo nemigaqo yesiqendwana, ( 1), iSebe liya kuthi ngeendleko zaloo mntu lilususe "lilugxumeke " ngokutsha olo cingo endaweni efanelekileyo . (3) Isebe lingathi ngeendleko zalo libiye ngocingo emhlabeni obububanzi bomthetho bendlela kaRulumente okanye kumacala onke eendawo zokuphumlela okanye zokuseza, iikampu zokuphumla, iindawo zokuphumla okanye iindawo zokutyala imithi nezihlahla okanye lingathi lenze umnikelo ezindlekweni zokubiya ngolo cingo. (4) Akukho cingo olusemhlabeni obububan zi bomthetho bendlela kaRulumente okanye olumacala onke ayo nayiphi na indawo okanye ikampi ekuchatshazelwe kuyo kwisiqendwana (3) luya kususwa kungengangamvume ibhaliweyo nefunyenwe kwangaphambili yoMphathiswa. (5) Xa sukuba indlela kaRulumente iphanjukiswa, iSebe lingasusa naluphi na ucingo olusecaleni kwaleyo ndlela (ucingo elifake isandla kwindleko yalo iSebe) iluse kuloo ndawo intsha kwenziwa kuyo indlela, akukhathaleki nokokuba lusemhlabeni omnye nokokuba akunjalo : Kodwa ke makuqondakale nje ukuthi xa ucingo lushenxiswa komnye umhlaba lusisiwa komnye , iSebe liya kuthi, okokuba umnini womhlaba lo ukhank anywe kuqala ufuna lenjenjalo, limhlawule imali yembuyekezo eya kuba sisambuku esingathi siqingqwe nguMphathiswa. (6) Elawulwa yimigaqo yoMthetho woBiyo , 1963 (UMthetho Namba 31 wowe 1963) umnini womhlaba ekunqamla kuwo indlela kaRulumente uya kumelwa kukuba agcine kusoloko kubiyeke kakuhle naluphi na ucingo olusecaleni kwaloo ndlela: Kodwa ke makuqondakale nje ukuthi iSebe lingathi ngeendleko zalo lilungise ucingo olonakeleyo ngenxa yayo nayiphi na ingozi kuloo ndlela . (7) Kwesi siqendu ke esi senzi sithi "ukugxumeka" okanye "ukubiya " sıya kuquka "ugxunyeko ngokutsha " okanye "ubiyo ngokutsha " lo/ngocingo okanye ubuyiselo olupheleleyo lwezisetyenziswa-lucingweni . 17. (1) Akukho mntu uya kubiya ngocingo ngasendleleni kaGunyaziwe ngaphandle kokuba uya kuba sel'enike isaziso esibhaliweyo ugunyaziwe wesizwe ochatshazelwa ngulo mcimbi senjongo yokwenjenjalo kwakhe , abe sel'enike ugunyaziwe wesizwe ithuba elifanelekileyo lokumcebisa ngendawo yobubanzi
159.
lingcingo ngasezindleleni zoGunyaziwe .
basemthethweni baloo ndlela. (2) Okokuba ke uthi umntu abiye ngocingo esaphula ngokwenjenjalo imigaqo yesiqendwana (1), luze ke olo cingo lungenelele ebubanzini obuvunyelwe ngomthetho bendlela kaGunyaziwe, ugunyaziwe wesizwe uye kuyalela loo mntu ukuba alushenxise ucingo aze abiye ngalo ngokutsha emdeni ofanelekileyo, waye ke ekungaphumelelini kwakhe ukuwufeza loo myalelo, yena gunyaziwe wesizwe uya kulushenxisa abiye ngalo ngokutsha olo cingo ngeendleko zaloo mntu .
Ukwenziwa kwamasango Okanye iiheke.
18. leni
(1) Akukho mntu uya kwenza is ango elinqamleze endlekaRulumente kungengangamvume ibhaliweyo ifunyenwe kwangaphambili yoMphathiswa ongathi yena ekuyinikeni loo mvume abeke imigaqo angayibona ifanele ngokuphathelele kwindawo eliza kugxunyekwa kuyo isango, udweliso nocacisomilinganiso, ukusetyenziswa nokugcinwa kwalo lisebenza kakuhle . (2) Akukho mvume iya kunikwa ngokwesiɖendwana ( 1) ngaphandle kokuba (a) uMphathiswa uzimisele ukwenza isiceziso senqwelo yamafutha ecaleni kwesango elinjalo, aze
(b) ngaphandle kwalapho uMphathiswa ayalela ngenye indlela, umntu owenza isicelo sokwenza isango elucingweni , ingelulo ucingo lomda, abe un ike uMphathiswa isiqinisekiso esibhaliweyo sokuba uya kuhlawula isiqingatha seendleko zokwenza isiceziso senqwelo- n.afutha. (3) Nawuphi na ke umntu owenza isango ngokupham beneyo nesiqendwana (1) okanye ongaphumeleliyo ukufeza nawuphi na umgaqo obekwe nguMphathiswa ngokweso siqendwana uya kuba netyala lokwaphula umthetho. (4) Inkundla egweba nawuphi na umntu ngokwaphula umthetho ngokwesiqendwana (3) iya kuyalela loo mntu ukuba (a) ashenxise elo sango lingekagqithi ithuba elithile eliya kuqingqwa yinkundla, okokuba ugwetywe ngokwenza isango ngokuphambeneyo nesiqendwana ( 1) , okanye
(b) enze
okuvumelana nalowo mgaqo lingekadluli ithuba elingathi limisel we yinkundla, okokuba ugwetywe ngenxa yokungaphumeleli ukwenza okufunwa nasisiphi na isimiselo okanye umgaqo esi-
160.
wiswe okanye obekwe nguMphathiswa ngokwesiqendwana ( 1) . (5) Nangona ke ikho loo migaqo yeziqendwana (3) nesesi (4), iSebe liya kuba nelungelo lokususa ngesikhwabakhwitshi nangaphandle kwesaziso naliphi na isango elenziwe ngokuphambeneyo nesiqendwana ( 1) . (6) Ukuba isango elivunyelweyo liyasuswa nangaliphi na ixesha lize ke lingabuyiselwa lingekadluli ithuba leenyanga ezilishumi elinambini ukususela exesheni lokushenxiswa kwalo , elo sango liya kuthatyathwa ngokubá alifuneki laye ke alisayi kwenziwa ngokutsha, saye ke nasiphi na isiceziso seenqw elomafutha esisecaleni kwaloo ndawo bekwenziwe kuvo elo sango siya kususwa liSebe .
19. (1) Ukuba uMphathiswa ubona ukuthi isango elinqamleze nakuwuphi na uhola woluntu onesiceziso seenqwelo-mafutha ecaleni kwakhe malisuswe , uya kuthabatha amanyathelo okokuba abanini bomhlaba owahlukaniswe lisango elinjalo banikwe isaziso esixela ukuba uzimisele ukulisusa elo sango nokuthi nawuphi na umnini onjalo angatsolisela kugunyaziwe wenqila zingekadluli iintsuku ezingam ashumi amathathu ukususela ekunikweni eso saziso nayiphi na inkcaso koko azimisele ukukwenza.
Ukususwa kwamasango .
(2) Okokuba ke, kwelo thuba lixeli weyo , akukho nkcaso yenziweyo kugunyaziwe wenqila ngokwesiqendwana (1) , uMphathiswa angahambela phambili athabathe amany athelo okususa elo sango. (3) Okokuba inkcaso yenziwe ngolo hlobo , ugunyaziwe wenqila uya kudlulisela loo nkcaso kunye nezakhe iimbono kuMphathiswa oya kuthi yena enze isigqi bo sokuba isango lisuswe okanye lingasuswa kusini na.
20. (1) Apho ke uMphathiswa abona ukuba kuyimfuneko kuba kuligalelo elihle kulumkelo- zingozi ezindleleni , angenza okokuba umnini-mhlaba okanye umhlali-mhlabeni nawuphi na anikwe umyalelo obhaliweyo ofuna ukuba, athi ngexesha elixeliweyo kuloo myalelo, anciphise kuloo mhlaba naluphi na udonga, uthango (iheji), ucingo, umthi okanye isihlahla esisekoneni okanye esikufuphi nayo nayiphi na ikona yendlela kaRulumente okanye igophe laloo ndlela , nokuba kusekuhlanganeni kwaloo ndlela naye nawuphi na omnye uhola woluntu okanye kwenye indawo , sibe nokuphakama okungengaphezulu ezinyaweni ezintathu umgama ongengaphezulu kweenyawo ezilikhulu ecaleni ngalinye laloo kona okanye igophe.
161 .
Izithintelo ezikoneni zeendlela.
(2) Okokuba ke umnini-mhlaba okanye umhlali -mhlabeni nawuphi na akaphumeleli ukufeza nawuphi na umyalelo woMphathiswa ngokwesiqendwana ( 1) , iSebe liya kuba nelungelo lokungena kuloo mhlaba nelokwenza wonke umsebenzi ofunekayo ngeendleko zaloo mni ni-mhlaba okanye mhlali-mhlabeni . Ukwenziwa kwesiceziso seenqwelo-mafutha.
21. (1) Umphathiswa okanye ugunyaziwe wesizwe angathi elawulwa nayiyiphi na imimiselo ewiswe ngokwesiqendwana (6) , enze isiceziso seenqwelo-mafutha ecaleni kwesango kuhola woluntu, saye ke eso siceziso seenqwelo-mafutha siya kuthatyathwa ngokuba siyinxenye yomendo wezithwali nezithuthi ezinamavili kahola woluntu esenziwe ecaleni kwakhe . (2) Umphathiswa : okanye ugunyaziwe wesizwe, kuxhomekeke ukuthi ngubani na kanye-kanye kwaba, uya kuba nawo onke amalungelo , amagunya, amandla neemfanelo ezimbophelelayo ngokubhekiselele kulwenziwo , ukugcinwa zisoloko zisebenza kakuhle, ulungiso nolawulo lwezo ziceziso zeenqwelo-mafutha ezizezakhe ngomthetho ngokubhekiselele kuhola woluntu ngokwakhe: Kodwa ke makuqondakale khona ukuthi imigaqo yalo Mthetho ephathelele kuvalo nophanjukiso lohola boluntu (ngaphandle komhlathi (b) wesiqendwana ( 1) sesiqendu sesithandathu) ayisayi kusebenza ngokumalunga nesiceziso seenqwelo-mafutha esingathi sivalwe okanye siphanjukiswe nguMphathiswa okanye ngugunyaziwe wesizwe ngemvume yoMphathiswa, saye ke siya kuvalwa ngugunya ziwe wesizwe okokuba uMphathiswa wenza umyalelo onjalo: Kodwa ke makuqondakale nje ukuthi , ukuba isango liyasuswa ngokwesiqendu seshumi elinethoba, nasiphi na isiceziso esisecaleni kwelo sango naso siya kususwa. (3) Akukho namnye phakathi koMphathiswa nogunyaziwe nawuphi na wesizwe uya kuba nobutyala ukuba ngaba nasiphi na isilwanyana sithe senzakaliswa okanye sabulawa nakwiliphi na isango leenqwelo- mafutha, okanye xa sukuba nawuphi na umntu osebenzisa ngokusemthethweni elo sango leenqwelo-mafutha avelelwe yingozi , nokokuba yingozi edla egazini kuye esiqwini okanye ngenye indlela, ngaphandle kokuba umonakalo onjalo ubangelwe kukuba isango leenqwelo-mafutha lisebudlakadlakeni bokungalungiswa ngenxa yokungakhathalelwa. (4) Nawuphi na ke umntu othi ekuyo nayiphi na inqwelomafutha agqithe kwisango leenqwelo-mafutha(a) ngesantya esingaphezulu leemayile ngeyure , okanye
kweshumi
elinambini
(b) xa ngaba naliphi na ivili laloo nqwelo-mafutha linebhanti yentsimbi ,
162 .
uya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho. (5) Umphathiswa okanye ugunyaziwe wesizwe, kuhambe ngokuthi ngubani na kanye-kanye kwaba, uya — (a) kususa imiɖondiso yezihamba-ndleleni ezibonakalisa ubukho besiceziso seenqwelo-mafutha aze amise izithintelo ezifanelekileyo esicezisweni kwanasesangweni esinjalo seenqwelo-mafutha leenqwelo-mafutha, okokuba nasiphi na isiceziso okwexeshana; seenqwelo- mafutha sisavaliwe (b) kususa imiqondiso yezihamba-ndleleni kwanabo bonke obunye ubungqina obubonakalayo obubonisa ukubakho ngaphanbili exesheni eligqithileyo kwesiceziso seenqwelo-mafutha ukuba nasiphi na isiceziso seenqwelo-mafutha sisusiwe. (6) Umphathiswa angawisa imimiselo -· (a) emisela uhlobo lokwenziwa, ubukhulu, uyilo, okusetyenziswayo, umphakamo nendawo yamasango eenqwelo-mafutha; (b) emisela ubude nobubanzi beendawo ezingenela esangweni leenqwelo- mafutha, zivela kumendo wezithwali nezithuthi;
(c) emisela izalathi-miqondiso emazimiswe zigcinwe zihleli kakuhle ukuze zilumkise uluntu ngokuvalwa okanye ngokuphanjukiswa kwesiceziso seenqwelo zamafutha; kunye (d) nelungiselela nawuphi na omnye umcimbi acinga ukuba kufuneka awulawule ngokumalunga neziceziso zeenqwelo zamafutha.
Elawulwa yimigaqo yoMthetho wePhondo weZihamba22. ndleleni, 1955 (Umthetho wePhondo Namba 19 wowe 1955) uMphathiswa uya kumisa, agcine zisoloko zikwimeko entle izalathindlela entlanganweni yendlela kaRulumente naye nawuphi na ubola woluntu, waye engamisa agcine kusoloko kusebenza kakuhle ezindleleni zikaRulumente izalathi-zimayile, izalathi-ndlela, amacala ekuyiwa ngakuwo ezindleleni nezilumkiso ezingathi, ngokoluvo 1wakhe, zibe ziyafuneka ukukhusela, ukwazisa okanye ukukhokela uluntu.
Izalathi-zimayile, izalathi-ndlela, amacala nezilumkiso ezindleleni zikaRulumente.
23. (1) Umphathiswa angaseka, asebenzise okanye aphelise ukusebenza iindawo zeempantu zoluntu ngokumalunga nayiphi
Useko lweendawo zeempantu zoluntu.
163.
na indlela kaRulumente: Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi uMphathiswa akasayi kuseka okanye enze kusebenze iindawo zezikhitshana eziweza abantu emanzini phakathi kwelaseTranskei nayo nayiphi na enye indawo yeRiphabhlikhi. (2) Ngaphambi kokuba nawuphi na umntu asebenzise indawo enempantu yoluntu uya kuhlawula imali emiselweyo waye ke anganqandwa angayisebenzisi loo ndawo ide ibe ihlawulwe loo mali : Kodwa ke makuqondakale nje ukuthi akukho mali ibizwayo yolo hlobo kuya kumelwa kukuba ihlawulelwe ukusebenzisa eso siwezo-manzini (impantu ) enkonzweni kaRulumente okanye yoMbuso nguye nawuphi na umntu ovelisa isiqiniselo sokuba uqeshiwe enkonzweni enjalo. (3) Umphathiswa uya kuthi, ebhungisana noMphathiswa wezeMali, amisele imilinganiso yeemali ezibizwayo ezimelwe kukuba zihlawulelwe ukusebenzisa nayiphi na impantu yoluntu waye uya kuthabatha amanyathelo okuba loo milinganiso yeemali ezibizwayo ibonakaliswe endaweni esekuhleni esiphelweni- ncam ngasinye saloo ndawo yowezo ngeempantu.
Ukurweba kwiindlela zikaRulumente.
24. (1) Akukho mntu uya kuthengisa okanye agcine , abonise okanye athi unikezelela ukuthengisa naziphi na izintɔ (impahla) nakwiyiphi na indawo, ngaphandle kokuba kusezindaweni ezinemvume yokuthengisela (a) ngaphakathi kobubanzi obusemtheth weni bayo nayiphi na indlela kaRulumente apho obo bubanzi bomthetho bubiyel weyo okanye bahlukanisiweyo babodwa; (b) ngaphakathi kweenyawo ezingamashumi amahlanu ukusuka emgceni osembindini womendo wezithwali nezithuthi wayo nayiphi na indlela kaRulumente apho ububanzi obusemthethweni baloo ndlela kaRulumente bungabiyelwanga okanye bungahlukaniswanga babodwa.
(2) Nawuphi na ke umntu okreqa nawuphi na umgaqo wesiqendwana ( 1) uya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho. (3) Akukho nto ikwesi si qendu iya kutolikwa ngokuba itenxile kwimigaqo okanye inciphisa ukubaluleka kwemigaqo yesiqendu sekhulu elinanye soMthetho wePhondo weZihambandleleni, 1955 (uMthetho wePhondo Namba 19 wowe 1955). Ulwakhiwo-zindlu ezindleleni okanye ngasezindleleni zikaRulumente.
25. ( 1) Nangona ikho imigaqo yawo nawuphi na omnye umthetho kodwa phantsi kokula wulwa yimigaqo yesiqendu sethoba soMthetho woKwakhiwa kweZindlu ngakoHola, akukho mntu uya
164.
kwaakha, kunjalo nje akukho mnini wamhlaba uya kuvumela okanye amelane nento yokuba kwakhiwe emhlabeni wakhe nasiphi na isakhiwo esiya kuthi sisonke okanye nayiphi na inxenye yaso sibe sikwiinyawo ezilishumi elinesihlanu ukusuka emdeni wobubanzi bomthetho bendlela kaRulumente ngaphandle kokuba oko kungemvume yoMphathiswa kwaye kungokweeplani zokwaakha ezivunyelwe nguMphathiswa. (2) Akukho mntu uya kwaakha nasiphi na isakhiwo nakuwuphi na umhlaba, kwaye ke kungekho mnini wamhlaba uya kuvumela okanye any amezele into yokuba kwaakhiwe nasiphi na isakhiwo emhlabeni wakhe , ukuba loo mhlaba ungaphakathi kobubanzi obusemthethweni bendlela kaRulumente kodwa ungekathathelwa ukufeza iinjongo zaloo ndlela, ngaphandle kokuba kungemvume yoMphathiswa, kwaye kungokweeplani zokwaakha ezivunyelwe nguMphathiswa: Kodwa ke makuqondakale khona ukuthi akukho nto ikwesi siqendu iya kutolikwa ngokuba ihlutha nawuphi na umnini-mhlaba ilungelo lakhe lokubuyekezwa ngokwemigaqo yalo Mthetho ngokumalunga nabo nabuphi na ububanzi obandisiweyo obulungiselelwe esiqendwini seshumi elinesine. (3) Nawuphi na ke umntu ogqitha imigaqo yesiqendwana (1) okanye ( 2) uya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho.
(4) Inkundla egweba nawuphi na umntu ngolwaphulomthetho phantsi kwesiqendwana ( 1) okanye ( 2) iya kuyalela loo mntu ukuba adilize aze asuse sonke eso sakhiwo okanye esichatshazelwe koko kwaakhiwa lingek adluli ixesha elingathi liqingqwe yinkundla, waye ke nawuphi na umntu ongaphumeleliyo ukwenza ngokwaloo my alelo, uya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho. (5) Nangaliphi na ke ilixa emva kokugwetywa kwakhe nawuphi na umntu ngokwesi qendwana sesine , iSebe liya kuba namandla omthetho, lilawulwa ngomnye umyalelo ongathi ube wenziwe yinkundla ngokubona kwayo , okungena emhlabeni , lidilize lisuse sonke eso sakhiwo okanye esichatshazel we lulwaakhiwo nokufumana iindleko ezenziweyo apho kuloo mntu ugwetyiweyo. (6) Nayiphi na ke imvume enikwe ngokwesiqendwana ( 1) okanye (2) ayisayi kukhulula umntu owakha okanye ovumela okanye onyamezela angathathi manyatheloul waakhi wo lwesakhiwo, ekufumaneni nayiphi na imvume okanye igunya ekufuneka lifunyenwe ngokwawo nawuphi na omnye umthetho;
26. Ilungelo lobumnini-nto ngokumalunga nabo bonke ohola boluntu neendledlana zoluntu , kunye nomhlaba osetyenziswayo ngokuphathelele koko, liya kuba lelikaRulumente : Kodwa
165 .
Ohola boluntu baya kuba ngabakaRulumente.
makuqondakale nje ukuthi ukuba uhola okanye indledlana enjalo ivaliwe, iphanjukisiwe okanye incitshisiwe ububanzi bayo , loo mhlaba ke uthi ngokwenjenjalo upheze ukuginywa nguhola woluntu okanye yindledlana yoluntu, kunye nemisebenzi eyenziweyo nezinto ezikuloo mhlaba, ziya kuthi roqo zihlala zizezikaRulumente ngaphandle ke kokuba, ukuba azibhalisiwe egameni likaRulumente , uMphathiswa ngesaziso eGazethini yo Burulumente uyalela ukuba loo mhlaba okanye inxenye yawo, kunye noko kungumsebenzi owenziweyo nezinto ezikuwo ezinjengezakhiwo njalo njalo, ziya kuwelela kumnini-mhlaba zize zibe zezomnini womhlaba kwalowo owawuyinxenye yawo loo mhlaba ekuqaleni . 27.
Ukupheliswa kwaBhodi yeeNdlela eCebisayo yaPhesheya kweNciba.
Ibhodi yeendlela eyasekwa ngesi qendu sokuqala soMthetho wePhondo weRafu yeNdlela kuMazwana aPhesheya kweNciba 1935 (uMthetho wePhondo Namba 1 wowe 1935) ngokwenjenje iyatshitshiswa.
Ogunyaziwe beeNqila baza kuba ziiBhodi ezi Cebisayo zeNdlela.
28. Phantsi ke kwemigaqo yomthetho olawula useko nolawulo logunyaziwe beenqila, kuya kuba yimfuneko kagunyaziwe ngamnye wenqila (a) ukuqhuba umsebenzi osingathis we wenqila ngulo Mthetho;
ugunyaziwe
(b) ukuncedisa nokucebisa umphathiswa kuyo yonke imicimbi ephathelele kohola boluntu enqileni nasemmandleni wakhe;
(c) ukongamela imisebenzi yogunyaziwe bezizwe enqileni yakhe ekusebenziseni okanye okuqhubeni iimfanelo, amandla namagunya okanye umsebenzi ngokwalo Mthetho;
Isihlomelo seendlela zoGunyaziwe .
(d) ukufumana nokudlulisela kuMphathiswa naluphi na ulwazi olungafunwayo nguye ngokumalunga nokwenza kusebenze lo Mthetho , kuze kuthi ke ngokubanzi kube kukuqhuba eminye imisebenzi ephathelele kohola bluntu engathi, ngamaxesha ngamaxesha, isingathiswe ugunyaziwe wenqila nguMphathiswa. 29. (1) Nanini na xa sukuba uMphathiswa afunayo , ugunyaziwe wenqila uya kwenza isihlomelo esiphethe, ngokuphathelele nakwisiphi na isithili enqileni yakhe (a) inkcazo emfutshane yeendlela ( ingezizo iindlela zoGunyaziwe ezibhengezwe nguMphathiswa ngokwalo Mthetho) ezithi ngokubona kwakhe ugunyaziwe lowo zibe ziyafuneka njengeendlela zikaGunyaziwe; kunye
166 .
(b) nenkcazo emfutshane yeendlela zeenyawo nezabakhwele amahashe ezithi ngokubona kwakhe zibe ziyafuneka njengeendledlana zoluntu. (2) Zonke ke izihlomelo zocwangciso-ngxelo ezenziwe ngokwesiqendwana (1 ) ziya kuhlala zivuliwe eziofisini zikagunyaziwe wenqila, zemantyi nezikagunyaziwe ngamnye wesizwe kweso sithili isithuba esingengaphantsi kweenyanga ezintathu, ukuze zihlolwe nanguwuphi na umntu onomdla kuzo. (3) Umphathiswa uya kunika isaziso esifaneleyo ngopapasho kwiGazethi yoBurulumente nakumaphephandaba nangezaziso ezixhonywe ezi-ofisini zikagunyaziwe wenqila nemantyi nezinikwe intloko kagunyaziwe ngamnye wesizwe esithilini , ezixela ukuthi isihlomelo eso sivulelwe ukuhlolwa, waye uya kukhankanya kwezo zaziso ithuba nendawo eso sihlomelo siya kuhlala sivulelwe uhlolo khona. (4) Nawuphi na ke umntu onomdla angathi nangaliphi na ilixa ngaphambi kokuphela kwethuba elivunyelwe uhlolo enze malunga nesi sihlomelo nayiphi na inkcaso ebhaliweyo kugunyaziwe wenqila nezizathu zokuyenza loo nkcaso . (5) Ekupheleni kwethuba elivunyelwe uhlolo, nasemveni kokuqwalasela yonke inkcaso etsoli selwe kuye, ugunyaziwe wenqila angasivumela isihlomelo njengoko besinjalo ekuqaleni okanye sesifakwe leyo mibandela angathi ayibone ifuneka ethathela ingqalelo yonke loo nkcaso yenziweyo, waye ke eya kudlulisela kuMphathiswa isihlomelo njengoko sivunyelweyo, kunye nenkcaso eyenziwayo, nekopi yengxelo-micimbi yentlanganiso yakhe ebekuphonongwe kwavunyelwa kuyo eso sihlomelo.
(6) Eso sihlomelo, okokuba siqiniselwe nguMphathiswa, singenamibandela okanye sinayo imibandela angathi ayenze emveni kokuba ebhekise kugunyaziwe wenqila, siya kubhengezwa kube kanye eGazethini yoBurulumente size ke sixhonywe eziofisini zikagunyaziwe wenqila, zemantyi nezik agunyaziwe ngamnye wesizwe kweso sithili. (7) Iindlela neendledlana ezichazwe kweso sihlomelo sikhankanyiweyo ziya kuthi kwaoko zibe ziindlela zikaGunyaziwe, ekuqukwa apho iindledlana zoluntu , kweso sithili zaye ke zonke ezinye iindlela zoGunyaziwe neendledlana zoluntu ezingaba bezikho ngaphambili esithilini eso, ngaphandle kweendlela zikaGunyaziwe ezibhengezwe ngokwesiqendu sesithathu, ziya kuthatyathwa ngokuba zitshitshisiwe zavalwa. (8) Akukho nto ikwesi
siqendu iya kutolikwa ngokuba
167 .
iphuma emgceni okanye inciphisa amagunya anikwe uMphathiswa sisi qendu sesithathu.
Ukushenxiselwa kuRulumente kwabasebenzi abathile nempahla ebubutyebi bogunyaziwe beenqila.
30. Mthetho
Ukususela ngomhla wokuqalisa ukusebenza kwalo
(a) bonke abantu abaqeshwe ngugunyaziwe wenqila poqo ngokuphathelele kohola boluntu baya kuthi, kuthotyelwa imigaqo eya kuguqulwa nje apho kufunekayo yesiqendu samashumi amathandathu ananye soMthetho osiSiseko soLawulo eTranskei, 1963 (uMthetho Namba 48 wowe 1963), bashenxiselwe enkonzweni kaRulumente ; (b) yonke impahla esusekayo apho ikhoyo ethe, ngaphambilana nje kancinane kwalo mhla uxeliweyo yaba yayisetyenziswa okanye yayifunyenwe ngugunyaziwe wenqila ngokukodwa ngeenjongo zohola boluntu okanye ngokumalunga nabo, iya kuba yekaRulumente .
Ukwaziswa kwenjongo yoMphathiswa yokusebenzisa amagunya athile.
31.
Ukufeza iinjongo zesiqendu sesine
(a)
isaziso ngokubanzi siya kunikwa
(i) ngokuxhoma e-ofisini yemantyi nganye nogunyaziwe wesizwe osemcimbini , na (ii) ngokupapasha kanye eGazethini yoBurulumente nakanye ngeeveki ezimbini , iiveki ezimbini ezilandelelanayo kuMaphephandaba , isaziso esandlala ngokucacileyo
iimbono okanye imipoposho
yoMphathiswa, nesicela abantu abanomdla ukuba benze nayiphi inkcaso ebhaliweyo ngoko kugunyaziwe wenqila ungekadluli umhla oya kuthi uxelwe ongayi kuba ngaphantsi kwamashumi amathathu eentsuku emva kopapasho lokugqibela lweso saziso; saye ke (b) isaziso saloo ndawo siya kunikwa -
(i) ngoxhomo e- ofisini yemantyi nganye nogunyaziwe wenqila ngamnye osemcimbini, (ii) nangokukhuphela intloko kagunya ziwe wesizwe ngamnye ekungenzeka achatshazelwe ngulo mcimbi , na (iii ) ngokukhuphela abanini-mhlaba ochatshazelwayo koko,
168.
isaziso esaneka ngokucacileyo iimbono zoMphathiswa, kucelwa bonke abantu abanomdla ukuba nayiphi na inkcaso yabo malunga noko bayibhale bayidlulisele injalo kugunyaziwe wenqila zingekadluli iintsuku ezingamashumi amathathu emva kokuxhonywa okanye kokunikwa kweso saziso, kuthathelwe · ukubala ekuhleni kwayo nayiphi na kwezi zinto zimbini emva kwenye. 32. (1) Nasiphi na isaziso esikhutshwa sinikwe ngokwalo Mthetho siya kubhalwa ephepheni , saye ke singanikwa okanye sikhutshwe naliliphi na igosa leSebe ―-
Isaziso ngokwalo Mthetho.
(a) ngokunika ikopi yeso saziso ngesiqu loo mntu umelwe kukuba asinikwe ; okanye (b) ngokushiya loo kopi endaweni eqhelekileyo okanye yokugqibela eyaziwayo abehlala kuyo okanye erweba kuyo loo mntu ; okanye (c) ngokuthumela loo kopi ngeposi yesiqiniselo kwindawo eqhelekileyo okanye yokugqibela eyaziwayo yokuhlala okanye yokurweba yaloo mntu; okanye
(d) nangayiphi enye indlela ayimisele ngesimiselo.
angathi
uMphathiswa
(2) Uniko-mntu isaziso esikhutshwe ngeposi yesiqiniselo ngokomhlathana (c) wesiqendwana ( 1) luya kuthatyathwa ngokuba lwenziwe zingekadluli iintsuku ezilishumi emveni komhla onophawu lweposi erisitini yesiqiniselo. (3) Intloko yakhe nawuphi na ugunyaziwe wesizwe, enikwa isaziso ngokwalo Mthetho , iya kuthi kwaoko ithabathe amanyathelo okuba okubhaliweyo kweso saziso kudluliselwe kubantu abahlala emmandleni asekelwe wona ugunyaziwe wesizwe.
33. (1) Xa sukuba nayiphi na into igunyaziswa ngulo Mthetho okanye kufuneka ukuba yazisiwe okanye ibhengezwe ngokukhutshwa kuMaphephendaba, iya kwaziswa okanye ibhengezwe kwelo phephandaba okanye kuloo maphephandaba afundwa eTranskei angathi uMphathiswa ngamaxesha ngamaxesha awamisele ukufeza le njongo. (2) Olo Iwaziso okanye isi bhenge zo siya kuba ngesiXhosa, isiNgesi nesi Bhulu : Kodwa ke makuqondakale nje ukuthi kuya kwanela ukuba siphuma ngesiXhosa ephephenindaba elishicilelwa rgesiXhosa, ngesiNgesi ephephenindaba elishicilelwa ngesiNgesi nangesi Bhulu ephephenindaba elishicilelwa ngesiBhulu.
169.
Ukhutsho kuMaphepha-ndaba.
Ulungelelaniso loMthetho Namba 21 wowe 1940.
34. (1) Ngaphandle ke kwalapho umxholo ophethweyo entethweni ufuna kumbi kunjalo nje kulawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendu samashumi amathandathu anesixhenxe soMthetho osi Siseko soLawulo eTranskei , 1963 (uMthetho Namba 48 wowe 1963) , nayiphi na imbhekiso eMthethweni wekwakhiwa kweZindlu ngakoHola, njengoko lo Mthetho wenziwa usebenze ngokuphathelele eTranskei , ku/kwi (a) Mlawuli wePhondo okanye uMlawuli lowo wePhondo okanye uMlawuli wePhondo esebenza ngemvume yeqo qo lebhunga lephondo iya kutolikwa njengembhekiso kuMphathiswa; (b) siphathamandla esiphetheyo okanye isiphathamandla eso siphetheyo iya kutolikwa njengembhekiso kuMphathiswa;
(c) hola wendlela iya kutolikwa njengembhekiso kwindlela kaRulumente ; (d)
sihlokomiso eGazethini yePhondo okanye iGazethi iya kutolikwa njengem bhekiso esazis weni eGazethini yoBurulumente;
(e)
gunya lokwenza isihlokomiso iya kuthatyathwa njengem bhekiso egunyeni lokuvak alisa/loku bhengeza;
(f)
Ruluneli-jikelele iya k utolikwa njengem bhekiso kwiSigqeba sikaRulumente waseTranskei ; kwaye ke
(g) phondo iya kutolikwa njengembhekiso eTranskei ; Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi imbhekiso kuMphathiswa esiqendwini seshumi elinesithathu nasemhlathini (d) wesiqendwana ( 1) sesiqen du seshumi elinesine soMthe tho woKwaakhi wa kweZindlu ngakoHola iya kutolikwa njengembhekiso kwiSigqeba sikaRulumente wase Transkei . (2) Nasiphi na isihlokomiso-mthetho esikhutshwe ngaphambi komhla wamashumi amathathu kuCanzibe (kuMeyi) , 1963 , ngokumalunga nelase Transkei , ngokwe -
(a) siqendwana (3) sesiqendu sesibini somthetho woKwaakhiwa kweZindlu ngakoHola, siya kuthatyathwa ngokuba sisaziso esikhutshwe siSigqeba sikaRulumente was eTranskei ngokwesi siqendwana sixeliweyo , kunye
170.
(b) nesiqendwana ( 1) sesi qendu sesixhenxe soMthetho woKwaakhi wa kweZindlu ngakoHola, siya kuthatyathwa ngokuba sisaziso esikhutshwe nguMphathiswa ngokwesi siqendwana sixeliweyo . 35.
Amatyala.
(1) Nawuphi na ke unntu othi (a) enze umonakalo nakwiyiphi na indlela kaRulumente okanye indlela kaGunyaziwe, okanye (b) amise naluphi na ucingo okanye esinye isithintelo okanye abeke okuxabayo okanye umvalo nakwiyiphi na indlela kaRulumente okanye indlela ka Guny aziwe, okanye (c) agibisele okanye abeke nakwiyiphi na indlela kaRulumente okanye indlela kaGunyaziwe nayiphi na into engahle ibe yingozi, ikhathaze okanye yenzakalise izihamba-ndleleni apho, okanye (d) ashenxise okanve onakalise ngabomu ucingo ngasendleleni kaRulumente okanye ngasendleleni kaGunyaziwe , okanye
(e) axabe endleleni , athintele okanye aphazamisane nalo naliphi na igosa leSebe ekuqhubeni umsebenzi walo ngokwalo Mthetho, uya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho. (2) Ukulungiselela iinjongo zesiqendwana ( 1 ) eli binzana lentetho lithi "indlela kaulumente" liya kuquka nabuphi na ububanzi bokuham ba izilwanyana, nayiphi na indawo yokuphumla okanye yokusela yezilwanyana, kunye nayiphi na indawo yokukampa okanye yokuphumla okanye indawo yokutyala imithi nezihlahla. 36. (1) Nawuphi na ke umntu othi agwety we ngetyala lokwaphul'umthetho phantsi kwalo Mthetho uya kumelwa kukuba adliwe imali engengaphezulu kwamakhulu amabini eerandi okanye, ekungaphumelelini ukuyihlawula , afakwe entolongweni ithuba elingathe kraty a eziny angeni ezintandathu.
(2) Ngaphezulu kokuwisa isohlwayo ngokwesi qendwana ( 1), inkundla egweba nawuphi na umntu oneminyaka engamashumi amabini ananye yobudala okanye engaphezulu koko ngetyala ngokwalo Mthetho iya kuwisa isigwebo sokuba adliwe imali elingana neendleko ezenziweyo , okanye iindleko ekuthelekelelwa
171 .
Isohlwayo ngokubanzi.
ukuba ziza kwenziwa, nguMphathiswa okanye ngugunyaziwe wesizwe lowo, kuxhomekeke ukuthi nguwuphi na kanye-kanye kwaba , ekulungiseni indlela kaRulumente okanye indlela kaGunyaziwe okanye ucingo ebekwenziwe ityala ngokumalunga nalo, lube yiloo nto beluyiyo ngapham bili okanye lwenziwe lube kwimeko yokungachatshazelwa nto koko kusisiqhamo sokwaphul ' umthetho, okanye ke xa loo mntu angaphumeleliyo ukuhlawula eso sihlawulo, iya kuwisa isigwebo sofako- ntolongweni ithuba elingen gaphezulu kweenyanga ezintathu . (3) Akukho nto ikwesi siqendu iya kunqanda uMphathiswa okanye nawuphi na ugunyaziwe wesizwe angafumani nakuwuphi na umaphuli-mthetho isambuku-mali esipheleleyo seendleko ezikhankanywe kwisiqendwana (2) kuthatyathwe ke apho isambukumali saso nasiphi na isihlawulo esifunyenwe kumaphuli-mthetho phantsi kweso sigendwana .
Intsikelozimangalo imida.
37.
(1) Akukho kumangalelwa kukaRulumente okanye ugunyaziwe wesizwe kuya kwenziwa ngokuphathelele nakwiyiphi na into eyenziwe ngokwalo Mthetho ngaphandle kokuba (a) isimangalo eso siya kuba besi qaliswe zingek apheli iinyanga ezintandathu emveni kokuvela kwesizekabani sesimangalo, nokuthi (b) isaziso siya kuba sesinikiwe umm angalelwa zingekapheli iintsuku ezimashumi mabini anesibhozo emveni kokuba kuvele isizek abani sesimangalo , isaziso eso ke esiya kwandlala ingcombolo kanobangela wesimangalo neyomon akalo owenziweyo ngokumalunga nommangali. Kodwa makuqondakale nje ukuthi inkundla enegunya elinamandla omthetho lothetho nogwebo-maty al a ingathi, ngesicelo esenziweyo ngumntu owalelweyo ngokomhlathi (b) wesi sigendwana ukuba afake isimangalo , inike imvume eyodwa loo mntu ukuba afake eso simangalo okokuba yanelisiwe kukuthi
(i) ummangalelwa akasayi kumiswa kakubi konke- konke kukungaphumeleli komenzi- si celo ukunika isaziso okanye kukulibazisa kwakhe ukunika isaziso esifunekayo ; okanye
(ii) kuthathelwa ingqalelo naziphi na iimeko ezizodwa , umenzi-sicelo ubengenakulindel wa xa kusetyenziswa ingqondo ngokufanelekileyo ukuba angaba usinikile
172 .
eso saziso sifunek ayo. (2) Akukho lumangalelo lukaRulumente okanye wakhe nawuphi na ugunyaziwe wesizwe luya kuvumeleka emthethweni ngayo nayiphi na okanye ngokuphathelele kuyo nayiphi na ingozi, ilahleko okanye umonakalo owenziwe kuye okanye ofunyenwe nguye nawuphi na umntu ekusetyenzisweni nguloo mntu okanye egameni lakhe kwayo nayiphi na indawo kahola woluntu engengomendo we zithwali nezithuthi.
38. Umphathiswa angathi ebhala ngesandla sakhe anikezele kuSibakhulu nawaphi na amagunya okanye nawuphi na umsebenzi awunikiweyo yimi hlathi (b) no (c) yesiqendwana ( 1) sesiqendu sesithandathu, isiqendu seshumi elinesibini, isiqendwana (1) nesigendwana (4) sesiqendu seshumi elinesithandathu, isiqendu seshumi elinesibhozo, isiqendu seshumi elinethoba, isiqendu samashumi amabini nesiqendu samashumi amathathu anantathu, waye ke engathi kanjalo nangaliphi na ixesha aluroxise olo nikezelo-magunya.
Unikezelomagunya kwisekela.
39.
Imimiselo.
(1 ) Umphathiswa angenza imimiselo (a) eqingqa iindidi- ndidi zeendlela zikaRulumente nemilinganiso yokuzenza , umgangatho ezimelwe kukuba kuwo okanye indlela yokwenza naluphi na udidi lwazo ; (b) evumela kuphela iindidi ezithile zezihamba- ndleleni ukuba zisebenzise nawuphi na uhola woluntu; (c) elawula, ethintela okanye engavumeliyo ungeno kohola bòluntu xa basavaliweyo okwexeshana; (d) eqingqa owona mgangatho uphantsi emakusetyenziswe wona ngokumalunga nezisetyenziswa zeenolwenziwo-zingcingo ekuza kubiy wa ngcingo aze ke ngazo ngasezindleleni zikaRulumente, uMphathiswa abe negunya lokulungiselela ushenxiso ngeendleko zomntu olufakileyo lwalo naluphi na ucingo olufakwe ngokuphambeneyo naloo mimiselo; (e) eqingqa uhlobo nobubanzi bamasango anqamleze kohola boluntu; ( f) elawula usetyenziso 1weendawo zokuphumla nezokusela zezilwanyana; nokhuselo (g) elungiselela usetyenziso, ulawulo 1weekampi zokuphumla neendawo zokuphumla;
173.
(h) elawula ukusebenza nosetyenziso lwayo nayiphi na indawo yowezo- bahambi ngezikhitshana emanzini (iimpantu); (i) ngokubhekiselele kuyo yonke imicimbi afunwa okanye agunyaziswe ngulo Mthetho ukuba ayiwise, kunye
(j) nangokunxu lumene nawo nawuphi na omnye umcimbi omalunga nohola boluntu angathi uMphathiswa abone kufuneka okanye kufanele ukuba ayiqingqe ukufeza iinjongo zalo Mthetho nokokuba loo mcimbi awukhankanywanga ngokucacileyo kule mihlathi yandulela oku .
(2) Imimiselo eyahlukeneyo ingawiswa ngokumalunga nohola boluntu abahlukeneyo okanye izithili ezahlukeneyo okanye iinqila.
(3) Imimiselo ingaqingqa izohlwayo ngakho nakuphi na ukugqithwa kwayo okanye ukungaphumeleli ukwenza oko kuvumelana nayo , izohlwayo ezo ezingayi kuba ngaphezulu kwekhulu leerandi lemali yodliwo okanye , ekungaphumelelini ukuyihlawula loo mali , imfako-ntolongweni ithuba elingengaphezulu kweenyanga ezintathu. Umthetho unamandia omthetho kaRulumente.
40. Imigaqo yalo Mthetho iya kuba n amandla omthetho phezu kukaRulumente.
Intshitshiso-Mithetho
41.
Intlokwana nomhla wo qalisokusebenza.
Imithetho ekhankanywe kwiSihlomelo salo Mthetho, ngokuphathelele ekusebenzeni kwayo kwelaseTranskei, ngokwenjenje iya roxiswa kangangoko kuchazwe emhlathini wesithathu weso Sihlomelo.
42. Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuba nguMthetho weeNdlela eTranskei, 1965, waye uya kuqalisa ukusebenza ngomhla oya kumiselwa nguMphathiswa ngesaziso eGazethini yoBurulumente.
174 .
ISIHLOMELO . IMITHETHO ETSHITSHISIWEYO........
………….. KANGANGOKO ISEBENZA ETRANSKEI . Intloko.
Inamba noMnyaka woMthetho.
Isihlokomiso-mthetho No. 86 sowe 1928. Umthetho wePhondo No. 1 wowe 1935 .
Utshitshiso olungakanani?
Sisonke. 'Umthetho wePhondo weRafu yeNdlela kuMazwana aPhesheya kweNciba, 1935
Isiqendu sokuga la, isiqendu sesibini, isiqendu sesithandathu, isiqendu sesixhenxe, isiqendu sesibhozo neSihlomelo B.
Isihlokomiso-mthetho No. 123 sowe 1941 .
Sisonke .
Isaziso soMlawuli-phondo No. 202 sowe 1935.
Sisonke .
Umthetho wePhondo No. 22 wowe 1948.
Umthetho wePhondo weNdlela kuMazwana abaNtsundu.
175 .
Uwonke.
ACT NO . 5 OF 1965 .
ACT
To provide for the construction , maintenance, repair and improvement of public roads in the Transkei , the abolition of the Transkei Advisory Road Board, the assignment of certain functions relating to public roads to regional and tribal authorities and for matters incidental thereto . (English Text signed by the State President) (Assented to 8th February, 1966) BE IT ENACTED BY THE STATE PRESIDENT AND THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY, as follows : -
Definitions.
1, (i)
(ii)
33 E
(iii) (iv) (v)
(vi)
(vii) (viii) (ix)
(x) (xi)
In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates
"Authority Road" means a public road which(a) is deemed, in terms of sub-section (2) of section two, or declared, in terms of section three, to be an Authority road, or (b) is described in any schedule referred to in sub-section (7) of section twenty-nine, and includes a public path; (xviii) "building", without in any way limiting the ordinary meaning of the word, includes any structure or erection or any other thing whatsoever built, erected or constructed above or below the ground, irrespective of its nature or size; (vii) "Department" means the department of Roads and Works; (iv) "district" means a magisterial district; (v ) "erection", in relation to a building, includes (a) the alteration, sub-division or conversion of, or addition to, a building including the replacement of any material in a building, and (b) the re-erection or repair of a building which has been completely or partially destroyed or demolished, irrespective of whether or not a framework has been left standing, and "erect" has a corresponding meaning; (xvii) "existing", in relation to a public road, means a public road which was in existence in the Transkei on the eleventh day of December, 1963; (iii) "general notification" means general notification in accordance with the provisions of section thirty-one; (i ) "Government" means the Government of the Transkei; (xxi) "Government road" means any public road designated under sub-section (1 ) of section two as, or declared in terms of section three to be, a Government road; (xxii ) "local notification" means local notification in accordance with the provisions of section thirty-one; (xx) "magistrate" includes an additional magistrate and, except for the purposes of section thirteen , an assistant magistrate (ix)
176 .
(xii)
(xii) (xiv)
(xv)
(xvi)
(xvii)
(xviii)
(xix)
(xx)
(xxi)
(xxii)
(xxiii) (xxiv) (xxv)
(xxvi)
(xxvii)
(xxviii) (xxix)
"materials" includes water other than water which is artificially pumped for domestic purposes or for drinking water for animals; (x) "Minister" means the Minister of Roads and Works ; (xi) "motor bypass" means a motor gate together with the approaches thereto from the roadway; (xii) "motor gate" means a contrivance constructed in a gap in a fence across a public road, which is designed to permit the passage of motor vehicles and to prevent the passage of animals over or through such contrivance; (xiii) "national road" means any road declared to be a national road in terms of section four of the National Roads Act, 1935 (Act No. 42 of 1935) ; (xiv) "Official Gazette" means the Official Gazette of the Transkei; (ii) "owner", for the purposes of the payment of compensation under this Act, includes any person holding land in individual tenure upon quitrent conditions: (vi) "public path" means a path over which a right of way exists in favour of the public and includes a public footpath and a public bridle-path; (xv) "public road" means any road, other than a national road, which the public has the right to use and includes a Government road and an Authority road; (xvi) “quarry" means an excavation for the extraction of stone, rock, shale, slate, limestone, clay, gravel, sand , soil or any other material normally taken from the earth; (xxvii) "region" means a regional authority area referred to in section two of the Transkei Constitution Act, 1963 (Act No. 48 of 1963); (xxix) "regional authority" means a regional authority established by law for the administration of a region; (xxx) "regulation" means a regulation made under this Act; (xxiii)
"Ribbon Development Act" means the Advertising on Roads and Ribbon Development Act, 1940 (Act No. 21 of 1940); (xxxi) "road" embraces all works or things whatsoever forming part of, connected with or belonging to a road, including the roadway, motor bypasses, sidewalks, traffic circles, centre islands, kerbing, embankments, cuttings, subways, culverts, sluits , drains, dams, fences, parapets, guards, bridges , ferries; causeways, fords, approaches, milestones, signposts, directions and warnings, and includes any portion, diversion or temporary deviation of a road; (xix ) "roadway" means that part of a public road which has been constructed for the use of, or is normally used by, wheeled vehicles; (xxiv) "Secretary" means the Secretary for Roads and Works; (xxv) "statutory width" means the width of any public road as fixed by or under section nine and includes any land taken
177 .
under, or at any time acquired for the purposes set cut in, sub-paragraph (ii ) of paragraph (b) of the proviso to subsection ( 1 ) of section nine or sub-section ( 1 ) of section ten; (xxvii)
(xxx) (xxxi) Designation of Government roads.
Declaration, diversion or closing of public roads.
Conditions precedent to exercise of powers under section 3.
Right of public to use closed or diverted roads.
"this Act" includes the regulations; (viii) "tribal authority" means a tribal authority established by law for the administration of a tribe or a community. (xxvi) 2. (1 ) As soon as possible after the commencement of this Act the Minister shall, by notice in the Official Gazette, designate the existing public roads, which, in his opinion, are necessary for the administration of the Transkei, as Government roads. (2) Any existing public road which has not been designated as a Government road in terms of sub-section (1) shall be deemed to be an Authority road. 3. ( 1) The Minister may, by notice in the Official Gazette(a) declare any Authority road , or any portion thereof, to be a Government road; (b) declare any Government road, or any portion thereof, to be an Authority road; (c) declare a route along a line where no public road exists to be a Government road : Provided that the centre line of the roadway of such Government road shall be adequately beaconed or marked within a period of two years from the date of such notice; (d) divert or close any Government road, or any portion thereof, to such extent as may be specified; or (e) declare the former route of any Government road or any portion thereof, which has been diverted in terms of paragraph (d), to be an Authority, road. (2) At the request of a regional authority the Minister may, by notice in the Official Gazette (a) declare an Authority road along a line where no public road exists; or (b) divert or close any Authority road, or any portion thereof, to such extent as may be specified . 4. The Minister shall not exercise any power conferred upon him by section three unless and until he has caused to be given (a) in respect of any power referred to in sub-section (1 ) of that section, general notification, and (b) in respect of any power referred to in sub-section (2) of that section, local notification, of his intention to exercise such power and has considered any objections which may have been lodged thereto. 5. Notwithstanding the closing or diversion of a public road in terms of this Act, the right of the public to use such road shall continue until the Department has, by visible means on or attached to the ground, indicated that such road is
178
closed to public traffic and, in the case of a diversion, until such diversion is open to public traffic. 6. (1 ) The Minister may, without complying with the provisions of section four (a) divert a public road if (i) any point on the centre line of the diversion would not be further than one thousand yards from the nearest point on the centre line of the section to be diverted, and (ii) after notice of the proposed diversion has been served on the owners of the land over which the section to be diverted passes and the diversion will pass, such owners have not lodged any objection in writing thereto with the Department within thirty days of the service of such notice or, if any objection has so been lodged, the Minister has considered such objection and approved the diversion; (b) temporarily close to all or to certain classes of traffic a public road or the rcadway of a public road for the purpose of or pending construction, reconstruction or repair, or on account of its being in a state dangerous to traffic or on account of some emergency or public event requiring, in the opinion of the Minister, special measures for the control of traffic or special provision for the accommodation of crowds; and (c) temporarily deviate a public road or the roadway of a public road which has been closed in terms of paragraph (b) . (2) The diversion of a public road or the temporary closing or deviation of a public road or the roadway of a public road, in terms of this section, shall be indicated by adequate notice boards erected and maintained by the Department at each end of the diverted , closed or deviated section (a) in the case where the Minister acts under paragraph (a) of sub-section ( 1 ) , for a period of twelve months, and (b) in the case where the Minister acts under paragraph (b) or (c ) of sub-section ( 1 ) , for the duration of such closing or deviation. 7. ( 1 ) The Department shall, out of moneys appropriated by the Legislative Assembly for the purpose, construct, maintain, repair and improve Government roads. (2) A tribal authority shall be responsible for the construction, maintenance, repair and improvement of all Authority roads within its area. (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-section ( 2) , the Minister may require the Department to construct, maintain, repair or improve any road within any forest reserve
179.
Diversion or temporary closing or deviation of public road without notification.
Duty of constructing and maintaining public roads.
or Government irrigation scheme or on any other land administered or controlled by, or set aside for the purposes of, any other department of the Government. (4) For the purposes of sub-section (2 ) it shall be competent for the Minister (a) to make available to a tribal authority, on such conditions as he may determine in consultation with the Minister of Finance, any suitable machinery or equipment belonging to, and, subject to the laws governing the Government Service of the Transkei, any person employed by the Department; (b) to exercise such supervision over the construction, maintenance, repair or improvement of Authority roads as he may deem fit: Provided that if the Minister is of the opinion that proper use is not being made of any machinery or equipment so made available or that a tribal authority has failed to comply with any condition imposed in terms of paragraph (a) , he may at any time withdraw all or any part of such machinery or equipment and recall any person in the employ of the Department.
Taking of land and materials.
8. (1 ) For the purposes of this Act the Minister may take or use any land and the Department may raise and remove any materials from land : Provided that (a) notice of the intention of the Minister or of the Department, as the case may be, shall be served on the owner or occupier of such land, and (b) in order to obtain access to land enclosed by a fence, the Department shall erect in such fence a gate which shall be kept locked when the gate is not open for use and of which a duplicate key shall be supplied to the occupier of such land, and (c) if any owner or occupier of land is dissatisfied with the action of the Department in regard to the raising or removal of materials from such land, he may appeal to the Minister whose decision shall be final and binding on such owner or occupier and the Department and who, in allowing any appeal, may impose such conditions in relation thereto as he may deem fit. (2) The materials referred to in sub-section ( 1 ) may be raised on or removed from land in any region for use in that or in any other region. (3) The Department may, by means of a fence or other protective barrier, enclose any water supply provided by it and any quarry where material is being or has been raised by it for road purposes, and any such fence or barrier shall vest in the Department . (4) Any person who removes, damages, interferes with or displaces any fence or other barrier referred to in sub-
180.
section (3) , or any portion of such fence or barrier, shall be guilty of an offence. 9. (1) Subject to the provisions of this Act the width of a Government road shall be eighty Cape feet : Provided that (a) where a Government road follows a road width which has been provided by the division or subdivision of land and which is greater than the abovementioned width, the width of such Government road shall be such greater width; (b) the Minister may (i) from time to time, by notice in the Official Gazette, increase the width of any Government road to a width not exceeding one hundred Cape feet; (ii) for the purposes of splaying corners and constructing traffic circles or other works at road intersections or junctions or of making cuts or fills or of constructing bridges or subways, take such additional land as may be required outside the width of a Government road as fixed by or under the provisions of this sub-section.
Widths of public roads.
(2) The Minister may, by notice in the Official Gazette, define or redefine the boundaries of the width of any Government road by reference to the existing boundaries or beacons of properties or by declaring that the boundaries of such width are as indicated in accordance with a co-ordinate system on a plan filed in a specified office. (3 ) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-section ( 1 ) , the Minister may at any place where an orchard, a plantation, an irrigation scheme or any other cultivated land adjoins a Government road, provisionally reduce the width of the Government road in such manner and for such period as he may deem equitable. (4) The Minister may, after consultation with the regional authority concerned, by notice in the Official Gazette, fix or alter the width and, if necessary, define or redefine the boundaries of the width, of any Authority road : Provided that where an Authority road follows a road width provided by the division or sub-division of land, the width of such Authority road shall, until it is altered in terms of the provisions of this section , be the road width so provided. (5) The width of a public path shall be six Cape feet: Provided that the Minister may, after consultation with the regional authority, by notice in the Official Gazette, alter the width of any public path.
10. ( 1 ) Subject, if the owner so requires, to the payment of such compensation as may be agreed upon or, in the absence of agreement, as may be awarded in accordance with the provisions of section thirteen, the Minister may by notice in the Official Gazette and in the Press
181 .
Widths of the passage of animals, for resting and watering places and for rest camps or rest places.
(a)
determine and fix on any one side or on both sides of a Government road an additional width for the passage of animals ; (b) appoint resting and watering places for animals along any Government road : Provided that (i) no resting or watering place shall exceed one acre in extent, and (ii) any two resting or watering places along the same road shall be not less than ten miles apart; (c) establish and maintain rest camps or rest places along any Government road for use by the travelling public, including places for the planting of trees and shrubs, whether within or without the statutory width of such road. (2) The Minister may, in like manner (a) redetermine and fix any additional width referred to in paragraph (a ) of sub-section ( 1 ) ; (b) alter or abolish any resting or watering place appointed under paragraph (b) of sub-section ( 1); ог (c)
disestablish any rest camp or rest place established in terms of paragraph (c) of sub-section (1 ). (3) For the purposes of the passage of animals along the width or any additional width of a Government road, the Department shall have the right to remove or make safe, or to call upon the owner or occupier of any land to remove or make safe, any guy, stay, prop, pole, ditch, furrow, pipe or any other thing, irrespective of its nature, which is not an integral part of the Government road and which is likely to injure driven animals.
Payment of compensation.
11. ( 1 ) Except in the case of land in respect of which the right to take land and to raise and remove materials for making and repairing public roads is reserved in favour of the State, the Government or the South African Bantu Trust, the Minister shall, if so required by the owner, pay compensation to him for any land taken for road purposes and in respect of damage caused to improvements as a result of the raising or removal for road purposes of materials from any such land : Provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any condition of title of land , the Minister shall not, except as provided in the foregoing provisions of this section, be liable to pay compensation in respect of the raising or removal for road purposes of materials from such land. (2) Notwithstanding the fact that compensation is not payable in terms of sub-section ( 1 ) , the Minister shall, if so required by the owner of land pay compensation to him for any improvements on any additional land taken for the purpose of increasing the width of an existing public road to its statutory width: Provided that for the purposes of this sub-section, an existing public road of which the width had not been
182 .
lawfully prescribed or fixed prior to the eleventh day of December, 1963, shall be deemed to have had a width (a) of sixty Cape feet in the case of a public road designated as a Government road in terms of subsection ( 1 ) of section two, and (b) offorty Cape feet in the case of a public road, other than a public path, which in terms of sub-section (2) of section two is deemed to be an Authority road. (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-sections ( 1 ) and (2 ) , the Minister may, in consultation with the Minister of Finance, pay compensation to the owner (a ) for any land taken or used for road purposes or for any materials raised or removed for road purposes; (b) where, owing to the location and making of a public road (not being the widening of an existing public road) damage is suffered in that (i) any improvements are adversely affected : ( ii) water has to be provided for land cut off by such road from its normal water supply; or (iii) land cut off by such road is of such extent or inconvenient shape as to prevent the owner from making beneficial use thereof. (4) Nothing in this section contained shall be construed as requiring or authorising the Minister to pay compensation in respect of any improvements made within the statutory width of a public road after such width was fixed . 12. ( 1 ) Any officer of the Department or any other person authorised thereto by the Miniser shall have the right after consultation with, or service of notice on, the owner or Occupier (a) to make use of any vacant land adjoining any Government road for the purpose of providing a temporary camp site and storage place for persons and machines employed on the construction, maintenance, repair or improvement of such road : Provided that the Department shall, when such land is no longer required, leave the land in a clean state and free of ruts, paths or roads which are likely to cause soil erosion; (b) to enter upon any land for the purpose of obtaining access to rivers or other water-courses upstream or downstream of any Government road, to take any persons and machines on to such land, and to construct and maintain any works which may be necessary for the protection of such road or any bridge or culvert in the line of such road : Provided that if any such works adversely affect the adjoining land or any improvements thereon. the Minister shall, if the owner so requires, pay such compensation as may be agreed upon or, in
183.
Access to and use of land, or construction of certain works outside statutory width.
Determination of compensation.
Increased width of public roads.
the absence of any agreement, as may be awarded in terms of section thirteen; (c) to enter upon any land and to take persons and machines thereon for the purpose of constructing and maintaining any works outside the statutory width of any Government road which, in the opinion of the Minister, are necessary for the protection of such road from floodwater or erosion : Provided that, if the owner so requires, the Minister shall pay such compensation as may be agreed upon or, in the absence of any agreement, as may be awarded in terms of section thirteen; and (d) to enter upon any land at all reasonable times for the purpose of making any investigation in connection with public roads. (2) Any person who, without the prior approval in writing of the Minister and subject to such conditions as he may impose (a) interferes with, destroys or modifies any works constructed in terms of sub-section ( 1 ) , or (b) interferes with the natural flow of the water in any river or water-course upstream or downstream of any Government road or constructs any dam, weir, reservoir or other place or thing for the storage of water above or below any Government road in such a manner or at such a place as to endanger or affect adversely any Government road, shall be guilty of an offence. 13. ( 1 ) The amount of compensation to be paid to any owner of land in terms of this Act shall, in the absence of agreement, be determined by the magistrate of the district wherein the claim arose or, if the claimant so requests, by a board consisting of the said magistrate and two other persons, one to be appointed by the claimant and the other by the Minister. (2) For the purposes of sub-section ( 1 ) the law regulating the procedure of magistrates' courts in the districts mentioned in section two of the Transkei Constitution Act, 1963 (Act No. 48 of 1963 ) shall mutatis mutandis apply, and the magistrate or the board , as the case may be, shall have power to summon and hear witnesses, to call for the production of books or documents , to punish for contempt as if the magistrate or the board were a magistrate's court and, unless the magistrate is sitting alone, to award costs which shall include the reasonable remuneration of and expenditure by the board. (3) The decision of the magistrate or the majority of the board, as the case may be, shall be binding upon the claimant and the Government. 14. Whenever the width of an existing public road is increased by or under the provisions of this Act, it shall be com-
184 .
petent for the Minister to take the necessary land on both sides of such road or on only one side or partly on one side and partly on the other side in varying widths : Provided that, until the land is actually so taken, the width as increased shall be deemed to extend for half of such width on each side of the centre line of the existing road. 15. ( 1 ) The Department or a tribal authority, as the case may be, may remove all fences which encroach upon the width of any Government road or Authority road as prescribed by or fixed under this Act : Provided that, whenever the Department or a tribal authority has removed any such fence, it shall re-erect the same to the satisfaction of the Minister along the boundary of the aforesaid width. (2) The Department may remove all fences which encroach upon
Removal and re-erection of fences along public roads .
(a)
the width fixed for the passage of animals in terms of paragraph (a) of sub-section ( 1 ) of section ten; (b) any resting or watering place appointed in terms of paragraph (b) of the said sub-section; and (c) any rest camp, rest place or place for the planting of trees and shrubs established in terms of paragraph (c) of the said sub-section : Provided that, whenever the Department has removed any such fence, it shall re-erect the same along the proper boundary . 16. ( 1 ) No person shall erect a fence along a Government road without the prior approval of the Minister who, in giving such approval, shall specify the position in which such fence shall be erected . (2) If any person erects a fence in contravention of subsection (1 ) , the Department shall at the cost of such person remove and re-erect such fence in the proper position. (3) The Department may at its own cost erect a fence along the statutory width of a Government road or around resting or watering places, rest camps, rest places or places for the planting of trees and shrubs or may contribute towards the cost of erecting such a fence. (4) No fence along the statutory width of a Government road or around any place or camp referred to in sub-section (3) shall be removed without the prior approval in writing of the Minister. (5) Whenever a Government road is diverted, the Department may move any fence alongside such road (to the cost of which fence the Department has contributed ) to the new location of the road, irrespective of whether it is on the same property or not : Provided that where a fence is moved from one property to another, the Department shall, if so required by the owner of the first-mentioned property, pay to him compensation in such amount as the Minister may determine.
185.
Fences along Government roads.
Fences along Authority roads.
Erection of gates.
(6) Subject to the provisions of the Fencing Act, 1963 (Act No. 31 of 1963) the owner of the land over which a Government road passes shall be responsible for the maintenance of any fence alongside such road : Provided that the Department may at its own cost repair a fence which has been damaged as a result of any accident on such road . (7) In this section " erect" shall include the re-erection of a fence or the entire replacement of the material of a fence. 17. (1) No person shall erect a fence along an Authority road unless he shall have given written notice to the tribal authority concerned of his intention to do so and shall have afforded the tribal authority a reasonable opportunity of advising him of the position of the statutory width of such road. (2) If a person erects a fence in contravention of subsection ( 1 ) and such fence encroaches upon the statutory width of an Authority road, the tribal authority shall order such person to remove and re-erect the fence on the proper boundary and, if he fails to comply with such order, itself remove and re-erect the fence at the cost of such person. 18. ( 1 ) No person shall erect a gate across a Government road except with the prior approval in writing of the Minister who in granting such approval may impose such conditions as he may deem fit in relation to the site of the gate and its specifications, operation and maintenance. (2) No approval shall be granted under sub-section ( 1 ) unless (a) the Minister is prepared to construct a motor bypass alongside such gate, and (b) except where the Minister otherwise directs, the person applying for the erection of a gate in a fence, other than a boundary fence, has given to the Minister an undertaking in writing that he will pay one-half of the cost of construction of the motor bypass . (3) Any person who erects a gate in contravention of subsection (1 ) or who fails to comply with any condition imposed by the Minister in terms of that sub-section shall be guilty of an offence. (4) The court convicting any person of an offence under sub-section (3) shall order such person (a ) if he has been convicted of erecting a gate in contravention of sub-section ( 1 ) , to remove such gate within a period to be fixed by the court, or (b) if he has been convicted of failing to comply with any condition imposed by the Minister under subsection (1 ) , to comply with such condition within such period as the court may determine. (5) Notwithstanding the provisions of sub-sections (3) and (4) , the Department shall have the right to remove summarily and without notice any gate erected in contravention
186 .
of sub-section ( 1 ) . (6) If an approved gate is at any time removed and is not replaced within a period of twelve months from the time of removal, such gate shall be deemed to be unnecessary and shall not be re- erected, and any motor bypass alongside the place where such gate was erected shall be removed by the Department. 19. ( 1 ) If the Minister considers that a gate across any public road having a motor bypass alongside of it should be removed he shall cause to be served on the owners of the land separated by such gate a notice stating that he proposes to remove such gate and that any such owner may lodge any objection to such proposal with the regional authority within thirty days of the service of such notice. (2) If, within the aforesaid period, no objection has been lodged with the regional authority under sub-section ( 1 ) , the Minister may proceed with the removal of the gate. (3) If an objection has been so lodged, the regional authority shall submit such objection together with its comments to the Minister who shall decide whether the gate shall be removed or not. 20. ( 1 ) Where the Minister considers it necessary in the interests of road safety he may cause to be served on the owner or occupier of any land an order in writing requiring him,within a time specified in such order, to reduce on such land any wall, hedge, fence, tree or bush at or near any corner of or bend in a Government road, whether at the junction of such road with any other public road or elsewhere, to a height of not more than three feet for a distance not exceeding one hundred feet on each side of such corner or bend.
Removal of gates.
Obstructions at road corners .
(2) If any owner or occupier of land fails to comply with any order of the Minister under sub-section ( 1 ) , the Department shall have the right to enter upon the land and to do all the necessary work at the cost of such owner or occupier.
21. ( 1 ) The Minister or a tribal authority may, subject to any regulations made in terms of sub-section (6) , construct a motor bypass alongside a gate on a public road and such motor bypass shall be deemed to be part of the roadway of the public road next to which it has been constructed . (2) The Minister or the tribal authority, as the case may be, shall have all the rights, powers and obligations in regard to the construction, maintenance, repair and control of such motor bypass which he or it possesses by law in respect of the public road itself : Provided that the provisions of this Act relating to the closing and diversion of public roads (except paragraph (b) of sub-section ( 1 ) of section six) shall not apply in respect of a motor bypass which may be closed or diverted by the Minister or by the tribal authority with the approval of the Minister, and shall be closed by the
187 .
Construction of motor bypass.
Milestones, signposts, directions and warnings on Government roads.
tribal authority if the Minister so directs : Provided that, if a gate is removed in terms of section nineteen, any motor bypass alongside such gate shall also be removed. (3) Neither the Minister nor any tribal authority shall be liable if any animal be injured or killed in any motor gate or if any person lawfully using such motor gate sustains damage, whether personal or otherwise, unless such damage is due to the fact that the motor gate has fallen into disrepair through neglect. (4) Any person who, in any motor vehicle, passes over a motor gate (a) at a speed in excess of twelve miles per hour, or (b) if any of the wheels of such vehicle is fitted with a metal tyre, shall be guilty of an offence. (5) The Minister or a tribal authority, as the case may be, shall (a) if any motor bypass is closed temporarily, remove the road traffic signs indicating the existence of the motor bypass and erect suitable barriers on such motor bypass and on the motor gate; (b) if any motor bypass is removed , remove the road traffic signs and all other visible evidence indicating the former existence of the motor bypass. (6) The Minister may make regulations (a) prescribing the mode of construction, size, design, material, level and position of motor gates; (b) prescribing the length and width of approaches from the roadway to a motor gate; (c) prescribing the signs to be erected and maintained to give warning of the closing or diversion of a motor bypass; and (d) providing for any other matter which he considers it necessary to regulate in regard to motor bypasses. 22. Subject to the provisions of the Road Traffic Ordinance, 1955 (Ordinance No. 19 of 1955) the Minister shall erect and maintain direction signposts at the junction of a Government road with any other public road and may erect and maintain on Government roads such milestones, signposts, directions and warnings as may, in his opinion, be
necessary for the safety, information or guidance of the public. Establishment of public ferries .
23. ( 1 ) The Minister may establish and operate cr discontinue a public ferry in connection with any Goverment road: Provided that the Minister shall not establish or operate a public ferry between the Transkei and any other part of the Republic . (2 ) Before any person makes use of a public ferry he shall pay the prescribed fee and may be debarred from the
188 .
use of the ferry until such fee is paid : Provided that no such fee shall be payable for the use of the ferry in the service of the Government or the State by any person who produces a certificate that he is engaged on such service. (3) The Minister shall, in consultation with the Minister of Finance, prescribe the tariff of fees payable for the use of any public ferry and shall cause such tariff to be displayed in a conspicuous place at each terminal of such ferry. 24. ( 1) No person shall sell or keep, display or offer for sale any goods at any place, other than on or in licensed premises (a) within the statutory width of any Government road where such statutory width is fenced in or demarcated ; (b) within fifty feet of the centre line of the roadway of any Government road where the statutory width of such Government road is not fenced in or demarcated. (2) Any person who contravenes any provision of subsection ( 1 ) shall be guilty of an offence. (3 ) Nothing in this section contained shall be construed as derogating from the provisions of section one hundred and one of the Road Traffic Ordinance, 1955 (Ordinance No. 19 of 1955) .
Trading on Government roads.
25. (1 ) Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law but subject to the provisions of section nine of the Ribbon Development Act, no person shall erect, and no owner of land shall permit or suffer the erection on his land of, any building the whole or any portion of which falls within fifteen feet of the boundary of the statutory width of a Government road except with the approval of, and in accordance with plans approved by, the Minister. (2) No person shall erect any building on any land, and no owner of land shall permit or suffer the erection of any building on his land , if such land falls within the statutory width of a Government road but has not yet been taken for the purposes of such road , except with the approval of, and in accordance with plans approved by, the Minister: Provided that nothing in this section contained shall be construed as depriving any owner of his right to compensation in terms of this Act in respect of any increased width provided for in section fourteen. (3) Any person who contravenes the provisions of subsection ( 1) or (2 ) shall be guilty of an offence. (4) The court convicting any person of an offence under sub-section ( 1 ) or (2 ) shall order such person to demolish and remove the entire building concerned or affected by the erection within such time as the court may determine, and any person who fails to comply with such order shall be guilty of an offence. (5) At any time after the conviction of any person under
Erection of buildings in or near Government roads.
189 .
Public roads to vest in the Government.
sub-section (4) , it shall be competent for the Department, subject to such further order as the court may in its discretion have made, to enter upon the land and demolish and remove the entire building concerned or affected by the erection and to recover the expenditure incurred therein from the person so convicted . (6) Any approval granted under sub-section ( 1 ) or (2) shall not relieve the person who erects, or permits or suffers the erection of, a building from obtaining any approval or authority required to be obtained under any other law. 26. The ownership of all public roads and public paths, as well as the land occupied thereby, shall vest in the Government : Provided that if any such road or path is closed, diverted or reduced in width, the land thereby ceasing to be occupied by a public road or a public path, together with the works and things attached to such land, shall continue to vest in the Government unless, if it is not registered in the name of the Government, the Minister by notice in the Official Gazette directs that such land or portion thereof, together with the works and things attached thereto, shall pass to and vest in the owner of the property of which such land originally formed part.
Abolition of the Transkei Advisory Road Board .
27. The road board established by section one of the Transkeian Territories Road Tax Ordinance, 1935 ( Ordinance No. 1 of 1935) is hereby disestablished.
Regional Authorities to be Advisory Road Boards.
28. Subject to the provisions of the law governing the establishment and administration of regional authorities, it shall be the duty of every regional authority (a) to carry out the functions entrusted to a regional authority by this Act; (b) to assist and advise the Minister in all matters concerning public roads within its region; (c) to supervise the activities of tribal authorities in its region in the performance or exercise of their duties, powers or functions under this Act; (d) to obtain and transmit to the Minister any information that may be required by him in connection with administration of this Act, and generally to exercise such other functions relating to public roads as may, from time to time, be assigned to the regional authority by the Minister.
Schedule of Authority roads.
29. ( 1 ) Whenever the Minister so requires, a regional authority shall prepare a schedule containing, in respect of any district within its region (a) a brief description of the roads (other than Authority roads declared by the Minister under this Act) which in its opinion are necessary as Authority roads; and (b) a brief description of the foot and bridlepaths which in its opinion are necessary as public paths.
190 .
(2) Every schedule prepared in terms of sub-section ( 1 ) shall lie open at the offices of the regional authority, the magistrate and each tribal authority in the district concerned for a period of not less than three months, for inspection by any person interested therein. (3) The Minister shall give due notice by advertisement in the Official Gazette and in the Press and by notice posted at the offices of the regional authority and the magistrate and served on the head of each tribal authority in the district, that the schedule is so open to inspection and shall state in that notice the period during which and the place at which the schedule will lie open for inspection. (4) Any interested person may at any time before the expiration of the period allowed for inspection lodge with the regional authority in writing any objection, with the reasons therefor, to the schedule. (5) On the expiration of the period allowed for inspection, and after consideration of all objections lodged with it, the regional authority may approve the schedule either in its original form or with such amendments as it may deem necessary having regard to such objections, and shall submit the schedule so approved, together with the objections and a copy of the minutes of its meeting at which such schedule was considered and approved, to the Minister. (6) Such schedule, if confirmed by the Minister, either without amendment or with such amendments as he may make after reference to the regional authority, shall be published once in the Official Gazette and be posted at the offices of the regional authority, the magistrate and each tribal authority in the district concerned. (7) The roads and paths described in the said schedule shall thereupon be the Authority roads, including the public paths, in the district concerned and all other Authority roads and public paths which may have existed theretofore in such district, except Authority roads declared in terms of section three, shall be deemed to have been abolished and closed. (8) Nothing in this section contained shall be construed as derogating from the powers conferred upon the Minister by section three. 30. As from the date of commencement of this Act (a) all the persons employed by a regional authority exclusively in connection with public roads shall, subject to the provisions mutatis mutandis of section sixty-one of the Transkei Constitution Act, 1963 (Act No. 48 of 1963 ) , be transferred to the service of the Government; (b) all the movable property which, immediately prior to the said date, was used or had been acquired by a regional authority solely for the purposes of
191 .
Transfer to the Government of certain employees and assets of regional authorities
Notification of Minister's intention to exercise certain powers.
or in connection with public roads, shall vest in the Government. 31. For the purposes of section four (a) general notification shall be given (i) by posting at the office of each magistrate and regional authority concerned, and (ii) by publishing once in the Official Gazette and once a fortnight for two consecutive fortnights in the Press, a notice clearly setting out the proposals of the Minister and calling upon interested persons to lodge any objection thereto in writing with the regional authority by a specified date which shall not be less than thirty days after the last publication of such notice; and (b) local notification shall be given (i) by posting at the office of each magistrate and regional authority concerned, and (ii) by serving on the head of every tribal authority likely to be affected thereby, and (iii) by serving on the owners of land affected thereby, a notice clearly setting out the proposals of the Minister and calling upon all interested persons to lodge any objection thereto in writing with the regional authority not later than thirty days after the posting or service of such notice, whichever is the later.
Notices under the Act.
32. ( 1 ) Any notice served under this Act shall be in writing and may be served by any officer of the Department (a)
by delivering a copy of such notice personally to the person upon whom it is to be served; or (b) by leaving such copy at such person's usual or last known place of residence or business; or (c) by sending such copy by registered post to such person's usual or last known place of residence or business; or (d) in such other manner as the Minister may prescribe by regulation. (2) Service by registered post under paragraph (c) of sub-section (1 ) shali be deemed to have been effected not later than ten days after the postmarked date upon the receipt for registration. (3) The head of any tribal authority, on whom a notice is served in terms of this Act, shall forthwith cause the contents of such notice to be conveyed to the persons residing within the area for which the tribal authority has been established . Publication in the Press .
33. ( 1 ) Whenever anything is by this Act authorised or required to be notified or advertised by publication in the
192 .
Press, it shall be so notified or advertised in such newspaper or newspapers read in the Transkei as the Minister may from time to time appoint for the purpose. (2) Such notification or advertisement shall be in the Xhosa. English and Afrikaans languages : Provided that it shall be sufficient if it appears in Xhosa in a newspaper printed in Xhosa, in English in a newspaper printed in English and in Afrikaans in a newspaper printed in Afrikaans. 34. ( 1 ) Except where the context otherwise requires and subject to the provisions of section sixty-seven of the Transkei Constitution Act, 1963 (Act No. 48 of 1963 ) , any reference in the Ribbon Development Act, in its application to the Transkei, to — (a) an Administrator or the Administrator concerned or to the Administrator of a province acting with the consent of the executive committee of the provincial council of the province shall be construed as a reference to the Minister; (b) a controlling authority or the controlling authority concerned shall be construed as a reference to the Minister; (c) a main road shall be construed as a reference to a Government road; (d) a proclamation in a Provincial Gazette or the Gazette shall be construed as a reference to a notice in the Official Gazette: (e) a power to proclaim shall be construed as a reference to a power to declare; (f) the Governor- General shall be construed as a reference to the Transkeian Cabinet; and (g) a province shall be construed as a reference to the Transkei : Provided that the reference to the Minister in section thirteen and in paragraph (d) of sub-section ( 1 ) of section fourteen of the Ribbon Development Act shall be construed as a reference to the Transkeian Cabinet. (2 ) Any proclamation issued before the thirtieth day of May 1963, in relation to the Transkei, in terms of (a) sub-section (3 ) of section two of the Ribbon Development Act, shall be deemed to be a notice issued by the Transkeian Cabinet in terms of the said sub-section, and (b) sub-section ( 1 ) of section seven of the Ribbon Development Act, shall be deemed to be a notice issued by the Minister in terms of the said subsection.
Adaptation of Act No. 21 of 1940 .
35. ( 1 ) Any person who (a) damages any Government road or Authority road, or (b) erects any fence or other barrier or places any obstruction or obstacle on any Government road
Offences.
193.
or Authority road, or throws or deposits on any Government road or Authority road anything which is likely to be dangerous , offensive or injurious to traffic thereon, or (d) removes or wilfully damages a fence alongside a Government road or an Authority road, or (e) cbstructs, hinders or interferes with any officer of the Department in the performance of his functions under this Act, shall be guilty of an offence. (2 ) For the purposes of sub-section ( 1 ) the expression "Government road" shall include any width for the passage of animals, any resting or watering place for animals, and any camp place or rest place or place for the planting of trees and shrubs.
(c)
General penalty.
36. (1 ) Any person convicted of an offence under this Act shall be liable to a fine not exceeding two hundred rand or, in default of payment, to imprisonment for a period not exceeding six months. (2) In addition to imposing a penalty under sub-section (1 ) , the court convicting any person of or above the age of twenty-one years of an offence under this Act shall sentence him to a fine equivalent to the expenses incurred, or the estimated expenses to be incurred , by the Minister or the tribal authority concerned , as the case may be, in restoring the Government or Authority road or the fence in regard to which the offence was committed to its former state or in rendering it immune from the effects of the offence or, failing payment of such fine, to imprisonment for a period not exceeding three months. (3 ) Nothing in this section contained shall debar the Minister or any tribal authority from recovering from any offender the full amount of the expenses referred to in subsection (2 ) less the amount of any fine recovered from the offender under that sub- section.
Limitation of actions.
37. ( 1 ) No action shall lie against the Government or a tribal authority in respect of anything done in pursuance of this Act unless (a) the action shall have been commenced within six months after the cause of action has arisen, and (b) notice shall have been given to the defendant within twenty-eight days after the cause of action has arisen setting forth particulars of the cause of action and of the damage sustained : Provided that a court of competent jurisdiction may, on application by a person debarred under paragraph (b) of this sub-section from instituting action, grant special leave to such person to institute such action if it is satisfied that
194.
(i) the defendant will in no way be prejudiced by reason of the applicant's failure to give or his delay in giving the required notice; or (ii) having regard to any special circumstances, the applicant could not reasonably be expected to have given the required notice. (2) No action shall lie against the Government or any tribal authority for or in respect of any injury, loss or damage whatsoever sustained or suffered by any person in the use by or on behalf of such person of any part of a public road other than the roadway. 38. The Minister may by writing under his hand delegate to the Secretary any of the powers or functions conferred upon him by paragraphs (b) and (c) of sub-section ( 1 ) of section six, section twelve, sub-section ( 1 ) and sub-section (4) of section sixteen, section eighteen, section nineteen, section twenty and section thirty-three, and may in like manner at any time revoke any such delegation. 39. ( 1) The Minister may make regulations (a) prescribing the various classes or categories of Government roads and the specifications, standards or mode of construction of any such class or category ; (b) restricting the use of any public road to certain classes of traffic; (c) regulating, restricting or prohibiting admission to public roads while temporarily closed ; (d) prescribing the minimum standards of materials for and construction of fences to be erected along Government roads with power to provide for the removal at the cost of the person, who has erected it, of any fence erected in contravention of such regulations; (e) prescribing the type and width of gates across public roads; (f) regulating the use of resting and watering places for animals; (g) providing for the use, control and protection of rest camps and rest places; (h) regulating the use and operation of any public ferry; (i) in regard to all such matters as he is required or authorised by this Act to make, and (j) in regard to any other matter relating to public roads which the Minister may deem necessary or expedient to prescribe for achieving the objects of this Act even though such matter is not expressly mentioned in the preceding paragraphs . (2) Different regulations may be made in respect of different public roads or different districts or regions.
195.
Delegation of powers.
Regulations.
(3) The regulations may provide penalties for any contravention thereof or failure to comply therewith not exceeding a fine of one hundred rand or in default of payment, imprisonment for a period of three months. Government bound by Act.
40. The provisions of this Act shall bind the Government.
Repeal of laws.
41. The laws specified in the Schedule to this Act are, in their application to the Transkei, hereby repealed to the extent set out in the third column of that Schedule.
Short title and date of commencement.
42. This Act shall be called the Transkei Roads Act 1965, and shall come into operation on a date to be fixed by the Minister by notice in the Official Gazette.
SCHEDULE LAWS REPEALED — IN SO FAR AS THEY APPLY TO THE TRANSKEI .
No. and Year of Law. Proclamation No. 86 of 1928. Ordinance No. 1 of 1935 .
Title.
The Transkeian Territories Road Tax Ordinance 1935 .
Extent of Repeal.
The whole. Section one, section two, section six, section seven, section eight and Schedule B.
Proclamation No. 123 of 1941 . Administrator's Notice No. 202 of 1935 . Ordinance No. 22 of 1948.
The whole .
The whole . The Native Territories Road Ordinance .
196 .
The whole .
WET NO. 5 VAN 1965 .
WET
Om voorsiening te maak vir die bou , onderhoud , herstel en verbetering van openbare paaie in die Transkei , om die Transkeise Adviserende Padraad af te skaf, om sekere werksaamhede met betrekking tot openbare paaie aan streeks- en stamowerhede toe te wys , en om vir daarmee in verband staande aangeleenthede voorsiening te maak . (Engelse Teks deur die Staatspresident geteken) (Goedgekeur op 8 Februarie 1966 ) DAAR WORD DEUR DIE STAATSPRESIDENT EN DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING VERORDEN, soos volg: -
(i)
(ii) (iii)
(iv) (v) (vi)
(vii)
(viii) (ix )
(x)
(xi) (xii)
(xiii)
(xiv)
1. In hierdie Wet, tensy uit die samehang anders blyk, beteken ,,algemene bekendmaking" algemene bekendmaking ooreenkomstig die bepalings van artikel een-en-dertig; (vii) ,,Amptelike Koerant" die Amptelike Koerant van die Transkei ; (xvii) ,,bestaande", met betrekking tot ' n openbare pad, 'n openbare pad wat op die elfde dag van Desember 1963 in die Transkei bestaan het ; (vi) ,,Departement" die departement van Paaie en Werke; (iii) ,,distrik” 'n magistraatsdistrik ; (iv) ,,eienaar" , vir die doeleindes van die betaling van vergoeding ingevolge hierdie Wet, ook iemand wat grond onder erfpagvoorwaardes in afsonderlike besit het; (xviii) ,,gebou", sonder om die gewone betekenis van die woord enigsins te beperk, ook enige struktuur of oprigting of enige ander ding wat ook al, afgesien van die aard of grootte daarvan, wat bo-op of onder die grond gebou, opgerig of aangelê is ; ( ii ) ,,hierdie Wet" ook die regulasies ; (xxx ) ,,magistraat" ook 'n addisionele magistraat en, behalwe vir die doeleindes van artikel dertien, ' n assistent magistraat ; ( xi ) ,,materiaal" ook water, met uitsondering van water wat kunsmatig vir huishoudelike doeleindes of vir drinkwater vir diere gepomp word; (xii) ,,Minister" die Minister van Paaie en Werke ; ( xiii ) ,,motordeurgang" 'n motorhek tesame met die aanlope daarheen vanaf die ryvlak ; (xiv) ,,motorhek" 'n toestel wat in ' n opening in ' n heining aangelê is en bestem is om motorvoertuie te laat deurgaan en om die deurgang van diere oor of deur sodanige toestel te verhoed ; (xv) ,,nasionale pad" 'n pad wat tot nasionale pad verklaar
197 .
Woordoms krywings.
(xv)
(xvi)
(xvii)
(xviii)
(xix)
(xx)
(xxi) (xxii)
(xxiii ) (xxiv)
(xxv) (xxvi) (xxvii)
is ingevolge artikel vier van die Wet op Nasionale Paaie, 1935 (Wet No. 42 van 1935 ) ; ( xiv) ,,openbare paadjie " 'n paadjie waaroor ' n reg van weg ten gunste van die publiek bestaan en ook ' n openbare voetpaadjie en ' n openbare rypaadjie ; (xix ) ,,openbare pad" 'n pad, behalwe 'n nasionale pad, wat die publiek die reg het om te gebruik, en ook 'n Regeringspad en ' n Owerheidspad ; (xx ) ,,oprigting", met betrekking tot ' n gebou, ook (a) die verandering, onderverdeling, omskepping of uitbreiding van ' n gebou, met inbegrip van die vervanging van enige materiaal in ' n gebou ; en (b) die heroprigting of herstel van 'n gebou wat geheel en al of gedeeltelik vernietig of gesloop is afgesien daarvan of 'n raamwerk staande gelaat is al dan nie, en het ,,oprig" 'n ooreenstemmende betekenis ; (v) ,,Owerheidspad" ' n openbare pad wat (a) ingevolge sub-artikel (2) van artikel twee, geag word ' n Owerheidspad te wees of, ingevolge artikel drie, verklaar is tot Owerheidspad, of (b) wat ' n lys in sub-artikel (7) van artikel nege-entwintig bedoel, beskryf is, en ook ' n openbare paadjie ; (i ) „ pad" alle werke of voorwerpe, wat ook al, wat deel uitmaak van, in verband staan met, of behoort aan, 'n pad met inbegrip van die ryvlak, motordeurgange, sypaadjies, verkeersirkels , vlugheuwels , randstene, duikslote, slote, walle, deurgrawings, duikweë, dreineerleidings, damme, heinings, borswerings, beskuttings, brûe, ponte, spoelbrûe, driwwe, ingange, mylklippe, wyserpale, aanwysings en waarskuwings, en ook enige gedeelte, verlegging of tydelike verlegging van ' n pad ; ( xix ) ,,plaaslike bekendmaking" plaaslike bekendmaking ooreenkomstig die bepalings van artikel een-en-dertig ; (x) ,,Regering" die Regering van die Transkei ; (viii ) ,,Regeringspad" ' n openbare pad wat ingevolge subartikel ( 1 ) van artikel twee aangewys is as, of ingevolge artikel drie verklaar is tot, n Regeringspad ; (ix ) ,,regulasie" ' n regulasie uitgevaardig kragtens hierdie Wet ; (xxiv) ,,ryvlak" dié gedeelte van 'n openbare pad wat aangelê is vir gebruik, of gewoonlik gebruik word, deur voertuie met wiele ; (xxvii ) ,,Sekretaris" die Sekretaris van Paaie en Werke ; (xxviii) ,,stamowerheid" ' n stamowerheid ingestel volgens wet vir die bestuur van ' n stam of gemeenskap ; (xxxi ) ,,statutêre breedte" die breedte van ' n openbare pad,
198 .
(xxviii)
(xxix )
(xxx) (xxxi )
soos vasgestel by of ingevolge artikel nege en ook enige grond wat, kragtens sub-paragraaf ( ii ) van paragraaf (b) van die voorbehoudsbepaling van subartikel ( 1 ) van artikel nege of sub-artikel ( 1 ) van artikel tien, geneem of te eniger tyd verkry word vir die doeleindes wat daarin uiteengesit word ; ( xxix) ,,steengroef" 'n uitgrawing vir die uithaal van klip, rots, skalie, leiklip, kalkklip, klei , gruis, sand, grond of enige ander materiaal wat gewoonlik uit die aarde geneem word ; (xxi ) ,,streek" 'n streeksowerheidsgebied in artikel twee van die Transkeise Grondwet, 1963 ( Wet No. 48 van 1963 ) bedoel ; (xxii ) ,,streeksowerheid" 'n streeksowerheid ingestel volgens wet vir die bestuur van 'n streek ; (xxiii) 99 Wet op Toebou van Paaie" die Wet op Adverteer langs en Toebou van Paaie, 1940 (Wet No. 21 van 1940 ). (xxv) 2. (1) So gou doenlik na die inwerkingtreding van hierdie Wet, wys die Minister, by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant, die bestaande openbare paaie, wat na sy mening noodsaaklik is vir die administrasie van die Transkei, as Regeringspaaie aan. (2) ' n Bestaande openbare pad wat nie, ooreenkomstig sub-artikel ( 1 ) , as 'n Regeringspad aangewys is nie, word geag 'n Owerheidspad te wees.
Aanwysing van Regeringspaaie.
3. (1) Die Minister kan, by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant (a) 'n Owerheidspad, of enige gedeelte daarvan, tot Regeringspad verklaar ; (b) 'n Regeringspad, of enige gedeelte daarvan, tot Owerheidspad verklaar ; (c) ' n roete langs ' n lyn waar geen openbare pad bestaan nie tot Regeringspad verklaar : Met dien verstande dat die middellyn van die ryvlak van so 'n Regeringspad, binne 'n tydperk van twee jaar na die datum van die kennisgewing, voldoende afgebaken of gemerk moet word ; (d) ' n Regeringspad of enige gedeelte daarvan, verlê of sluit in die mate wat aangegee word ; of (e) die vorige roete van ' n Regeringspad , of enige gedeelte daarvan, wat verlê is, tot Owerheidspad verklaar. (2 ) Op versoek van 'n streeksowerheid kan die Minister, by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant (a) ' n Owerheidspad langs ' n lyn waar geen openbare pad bestaan nie, verklaar ; of (b) ' n Owerheidspad, of enige gedeelte daarvan,
Verklaring , verlegging of sluit . ing van openbare paa ie .
199.
verlê of sluit in die mate wat aangegee word. Voorwaardes waarop bevoegdhede kragtens artikel 3 uitgeoefen word.
Reg van publiek om geslote of verlegde paaie te gebruik.
Verlegging of tydelike sluiting van openbare pad sonder bekendmaking
4. Die Minister oefen geen bevoegheid aan hom by artikel drie verleen uit nie, tensy en totdat hy stappe gedoen het om (a) ten opsigte van ' n in sub-artikel (1 ) van daardie artikel bedoelde bevoegdheid, algemene bekendmaking, en (b) ten opsigte van ' n in sub-artikel ( 2) van daardie artikel bedoelde bevoegdheid, plaaslike bekendmaking, van sy voorneme om die bevoegheid uit te oefen, te laat plaasvind en hy enige besware, wat daarteen ingedien is, oorweeg het. 5. Nieteenstaande die sluiting of verlegging van 'n openbare pad ooreenkomstig die bepalings van hierdie Wet, bly die reg van die publiek om die pad te gebruik, voortbestaan totdat die Departement deur sigbare middels op die grond of daarop bevestig, aangedui het dat die pad vir openbare verkeer gesluit is en, in die geval van 'n verlegging, totdat die verlegging vir openbare verkeer oop is.
6. (1) Die Minister kan, sonder om die bepalings van artikel vier na te kom (a) ' n openbare pad verlê as (i ) enige punt op die middellyn van die verlegging nie verder is as duisend jaarts van die naaste punt op die middellyn van die gedeelte wat verlê word nie, en (ii ) nadat kennisgewing van die voorgestelde verlegging bestel is aan die eienaars van die grond waaroor die gedeelte wat verlê gaan word, loop en die verlegging gaan loop, sodanige eienaars nie skriftelik enige beswaar daarteen binne dertig dae na die bestelling van die kennisgewing by die Departement ingedien het nie of, as 'n beswaar wel ingedien is, die Minister die beswaar oorweeg en die verlegging goedgekeur het ; (b) 'n openbare pad of die ryvlak van 'n openbare pad vir alle of vir sekere klasse verkeer tydelik sluit vir die doeleindes of in afwagting van bou , herbou of herstel, of weens die feit dat dit in 'n toestand is wat vir verkeer gevaarlik is, of omrede van die een of ander noodtoestand of openbare geleentheid wat na die mening van die Minister spesiale maatreëls vir die beheer van ver-
200.
(c)
keer of spesiale voorsiening vir ruimte vir skare vereis ; en ' n openbare pad of die ryvlak van 'n openbare pad wat ooreenkomstig paragraaf (b) gesluit is, tydelik verlê.
(2) Die verlegging van ' n openbare pad of die tydelike sluiting of verlegging van ' n openbare pad of die ryvlak van 'n openbare pad, ingevolge hierdie artikel, word aangedui deur voldoende kennisgewingborde opgerig en onderhou deur die Departement aan elke end van die verlegde of geslote gedeelte (a) in die geval waar die Minister ooreenkomstig paragraaf (a ) van sub-artikel (1 ) optree, vir ' n tydperk van twaalf maande, en (b) in die geval waar die Minister ooreenkomstig paragraaf (b) of (c ) van sub-artikel (1) optree, vir solank die sluiting of verlegging duur. 7. (1) Die Departement moet, uit geld wat die Wetgewende vergadering vir die doel bewillig, Regeringspaaie bou, onderhou, herstel en verbeter. 'n Stamowerheid is verantwoordelik vir die (2) bou, onderhoud, herstel en verbetering van alle Owerheidspaaie binne sy gebied. (3) Ondanks die bepalings van sub-artikel ( 2 ) kan die Minister van die Departement vereis om enige pad in 'n bosreserwe of Regeringsbesproeiingskema of op enige ander grond bestuur of beheer deur, of afgesonder vir die doeleindes van, enige ander Regeringsdepartement, te bou, te onderhou, te herstel of te verbeter. (4) Vir die doeleindes van sub-artikel ( 2 ) is die Minister bevoeg (a) om , onderworpe aan die voorwaardes wat hy in oorleg met die Minister van Finansies, mag bepaal, enige paslike masjinerie of toerusting behorende aan, en, behoudens die wetsbepalings op die Regeringsdiens van die Transkei, enige persoon in diens van die Departement aan 'n stamowerheid beskikbaar te stel; (b) om die toesig oor die bou, onderhoud, herstel of verbetering van Owerheidspaaie wat hy dienstig ag, te hou: Met dien verstande dat as die Minister van oordeel is dat daar nie behoorlike gebruik gemaak word van die masjinerie of toerusting aldus beskikbaar gestel nie of dat 'n stamowerheid versuim het om aan 'n voorwaarde opgelê kragtens paragraaf ( a ) te voldoen, hy te eniger tyd sodanige masjinerie of toerusting in
201 .
Plig om openbare paaie te bou en te onderhou.
die geheel of gedeeltelik kan terugtrek en enigiemand in diens van die Departement kan terugroep.
Neem van grond en materiaal.
8. ( 1 ) Vir die doeleindes van hierdie Wet kan die Minister enige grond neem of gebruik en kan die Departement enige materiaal op grond verkry en dit daarvandaan verwyder : Met dien verstande dat (a) kennis van die voorneme van die Minister of van die Departement, na gelang van die geval, aan die eienaar of okkupeerder van die grond bestel word, en (b) ten einde toegang te verkry tot grond wat met 'n heining afgekamp is, die Departement in die heining ' n hek oprig wat toegesluit word wanneer die hek nie gebruik word nie en waarvan ' n duplikaat sleutel aan die okkupeerder van die grond voorsien word, en (c) as ' n eienaar of okkupeerder van grond ontevrede is oor die optrede van die Departement in verband met die verkryging of verwydering van materiaal van sodanige grond, hy appèl kan aanteken by die Minister wie se beslissing afdoende en bindend is vir die eienaar of okkupeerder en die Departement en wat, wanneer hy 'n appél toestaan, enige voorwaardes in verband daarmee kan oplê wat hy goed dink. ( 2 ) Die in sub-artikel ( 1 ) bedoelde materiaal kan verkry word op, en verwyder word van, grond in enige streek vir gebruik in daardie of in enige ander streek. (3 ) Die Departement kan deur middel van ' n heining of ander beskermende versperring 'n watervoorraad wat deur hom voorsien word en 'n steengroef waar materiaal vir paddoeleindes deur hom verkry word of verkry is, toekamp, en so 'n heining of versperring berus by die Departement. (4 ) Iemand wat ' n heining of versperring in subartikel (3 ) bedoel, of enige gedeelte daarvan, verwyder of beskadig, of hom daarmee bemoei of dit verplaas, is skuldig aan ' n misdryf.
Breedte van openbare paaie.
9. ( 1 ) Behoudens die bepalings van hierdie Wet is die breedte van ' n Regeringspad tagtig Kaapse voet : Met dien verstande dat (a) waar 'n Regeringspad ' n padbreedte volg wat verskaf is deur die verdeling of onderverdeling van grond en wat groter is as bogemelde breedte, die breedte van die Regeringspad sodanige groter breedte is ; (b) die Minister (i ) van tyd tot tyd by kennisgewing in die
202.
Amptelike Koerant die breedte van 'n Regeringspad kan verbreed tot 'n breedte van hoogstens honderd Kaapse voet ; (ii ) vir die doel om hoeke by kruispunte of padaansluitings skuins te maak en verkeersirkels en ander werke daar op te rig of om uitgrawings of opvullings te doen of om brûe of duikweë te bou , die addisionele grond kan neem wat nodig is buitekant die breedte van 'n Regeringspad soos by of ' kragtens die bepalings van hierdie sub-artikel vasgestel. (2)Die Minister kan, by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant, die grense van die breedte van ' n Regeringspad omskryf of heromskryf deur verwysing na die bestaande grense of bakens van eiendomme of deur te verklaar, dat die grense van die breedte dié is wat aangedui word ooreenkomstig ' n koördinatestelsel op 'n plan wat in ' n bepaalde kantoor bewaar word. (3) Ondanks die bepalings van sub-artikel (1 ) kan die Minister op 'n plek waar ' n vrugteboord, 'n plantasie, ' n besproeiingskema of enige ander verboude grond aan ' n Regeringspad grens, die breedte van die Regeringspad voorlopig vernou tot die mate en vir die tydperk wat hy billik ag. (4) Die Minister kan, na oorlegpleging met die betrokke streeksowerheid, by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant, die breedte van 'n Owerheidspad vasstel of verander en, indien nodig, die grense van die breedte van so ' n pad omskryf of heromskryf : Met dien verstande dat waar ' n Owerheidspad 'n padbreedte volg wat verskaf word deur die verdeling of onderverdeling van grond, die breedte van die Owerheidspad, totdat dit ingevolge die bepalings van hierdie artikel verander is, die padbreedte is wat so verskaf word. (5) Die breedte van 'n openbare paadjie is ses Kaapse voet : Met dien verstande dat die Minister, na oorlegpleging met die streeksowerheid, by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant die breedte van 'n openbare paadjie kan verander. 10. ( 1) Onderworpe, indien die eienaar so verlang, aan die betaling van die vergoeding wat by ooreenkoms vasgestel is, of, by gebrek aan ' n ooreenkoms , wat ooreenkomstig die bepalings van artikel dertien toegeken word, kan die Minister by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant en in die Pers (a)
'n bykomende breedte vir die deurgang van
203 .
Breedtes vir die deurgang van diere vir rus- en drinkplekke en vir ruskampe of rusoorde.
(b)
diere aan een kant of aan weerskante van 'n Regeringspad bepaal en vasstel ; rus- en drinkplekke vir diere langs 'n Regeringspad aanwys : Met dien verstande dat -
(i) geen rus- of drinkplek meer as een acre mag beslaan nie, en (ii) enige twee rus- of drinkplekke minstens tien myl van mekaar af moet wees ; (c) ruskampe of -oorde vir gebruik deur die reisende publiek langs ' n Regeringspad instel en onderhou, met inbegrip van plekke vir die aanplant van bome en struike, hetsy binne of buite die statutêre breedte van die pad. (2 ) Die Minister kan, insgelyks (a) 'n in paragraaf (a) van sub-artikel ( 1 ) bedoelde bykomende breedte herbepaal en vasstel ; (b) ' n rus- of drinkplek aangewys ingevolge paragraaf (b) van sub-artikel (1 ) verander of afskaf ; of (c) ' n ruskamp of rusoord ingestel kragtens paragraaf (c) van sub-artikel ( 1 ) afskaf. (3 ) Vir die doeleindes van die deurgang van diere langs die breedte of enige bykomende breedte van 'n Regeringspad, het die Departement die reg om self, of om ' n beroep op die eienaar van grond te doen om, enige ankertou, anker, stut, paal, sloot, voor, pyp of enige ander ding afgesien van die aard daarvan, wat nie ' n integrale deel van die Regeringspad uitmaak nie en wat waarskynlik aangejaagde diere kan beseer, te verwyder of veilig te maak. Betaling van vergoeding.
11. ( 1 ) Behalwe in die geval van grond ten opsigte waarvan die reg om grond te neem en om materiaal te verkry en te verwyder vir die maak of herstel van openbare paaie ten gunste van die Staat, die Regering of die Suid-Afrikaanse Bantoe-trust gereserveer is, moet die Minister, indien die eienaar dit van hom verlang, vergoeding aan hom betaal vir enige grond wat vir paddoeleindes geneem is en ten opsigte van skade wat aan verbeterings aangerig is as gevolg van die verkryging of verwydering van materiaal van sodanige grond : Met dien verstande dat, ondanks andersluidende bepalings in enige voorwaarde van titel op grond, die Minister nie, behalwe soos in die voorgaande bepalings van hierdie artikel bepaal, aanspreeklik is ir die betaling van vergoeding ten opsigte van die verkryging of verwydering vir paddoeleindes van materiaal van sodanige grond nie.
204.
(2) Ondanks die feit dat vergoeding nie ingevolge sub-artikel ( 1 ) betaalbaar is nie, moet die Minister, as die eienaar van grond dit verlang, vergoeding aan hom betaal vir enige verbeterings op bykomende grond wat geneem word ten einde die breedte van 'n bestaande openbare pad tot sy statutêre breedte te verbreed : Met dien verstande dat, vir die doeleindes van hierdie artikel, ' n bestaande pad waarvan die statutêre breedte nie wettiglik voor die elfde dag van Desember 1963 voorgeskryf of vasgestel was nie, geag word 'n breedte te gehad het (a) van sestig Kaapse voet in die geval van 'n openbare pad wat, ingevolge sub-artikel ( 1 ) van artikel twee, as ' n Regeringspad aangewys is, en (b) van veertig Kaapse voet in die geval van 'n openbare pad wat, ingevolge sub-artikel (2) van artikel twee, geag word 'n Owerheidspad te wees. (3) Ondanks die bepalings van sub-artikels ( 1 ) en (2) , kan die Minister, in oorleg met die Minister van Finansies, vergoeding aan die eienaar betaal (a) vir enige grond wat vir paddoeleindes geneem of gebruik word of vir materiaal wat vir paddoeleindes verkry of verwyder word ; (b) waar, weens die ligging en maak van 'n openbare pad (wat nie die verbreding van 'n bestaande openbare pad is nie) , skade gely word deurdat (i) enige verbeterings nadelig geraak word ; (ii) water voorsien moet word vir grond wat deur die pad van die gewone watervoorraad daarvan afgesny word ; of (iii) grond wat deur die pad afgesny word van so 'n grootte of ongerieflike vorm is dat die eienaar verhinder word om voordelige gebruik daarvan te maak. (4) Niks in hierdie artikel word uitgelê as sou dit die Minister verplig of magtig om vergoeding te betaal ten opsigte van enige verbeterings wat binne die statutêre breedte van ' n openbare pad aangebring is nadat die breedte vasgestel is nie. 12. (1) 'n Beampte van die Departement of enigeen daartoe deur die Minister gemagtig, het die reg na oorlegpleging met, of bestelling van 'n kennisgewing aan, die eienaar of okkupeerder (a) om gebruik te maak van oop grond wat aan 'n Regeringspad grens vir die doel om ' n tydelike kampterrein en bergplek vir persone en masjiene wat werksaam is of gebruik word by die bou, onderhoud, herstel of ver-
205.
Toegang tot en gebruik van grond, of aanlê van sekere werke , buite kant statutêre breedte .
betering van die pad, te voorsien : Met dien verstande dat wanneer sodanige grond nie meer nodig is nie, die Departement dit in 'n skoon toestand en vry van wielspore, paadjies of paaie wat waarskynlik grondverspoeling kan veroorsaak, moet laat; (b) om grond binne te gaan vir die doel om toegang te verkry tot riviere of ander waterlope stroom-op of stroom-af van 'n Regeringspad, om persone en masjiene op die grond te neem en om enige werke op te rig en te onderhou wat nodig mag wees vir die beskerming van die pad of enige brug of duiksloot in die padbelyning : Met dien verstande dat, as sodanige werke 'n nadelige uitwerking het op die aangrensende grond of enige verbeterings daarop, en as die eienaar so vereis, die Minister die vergoeding moet betaal waarop daar ooreengekom word of, by gebrek aan enige ooreenkoms, wat ingevolge artikel dertien toegeken word ; (c) om grond binne te gaan en persone en masjiene daarop te neem ten einde die werke buite die statutêre breedte van die pad op te rig en te onderhou wat, na die mening van die Minister, nodig is vir die beskerming van die pad teen vloedwaters of verspoeling: Met dien verstande dat, as die eienaar so vereis, die Minister die vergoeding betaal waarop daar ooreengekom is of, by gebrek aan enige ooreenkoms, wat ingevolge artikel dertien toegeken word ; en (d) om grond binne te gaan teneinde enige ondersoek in verband met openbare paaie in te stel. (2) Iemand wat sonder die voorafgaande skriftelike goedkeuring van die Minister en onderworpe aan die voorwaardes wat hy mag oplê (a) hom bemoei met enige werke opgerig kragtens sub-artikel (1 ) of dit vernietig of verander, of (b) die natuurlike vloei van die water in 'n rivier of waterloop stroom-op of stroom-af van 'n Regeringspad versteur, of ' n dam, stu-dam, opgaardam of ander plek of ding vir die opvang van water bokant of onderkant 'n Regeringspad bou op ' n wyse of op 'n plek wat bereken word om ' n Regeringspad in gevaar te stel of 'n nadelige uitwerking daarop te hê, is skuldig aan 'n misdryf.
206 .
13. (1) Die bedrag van die vergoeding betaal te word aan ' n eienaar van grond, ingevolge hierdie Wet, word vasgestel, by gebrek aan 'n ooreenkoms, deur die magistraat van die distrik waarin die eis ontstaan het of, as die eiser so verlang, deur ' n raad bestaande uit bedoelde magistraat en twee ander persone, een waarvan deur die eiser en die ander deur die Minister benoem word. (2 ) Vir die doeleindes van sub-artikel ( 1 ) is die wet wat die prosedure in magistraatshowe in die distrikte vermeld in artikel twee van die Transkeise Grondwet, 1963 (Wet No. 48 van 1963 ) mutatis mutandis van toepassing, en is die magistraat of die raad, na gelang van die geval, bevoeg om getuies te dagvaar en te verhoor, die voorlegging van dokumente te vorder, straf vir minagting op te lê asof die magistraat of die raad 'n magistraatshof is en, tensy die magistraat alleen sit, om koste toe te ken met inbegrip van die redelike besoldiging van en uitgawes deur die raad. (3) Die besluit van die magistraat of die meerderheid van die raad, na gelang van die geval, bind die eiser en die Regering.
Vasstelling van vergoeding.
14. Wanneer die breedte van ' n bestaande openbare pad deur of ingevolge die bepalings van hierdie Wet verbreed word, is die Minister bevoeg om die benodigde grond aan weerskante van die pad of slegs aan een kant of gedeeltelik aan een kant en gedeeltelik aan die anderkant in verskillende breedtes te neem : Met dien verstande dat, totdat die grond werklik aldus geneem word, die breedte, soos verbreed, geag word om vir helfte van sodanige breedte aan elke kant van die middellyn van die bestaande pad te strek. 15. (1 ) Die Departement of ' n stamowerheid, na gelang van die geval, kan alle heinings verwyder wat op die breedte van ' n Regeringspad of Owerheidspad, soos voorgeskryf deur of vasgestel ingevolge hierdie Wet, oorskry: Met dien verstande dat, wanneer die Departement of 'n stamowerheid 'n heining verwyder het, hy die heining op die grens van voornoemde breedte tot bevrediging van die Minister moet heroprig . (2) Die Departement kan alle heinings verwyder wat oorskry op (a) die breedte vasgestel, involge paragraaf (a) van sub-artikel ( 1 ) van artikel tien, vir die deurgang van diere ; (b) 'n rus- of drinkplek aangewys kragtens paragraaf (b) van bedoelde sub-artikel ; en (c) enige ruskamp, rusoord of plek vir die aanplanting van bome of struike ingestel krag-
Vermeerderde breedte van openbare paaie.
207 .
Verwydering en heroprigting van heinings.
tens paragraaf artikel:
Heinings langs Regeringspaaie ,
Heinings langs Owerheidspaaie.
( c)
van van
bedoelde
sub-
Met dien verstande dat, wanneer die Departement so 'n heining verwyder, hy die heining op die regte grens moet heroprig. 16. ( 1 ) Niemand mag ' n heining langs ' n Regeringspad oprig nie sonder die voorafgaande goedkeuring van die Minister wat, wanneer hy sodanige goedkeuring verleen, die plek waar die heining opgerig moet word, moet bepaal. (2) As iemand 'n heining in stryd met sub-artikel (1) oprig, moet die Departement op koste van so iemand die heining verwyder en dit op die regte plek oprig. (3) Die Departement kan op eie koste ' n heining oprig langs die grens van die statutêre breedte van ' n Regeringspad of om rus- of drinkplekke , ruskampe, rusoorde of plekke vir die aanplanting van bome en struike, of bydra tot die koste van oprigting van so 'n heining. (4) Geen heining langs die statutêre breedte van 'n Regeringspad of om ' n plek of kamp in sub-artikel (3) bedoel, word sonder die voorafgaande skriftelike goedkeuring van die Minister verwyder nie. (5 ) Wanneer ' n Regeringspad verlê word, kan die Departement enige heining daarlangsaan (tot die koste waarvan die Departement bygedra het ) na die nuwe ligging van die pad verwyder, afgesien daarvan of dit op dieselfde eiendom is al dan nie : Met dien verstande dat, waar 'n heining van die een eiendom na die ander verwyder word, die Departement, indien deur die eienaar van die eersgenoemde eiendom daartoe versoek, vergoeding aan hom betaal in die bedrag wat die Minister mag vasstel. (6) Behoudens die bepalings van die Omheiningswet, 1963 (Wet No. 31 van 1963 ) is die eienaar van die grond waaroor 'n Regeringspad loop, verantwoordelik vir die onderhoud van enige heining langs die pad : Met dien verstande dat die Departement op eie koste 'n heining wat as gevolg van ' n ongeluk op sodanige pad beskadig is, kan herstel. (7) In hierdie artikel, omvat ,,oprig" die heroprigting van 'n heining of die totale vervanging van die materiaal van 'n heining. 17. ( 1 ) Niemand mag 'n heining langs 'n Owerheidspad oprig nie tensy hy skriftelike kennis aan die betrokke stamowerheid van sy voorneme om dit te doen, gegee het, en die stamowerheid 'n redelike geleentheid gebied het om hom van die ligging van die statutêre breedte van die pad in kennis te stel. (2) As iemand ' n heining oprig in stryd met sub-
208.
artikel ( 1) en die heining op die statutêre breedte van die Owerheidspad oorskry, moet die stamowerheid so iemand beveel om die heining te verwyder en dit op die regte grens op te rig en, as hy versuim om aan die bevel te voldoen, die heining self verwyder en heroprig op koste van so iemand. 18. (1 ) Niemand mag 'n hek oor ' n Regeringspad oprig nie behalwe met die voorafgaande skriftelike goedkeuring van die Minister wat na goeddunke, wanneer hy goedkeuring verleen, voorwaardes ten opsigte van die ligging van die hek en die spesifikasies, gebruikswyse en onderhoud daarvan, kan oplê. (2) Geen goedkeuring word kragtens sub-artikel (1 ) verleen nie tensy (a) die Minister bereid is om 'n motordeurgang langs- aan die hek aan te lê, en (b) behalwe waar die Minister anders gelas, die persoon wat aansoek doen om die oprigting van 'n hek in ' n heining, wat nie ' n grensheining is nie, ' n skriftelike onderneming aan die Minister gegee het dat hy een-helfte van die aanlegkoste van die motordeurgang sal betaal. (3) Iemand wat 'n hek in stryd met sub-artikel (1 ) oprig of wat versuim om aan enige voorwaarde wat kragtens daardie sub-artikel deur die Minister opgelê is, te voldoen , is skuldig aan 'n misdryf. (4) Die hof wat iemand skuldig bevind aan ' n misdryf ingevolge sub-artikel (3) moet hom beveel (a) indien hy skuldig bevind is aan die oprigting van 'n hek in stryd met sub-artikel ( 1 ) , om die hek binne ' n tydperk wat deur die hof bepaal word, te verwyder, of (b) indien hy skuldig bevind is aan versuim om te voldoen aan 'n voorwaarde wat deur die Minister ingevolge sub-artikel (1 ) opgelê is, om aan sodanige voorwaarde binne die tydperk wat die hof mag bepaal te voldoen. (5) Ondanks die bepalings van sub-artikels (3 ) en (4) , het die Departement die reg om summier en sonder kennisgewing enige hek wat in stryd met subartikel (1 ) opgerig is, te verwyder. (6) As ' n goedgekeurde hek te eniger tyd verwyder word en nie binne 'n tydperk van twaalf maande vanaf die tyd van verwydering vervang word nie, word dit beskou dat die hek onnodig is en word dit nie weer opgerig nie, en die Departement moet enige motordeurgang langsaan die plek waar die hek opgerig was, verwyder. 19. ( 1 ) As die Minister van mening is dat 'n hek oor 'n openbare pad, waarlangs daar ' n motordeurgang
209.
Oprigting van hekke .
Verwydering van hekke .
is, verwyder moet word, laat hy aan die eienaars van die grond wat deur die hek geskei word, 'n kennisgewing bestel waarin vermeld word dat hy voornemens is om die hek te verwyder en dat so 'n eienaar enige beswaar daarteen binne dertig dae na die bestelling van die kennisgewing by die streeksowerheid kan indien. (2) As geen beswaar binne die voormelde tydperk by die streeksowerheid ingevolge sub-artikel (1) ingedien is nie, kan die Minister met die verwydering van die hek voortgaan. (3) As 'n beswaar wel ingedien is, moet die streeksowerheid dit, tesame met sy opmerkings daaroor, aan die Minister voorlê wat besluit of die hek verwyder word of nie. Versperrings by padhoeke .
20. ( 1 ) Wanneer die Minister dit nodig ag in die belang van padveiligheid, kan hy aan die eienaar of okkupeerder van grond 'n lasgewing laat bestel waarby hy aangesê word om, binne ' n in die lasgewing vermelde tydperk, enige muur, heg, heining, boom of struik op sodanige grond by of naby 'n hoek of draai in ' n Regeringspad, hetsy by die aansluiting van die pad by ' n ander openbare pad hetsy elders, tot 'n hoogte van hoogstens drie voet vir 'n afstand van hoogstens honderd voet aan weerskante van die hoek of draai te verminder. (2) As 'n eienaar of okkupeerder van grond in gebreke bly om aan ' n lasgewing van die Minister, ingevolge sub-artikel ( 1) , te voldoen, is die Departement geregtig om die grond binne te gaan en om die nodige werk op koste van so ' n eienaar of okkupeerder te doen.
Aanlê van motordeurgang .
21. (1 ) Die Minister of 'n stamowerheid kan, onderworpe aan enige regulasies wat kragtens sub-artikel (6) uitgevaardig word, ' n motordeurgang langsaan 'n hek op ' n openbare pad aanlê, en so 'n motordeurgang word geag gedeelte van die ryvlak van die openbare pad waarlangs dit aangelê is , te wees. (2) Die Minister of die stamowerheid, na gelang van die geval, het al die regte, bevoegdhede en verpligtinge in verband met die aanlê, onderhoud, herstel en beheer van ' n motordeurgang wat hy volgens wet, ten opsigte van die openbare pad self, besit : Met dien verstande dat die bepalings van hierdie Wet met betrekking tot die sluiting of verlegging van openbare paaie (behalwe paragraaf (b) van sub-artikel ( 1) van artikel ses ) nie van toepassing is nie ten opsigte van ' n motordeurgang wat deur die Minister of, met die Minister se goedkeuring, deur ' n stamowerheid gesluit of verlê kan word, en, as die Minister so gelas, deur 'n stamowerheid gesluit moet word : Met dien
210.
verstande dat, as ' n hek ingevolge artikel negentien verwyder word, die motordeurgang langsaan die hek ook verwyder word. (3) Nòg die Minister nòg ' n stamowerheid is aanspreeklik as enige dier in ' n motorhek beseer word of verongeluk of as iemand, wat wettiglik die motorhek gebruik, skade ly, hetsy aan sy persoon of andersins , tensy die skade toe te skrywe is aan die feit dat die motorhek in 'n toestand van verval verkeer deur nalatigheid. (4) Iemand wat in 'n motorvoertuig oor 'n motorhek beweeg (a) teen 'n spoed van hoër as twaalf myl per uur ; of (b) as enige van die wiele van die voertuig 'n metaalband aan het, is skuldig aan 'n misdryf. (5 ) Die Minister of 'n stamowerheid moet — (a) as 'n motordeurgang tydelik gesluit word, die padverkeerstekens wat die bestaan van die motordeurgang aandui, verwyder en geskikte versperrings op die motordeurgang en op die motorhek oprig ; (b) as ' n motordeurgang verwyder word, die padverkeerstekens sowel as alle ander sigbare getuienis wat die vorige bestaan van die motordeurgang aandui , verwyder. (6) Die Minister kan regulasies uitvaardig (a) om die bouwyse, ontwerp, materiaal, hoogte en plek van motorhekke voor te skryf ; (b) om die afstand en breedte van aanlope vanaf die ryvlak na 'n motorhek voor te skryf ; (c) om die tekens voor te skryf wat opgerig en onderhou moet word om waarskuwing te gee van die sluiting of verlegging van 'n motordeurgang ; en (d) om voorsiening te maak vir enige ander aangeleentheid wat na sy mening gereël moet word met betrekking tot motordeurgange. 22. Behoudens die bepalings van die Ordonnansie op Padverkeer, 1955 (Ordonnansie No. 19 van 1955) moet die Minister rigtingswyserpale by die aansluiting van 'n Regeringspad by enige ander openbare pad oprig en onderhou en kan hy op Regeringspaaie die mylpale, wyserpale, aanwysings en waarskuwings oprig en onderhou wat na sy mening nodig is vir die veiligheid of leiding van die publiek.
Mylpale , wys erpale , aanwysings en waarskuwings op Regeringspaaie.
23. (1) Die Minister kan 'n openbare pont in verband met 'n Regeringspad instel en bestuur of die gebruik
Instelling van openbare ponte.
211.
daarvan staak: Met dien verstande dat die Minister geen openbare pont tussen die Transkei en 'n ander deel van die Republiek instel of bestuur nie. (2) Voordat iemand van ' n openbare pont gebruik maak moet hy die voorgeskrewe gelde betaal, en totdat die gelde betaal is, kan hy belet word om die pont te gebruik : Met dien verstande dat geen gelde betaalbaar is nie vir die gebruik van die pont in diens van die Regering of die Staat deur enigiemand wat 'n sertifikaat toon dat hy sodanige diens verrig. (3) Die Minister skryf voor, in oorleg met die Minister van Finansies, die tarief van gelde wat vir die gebruik van ' n openbare pont betaalbaar is en laat sodanige tarief in 'n duidelik sigbare plek by elke eindpunt van die pont vertoon.
Handeldrywe op Regeringspaaie.
Oprigting van geboue in of naby Regeringspaaie.
24. ( 1 ) Niemand mag goedere verkoop of vir verkoop hou, uitstal of aanbied op enige plek, behalwe op of in 'n gelisensieerde perseel --(a) binne die statutêre breedte van 'n Regeringspad waar die statutêre breedte omhein of afgebaken is nie; (b) binne vyftig voet van die middellyn van die ryvlak van ' n Regeringspad waar die statutêre breedte van die Regeringspad nie omhein of afgebaken is nie. (2) Iemand wat enige bepaling van sub-artikel ( 1 ) oortree, is skuldig aan 'n misdryf. ( 3) Niks in hierdie artikel word uitgelê as sou dit afbreuk doen aan die bepalings van artikel honderden-een van die Ordonnansie op Padverkeer, 1955 (Ordonnansie No. 19 van 1955 ) nie. 25. (1) Ondanks enige andersluidende wetsbepalings maar behoudens die bepalings van artikel nege van die Wet op Toebou van Paaie, mag niemand ' n gebou oprig, en mag geen eienaar van grond toelaat of duld dat op sy grond ' n gebou opgerig word waarvan die hele of enige gedeelte binne vyftien voet van die grens van die statutêre breedte van ' n Regeringspad geleë is nie, behalwe met die goedkeuring van, en in ooreenstemming met planne goedgekeur deur die Minister. (2 ) Niemand mag ' n gebou op enige grond oprig, en geen eienaar van grond mag toelaat of duld dat 'n gebou op sy grond opgerig word, as sodanige grond binne die statutêre breedte van 'n Regeringspad geleë is maar nog nie vir die doeleindes van die pad geneem is nie, behalwe met die goedkeuring van, en in ooreenstemming met planne goedgekeur deur die Minister : Met dien verstande dat geen bepaling van hierdie artikel uitgelê word as sou dit die reg van ' n eienaar op vergoeding ingevolge die bepalings van hierdie
212.
Wet ontneem ten opsigte van enige vermeerderde breedte waarvoor in artikel veertien voorsiening gemaak word nie. (3) Iemand wat die bepalings van sub-artikel (1 ) of (2 ) oortree, is skuldig aan 'n misdryf. (4) Die hof wat enigiemand aan ' n misdryf ingevolge sub-artikel ( 1 ) of ( 2) skuldig bevind, beveel hom om die hele gebou wat daarby betrokke is of wat deur die oprigting geraak word, te sloop en te verwyder binne die tyd wat die hof mag bepaal, en enigiemand wat in gebreke bly om aan so ' n bevel te voldoen, is skuldig aan 'n misdryf. (5) Te eniger tyd na die skuldigbevinding van enigiemand ingevolge sub-artikel (4) , is die Departement bevoeg, onderworpe aan enige bykomstige bevel wat die hof na goeddunke uitgevaardig het, om die grond binne te gaan en die hele gebou wat daarby betrokke is of deur die oprigting geraak word, te sloop en te verwyder en om die uitgawes daarby aangegaan, van die veroordeelde te verhaal.
(6) Enige goedkeuring verleen kragtens subartikel (1 ) of ( 2) stel nie die persoon wat 'n gebou oprig of die oprigting daarvan toelaat of duld, daarvan vry om enige goedkeuring of magtiging te verkry wat ingevolge ' n ander wet verkry moet word nie. 26. Die eiendomsreg op alle openbare paaie en openbare paadjies, asook die grond wat daardeur beslaan word, is onder berusting van die Regering : Met dien verstande dat as so ' n pad of paadjie gesluit, verlê of die breedte daarvan verminder word, die grond wat daardeur ophou om deur 'n pad of paadjie beslaan te word, tesame met die werke en dinge wat aan die grond bevestig is, aanhou om aldus onder berusting van die Regering te wees tensy, indien dit nie op naam van die Regering geregistreer is nie, die Minister by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant gelas dat sodanige grond of gedeelte daarvan, tesame met die werke en dinge wat daaraan bevestig is, oorgaan op en onder berusting is van die eienaar van die grond waarvan sodanige grond oorspronklik deel uitgemaak het. 27. Die padraad ingestel deur artikel een van die Ordonnansie op Padbelasting in die Trankeise Gebied, 1935 (Ordonnansie No. 1 van 1935) word hierby afgeskaf. 28. Onderworpe aan die wetsbepalings op die instelling en bestuur van streeksowerhede , is dit die plig van elke streeksowerheid (a) om die werksaamhede wat by hierdie Wet aan 'n streeksowerheid toevertrou is, te
213.
Openbare paaie onder berusting van Regering
Afskaffing van Transkeise AdviBerende Padraad .
Streeks owerhede word Adviserende padrade.
verrig ; om die Minister by te staan en van advies te dien in alle sake wat die openbare paaie in sy streek raak ; (c) om toesig te hou oor die bedrywighede van stamowerhede in sy streek in die verrigting of uitoefening van hulle pligte, bevoegdhede of werksaamhede ingevolge hierdie Wet ; (d) om enige inligting wat die Minister in verband met die uitvoering van hierdie Wet verlang, te verkry en aan hom deur te stuur, en oor die algemeen om sodanige ander werksaamhede met betrekking tot openbare paaie te verrig as wat deur die Minister van tyd tot tyd aan die streeksowerheid toegewys mag word. (b)
Lys van Owerheidspaaie .
29. (1) Wanneer ook al die Minister dit van hom vereis, stel 'n streeksowerheid ' n lys op wat, ten opsigte van 'n distrik in sy streek (a) 'n beknopte beskrywing bevat van die paaie (behalwe die Owerheidspaaie wat deur die Minister ingevolge hierdie Wet verklaar is) wat na sy mening nodig is as Owerheidspaaie; en (b) 'n beknopte beskrywing bevat van die voeten rypaadjies wat na sy mening nodig is as openbare paadjies. (2) Elke lys opgestel ingevolge sub-artikel ( 1 ) lê, vir 'n tydperk van minstens drie maande, by die kantore van die streeksowerheid, die magistraat en iedere stamowerheid in die betrokke distrik, ter insae van enigiemand wat daarby belang het. (3 ) Die Minister moet behoorlik kennis gee deur middel van advertensie in die Amptelike Koerant en in die Pers en by kennisgewing wat aangeplak word by die kantore van die streeksowerheid en die magistraat en wat aan die hoof van elke stamowerheid in die distrik bestel word, dat die lys aldus ter insae lê, en meld in bedoelde kennisgewing die tydperk waarvoor en die plek waar die lys ter insae lê. (4) Voor die verstryking van die tydperk toegelaat vir insae kan enigiemand wat daarby belang het skriftelik enige beswaar teen die lys, met die redes daarvoor, by die streeksowerheid indien. (5) Na verstryking van die tydperk vir insae en na oorweging van alle besware wat by hom ingedien is, kan die streeksowerheid die lys goedkeur óf in sy oorspronklike vorm óf met sodanige wysigings al na hy nodig ag met inagneming van die besware, en moet die aldus goedgekeurde lys tesame met die besware en 'n afskrif van die notule van die vergadering waarop
214 .
die lys oorweeg en goedgekeur is, aan die Minister voorlê. (6) Die lys, as dit deur die Minister bekragtig word, hetsy sonder enige wysiging of met die wysigings wat hy aanbring na verwysing na die streeksowerheid, word een keer in die Amptelike Koerant gepubliseer en by die kantore van die streeksowerheid, die magistraat en elke stamowerheid in die distrik aangeplak. (7) Die paaie en paadjies wat in bedoelde lys beskryf word, is daarna die Owerheidspaaie, met inbegrip van die openbare paadjies in die betrokke distrik, en alle ander Owerheidspaaie en openbare paadjies in daardie distrik wat vantevore in die distrik mag bestaan het, behalwe Owerheidspaaie verklaar ingevolge artikel drie, word geag gesluit en afgeskaf te wees. (8) Geen bepaling van hierdie artikel word uitgelê as sou dit afbreuk doen aan die bevoegdhede wat by artikel drie aan die Minister verleen word nie. 30. Vanaf die datum van inwerkingtreding van hierdie Wet (a) word alle persone wat in die diens van ' n streeksowerheid uitsluitlik in verband met openbare paaie is, onderworpe aan die bepalings mutatis mutandis van artikel eenen-sestig van die Transkeise Grondwet 1963 (Wet No. 48 van 1963 ) , oorgeplaas na die diens van die Regering ; (b) berus al die roerende eiendom wat, onmiddellik voor bedoelde datum, deur 'n streeksowerheid uitsluitlik vir die doeleindes van of in verband met openbare paaie gebruik of verkry is, by die Regering. 31. Vir die doeleindes van artikel vier (a) vind algemene bekendmaking plaas (i) deur by die kantoor van elke betrokke magistraat en streeksowerheid ' n kennisgewing aan te plak, en (ii) deur een keer in die Amptelike Koerant en een keer per veertien dae vir twee agtereenvolgende veertien dae 'n kennisgewing in die Pers te publiseer, waarin die voorstelle van die Minister duidelik uiteengesit word en belanghebbendes versoek word om hul besware daarteen skriftelik by die streeksowerheid in te dien en wel teen ' n bepaalde datum wat nie minder moet wees as dertig dae na die laaste publikasie van die kennisgewing nie ; en
215.
Oorplasing aan die Regering van sekere werknemers en bates van streeks ower'hede .
Bekendmaking van Minister se voorneme om sekere bevoegdhede uit te oefen.
(b)
Kennisgewings ingevolge hierdie Wet.
Publikasie in die Pers.
vind plaaslike bekendmaking plaas (i) deur by die kantoor van elke betrokke magistraat en streeksowerheid 'n kennisgewing aan te plak, en (ii ) deur 'n kennisgewing te bestel aan die hoof van elke stamowerheid wat waar-
synlik daardeur geraak word, en (iii) deur 'n kennisgewing aan die eienaars van grond wat daardeur geraak word te bestel. waarin die voorstelle van die Minister duidelik uiteengesit word en belanghebbendes versoek word om hul besware daarteen skriftelik by die streeksowerheid nie later nie as dertig dae na die aanplak of bestelling van die kennisgewing, watter ook die laatste mag wees, in te dien. 32. (1) 'ʼn Kennisgewing wat ingevolge hierdie Wet bestel word, moet in skrif wees en kan deur enige beampte van die Departement bestel word (a) deur ' n afskrif van die kennisgewing aan die persoon aan wie dit bestel moet word self te oorhandig ; (b) deur so 'n afskrif by sy gewone of jongsbekende woon- of besigheidsplek te laat ; (c) deur so 'n afskrif per aangetekende pos na sy gewone of jongsbekende woon- of besigheidsplek te stuur ; of (d ) op sodanige ander wyse as wat die Minister by regulasie mag voorskryf. (2 ) Bestelling per aangetekende pos ingevolge paragraaf (c ) van sub-artikel ( 1 ) word geag nie later nie as tien dae na die datum van die posmerk op die registrasiebewys uitgevoer te gewees het. (3 ) Die hoof van 'n stamowerheid aan wie 'n kennisgewing ingevolge hierdie Wet bestel is, moet onverwyld die inhoud van die kennisgewing aan die persone woonagtig binne die gebied waarvoor die stamowerheid ingestel is, laat oordra. 33. (1 ) Wanneer ook al enigiets by hierdie Wet gemagtig of vereis word om bekend gemaak te word by publikasie of advertensie in die Pers, word dit so bekendgemaak of geadverteer in die nuusblad of nuusblaaie gelees in die Transkei wat die Minister van tyd tot tyd mag aanwys. ( 2) Sodanige bekendmaking of advertensie moet in die Xhosa, Engelse en Afrikaanse tale geskied : Met dien verstande dat dit voldoende sal wees as dit in Xhosa verskyn in 'n nuusblad wat in Xhosa gedruk word, in Engels in ' n nuusblad gedruk in Engels en in Afrikaans in 'n nuusblad gedruk in Afrikaans.
216 .
34. (1) Behalwe waar die aanhang anders vereis en behoudens die bepalings van artikel ses-en-sewentig van die Transkeise Grondwet, 1963 (Wet No. 48 van 1963) word 'n verwysing in die Wet op Toebou van Paaie, in sy toepassing op die Transkei (a) na 'n Administrateur, of die betrokke Administrateur of die Administrateur van die provinsie wat optree met toestemming van die uitvoerende komitee van die provinsiale raad van die provinsie, as ' n verwysing na die Minister uitgelê ; (b) na ' n beherende gesag of die betrokke beherende gesag, as 'n verwysing na die Minister uitgelê ; (c) na 'n hoofpad, as 'n verwysing na 'n Regeringspad uitgelê ; (d) na ' n proklamasie in 'n Provinsiale Koerant of die Staatskoerant, as 'n verwysing na 'n kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant uitgelê; (e) na 'n bevoegdheid om te proklameer as 'n bevoegdheid om te verklaar uitgelê ; (f) na die Goewerneur-generaal as 'n verwysing na die Transkeise Kabinet uitgelê ; en (g) na ' n provinsie as 'n verwysing na die Transkei uitgelê : Met dien verstande dat die verwysing na die Minister in artikel dertien en in paragraaf ( d) van sub-artikel (1) van artikel veertien van die Wet op Toebou van Paaie uitgelê word as 'n verwysing na die Transkeise Kabinet.
Aanpassing van Wet No. 21 van 1940 .
(2) Enige proklamasie wat voor die dertigste dag van Mei 1963 uitgevaardig is, ten opsigte van die Transkei, ingevolge (a)
sub-artikel (3 ) van artikel twee van die Wet op Toebou van Paaie, word geag 'n kennisgewing te wees wat, ingevolge bedoelde sub-artikel, deur die Transkeise Kabinet uitgevaardig is; en (b) sub-artikel (1 ) van artikel sewe van die Wet op Toebou van Paaie, word geag 'n kennisgewing te wees wat ingevolge bedoelde subartikel deur die Minister uitgevaardig is. 35. (1) Iemand wat (a) 'n Regeringspad of Owerheidspad beskadig, of (b) enige heining of ander slagboom op 'n Regeringspad of Owerheidspad oprig of enige versperring of hindernis daarop plaas; of (c) op 'n Regeringspad of Owerheidspad enigiets
217.
Misdrywe .
gooi of plaas wat gevaarlik, aanstootlik of skadelik vir die verkeer daarop kan wees ; of (d)
enige heining langsaan ' n Regeringspad of 'n Owerheidspad verwyder of opsetlik beskadig; of (e) enige beampte van die Departement in die verrigting van sy werksaamhede kragtens hierdie Wet hinder of belemmer of hom met so 'n beampte bemoei, is skuldig aan ' n misdryf. (2 ) Vir die doeleindes van sub-artikel ( 1 ) omvat die woord ,,Regeringspad" enige breedte vir die deurgang van diere, enige rusplek of drinkplek vir diere en enige ruskamp of rusoord of plek vir die aanplant van bome en struike. Algemene straf.
36. ( 1) Iemand wat skuldig bevind is aan 'n misdryf ingevolge hierdie Wet is strafbaar met 'n boete van hoogstens tweehonderd rand of, by wanbetaling gevangenisstraf van hoogstens ses maande. (2) Benewens die straf wat hy ingevolge subartikel (1 ) oplê, moet die hof wat iemand bo die ouderdom van een-en-twintig jaar skuldig bevind aan 'n misdryf ingevolge hierdie Wet, hom vonnis tot 'n boete wat gelyk is aan die onkoste aangegaan of die beraamde onkoste wat aangegaan moet word deur die Minister of 'n stamowerheid, na gelang van die geval, ten einde die pad tot sy vorige toestand te herstel of dit immuun teen die uitwerking van die misdryf te maak, of, by wanbetaling van sodanige boete, gevangenisstraf van hoogstens drie maande. (3) Geen bepaling van hierdie artikel belet die Minister of 'n stamowerheid om van 'n oortreder die volle bedrag van die in sub-artikel ( 2 ) bedoelde onkoste te verhaal nie, min die bedrag van enige boete wat van die oortreder ingevolge daardie sub-artikel ontvang is.
Beperking van aksies .
37. (1 ) Geen geding word teen die Regering of 'n stamowerheid ten opsigte van enigiets uit hoofde van hierdie Wet gedoen, ingestel nie, tensy (a) die geding binne ses maande nadat die eisoorsaak ontstaan het, ingestel is, en (b) binne agt-en-twintig dae nadat die eisoorsaak ontstaan het, kennis gegee is aan die verweerder waarin besonderhede van die eisoorsaak en die skade wat gely is, uiteengesit word: Met dien verstande dat ' n bevoegde hof op aansoek van iemand wat ingevolge paragraaf (b ) belet word om 'n geding in te stel, spesiale verlof aan so iemand kan toestaan om die geding in te stel as die hof oortuig
218.
is dat
(i) die verweerder op generlei wyse benadeel sal word weens die versuim of vertraging van die applikant om die vereiste kennis te gee nie ; of (ii) met inagneming van enige spesiale omstandighede, die applikant nie redelik verwag kon word om die vereiste kennis te gegee het nie. (2) Die Regering of 'n stamowerheid is nie in regte aanspreeklik vir of ten opsigte van enige besering, verlies of skade hoegenaamd wat opgedoen of gely is deur enigiemand by die gebruik deur of namens so iemand van enige gedeelte van 'n openbare pad uitgesonderd die ryvlak nie. 38. Die Minister kan in geskrif deur hom onderteken enige bevoegdheid of werksaamheid wat aan hom verleen word deur paragrawe (b) en ( c ) van subartikel (1 ) van artikel ses, artikel twaalf, sub-artikel (1) en sub-artikel (4) van artikel sestien, artikel agtien, artikel negentien, artikel twintig en artikel drie-en-dertig aan die Sekretaris delegeer, en kan insgelyks so ' n delegering te eniger tyd intrek. 39. (1) Die Minister kan regulasies uitvaardig (a) om die verskillende soorte of kategorië Regeringspaaie, en die spesifikasies, standaard of bouwyse van so 'n soort of kategorie voor te skryf ; (b) om die gebruik van enige openbare pad tot sekere soorte verkeer te beperk ; (c) om toegang tot openbare paaie terwyl dit tydelik gesluit is, te reël, te beperk of te verbied ; (d) om die minimum standaarde materiaal vir en oprigting van heinings wat langs Regeringspaaie opgerig gaan word, voor te skryf, met bevoegdheid om voorsiening te maak vir die verwydering, op koste van die persoon wat dit opgerig het, van enige heining wat in stryd met sodanige regulasies opgerig word; (e) om die tipe en wydte van hekke oor openbare paaie voor te skryf ; (f) om die gebruik van rus- en drinkplekke vir diere te reël; (g) om voorsiening te maak vir die gebruik, beheer en beskerming van ruskampe en rusoorde ; (h) om die gebruik en bestuur van openbare ponte te reël ;
219.
Delegering van bevoegdhede.
Regulasies ,
(i )
in verband met alle aangeleenthede wat ingevolge hierdie Wet voorgeskryf moet of kan word ; in verband met enige ander aangeleentheid (j) met betrekking tot openbare paaie wat hy nodig of dienstig ag om voor te skryf ten einde die oogmerke van hierdie Wet te bereik, al is so ' n aangeleentheid nie in die voorgaande paragrawe spesifiek vermeld nie. (2) Verskillende regulasies kan ten opsigte van verskillende openbare paaie of verskillende distrikte of streke uitgevaardig word. (3) Die regulasies kan op enige oortreding daarvan of versuim om daaraan te voldoen strawwe stel maar hoogstens ' n boete van honderd rand of, by wanbetaling, gevangenisstraf vir 'n tydperk van drie maande.
Regering deur Wet gebind.
40. Die bepalings van hierdie Wet bind die Regering.
Herroeping van wette .
41. Die wette in die Bylae by hierdie Wet vermeld, word, by hulle toepassing op die Transkei , hierby herroep vir sover in die derde kolom van die Bylae aangedui word. 42. Hierdie Wet heet die Wet op Transkeise Paaie, 1965, en tree in werking op 'n datum wat die Minister by kennisgewing in die Amptelik Koerant bepaal.
Kort titel en datum van inwerkingtreding .
BYLAE. WETTE HERROEP-VIR SOVER HULLE OP DIE TRAN SKEI VAN TOEPASSING IS.
No. en Jaar van Wet.
Proklamasie No. 86 van 1928 Ordonnansie No. 1 van 1935
Proklamasie No. 123 van 1941 Administrateurskennisgewing No. 202 van 1935 Ordonnansie No. 22 van 1948
Titel.
In hoeverre herroep.
Ordonnansie op Padbelasting in die Transkeise Gebied, 1935.
Die geheel. Artikel een, artikel twee, artikel ses, artikel sewe, artikel agt en Bylae B. Die geheel.
Die geheel . Ordonnansie op Paaie in Naturellegebiede, 1948.
220.
Die geheel.
UMTHETHO UMTHETHO
WE 6 1965 Ukulungiselela
ukusekwa
kweNgxowa
yoHlaziyo-mfuyo
eTranskei
neminye
imicimbi enokubakho . (Obhalwe ngesiXhosu usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe) (Uvunywe ngomhla wesi 2 October , 1965 ) KUQINGQWA UMTHETHO YIPREZIDANTI YOMBUSO NENDLU YOW ISO-MITHETHO YASETRANSKEI . ngolu hlobo lulandelayo:1. Kulo Mthetho, ngaphandle kokuba umxholo ophethweyo unantsingiselo yimbi ukuthi -
(i) "UMphathiswa" kuthetha uMphathiswa naMahlathi;
Ingcacisomagama.
weZolimo
(ii) "USibakhulu " kuthetha uSibakhulu weZolimo naMahlathi; (iii) "Inzuzo ngoBoya" kuthetha imali ehlawuliweyo okanye emelwe kukuhlawulwa kuVimba wobuRulumente baseTranskei, ngenxa yamalungiselelo esiqendu samashumi amane anesixhenxe soMthetho osisiseko solawulo eTranskei, 1963 (Umthetho No. 48 wowe 1963), ngokusingisele kwiimali ezabelwe uGunyaziwe weSizwe nguMphathiswa weZolawulo neNkqubela yabaNtsundu ekusebenziseni igunya alinikiweyo, kwakhona nalinikiweyo ngenxa yengxowa leyo sele ikhankanyiwe, kumhlathana (b) wesiqendwana (2) sesiqendu sesibini soMthetho ngoBoya nowoFako-mibandela woLabiwo-Nzuzo ngoBoya, 1952 (Umthetho No. 60 wowe 1952) , kunye nayiphina inzala eveliswa ekulondolozweni kwezo mali. Ngokwenjenje kusekwa ingxowa emayaziwe ngokuthi 2. yiNgxowa yoHlaziyo-mfuyo eTranskei, (ethi ke apha yabizwa ngokuba yiNgxowa) ekuyakuthi kuhlawulwe kuyo (a) kuthatyathwa kwiimali ezikuVimba waseTranskei , imali elingana naleyo ifumaneke kwiinzuzo ngoboya ukususela ngomhla ezathi iinzuzo ngoboya zahlawulelwa kuvimba waseTranskei ; (b) nayiphina inzala eveliswe ekulondolozweni okanye kwimibeko ngokwesiqendwana (2) sesiqendu sesine; kwakhona (c) nawuphina umnikelo kwingxowa leyo nokuba uvelaphina.
221.
Ukusekwa kwengxowa yoHlaziyo-mfuyo eTranskei.
3.
Iinjongo zeNgxowa yoHlaziyo-mfuyo eTranskei.
Iinjongo zeNgxowa ziyakuba, kukulungisa imigangatho yoveliso nohlobo loboya kwakhona naziphina iimveliso ngemfuyo, ukuncedisa ngemali okanye nangayiphina indlela kubafuyi kwakhona ngokubanzi ukulungiselela leyo misebenzi namancedo anxulumene nokufuya kunye neemveliso ngemfuyo anokuthi uMphathiswa awamise amaxesha ngamaxesha.
Amalungiselelo ngeMali.
(1) Ingxowa iyakuba phantsi kolawulo lukaSibakhulu 4. oyakuthi amisele ukugcinwa kweembali zeemali ezamkelweyo nezichithiweyo ngokusesikweni . (2) Nawuphina umncono oseNgxoweni ongaphezu kweemfuneko ezimiyo uyakugcinwa nguSibakhulu nakowuphina umbutho-gcino-mali akholwe nguwo uMphathiswa weZemali. (3) Nawuphina umncono ongachithwanga oseNgxoweni ekupheleni konyaka woqingqo-mali, uyakugcinwa eNgxoweni kude kube kunyaka woqingqo-mali olandelayo.
Iintelekelelo ngengenelo nenkcitho.
5. (1) Ngamaxesha anokuthi uMphathiswa ayalele, uSibakhulu uyakuthi, ngokucebisana noSibakhulu weZemali , anikezele kuMphathiswa ukufuna imvume yakhe, iintelekelelo okanye iintelekelelo ezingumbandela zengenelo kunye nezenkci tho eNgxoweni zonyaka nawuphina woqingqo-mali . (2) Akukho nkcitho iyakwenziwa nakowuphina unyaka woqingqo-mali , ngaphandle kokuhlinzekwe kwiintelekelelo ezivunywe nguMphathiswa phantsi kwesiqendwana ( 1 ) salowo nyaka woqingqo-mali .
Imimiselo.
6.
UMphathiswa unokwenza imimiselo ngokusingisele nakowuphina umcimbi awucingela ngokuba uyimfuneko okanye ufanelekile aze ayalele ngenjongo zokufikelela kwiinjongo neentsingiselo zalo Mthetho .
Intloko emfutshane.
7. Lo Mthetho uyakwaziwa ngokuba Ngxowa yoHlaziyo-mfuyo eTranskei , 1965.
222 .
nguMthetho
we-
A CT NO. 6 OF 1965 .
ACT
To provide for the establishment of a Transkei an Animal Husbandry Improvement Account and for matters incidental thereto . (Xhosa Text signed by the State President) (Assented to 2nd October, 1965 ). BE IT ENACTED BY THE STATE PRESIDENT AND THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY, as follows:-
1.
In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates
Definitions.
(i) "Minister" means the Minister of Agriculture and Forestry; (ii) "Secretary" means the Secretary for Agriculture and Forestry; (iii) "wool profits " means the amount paid or to be paid into the Transkeian Revenue Fund, by virtue of the provisions of section forty-seven of the Transkei Constitution Act, 1963 (Act No. 48 of 1963), in respect of the moneys allocated to the Transkeian Territorial Authority by the Minister of Bantu Administration and Development in the exercise of the authority conferred upon him by, and from the special account referred to in paragraph (b) of sub-section (2) of section two of the Wool Profits Distribution and Wool Amendment Act, 1952 (Act No. 60 of 1952), together with any interest derived from the investment of such moneys .
213
2. as
There is hereby established an account to be known the Transkeian Animal Husbandry Improvement Account
(hereinafter referred to as the Account) into which shall be paid -
(a) out of the moneys of the Transkeian Revenue Fund, an amount equal to the amount of the wool profits as at the date of payment of the said wool profits into the Transkeian Revenue Fund; (b) any interest derived from investments or deposits made in terms of sub-section (2) of section four; and (c) any contribution to the Account from any other source whatsoever.
223.
Establishment of a Transkeian Animal Husbandry Improvement Account.
Objects of the Transkeian Animal Husbandry Improvement Account.
3. The objects of the Account shall be to improve the standards of production and the quality of wool and other livestock products , to render financial and other assistance to breeders of livestock and generally to provide such services and facilities relating to animal husbandry and livestock products as the Minister may from time to time determine.
Financial arrangements.
4.
(1) The Account shall be under the control of the Secretary who shall cause proper records to be kept of all moneys received or expended.
(2) Any balance in the Account which is in excess of current requirements shall be invested by the Secretary with such banking or deposit-receiving institution or body as may be approved by the Minister of Finance. (3) Any unexpended balance in the Account at the close of any financial year shall be carried forward as a credit in the Account to the next succeeding financial year. Estimates of income and expenditure.
5. (1) At such times as the Minister may direct, the Secretary shall , in consultation with the Secretary for Finance , submit to the Minister for his approval estimates or supplementary estimates of the income and expenditure of the Account during any financial year. (2) No expenditure shall be incurred in any financial year except as provided in estimates approved by the Minister under sub-section ( 1) for such financial year.
Regulations .
6. The Minister may make regulations with regard to any matter which he considers it necessary or expedient to prescribe in order to achieve the objects and purposes of this Act.
Short title .
This Act shall be called the 7. Husbandry Improvement Account Act, 1965.
224.
Transkeian Animal
WET NO. 6 VAN 1965 . Om
WET
voorsiening te maak vir die instelling van ' n Transkeise Rekening vir Veeteeltverbetering en vir aangeleenthede wat daarmee in verband staan . (Xhosa Teks deur die Staatspresident geteken) (Goedgekeur op 2 Oktober 1965)
DAAR WORD DEUR DIE STAATSPRESIDENT EN DIE TRANS KEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING VERORDEN , soos volg:1. Tensy uit die samehang anders blyk, beteken in hierdie Wet -
Woordomskrywing.
(i) ,, Minister" die Minister van Landbou en Bosbou; (ii) ,,Sekretaris " die Sekretaris van Landbou en Bosbou; (iii) ,, wolwinste " die bedrag gestort of gestort te word in die Transkeise Inkomstefonds, uit hoofde van die bepalings van artikel sewe- en-veertig van die Transkeise Grondwet, 1963 (Wet No. 48 van 1963) , ten opsigte van die gelde toegewys aan die Transkeise Gebiedsowerheid deur die Minister van BantoeAdministrasie en -ontwikkeling by die uitoefening van die gesag aan hom verleen deur, en vanuit die spesiale rekening bedoel in , paragraaf (b) van sub-artikel (2) van artikel twee van die Wolwinsteverdelings- en Wolwysigingswet, 1952 (Wet No. 60 van 1952) , tesame met enige rente uit die belegging daarvan verkry.
2. Hierby word 'n rekening ingestel met die naam Transkeise Rekening vir Veeteeltverbetering (hieronder die Rekening genoem) waarin gestort word -
Instelling van 'n Transkeise Rekening vir Veeteeltverbetering.
(a) vanuit die gelde van die Transkeise Inkomstefonds , 'n bedrag gelyk aan die bedrag van die wolwinste op die datum van die storting van bedoelde wolwinste in die Transkeise Inkomstefonds ; (b) enige rente verkry uit die beleggings of deposito's ingevolge sub- artikel ( 2) van artikel vier gemaak; en (c) enige bydrae tot die Rekening uit enige ander bron hoegenaamd.
3.
Die oogmerke van die Rekening is om die produksiestandaarde en die kwaliteit van wol en ander veeprodukte te verbeter, om finansiële en ander bystand aan veetelers te ver-
225.
Oogmerke van die Transkeise Rekening vir Veeteeltverbetering.
leen en oor die algemeen om die dienste en fasiliteite met betrekking tot veeteelt en veeprodukte te voorsien wat die Minister van tyd tot tyd mag bepaal .
Finansiële reëlings.
4. (1) Die Rekening is onder die beheer van die Sekretaris wat van alle gelde ontvang of bestee behoorlik moet laat boekhou. (2) Enige saldo in die Rekening, wat nie vir lopende behoeftes aangewend word nie, word deur die Sekretaris by die bank- of deposito-nemende inrigting belê wat die Minister van Finansies mag goedkeur. (3) Enige onbestede saldo in die rekening by die sluiting van 'n boekjaar word as 'n krediet in die Rekening na die daaropvolgende boekjaar oorgedra.
Ramings van inkomste en uitgawes.
5. (1) Op die tye wat die Minister gelas lê die Sekretaris, in oorleg met die Sekretaris van Finansies, aan die Minister vir sy goedkeuring voor, ramings of aanvullende ramings van die inkomste en uitgawes van die Rekening gedurende 'n boekjaar.
(2) Geen uitgawes word gedurende ' n boekjaar aangegaan nie behalwe volgens ramings wat kragtens sub- artikel ( 1) vir daardie boekjaar deur die Minister goedgekeur is.
Regulasies.
Die Minister kan regulasies uitvaardig met betrek6. king tot enige aangeleentheid wat hy nodig of dienstig ag om voor te skryf ten einde die oogmerke en doelstellings van hierdie Wet te verwesenlik.
Kort titel.
7. Hierdie Wet heet die Wet op die Transkeise Rekening vir Veeteeltverbetering, 1965.
226 .
UMTHETHO UMTHETHO
WE 7. 1965 . Wokulungiselela imihlala-phantsi yeetitshala ezikolweni zikaRulumente neminye imicimbi enxibelelene noko, (Obhalwe ngesiNgesi usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe) (Uvunywe ngomhla we 11 September 1965 ). KUQINGQWA UMTHETHO YIPREZIDANTI YOMBUSO NENDLU YOWISO-MITHETHO YASETRANSKEI, ngolu hlobo lulandelayo: -
1. Kulo Mthetho, ngaphandle kokuba umxholo ophethweyo unantsingiselo yimbi ukuthi (i) “iGazethi ” yoBurulumente kuthetha iGazethi yoBurulumente yaseTranskei ; (ii) "ingxowa-mali " kuthetha ingxowa-mali yomhlalaphantsi ekhankanywe emhlathini (b) wesiqendwana (1) sesiqendu sesibini; (iii) “isikolo sikaRulumente" kuthetha isikolo sikaRulumente esisekwe okanye ngokwemigaqo yesiqendu sesibini soMthetho weMfundo eTranskei, 1964 (uMthetho Namba 2 wowe 1964) esithatyathwa ngokuba sisekwe, ngokomhlathi (a) wesiqendwana (1) sesiqendu sesixhenxe soMthetho ongunozala;
(iv) "ititshala" kuthetha nawuphi na umntu, ongengomLungu, oqeshwe esikhundleni esisigxina sobufundisi-ntsapho esikolweni sikaRulumente; (v) "lo Mthetho " kuquka nawuphi na ummiselo. (vi) “umhla omiselweyo " kuthetha umhla oya kumiselwa nguMphathiswa ngesaziso eGazethini yoBurulumente; (vii) "Ummiselo " kuthetha nawuphi na ummiselo owenziwe nonamandla omthetho phantsi kwalo Mthetho; (viii) "uMphathiswa" kuthetha uMphathiswa ekunikelwe kuye ulawulo 1wemigaqo yalo Mthetho yiNkulu-mbuso ngesaziso eGazethini yoBurulumente; (ix) "uMthetho
ongunozala"
Mfundo yabaNtsundu, wowe 1953);
kuthetha
uMthetho
we-
1953 (uMthetho Namba 47
(x) “uRulumente” kuthetha uRulumente waseTranskei.
227.
Ingcaciso-magama
Ulungiselelo lomhlalaphantsi nengxowa-mali yomhlalaphantsi.
(1) (a) Nakuba kukho nayiphi na enye into eMthethweni 2. ongunozala kodwa elawulwa yimigaqo yeziqendwana (3) nese (4) sesi siqendu, uMphathiswa angenza imimiselo elungiselela umhlalaphantsi weetitshala. (b) Naluphi na ke ulungiselelo olunjalo luya kwenza yomhlalaphantsi . kwengxowa-mali amalungiselelo okusekwa (2) Ngaphandle ke kokuphazamisana nangayiphi na indlela nokusebenza ngokubanzi kwemigaqo yesiqendwana ( 1), loo mimiselo ingathi (a) yenze amalungiselelo okuba iititshala ezithi ngaphambilana pje kancinane komhla omiselweyo, zibe zingamalungu engxowa-mali yepenshini elawul wa ngurulumente wephondo, okokuba zikhetha ukwenjenjalo (i) zikhululwe kuzo zonke iimfanelo okanye iimbophelelo zazo ngokuphathelele nakwiyiphi na ingxowa-mali enjalo, zize zilahle onke amalungelo namancedo abusulu ngokumalunga nayiphi na ingxowa-mali enjalo, zize ke zibe ngamalungu engxowa-mali zirume iminikelo kuyo; (ii) ziquke enkonzweni yazo ezinika ilungelo lokufumana umhlalaphantsi , ukufeza iinjongo zolungiselelo lomhlalaphantsi olukhank anywe kwisiqendwana (1), ibathu elithile nakuwaphi na amathuba engqesho enkonzweni karulumente wephondo, iRiphablikhi okanye uRulumente anokuthi alimisele uMphathiswa; (b) imisele imigaqo ezingathi zilawul wa yi yo iititshala (i ) ekuchatshazel we kuzo emhlathini ( a) ezikhetha ngokwemimiselo ukuba ngamalungu engxowamali zize zirume iminikelo kuyo, okanye (ii) ezingengomalungu
ayo
mali yomhlala-phantsi okanye
nayiphi ngomhla
(iii) eziba ngabafundisi-ntsapho emveni komhla omisel weyo ,
zibe ngamalungu iminikelo kuyo;
228.
na
ngomhla
engxowa-mali
ingxowa-
omiselweyo,
zize
okanye
zirume
(c) imisele imilinganiso-mali ekuya kuthi ngayo iminikelo erunywayo ihlawulwe (ifakwe ) engxowenimali ziititshala eziba ngabarumi-minikelo kuyo ingxowa-mali leyo; (d) imisele ingongoma eyindoqo esisiseko emayisetyenziswe kurumo-minikelo nendlela emakuqhutywe kurumo-minikelo ngayo olo nakufako-ngxoweni yemali Iwazo naziphi na ezinye izam buku-mali ezivela kwiimali ezabelwe usetyenziselo loo njongo yiNdlu yoWiso-mthetho; (e) imisele izibonelelo eziyimali ezuzekayo hlawulwe ziphuma engxoweni-mali;
emazi-
(f) iqingqe izambuku-mali , ukuba zikho , eziya kuhlawula (kufakwa) engxoweni mali ziititshala okanye egameni leetitshala ekuchatshazelwe kuzo emhlathini (a) ezikhetha ngokwemimiselo ukuba ngamalungu engxowa-mali zize zirume iminikelo . (3) Umphathiswa akasayi kuwisa nawuphi na ummiselo ngokwesi siqendu ngaphandle kokuba abe ucebisene noMphathiswa wezeMali . (4) Nawuphi na ummiselo owenziwe ngokwesi siqendu, ngokubhekiselele nakwiyiphi na ititshala ekhankany we emh lathini (a) wesiqendwana (2) ekhetha ukuba lilungu lengxowamali nokuruma iminikelo kuyo, uya kuthatyathwa, ukulungiselela iinjongo zesiqendwana (5) sesiqendu seshumi soMthetho ongunozala, ngokuba ngummiselo owenziwe ngabasemagunyeni abafanelekileyo ngokwesiqendu seshumi elinesihlanu soMthetho ongunozala. Zonke iititshala ezalathelwe ebutitshaleni ngomhla okanye em veni komhla omisel weyo ziya kuthi , zilawulwa yimigaqo yemimiselo, zibe ngamalungu engxowa-mali zize zirume nokuruma iminikelo kuyo .
3.
Iititshala ezithile zinyanzelekile ukuba zenze iminikelo engroweni.
4. Nawuphi na ummiselo okanye naluphi na ufakelommiselo umbandela olungelulo olo luphathelele kumlinganiso eya kuthi imirumo yeminikelo engxoweni-mali yenziwe ngokwawo okanye isambuku-mali nohlobo lwezibonelelo eziyimali ezuzekayo emazihlawul we, lungenziwa luthabathele ukusebenza exesheni eligqithileyo ukususela emhleni ongekho ngaphambili kwalowo woqaliso-kusebenza kwalo Mthetho .
Imimiselo ethile ingawiswa ingunothabathela exesheni eligqithileyo ukusebenza.
5. Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuba nguMthetho wengxowa-mali yoMhlala-phantsi weeTitshala zaseTranskei, 1965.
Intlokwana.
229.
ACT NO. 7 OF 1965
ACT
To provide for pensions for teachers in Government schools and for other incidental matters. (English Text signed by the State President) (Assented to 11th September, 1965 ) BE IT ENACTED BY THE STATE PRESIDENT AND THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY , as follows:-
Definitions.
1.
In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates (i) "fixed date" means a date to be fixed by the Minister by notice in the Official Gazette; (x) (ii) "Government" means the Government of the Transkei; (vii) (iii) " Government school" means a Government school established, or by virtue of the provisions of section two of the Transkei Education Act, 1964 (Act No. 2 of 1964) deemed to have been established, in terms of paragraph ( a) of sub- section ( 1 ) of section seven of the principal Act; (viii) (iv) "Minister" means the Minister to whom the administration of the provisions of this Act has been assigned by the Chief Minister by notice in the Official Gazette; (v) (v) "Official Gazette" of the Transkei; (i)
means
the Official Gazette
(vi) "principal Act" means the Bantu Education Act, 1953 (Act No. 47 of 1953); (iv) (vii) “regulation " means any regulation made and in force under this Act; (1x) (viii)
"teacher" means any person, other than a White person, who has been appointed in a permanent capacity in a teaching post in a Government school; (vi)
(ix) "the fund" means the pension fund referred to in paragraph (b) of sub-section ( 1) of section two; (ii) (x) "this Act" includes any regulation . (iii) Pension scheme and pension fund.
2. (1) (a) Notwithstanding anything in the principal Act contained but subject to the provisions of sub-sections (3) and
230.
(4) of this section, the Minister may make regulations providing for a pension scheme for teachers. (b) Any such scheme shall make provision for the establishment of a pension fund. (2) Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of sub-section ( 1) , such regulations may (a) make provision for teachers who, immediately prior to the fixed date , are members of a pension fund administered by a provincial administration, if they so elect -
(i) to be released from all obligations towards, and to relinquish all rights and privileges in respect of, any such fund and to become members of and contribute to the fund; (ii) to include in their pensionable service, for the purposes of the pension scheme referred to in sub-section ( 1) , so much of any periods of employment in the service of a provincial administration, the Republic or the Government as the Minister may determine; (b) prescribe the conditions subject to which teachers (i) referred to in paragraph (a) who elect in terms of the regulations to become members of and contribute to the fund, or (ii) who are not members of any pension fund on the fixed date, or (iii) who become teachers on or after the fixed date, may become members of and shall contribute to the fund;
(c) prescribe the rates at which contributions shall be paid to the fund by teachers who become contributors thereto; (d) prescribe the basis on which and the manner in which contributions and any other amounts shall be paid to the fund from moneys appropriated by
231.
the Legislative Assembly for the purpose;
(e) prescribe the benefits payable from the fund; and (f) prescribe the amounts , if any, which shall be paid to the fund by or on behalf of teachers referred to in paragraph (a) who elect in terms of the regulations to become members of and contribute to the fund. (3) The Minister shall not make any regulation under this section except in consultation with the Minister of Finance. (4) Any regulation made in terms of this section , in relation to any teacher referred to in paragraph (a) of sub- section (2) who elects to become a member of and contribute to the fund, shall, for the purposes of sub-section (5) of section ten of the principal Act, be deemed to be a regulation made by the competent authority in terms of section fifteen of the principal Act. Certain teachers compelled to contribute to fund.
3.
Certain regulations may be made with retrospective effect.
4. Any regulation or any amendment to a regulation , other than an amendment relating to the rate at which contributions shall be made to the fund or the amount and nature of the
Every teacher appointed on or after the fixed date shall, subject to the provisions of the regulations , become a member of and contribute to the fund.
benefits payable , may be made with retrospective effect from a date not earlier than the date of commencement of this Act.
Short Title .
5. This Act shall be called the Transkeian Teachers ' Pension Fund Act, 1965.
232.
WET NO. 7 VAN 1965 .
WET
Om voorsiening te maak vir pensioene vir onderwysers in Regeringskole en vir ander aangeleenthede wat daarmee in verband staan. (Engelse Teks deur die Staatspresident geteken) (Goedgekeur op 11 September 1965 ) DAAR WORD DEUR DIE STAATSPRESIDDNT EN DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING VERORDEN , soos volg: -
1. In hierdie Wet, tensy uit die samehang anders blyk, beteken ·
(i) ,, Amptelike Koerant" die Amptelike Koerant van die Transkei ; (v) (ii) ,, die fonds " die in paragraaf (b) van sub-artikel (i) van artikel twee bedoelde pensioenfonds; (ix)
(iii) ,, hierdie Wet " ook 'n regulasie; (x) (iv) ,,Hoofwet" die Wet op Bantoe-onderwys, 1953 (Wet No. 47 van 1953); (vi) (v) ,,Minister" die Minister aan wie die uitvoering van die bepalings van hierdie Wet deur die Hoofminister by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant opgedra is; (iv)
(vi) ,,onderwyser" iemand, behalwe ' n Blanke persoon, wat in ' n onderwyserspos in ' n Regeringskool in 'n permanente hoedanigheid aangestel is; (viii) (vii) ,, Regering" die Regering van die Transkei; (ii) (viii) ,,Regeringskool " 'n Regeringskool ingestel , of uit hoofde van die bepalings van artikel twee van die Transkei Onderwyswet, 1964 ( Wet No. 2 van 1964) geag ingestel te wees, ingevolge paragraaf ( a) van sub-artikel ( 1) van artikel sewe van die Hoofwet; (iii) (ix) ,, regulasie " 'n regulasie wat ingevolge hierdie Wet uitgevaardig of van krag is ; ( vii ) (x) ,, vasgestelde datum" 'n datum wat deur die Minister by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant vasgestel moet word. (i)
233.
Woordomskrywing .
Pensioenskema en pensioenfonds .
2. (1) (a) Ondanks andersluidende bepalings in die Hoofwet maar onderworpe aan die bepalings van sub-artikels (3 ) en (4) van hierdie artikel, kan die Minister regulasies uitvaardig wat vir 'n pensioenskema vir onderwysers voorsiening maak. (b) So'n skema moet voorsiening maak vir die instelling van 'n pensioenfonds.
(2) Sonder om afbreuk te doen aan die algemene aard van die bepalings van sub- artikel ( 1) kan bedoelde regulasies (a) voorsiening daarvoor maak dat onderwysers wat onmiddellik voor die vasgestelde datum lede is van 'n pensioenfonds beheer deur 'n provinsiale administrasie, indien hulle aldus kies -
(i) onthef word van alle verpligtings teenoor, en afstand doen van alle regte en voorregte ten opsigte van, so ' n fonds en lede word van en bydra tot die fonds ; (ii) by hulle pensioengewende diens inreken, vir die doeleindes van die pensioenskema in subartikel (1) bedoel , soveel van enige tydperke in diens van ' n provinsiale administrasie, die Republiek of die Regering as wat die Minister mag bepaal;
(b) die voorwaardes onderwysers -
voorskryf onderworpe waaraan
(i) in paragraaf (a) bedoel wat ingevolge die regulasies kies om lede te word van en by te dra tot die fonds , of (ii) wat op die vasgestelde datum nie lede van enige pensioenfonds is nie , of (iii ) wat op of na die vasgestelde datum onderwysers word, lede van die fonds kan word en daartoe moet bydra; (c) die skale voorskryf waarvolgens bydraes tot die fonds betaal word deur onderwysers wat lede daarvan word;
(d) die grondslag en die wyse voorskryf waarop bydraes en enige ander bedrae uit gelde deur die
234.
Wetgewende Vergadering vir die doel bewillig in die fonds gestort word; (e) die voordele voorskryf wat uit die fonds betaalbaar is; en (f) die bedrae, indien enige, voorskryf wat in die fonds inbetaal word deur of namens onderwysers in paragraaf (a) bedoel wat ingevolge die regulasies kies om lede te word van en by te dra tot die fonds . (3) Die Minister mag geen regulasies ingevolge hierdie artikel uitvaardig nie behalwe in oorleg met die Minister van Finansies . (4) 'n Regulasie kragtens hierdie artikel uitgevaardig, met betrekking tot 'n in paragraaf (a) van sub- artikel (2) bedoelde onderwyser wat kies om lid te word van en by te dra tot die fonds, word, vir die doeleindes van sub-artikel (5) van artikel tien van die Hoofwet, geag ' n regulasie te wees wat deur die bevoegde gesag kragtens artikel vyftien van die Hoofwet uitgevaardig is . Elke onderwyser wat op of na die vasgestelde datum 3. aangestel is, moet, behoudens die bepalings van die regulasies, 'n lid van die fonds word en daartoe bydra.
Sekere onderwysers verplig om tot fonds by te dra.
Enige regulasie of wysiging van 'n regulasie, behalwe 'n wysiging wat betrekking het op die skaal waarvolgens bydraes tot die fonds gemaak moet word of die bedrag en aard van die voordele betaalbaar, kan met terugwerkende krag uitgevaardig word vanaf 'n datum wat nie vroeër is as die datum waarop hierdie Wet in werking tree nie.
Sekere regulasies kan met terugwerkende krag uitgevaardig word.
5. Hierdie Wet heet die Wet op die Pensioenfonds vir Transkeise Onderwysers , 1965.
Kort titel.
4.
235.
UMTHETHO WE 8 1965 .
UMTHETHO
Wokufaka imibandela kumthetho obhekiselele kubhaliso bavoti noknqhatywa konyuló Iwamalungu anyulwavo eNdlu yoWiso-mithetho yase Transkei. (Obhalwe ngesiXhosa usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSixwe (Uvunywe ngomhla wa-28 Julayi; 1965 ). KUQINGQWA UMTHETHO YIPREZIDANTI YOMBUSO NENDLU YOWISO-MITHETHO YASETRANSKEI , ngolu hlobo lulandelayo: Ufako-mbande la kwisiqendu 2 seSihlokomisomthetho No. R. 142 sowe 1963.
1. Isiqendu sesibini seSihlokomiso-mthetho No. R.142 sowe 1963 (apha ngezantsi esibizwa ngokuthi siSihlokomiso) ngokwenjenje sifakelwa imibandela -
(a)
ngokufakelela, emva kwengcaciso "kaMhle ", le ngcaso -magama ilandelayo : ukuthi " igosa eliyintloko lobalo-voti ' kuthetna igosa elikhulu lobalo-voti elalathelwe ngokomhlathana (d) wesiqendwana ( 1 ) okanye isiqendwana (2) sesiqendu samashumi amathathu anesixhenxe; ukuthi ' igosa lobalo-voti elilisekela ' kuthetha isekela legosa elibal a ivoti elalathelwe ngokwesiqendwana (2) sesiqendu samashumi amathathu anesixhenxe;"
(b)
ngokubeka endaweni yengcaciso-gama elithi "uMphathiswa" le ngcaciso- gama ilandelayo: ukuthi " " Mphathiswa" kuthetha uMphathiswa wezaseKhaya; " ;
(c)
ngokuf akelela emva kwengcaciso-gama elithi "isazisi " le ngcaciso- gama ilandelayo:
(d)
ukuthi " umqulu wabavoti ' kuthetha unqulu wabavoti benqila oqukelwe ngokwesiqendu seshumi elinesithandathu;"; ngokubeka endaweni yengcaciso-gama elithi "bhalisiwe" okanye "ubhaliso " le ngcaciso-gama ilandelayo : ukuthi " bhalisiwe' okanye ' ubhaliso ' kuthetha ukubhaliswa okanye ubhaliso njengomvoti emqulwini wabavoti okanye kuluhlu Iwabavoti enqileni yonyulo" ; na
(e)
ngokubeka endaweni yengcaciso-gama elithi "igosa lobalo-voti" le ngcaciso- gama ilandelayo : ukuthi " igosa lobalo-voti kuthetha igosa lolawulo lwesithili eliligosa lobalo-voti ngokwesiqendwana
236 .
(1) sesiqendu samashumi amathathu anesixhenxe kwaye kuquka igosa eliyintloko lobalo-voti negosa lobalo-voti elilisekela, kwaye ke , ukulungiselela iinj ongo zesiqendu 46 " kabini" sifundwa nesiqe ndu 46 "kathathu", naliphi na igosa elikwisigosa segosa lobalo-voti eligunyaziswe ngokufanelekileyo ligosa elo libala ivoti ukuba liqhube okuthile egameni lalo; ".
2. Isiqendu sesithandathu seSihlokomiso-mthetho ngokwenjenje sifakwa umbandela ngofakelelo emhlathini (b) wesiqendwana (2) emva kwegama elithi "ukuqukela" lwala magama "imiqulu yabavoti ne-".
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 6 seSihlokomisomthetho No.R.142 sowe 1963.
3.
Isiqendu seshumi elinesithandathu seSihlokomiso-mthetho ngokwenjenje sifakwa umbandela ngokubeka kwiziqendwana (1) nese 2 endaweni yamagama athi "isalathiso" , naphina apho abonakala khona, igama elithi “ umqulu ” .
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 16 seSihlokomisomthetho No. R.142 sowe 1963 njengoko sifakelwe imibandela nguMthetho we 4 wowe 1964.
4. Isiqendu samashumi amabini se Sihlokomiso-mthetho ngokwenjenje sif akelwa umbandela ngokubeka endaweni yesiqendwana ( 2 ) esi siqendwana silandelayo :
Ufako-mbande la kwisiqendu 20 seSihlokomisomthetho No. R.142 sowe 1963.
"(2) Igosa lonyulo liya kuthi ungekagqithi umhla weshumi kwinyanga nganye lidlulisele kuMongameli weZiko leZazisi zemiDaka nakwigosa ngalinye lolawulo lwesithili, ngokumalunga nenqila nganye yonyulo , uluhlu lwabavoti ababhalisi weyo ngenyanga efileyo ngokwesiqendwana (3 ) sesiqendu seshumi, waye ke uMongemeli lowo uxeliweyo uyakugcina ingcombolc ethile ebhaliweyo ngomntu ngamnye onjalo ngokwemigaqo ye sigendwana (1 )". 5. Esi siqendu silandelayo ngokwenjenje sibekwa endaweni yesiqendu samashumi amabini ananye seSihlokomiso-mthetho:
21. ( 1) Ungekandluli umhla weshumi kwinyanga. "lingxelo ngabavoti nganye igosa lonyulo liya kunikwa ababhubhileyo nabangafanelekileyo . (a) nguMongameli weZiko leZazisi zemiDaka, ingxelo enenani oluluphawu namagama womvoti ngamnye okubhubha kwakhe bekubhalisiwe okanye abekwazisiwe enyangeni engaphambili; (b) nguSomqulu wa Bazelweyo , weMtshato naBafileyo eTranskei , ingxelo enenani oluluphawu namagama omvoti ngamnye okubhu-
237.
Ukubeka isiqendu endaweni yesiqendu 21 seSihlokomisomthetho No. R.142 sowe 1963 , njengoko sifakelwe imibandela nguMthetho we 4 sowe 1964.
bha kwakhe bekubhalisiwe enyangeni engæ phambili ezithilini ezikhankanywe kwisiqendu sesibini soMthetho; (c) ngusomqulu okanye unobhala wenkundla leyo, ingxelo ngefomu emiselweyo ngokumalunga nomvoti ngamnye othe ngenyanga engaphambili waba ugwetywe ngalo naliphi na kumatyala, okanye waba phantsi komyalelo nawuphi na wenkundla, ekubhekiswe kuwo kwisiqendwana ( 1) sesiqendu samashumi anesibhozo soMthetho ; na -
amabini
(d) ngumphathi womzi othile ngamnye , njengoko kuchaziweyo esiqendwini samashumi asibhozo anesixhenxe soMthetho woKuphambana iNgqondo , 1916 ( uMthetho No. 38 wowe 1916), ingxelo ngefomu emiselweyo ngomvoti ngamnye ongafanelekileyo ngezizathu ezikhankanywe emhlathini (c) wesiqendwana (i) sesiqendu sama shumi amabini anesibhozo soMthetho obekhutshiwe enyangeni edlulileyo njengomguli ophilileyo. (2) Ukulungiselela iinjongo zesiqendwana (1) ukuthi "umvoti " kuya kuthetha nawupi na ubani ekubhalwe eSazisini sakhe ukuthi ubhalisiwe njengomvoti enqileni yonyulo ". Ubeko-siqendu endaweni yesiqendu 22 seSihlokomisoMthetho No. R.142 sowe 1963.
6. Esi siqendu silandelayo ngokwenjenje sibekwa endaweni yesiqendu samashumi amabini anambini seSihlokomiso-mthetho: "Ufakombandela emiqulwini yabavoti ligosa lonyulo.
22. (1) Igosa lonyulo liya kuthi nangaliphi na ixesha ngaphandle nje ngethuba eliphakathi komhla wovalo lobhaliso njengoko kulungiselelwe kwisiqendwana (2) sesiqendu seshumi nomhla wovoto , ukuba liyaneliswa ziingongoma ezithile eziphathelele kuloo mcimbi , lenze umbandela emqulwini wabavoti bayo nayiphi na inqila yonyulo ngoku -
(a) lungisa nasiphi na isiphosiso , ngokuf aka nakuphi na okungaf akwanga okanye ngokubha la nakuphi na okuguqukileyo kwinkcukacha ephathelele kubhaliso lwakhe nawuphi na umvoti; (b) susa igama lakhe nawuphi na umvoti othe, ngokwengxelo phantsi komhlathi (a), (b) ckanye (c ) wesiqendwana ( 1 ) sesiqendu sama-
238.
shumi amabini ananye waba ubhubhile okanye ukhutshiŵe ekubeni angafaneleka ukuthi roqo ebhalisiwe ;
(c) buyisela emqulwini wabavoti ofanelekileyo igama lakhe nawuphi na umvoti okhankanywe emhlathini (c) ukanye (d) wesiqendwana (1) sesiqendu samashumi amabini ananye obuye abhaliswe emqulwini; ukuba wafaneleka (d) susa igama lakhe nawuphi na umntu ekuqiniselwe isigqibo sokufaka isichaso ngokuphathelele kuye ngokwesiqendu samashumi amabini anesithandathu;
(e) buyisela igama lakhe nawuphi na umvoti elishenxiswe ngemposiso; (f) faka igama lomntu nawuphi na ophumeleleyo ekuchaseni ukuba igama lakhe lingakhutshelwa ngaphandle okanye ophumeleleyo esibhenweni sokuba igama lakhe lingakhutshelwa ngaphandle ; (g) faka igama lakhe nawuphi na umvoti othi ngengcebiso yoMongameli weZiko leZazisi zemiDaka abe ungummi waseTranskei, aze abe ufanelekile ukuba abhaliswe njengomvoti .
(2) Okokuba ke kuthi kwenzeke ngokwesiqendwana (1) ukuba igosa lonyulo lisuse kumqulu wabavoti igama elingelogama lomntu obhubhileyo, liya kumazisa loo mntu ngoko ngesaziso ngefomu emiselweyo, esiya kuthi ke eso saziso sibhekiswe e-adre sini yaloo mntu njengoko ibonisiweyo emqulwini wabavoti" . 7. Esi siqendu silande layo sibekwa endaweni yesiqendu samashumi amabini anesithathu seSihlokomiso-mthetho: "Iza kwenziwa njani na imibandela kwimiqulu yabavoti?
23. (1) Xa sukuba igosa lonyulo ligqibe ukuba lisuse igama lakhe nawuphi na umntu okanye libuyisele okanye lifake igama lomntu nawuphi na. em qulwini wabavoti okanye ukuba lilungise nasiphi na isiphosiso okanye lif ake nakuphi na engekufakiwe kodwa okungafakwanga apho, liya ku thabatha amanyathelo okuba ikhadi elo lobhaliso liguqulwe okanye kubhalwe oko kulo nge-inki.
239.
Ubeko-sigendu endaweni yesiqendu 23 seSihlokomiso-mthetho No.R.142 sowe 1963 njengoko kube kwe endaweni yaso uMthetho we. 4 wowe 1964.
(2) Nakuphi na ke ukuguqulwa okunjalo okanye ubhalo olwenziwayo kwelo khadi luya kuba neempawu zamagama egosa elo lenza loo nguqulo okanye loo mbhalo , eliya kuthi ke xa sukuba kususwa, kubuyiselwa okanye kufakwa igama, likucacise oko lize lixele unobangela wenguqulo okanye waloo mbhalo wenziwa ngesandla kwelo khadi. (3) Igosa lonyulo liya kwazisa igosa lolawulo lwesithili ngoko laye ke elo gosa liya kwenza inguqulo okanye umbhalo okwanj alo ekhadini yesibini esisikhutshelo yobhaliso lomvoti , lize libhale unobangela woko kwelo khadi, kodwa kwahluke nje ngokuthi , xa sukuba ususo- gama lubangelwa kukubhubha komntu , ikhadi yesibini esisikhutshelo iya kutshatyalaliswa❞
Ubeko-siqendu endaweni ye siqendu 24 seSihlokomiso-mthetho No. R.142 sowe 1963
8. Esi siqendu silandelayo ngokwenjenje si bekwa endaweni yesiqendu samashumi amabini anesine seSihlokomiso-mthetho . "Izintlu zabavoti ziza kugcine lwa ukuhlolwa.
Ikopi yoluhlu Iwabavoti benqila nganye yo24. nyulo nekopi yoluhlu ngalunye Iwabavoti ekuchatshazelwe kubo kwisiqendwana (2) sesiqendu samashumi amabini ziya kugcinelwa ukuhlolwa nguwonkewonke e-ofisini yegosa ngalinye lolawulo Iwesithili nakwezinye ke iindawo angathi uMphathiswa enze imiyalelo ngokumalunga nazo waye ke nawuphi na umntu onqwenela ukuhlola okanye ukwenza iikopi zezo zintlu okanye izicaphulo kuzo uya kuba nelungelo lokukwenza oko, ngaphandle kwentlawulo-mali , phakathi kweeyure ezimiselwe umsebenzi weofisi. " .
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 26 seSihlokomisomthetho No. R.142 sowe 1963.
9.
Isiqendu samashumi amabini anesithandathu seSi hlokomisomthetho ngokwenjenje sifakelwa imibandela (a)
ngokubeka kwisigendwana ( 1) endaweni yamagama "uluhlu lwabavoti " la magama: "umqulu wabavoti ";
(b)
ngokubeka kwisiqendwana (2) endaweni yala magama: apho abonakala "uluhlu lwabavoti " naphina khona, la magama " umqulu wabavoti ";
(c)
ngokubeka endaweni yesiqendwana (6) esi siqendwana si landelayo: "(6) Okokuba igosa lolawulo Iwesithili liqinisela nayiphi na inkcaso eyenziwe ngokwesiqendwanя (1),
240.
liya kusibhala eso sigqibo ekhadini lobhaliso-mvoti lesibini elisisikhutshelo elikulo igosa elo laye ke liya kwazisa igosa lonyulo ngoko ngefomu emiselweyo.".
10. Esi siqendu silandelayo ngokwenjenje sibekwa endaweni yesiqendu samashumi amathathu anesixhenxe seSihlokomisomthetho:
"Amagosa obalovoti.
37. (1) Igosa ngalinye lolawulo 1wesithili liya kuthi, ngegunya nje lesikhundla salo, ngokumalunga nesithili salo sobhaliso, libe ligosa lobalo-voti kwinqila nganye eza kubalelwa ivoti ngosuku lovoto.
Ubeko-siqendu endaweni yesiqendu 37 seSihlokomisomthetho No. R.142 sowe 1963 , njengoko sifakelwe imibandela siSihlokomiso-mthetho No. R.301 sowe 1963.
(2) Igosa lonyulo lingalathela igosa elinye okanye ngaphezulu elilisekela legosa lobalo-voti ukuncedisa igosa lobalo-voti ngosuku lokuvota. " . 11. Isiqendu samashumi amane seSihlokomiso-mthetho ngokwenjenje sifakelwa umbandela ngokubeka kwisi qendwana ( 1) endaweni yesijungqe sentetho esithi "amashumi amabini eerandi (R20)" eli binzana lentetho: "amashumi amahlanu eerandi (R50)" .
Ufako-mbande la kwisiqendu 40 seSihlokomisomthetho No.R.142 sowe 1963.
seSihlokomiso-
Ulwenziwombandela kwiSiqendu 44 seSihlokomisomthetho No.R.142 sowe 1963.
12.
Kwisiqendu
samashumi
amane
anesine
mthetho ngokwenjenje kwenziwa umbandela ngokucima kwisiqendwana (2) la magama " xa angekhoyo loo mgqatswa".
13. Ezi ziqendu zilandelayo ngokwenjenje ziyafakelelwa kwiSihlokomiso-mthetho emva kwesiqendu samashumi amane anesithandathu: "Ukuvota ngaphambi kosuku lovoto
46.
"kabini" (1) Elawulwa yimigaqo yesiqendwana (2) nawuphi na umvoti ongekhoyo angathi , ngethuba lamashumi amabini ananye eentsuku ezingaphambilana nje kancinane kosuku lovoto, acele phakathi kweeyure eziqingqelwe umsebenzi weofisi eofisini yegosa lobalo-voti ahlala esithilini salo sobhaliso ukuba avote ngaphambi kwelo gosa lobalovoti: Kodwa ke makuqondakale nje ukuthi akukho nto ikwesi Sihlokomiso-mthetho iya kutolikwa njengokuba yalela igosa lobalo- voti ukuba livumele awuphi na umvoti onjalo, ongenguye umvoti okhankanywe kwisiqendwana (2), ukuba avote naphi na esithilini sobhaliso ngelo thuba lixeliweyo liziintsuku ezingamashumi amabini ananye.
241 .
Ufakelo lwe siqendu 46 "kabini" ne sama 46 "kathathu" kwiSihloKomiso-mthetho No. R.142 sowe 1963.
(2) Akukho sicelo sakuvota ngokwesi siqendu siya kwenziwa ngumvoti ongekhoyo ohlala esithilini sobhaliso ekukho kuso naliphi na iziko elingumongezelelwa lokuvota abangekhoyo elilungiselelwe ngokwesiqendu sesihlanu.
(3) Imigaqo yezi ziqendu: esamashumi amahlanu anane, esamashumi amahlanu anɑntlanu nesamashumi amahlanu anesithandathu, ngaphandle koko kuqingqwe kwisiqendu anesithandathu” amane samashumi "kathathu", iya kuthi isebenze iguqulwe nje apho kufunekayo ngokuphathelele kumvoti ongekhoyo ovota ngokwesi siqendu. Kuqhutywa njani na ngamaphepha anophawu okuvota ngasese abathile abangekhoyo?
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 48 seSihlokomisomthetho No. R.142 sowe 1963, njengoko endaweni yaso kubekwe isihlokomiso-mthetho No. R.301 sowe 1963.
14.
46.
"kathathu ".
Kwangoko
emva
kokuvota
nawuphi na umvoti ongekhoyo okhankanywe kwisiqendwana ( 1) sesiqendu samashumi amane anesithandathu "kabini " naye wonke umvoti ongekhoyo Ovota kwiziko lokuvota ekungekho kulo ibhokisi yokuvota ngasese abavoti abangekhoyo uya kufaka iphepha lakhe lokuvota ngasese elinophawu emvlophini yephepha lokuvota ngasese komvoti ongekhoyo, ayivale loo mvlophu aze emveni koko ayinikezele igosa lobalo-voti , igosa elongameleyo okanye igosa lovoto, kuxhomekeke ekubeni ngubani na kanyekanye kwaba, laye ke elo gosa lobalo-voti , igosa elongameleyo okanye igosa lovoto liya kuqinisekisa ukuba loo mvlophu incanyathiselweyo igcinwe endaweni elondolozeke kakuhle kuyo . ".
Isiqendu
samashumi
amane
anesibhozo
seSihlokomiso-
mthetho ngokwenjenje sifakelwa umbandela ngokubeka endaweni yesiqendwana ( 1) esi siqendwana silandelayo:
" (1) Emazikweni okuvota alungiselelwe ngokwesiqendu sesine nesiqendu sesihlanu kwizithili ezingamashumi amabini anesithandathu zovoto ezikhankanywe kwisiqendu sesithathu, uvoto luya kuqalisa ngentsimbi yesixhenxe kusasa lwaye ke luya kuvalwa ngentsimbi yesithandathu xa kuhl wayo ngosuku lovoto , kwaye ke kuwo onke amanye amaziko okuvota akhoyo kulo lonke eleRiphablikhi ngaphakwaseTranskei , sesihlanu, ndle ngokwesiqendu uvoto luya kuqalisa ngentsim bi yesixhenxe kusasa luze luvalwe ngentsimbi yethoba ngokuhlwa ngosuku lovato: Kodwa ke makuqondakale kwakhona ukuthi , uMphathiswa
242 .
angathi , ngesaziso eGazethini, azandise iiyure zokuvota kuloo maziko okuvota angathi axelwe : Kodwa ke maku qondakale kwakhona ukuthi, esithilini sobhaliso ekungekho ziko lokuvota longezelelweyo kuso ngokwemigaqo yesiqendu sesihlanu, uvoto luya kuqhutywa kuphela ngeeyure eziqingqelwe umsebenzi weofisi. ".
15. Esi siqendu silandelayo sibekwa endaweni samashumi amane anethoba seSihlokomiso-mthetho :
"Isifungo sokugcina nj engehlebo.
yesiqendu
49. Igosa ngalinye lobalo-voti , igosa elongameleyo, igosa lovoto, ozigqatsileyo okanye umenzeli wakhe, ingqina okanye nawuphi na omnye umntu okanye igosa (ingelilo ipolisa) elinelungelo lokubakho ezi kweni lokuvota okanye kubalo lweevoti , liya kuthi , ngaphambi kokuvulwa kovoto, laye ke igosa ngalinye elibalayo liya kuthi , ngaphambili koqalisobalo lweevoti , lenze ngendlela emiselweyo isifungo sokugcina esifubeni salo iindaba njengezakwamkhozi, ukuba ke ligosa lobalo-voti lifunge ngaphambi komfungisi wasemthethweni okanye ukuba alisililo igosa lobalo-voti ngapharbi komfungisi osemthethweni okanye ngaphambi kwegosa lobalo-voti okanye igosa elongameleyo eligunyazisiweyo ukuba liqhube
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 49 seSihlokomisomthetho No.R. 142 sowe 1963, nj engoko sifakelwe imibandela siSihlokomisomthetho No. R.301 sowe 1963.
olo fungiso. ".
16. Isiqendu samashumi amahlanu anesine mthetho ngokwenjenje sifakelwa imibandela -
seSihlokomiso-
(a)
ngokubeka kwisi qendwana (3) endaweni yala magama "ngezantsi nje kancinane kombhalo wobhaliso " la magama "libhale ngokunqamlezileyo kolo phawu umhla wonyulo"; na-
(b)
ngokufakelela ekuqalekeni kwesi qendwana (4) la magama "elawulwa yimigaqo yesi qendu samashumi amane anesithandathu "kathathu ” ,.
17. Isiqendu samashumi amahlanu anesixhenxe seSihlokomisomthetho ngokwenjenje sifakelwa imibandela ngokubeka endaweni yemihlathi (b), (c), (d) no (e) yesiqendwana ( 1 ) le mihlathi ilandelayo: "(b)
iimvlophu zephepha lokuvota ngasese labavoti abangekhoyo , okokuba zikho , zibe namaphepha aphawuliweyo okuvota ngasese;
(c)
amaphepha okuvota ngasese angasetyenziswanga na-
243 .
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 54 seSihlokomisomthetho No.R.142 sowe 1963, njengoko kubekwe endaweni yaso iSihlokomiso-mthetho No. R.301 sowe 1963
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 57 seSihlokomisomthetho No. R. 142 sowe 1963, njengoko sifakelwe imibandela siSihlokomiso-mthetho No.R.301 sowe 1963.
woniweyo kunye namaphepha angasetyenziswanga nawoniweyo okuvota ngasese anikezelweyo ebekwe kunye;
Ubeko-siqendu endaweni ye siqendu 59 seSihlokomiso-mthetho No.R.142 sowe 1963.
Ubeko-siqendu endaweni yesiqe ndu 61 se Si. hlokomiso-mthetho No. R. 142 sowe 1963, njengoko endaweni yaso kubekwe iSihlokomisomthetho No. R. 142 sowe 1963.
(d)
zamaphepha ase iziphilivana "ezizizingqinisisa" tyenzisiweyo okuvota ngasese nezamaphepha okuvota ngasese asetyenzisiweyo anikezelwa;
(e)
iikopi ezinophawu zezintlu zabavoti;
(f)
izifungo zokugcina khozi; ".
imicimbi
njengendaba yakwam-
18. Esi siqendu silandelayo ngokwenjenje sibekwa endaweni yesiqendu samashumi amahlanu anethoba seSihlokomiso-mthetho: " Indlela ekufuneka zibalwe ngayo iivoti.
59. ( 1 ) Xa sukuba kukho unyulo lukaRulumente ngokubanzi okanye unyulo lokuzalisa izithuba "ezingufumana-avele " ezingaphezulu kwesinye ngokuphathelele kummelo lwenqila yonyulo eNdlwini yoWiso-mithetho , amaphepha okuvota ngasese aya kuthi , ukulungiselela iinjongo zobalo , adityaniswe abotshwe isixana esinye sinamaphepha angamashumi amahlanu (isixana ngasinye siya kunikwa inani laso elisibalulayo) kuze kuthi emveni koko kubhalwe kuqinisekiswe inani leevoti zomgqatswa ngamnye (2) Xa sukuba kukho unyulo lokuzalisa isithuba esinye kuphela esifum ane savela ngokumalunga nommelo lwenqila eNdlwini yoWiso-mithetho , amaphepha okuvota ngasese ekuvotelwe ngawo umgqatswa ngamnye aya kudityaniswa abotshwe isikinana sisinye ibe namaphepha angamashumi amahlanu. ”
19.
Esi siqendu silandelayo ngokwenjenje si bekwa endaweni yesiqendu samashumi amathandathu ananye seSihlokomiso mthetho:
"Isiphumo sobalo sisingiswa kwigosa lonyulo.
61.
Emveni koqosheliso-balo lweevoti ngokumalunga nenqila leyo yonyulo, igosa lobalo-voti liya kuthi phambi kwabo bagqatswa okanye abenzeli babo, lizalise ifomu emiselweyo ngoku bhala apho kuyo isiphumo solo balo laye ke liya kuyifaka loo fomu emvlophini i - adresi ekuyo ebhekiswe kwigosa lonyulo, liya kuyitywina ke, liyithumele ngeposi yesiqiniselo ngaphandle kolibaziso kulowo igama lakhe libhalwe apha e-adresini , laye ke liya kuthi lazise umbhalelwa lowo ngocingo ngesiphumo esizeleyo sobalo: Kodwa ke makuqondakale nje ukuthi
244.
kolo cingo kuya kuxelwa iinamba zeZazisi namagama abo bonke abagqatswa, laye ke nenani leevoti ezifunyenwe ngozi gqatsileyo ngamnye liya kunikwa libhalwe ngamagama lize libhalwe lisekwalinani njalo. " 20. Isiqendu samashumi amathandathu anesibini seSihlokomisomthetho ngokwenjenje sifakwa umbandela ngocimo lwala magama "liya kuthumela ezo zixana ngeposi yesiqiniselo kwigosa lonyulo lona" , nokubeka endaweni yala magama " angasetyenziswa nakuluphi na unyulo olu landelayo " la magama " aya kuthunyelwa ngeposi yesiqiniselo kwigosa lonyulo . "
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 62 seSihlokomisomthetho No.R. 142 sowe 1963, njengoko indawo yaso ithatyathwe nguMthetho we 4 wowe 1964.
21. Isiqendu samashumi amathandathu anesithathu seSihlokomiso-mthetho ngokwenjenje sifakelwa umbandela -
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 63 seSihlokomisomthetho No. R. 142 sowe 1963.
(a)
ngokubeka kwisiqendwana ( 1) endaweni , yala magama "elo gosa lobalo-voti liyintloko " la magama " igosa lonyulo "; na-
(b)
ngokubek'a kwisiqendwana (2) endaweni yamagama "ayithumele kwigosa lonyulo " la magama "asigcine eso sixana ithuba leenyanga ezintandathu aze emva koko asitshabalalise ."
22. Esi siqendu silandelayo ngokwenjenje sibekwa endaweni yesiqendu samashumi amathandathu anesine seSihlokomisomthetho : "Igosa lonyulo liza kuqinisekisa inani leevoti ezifunyenwe ngumgqatswa ngamnye enqileni yonyulo lize livakalise ukuba abagqatswa banyulwe ngokufanelekileyo .
64. ( 1) Igosa lonyulo liya kuthi , ekwamkeleni kwalo zonke iingcingo ezilazisayo ezivela ezithilini apho kuvotiweyo ngokuphathelele kwinqila yonyulo, ingekukho ngaphambili koko, phambi kwabagqatswa abo okanye abenzeli babo abangathi babe bakho , liqinisekise inani leevoti ezifunyenwe ngumgqatswa ngamnye kuloo nqila yonyulo laye liya kuthi , ngoko nangoko, livakalise okanye libhengeze inani labagqatswa abalingana nenani lamalungu aza kunyulelwa loo nqila kolo nyulo abafumene inani elingaphezulu kunabanye ukuba bangamalungu eNdlu yoWisomithetho anyulwe ngokufanelekileyo . (2) Okokuba ke inani elizeleyo labagqatswa eliza kuvakaliswa okanye kubhengezwa ngaloo ndlela alinakumiselwa ngenxa yolingano - lweevoti igosa lonyulo liya kuthi ngoko nangoko livakalise ukuba inani labagqatswa elingathi limisel we linyu-
245.
Ubeko-sigendu endaweni yesiqendu 64 seSihlokomiso-mthetho No.R.142 sowe 1963.
liwe ngokufanelekileyo nokuthi inanı lezithuba ezifumana nje zivele, elilingana nomahluko phakathi kwenani labo bagqatswa babhengezwe okanye bavakaliswe ukuba banyulwe ngokufanelekileyo nenani lamalungu aza kunyulelwa loo nqila yonyulo, likho kuloo nqila ixeliweyo yonyulo . (3) Igosa lonyulo liya kuthi , emveni kokuba lenze olo bhengezo lumiselwe kwisiqendwana (1) okanye (2) kuhambe ngokuthi sisiphi na kanye-kanye esisemcimbini , lidlulisele oko kukweso sibhengezo ngocingo kwigosa lobalo-voi eliyintloko kwinqila leyo yonyulo, eliya kuthi lona ekufumaneni olo cingo lokwaziswa oko, lenze isibhengezo esiyelele kwesinye eso. ” .
Ubeko-sigendu endaweni yesiqendu 65 seSihlokomiso-mthetho No. R.142 sowe 1963.
23. Esi siqendu silandelayo ngokwenjenje sibekwa endaweni yesiqendu samashumi amathandathu anesihlanu seSihlokomisomthetho:
"Ulinganiso 65. (1) Okokuba kuyenzeka kunyulo lokuzalisa isilweevoti kuthuba "esingumaf umana-avele ” ukuba nabaphi na nyulo lokuzalisa isithuba abagqatswa bokhetho babe bafumene inani elilinga esifumana si- nayo leevoti , size ke ngenxa yoko isiphumo sonyulo vele. sibe siphazamiseke ngendlela ethile, igosa lonyulo liya kuvakalisa ukuba akukho nyulo belukho kakade kuthi ke xa kunjalo kuphindelwe phantsi ekuqaleni ukuqhuba wonke umsebenzi obhekiselele kolo nyulo kufane twat se nendlela ekuqhutywa ngayo xa sukuba kukho isithuba esivelileyo , (2) Igosa lonyulo liya kuthi, emveni kokuba lenze olo bhenge zo lumiselwe kwisiqendwana (1), likudlulisele oko kuthethwa kweso sibhengezo ngocingo kwigosa lobalo-voti eliyintloko lenqila leyo eliya kuthi lona ekufumaneni olo cingo lokuzalisa, lenze isibhengezo esikwanjalo. ".
Ubeko- sigendu endaweni ye siqendu 66 seSihlokomiso-mthetho No. R.142 sowe 1963.
24. Esi siqendu silandelayo ngokwenjenje sibekwa endaweni yesiqendu samashumi amathandathu anesithandathu seSihlokomiso-mthetho :
"Upapasho- 66. (1) Ngoko nangoko esakwaziwa amagama neemagama aadresi zabantu abanyulelwe ngokufanelekileyo iinqimalungu anyuliweyo. la ngeenqile zase Transkei kunyulo ngokubanzi lukaRulumente okanye igama ne adresi yomntu onyulelwe ngokufanelekilevo nakuluphi na unyulo ukuzalisa isithuba esifumana sivele, igosa lonyulo liya kuthabatha amanyathelo okuba kupapashwe ngesaziso
246 .
eGazethini igama elipheleleyo neadresi yelungu ngalinye elinyuliweyo kunye nomhla elinyulwe ngawo ngokufanelekileyo negama lenqila eliyimeleyo. (2) Igosa lonyulo liya kudlulisela ingcombolo ekhankanywe kwisiqendwana (1) kuMhlali-ngaphambili weNdlu yoWiso-mithetho. ".
25. Isiqendu samashumi asibhozo ananye seSih lokomiso -mthetho ngokwenjenje sifakelwa umbandela ngokubeka endaweni yomhlathi (d) lo . mhlathi ulandelayo :
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 81 seSihlokomisomthetho No. R. 142 sowe 1963.
"(d) owenza ukuba kususwe emqulwini wabavoti igama lomntu nawuphi na esazi ukuba loo mntu unelungelo lokuba igama lakhe nalo libe kuloo mqulu, ". Isihlomelo so Kuqala seSihlokomiso-mthetho ngokwenjenje 26. sif akelwa imibandela (a) ngokubeka "eLuhlwini lweeFomu eZimiselweyo ezikwiSihlomelo soKuqala se Sihlokomiso mthetho" endawe ni yenkcazo yef omu T.C. 20 le nkcazo ilandelayo : " Isiphumo sobalo ligosa lobalo-voti sisingiswe kwigosa lonyulo.' endaweni yeli gama "ukususa " ekuchazeni ifomu T.C. 21 yeli gama "ukutshabalalisa " ; (b)
(c)
ngokubeka kwiifomu T.C. 5, T.C. 6, T.C. 7, T.C. 9 no T.C. 12 endaweni yamagama " kuluapho akhona, la hlu lwabavoti", naphina magama "emqulwini wabavoti"; ngocimo kwisifakelo ezantsi kwephepha (i) kwifomu T.C, 15, lwalamagama " xa angekhoyo loo mgqatswa".
(d)
ngokufakelela efomini T.C. 16 emva kwegama "endisifundileyo " la magama "okanye endisifendelweyo";
(e)
ngokubeka efomini T.C. 20 endaweni yamagama " iGosa loBalo-voti eliyiNtloko " la magama "iGosa loNyulo" ngokucima amagama " iNqila yoNyulo " apho abonakala khona okokuqala nangokubeka endaweni yamagama "ukunyula ilungu/amalungu le/eNdlu yoWiso-mithetho le/ enqila yakho yonyulo esithilini sam sobhaliso , lo/aba mgqatswa/bagqatswa u/balandelayo u/ bafumene inani leevoti ezixelwe malungana ne-
247.
Ufako-mibandela kwiSihlomelo soKuqala seSihlokomiso-mthetho No.R.142 sowe 1963, njengoko sifakelwe imibandela siSihlokomiso-mthetho No. R.301 sowe 1963.
gama/namagama lakhe/abo" eli binzana lentetho "esithilini sam sobhaliso ukunyula i/amalungu le/eNdlu yoWiso-mithetho li/ekhethelwa i/iinqila yo/zonyulo ............ lo/aba mgqatswa/bagqatswa u/balandelayo u/ bafumene inani leevoti ezixelwe malungana negama/namagama lakhe/abo";
(f)
ngokubeka ef omini T.C. 21 endaweni yamaga"Igosa loNyulo " la magama "amaxwebhuoNyulo kuze ke endaweni yamagama "uMhla woThunyelo" la magam a "uMhla woKutshatyalaliswa". nangohlomelo lwesi sif akelo silandelayo eza ntsi ephepheni laloo fomu: "PHAWULISISA. La maxwebhu makatshatyalaliswe iinyanga zintandathu emveni kwalo mhla wonyulo ukhankanywe ngentl'apha. "
Intlokwana.
27. Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuba nguMthetho woFako-mibandela kuMthetho woNyulo eTranskei, 1965.
248 .
ACT NO. 8 OF 1965 .
ACT
To amend the law relating to the registration of voters and the conduct of elections of elected members of the Transkeian Legislative Assembly. (Xhosa Text signed by the State President) (Assented to 28th July, 1965 ). BE IT ENACTED BY THE STATE PRESIDENT AND THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY , as follows :-
Section two of Proclamation No. R. 142 of 1963 (hereinafter 1. referred to as the Proclamation ) is hereby amended (a) by the insertion , after the definition of "Bantu Affairs Commissioner", of the following definitions:
"'chief returning officer' means a chief returning officer appointed in terms of paragraph (d) of subsection ( 1 ) or sub-section ( 2) of section thirty-six; 'deputy returning officer' means a deputy returning appointed in terms of sub-section (2) of section thirty-seven;" (b) by the substitution for the definition of “ Minister" of the following definition: " Minister' means the Minister of the Interior; "; (c) by the insertion after the definition of "reference book" of the following def inition: "register of voters ' means a register of voters for a division compiled in terms of section sixteen;"; (d) by the substitution for the definition of "registered" or "registration " of the following definition: " registered' or ' registration ' means registered or registration as a voter in a register of voters or voters' list in a division ; " ; and (e) by the substitution for the definition of "returning officer" of the following definition : " returning officer'means a district control officer who is a returning officer in terms of sub-section ( 1 ) of section thirty-seven and includes a chief returning officer and a deputy returning officer, and, for the purposes of section 46 bis read with section 46 ter, any member of the staff of a retuming officer duly authorised by him to act on his behalf ; ".
249.
Amendment of section 2 of Proclamation No. R. 142 of 1963.
Amendment of section 6 of Proclamation No. R. 142 of 1963 .
Section six of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the 2. insertion in paragraph (b) of sub-section (2) after the word "compile" of the words "registers of voters and".
Amendment of section 16 of Proclamation No. R. 142 of 1963, as amended by section 1 of Act No. 4 of 1964.
3. Section sixteen of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the substitution in sub-sections (1) and (2) for the words "an index", wherever they occur, of the words " a register" .
Amendment of section 20 of Proclamation No. R. 142 of 1963.
4. Section twenty of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the substitution for sub-section (2) of the following sub-section: "(2) The electoral officer shall not later than the tenth day of every month transmit to the Director of the Bantu Reference Bureau and to every district control officer, in respect of each division ; a list of the voters who have been registered during the previous month in terms of sub-section (3) of section ten, and the said Director shall keep a record of every such person in accordance with the provisions of sub-section (1). "
Substitution of section 21 of Proclamation No.R. 142 of 1963 , as amended by section 2 of Act No. 4 of 1964.
5. The following section is hereby substituted for section twenty-one of the Proclamation: "Returns of 21. (1) Not later than the tenth day of every deceased and month there shall be furnished to the electoral disqualified voters. officer · (a) by the Director of the Bantu Reference Bureau, a return containing the identity number and names of every voter whose death was registered or brought to his notice during the preceding month; (b) by the Registrar of Births, Marriages and Deaths for the Transkei , a return containing the identity number and names of every voter whose death was registered during the preceding month in the districts mentioned in section two of the Act; (c) by the registrar or clerk of the court concerned, a return in the prescribed form of every voter who, during the preceding month was convicted of any of the offences , or became subject to any order of court, referred to in sub-
250.
section (1) of section twenty-eight of the Act; and (d) by the superintendent of every institution, as defined in section eighty-seven of the Mental Disorders Act, 1916 (Act No. 38 of 1916) , a return in the prescribed form of every voter subject to a disqualification mentioned in paragraph (c) of sub-section (1) of section twentyeight of the Act who was discharged during the previous month as a patient who had recovered. (2) For the purposes of sub-section (1 ) "voter" shall mean any person whose reference book contains an endorsement that he is registered as a voter in a division. "
6. The following section is hereby substituted for section twenty-two of the Proclamation : "Amendment 22. ( 1) The electoral officer shall at any time of registers except during the period between the closing of voters by electoral date of the registration as provided for in subofficer. section (2) of section ten and polling day, if he is satisfied with the relevant facts , amend the register of voters for any division by -
(a) correcting any mistake, repairing any omission or recording any change in particulars of the registration of any voter; (b) removing the name of any vot er who, according to a return under paragraph (a), (b) or (c ) of sub-section ( 1) of section twenty-on is dead or disqualified from continuance of registration; (c) restoring to the appropriate register of voters the name of any voter referred to in paragraph (c ) or (d) of sub-section (1) of section twenty-one who has ceased to be disqualified; (d) removing the name of any person in
251 .
Substitution of section 22 of Proclamation No. R. 142 of 1963.
respect of whom an objection lodged under section twenty-six has been upheld;
(e) restoring the name of any voter removed by mistake; (f) adding the name of any person who has successfully objected or appealed against the exclusion of his name; (g) adding the name of any voter who, on the advice of the Director of the Bantu Reference Bureau, is a citizen of the Transkei and is not disqualified to be registered as a voter. (2) If under sub- section ( 1) the electoral officer removes from a register of voters a name which is not the name of a person who has died, he shall inform the person concerned accordingly by notice in the prescribed form directed to the address of that person as shown in the register of voters. " Substitution of section 23 of Proclamation No. R. 142 of 1963, as substituted by section 3 of Act No. 4 of 1964.
7. The following section is hereby substituted for section twenty-three of the Proclamation: 23. (1) Whenever the electoral officer has "How registers of voters decided to remove the name of any person fr om , are to be or to restore or add the name of any person to, amended . a register of voters or to correct any mistake or to repair any omission therein, he shall cause the relative registration card to be altered or endorsed to this effect in ink. (2) Any such alt eration or endorsement shall be initialled by the officer making it, who, in the case of a removal , restoration or addition , shall clearly indicate the same and state the reason for the alteration or endorsement on the said card. (3) The electoral officer shall advise the district control officer concerned accordingly and such officer shall make the same alteration or endorsement on the duplicate registration card of the voter and endorse the reason therefor on such card except that , in the case of a removal due to death, the duplicate registration
252 .
card shall be destroyed. ".
8. The following section is hereby substituted for section twenty-four of the Proclamation: 24. A copy of the voters ' list for each division "Voters' lists to be kept for and a copy of each list of voters referred to in inspection. sub-section (2) of section twenty shall be kept for inspection by the public at the office of every district control officer and at such other places as the Minister may direct and any person desiring to inspect or make copies of, or extracts from, such lists shall be entitled to do so, without payment, during office hours. ".
Substitution of section 24 of Proclamation No.R. 142 of 1963.
9.
Amendment of section 26 of Proclamation No.R. 142 of 1963.
Section twenty-six of the Proclamation is hereby amended (a) by the substitution in sub-section ( 1) for the words "voters' list" of the words "register of voters "; (b) by the substitution in sub- section (2) for the words "voters' list", wherever they occur, of the words "register of voters " ; (c) by the substitution for sub-section (6) of the following sub-section :
"(6) If the district control officer upholds any ob jection lodged under sub-section ( 1), he shall record such decision on the voter's duplicate registration card in his possession and shall notify the electoral officer accordingly in the prescribed form." The following section is hereby substituted for section 10. thirty-seven of the Proclamation : "Returning 37. ( 1) Every district control officer shall , officers . ex officio, in respect of his registration district, be the returning officer for every division for which poll is to be taken on polling day. (2) The electoral officer may appoint one or more deputy returning officers to assist a returning officer on polling day. " 11. Section forty of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the substitution in sub-section ( 1 ) for the expression "twenty rand (R20)" of the expression " fifty rand (R50)” . 12. Section forty-four of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the deletion in sub-section (2) of the words "in the absence of such candidate".
253.
Substitution of section 37 of Proclamation No.R.142 of 1963, as amennded by Proclamation No.R.301 of 1963.
Amendment of section 40 of Proclamation No. R.142 of 1963. Amendment of section 44 of Proclamation No. R.142 of 1963
Insertion of section 46 bis and 46 ter in Proclamation No. R.142 of 1963.
13. The following sections are hereby inserted in the Procla mation after section forty-six:
"Voting before polling day.
46. bis (1) Subject to the provisions of subsection (2) any absent voter may, during the period of twenty-one days immediately pre → rs at ding polling day, apply during office the office of the returning officer in whose registration district he resides to vote before such returning officer: Provided that nothing in this Proclamation contained shall be construed as prohibiting a returning officer from allowing any such voter, not being a voter referred to in subsection (2), to vote anywhere within the registration district during the said period of twentyone days. (2) No application to vote under this section shall be made by an absent voter who resides in a registration district in which any additional polling station for absent voters is provided in terms of section five. (3) The provisions of sections fifty-four, fifty-five and fifty-six shall, save as is provided in section forty-six ter, apply mutatis mutandis to any absent voter voting under this section.
Manner of dealing with marked ballot papers of certain absent voters .
Amendment of section 43 of Proclamation No. R.142 of 1963, as substituted by Prociamation No.R.301 of 1963.
46. ter. Immediately after voting any absent voter referred to in sub- section ( 1 ) of section forty-six bis and every absent voter voting at a polling station at which no ballot box for absent voters has been provided shall place his marked ballot paper in an absent voter's ballot paper ennelope and fasten it up and thereafter hand such envelope to the returning officer, presiding officer or polling officer, as the case may be , and such returning officer, presiding officer or polling officer shall ensure that the envelope so fastened up is kept in a place of safety. ". 14. Section forty-eight of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the substitution for sub-section ( 1 ) of the following sub-section : "(1) At polling stations provided in terms of section four and five in the twenty-six polling districts referred to in section three, poll shall commence at seven o'clock in the morning and shall close at six o'clock in the evening of polling day , and at
254.
all other polling stations provided throughout the Republic outside the Transkei , in terms of section five, poll shall commence at seven o'clock in the morning and shall close at nine o'clock in the evening of polling day: Provided that the Minister may, by notice in the Gazette, extend the polling hours at such polling stations as may be specified: Provided further that, in a registration district in which no additional polling station has been provided in terms of sec. tion five, poll shall only be taken during office hours. ".
15. The following section is hereby substituted for section forty-nine of the Proclamation: "Declaration of secrecy.
49. Every returning officer, presiding officer, polling officer candidate or his agent, witness or any other person or official (except a policeman) entitled to attend at a polling station or at
Amendment of section 49 of Proclamation No. R. 142 of 1963, as amended by Proclamation No. R.301 of 1963.
the counting of votes shall , before the opening of the poll, and every counting officer shall , before the commencement of the counting of votes, make in the prescribed form a declaration of secrecy on oath, if he is a returning officer before a justice of the peace or a commissioner of oaths or, if he is not a returning officer, before a justice of the peace or a commissioner of oaths or before a returning officer or presiding officer who is hereby authorised to administer such oath."
16.
Section fifty-four of the Proclamation is hereby amended (a) by the substitution in sub-section (3) for the words "immediately below the endorsement of registration" of the words "endorse the date of the election across such mark"; and
Amendment of section 54 of Proclamation No. R. 142 of 1963, as substituted by Proclamation No. R.301 of 1963.
(b) by the insertion at the beginning of sub- section (4) of the words " Subject to the provisions of section forty-six ter. " 17.
Section fifty-seven of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the substitution for paragraphs (b), (c), (d) and ( e ) of subsection ( 1 ) of the following paragraphs:
"(b) the absent voter's ballot paper envelopes , if any ,
255.
Amendment of section 57 of Proclamation No. R. 142 of 1963, as amended by Proclamation No. R.301 of 1963
containing marked ballot papers; (c) the unused and spoiled ballot papers and the unused and spoiled tendered ballot papers placed together; (d) the counterfoils of used ballot papers and of used tendered ballot papers ; (e) the marked copies of the voters ' lists;
(f) the declarations of secrecy; " Substitution of. section 59 of Proclamation No. R.142 of 1963.
18. The following section is hereby substituted for section fifty-nine of the Proclamation: How votes are to be counted.
59. (1) In the case of a general election or an election to fill more than one casual vacancy in the representation of a division in the Assembly, the ballot papers shall, for the purposes of counting, be fastened together in packets of fifty (to each of which a distinctive number shall be assigned) and thereafter the number of votes for each candidate shall be recorded and checked . (2) In the case of an election to fill only one casual vacancy in the representation of a division in the Assembly, the ballot papers in favour of each candidate shall be fastened together in packets of fifty. "
Substitution of section 61 of Proclamation No. R. 142 of 1963, as substituted by Proclamation No. R.301 of 1963.
19. The following section is hereby substituted for section sixty-one of the Proclamation : " Result of count to electoral officer.
61. After the counting of votes has been completed in respect of the said electoral division, the returning officer shall , in the presence of such candidates or their agents , complete the prescribed form by entering therein the result of such count and shall place it in an envelope addressed to the electoral officer, seal it and forward it without delay by registered post to the addressee and shall immediately notify the said addressee telegraphically of the full result of such count: Provided that in such telegram the identity numbers and names of all the candidates shall be furnished and the number of votes
256 .
received by each of them shall be furnished in words as well as in figures. " 20. Section sixty-two of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the deletion of the words "shall forward such packets by registered post to the electoral officer who", and the substitution for the words "may be used at any subsequent election " of the words "shall be forwarded by registered post to the electoral officer" .
Amendment of section 62 of Proclamation No.R. 142 of 1963, as substituted by section 4 of Act No. 4 of 1964.
21.
Amendment of section 63 of Proclamation No. R.142 of 1963 .
Section sixty-three of the Proclamation is hereby amended (a) by the substitution in sub-section ( 1) for the words "chief returning officer concerned " of the words "electoral officer" ; and (b) by the substitution in sub-section (2) for the words "forward it to the electoral officer" of the words "retain such packet for a period of six months and thereafter destroy it. "
22. The following section is hereby substituted for section sixty-four of the Proclamation: "Electoral 64. (1) The electoral officer shall , upon receipt officer to asof all the telegrams of notification from districts certain the number of where votes have been exercised in respect of votes oba division, and not before, in the presence of tained by each candisuch candidates or their agents as may be in date in a attendance, ascertain the number of votes obdivision and declare cantained by each candidate in that division and didates to be shall , forthwith , declare the number of candidates duly elected. equal to the number of members to be elected for that division at the said election who have received the greater number of votes to be duly elected members of the Legislative Assembly.
(2) If the full number of candidates to be so declared cannot be determined by reason of an equality of votes the electoral officer shall forthwith declare such number of candidates as can be determined to be duly elected and that a number of casual vacancies , equal to the difference between the number of candidates so declared duly elected and the number of members to be elected for that electoral division, exists in the said electoral division.
257.
Substitution of section 64 of Proclamation No.R. 142 of 1963.
(3) The electoral officer shall, after he has made the declaration prescribed in sub-section (1) or (2) as the case may be, convey the contents of such declaration by telegram to the chief returning officer of the division concemed who shall on receipt of such telegram of advice, make a similar declaration. ” . Substitution of section 65 of Proclamation No.R. 142 of 1963.
23. The following section is hereby substituted for section sixty-five of the Proclamation: "Equality of votes at an election for the filling of a casual vacancy .
65. ( 1) If at an election for the filling of a casual vacancy , any candidates for election have received an equal number of votes and the result of the election is affected thereby, the electoral officer shall declare that there has been no election and in such event all proceedings relating to such election shall be commenced afresh in precisely the same manner as if a vacancy had occurred. (2) The electoral officer shall , after he has made the declaration prescribed in subsection (1), convey the contents of such declaration by telegram to the chief returning officer of the division concerned who shall on receipt of such telegram of advice , make a similar declaration. ".
Substitution of section 66 of Proclamation No.R. 142 of 1963.
24.
The following section is hereby substituted for section sixty-six ofthe Proclamation:
" Publication of names of elected members.
66. ( 1) As soon as the names and addresses of the persons duly elected for the several divisions of the Transkei at a general election or the name and address of a person duly elected at any election to fill a casual vacancy are known the electoral officer shall cause to be published by notice in the Gazette the full name and address of every member so returned together with the date on which he was duly elected and the name of the division which he represents . (2) The electoral officer shall convey the particulars mentioned in sub- section ( 1) to the Chairman of the Legislative Assembly. ".
258 .
25.
Section eighty-one of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the substitution for paragraph (d) of the following paragraph :
"(d) procures the removal from a register of voters of the name of any person knowing that such person is entitled to have his name included in that
Amendment of section 81 of Proclamation No.R. 142 of 1963.
register,".
26.
The First Schedule to the Proclamation is hereby amended (a) by the substitution in the "List of the Prescribed Forms contained in the First Schedule to this Proclamation" for the description of form T.C. 20 of the following description: " Result of count by retuming officer to electoral officer. " and for the word "disposing" in the description of form T.C.21 of the word "destruction" ;
(b) by the substitution in forms T.C. 5 , T.C. 6, T.C. 7, T.C. 9 and T.C. 12 for the words "voters ' list", wherever they occur, of the words " register of voters "; (c) by the deletion in footnote (i) to form T.C. 15 of the words "in the absence of such candidate";
(d) by the insertion in form T.C. 16 after the word "read" of the words "or which has been read to me": (e) by the substitution in form T.C. 20 for the words "Chief Returning Officer" of the words " Electoral Officer", by the deletion of the words " Electoral Division" where they appear for the first time and by the substitution for the words "for the election of a*member/members of the Legislative Assembly for your electoral division in my registration district, the following candidate(s ) have polled the number of votes stated opposite*his/their name(s)” of the expression "in my registration district for the election of a * member/members of the Legislative Assembly for the electoral division of ............... the following candidate(s ) have polled the number of votes stated opposite * his/their name(s)" ; (f) by the substitution in form T.C. 21 for the words "The Electoral Officer" of the words "Electoral Documents" and for the words "Date of Dispatch " of the words "Date to be destroyed" , and by the
259.
Amendment of the First Schedule to Proclamation No. R. 142 of 1963 , as amended by Proclamation No R.301 of 1963.
addition of the following footnote to the said form: "N.B. These documents must be destroyed six months after the abovementioned date of poll . "
Short title.
27. This Act shall be called the Transkei Electoral Law Amendment Act, 1965.
260.
WET NO. 8 VAN 1965 .
WET
Tot wysiging van die wet met betrekking tot die registrasie van kiesers en die hou van verkiesings van verkose lede van die Transkeise Wetgewende Vergadering. (Xhosa Teks deur die Staatspresident geteken) (Goedgekeur op 28 Julie 1965 ) DAAR WORD DEUR DIE STAATSPRESIDENT EN DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING VERORDEN , soos volg:-
1. Artikel twee van Proklamasie No. R. 142 van 1963 (hieronder die Proklamasie genoem) word hierby gewysig (a)
deur voor die woordomskrywing ,, afdeling" of ,,kiesafdeling" die volgende woordomskrywing in te voeg: ,,, adjunk-kiesbeampte' 'n adjunk-kiesbeampte wat ingevolge sub-artikel (2) van artikel sewe-en-dertig aangestel is; ";
(b)
deur die woordomskrywing ,, kiesbeampte" deur die volgende woordomskrywings te vervang: ,,,hoofkiesbeampte' ' n hoofkiesbeampte wat ingevolge paragraaf (d) van sub-artikel ( 1) of sub-artikel (2) van artikel ses-en-dertig aangestel is; ,kiesbeampte' 'n distriksbeheerbeampte wat kragtens sub-artikel (1) van artikel sewe-en-dertig 'n kiesbeampte is en ook ' n hoofkiesbeampte en 'n adjunk-kiesbeampte en, vir die doeleindes van artikel 46 bis gelees met artikel 46 ter, ' n lid van die personeel van ' n kiesbeampte wat behoorlik deur hom gemagtig is om namens hom op te tree; ";
deur die woordomskrywing ,,Minister" gende woordomskrywing te vervang:
deur die vol-
(၁)
,,,Minister' die Minister van Binnelandse Sake; " ; (d)
deur na die woordomskrywing ,,Minister" die volgende woordomskrywing in te voeg:
,,,register van kiesers ' ' n register van kiesers wat ingevolge artikel sestien saamgestel is; " ; en
261 .
Wysiging van artikel 2 van Proklamasie No.R. 142 van 1963.
(e)
deur die woordomskrywing ,, registreer, registrasie of geregistreer" deur die volgende woordomskrywing te vervang: ,,,registreer',, registrasie ' of , geregistreer' registreer, registrasie of geregistreer op ' n register van kiesers of ' n kieserslys in ' n afdeling; ”,
Wysiging van artikel 6 van Proklamasie No. R. 142 van 1963. Wysiging van artikel 16 van Proklamasie No. R. 142 van 1963, soos gewysig deur artikel 1 van Wet No. 4 van 1964.
Wysiging van artikel 20 van Proklamasie No. R.142 van 1963.
2. Artikel ses van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig deur in paragraaf (b) van sub-artikel (2) die woorde ,, registers van kiesers en" voor die woord ,,kieserslyste " in te voeg. 3.
Artikel sestien van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig
deur in sub-artikels (1) en ( 2) die woord ,,indeks” , oral waar dit voorkom, deur die woord ,, register " te vervang.
4.
Artikel twintig van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig deur sub-artikel (2) deur die volgende sub-artikel te vervang: ,,(2) Nie later as die tiende dag van elke maand nie stuur die verkiesingsbeampte aan die Direkteur van die Bantoebewysburo en aan elke distriksbeheerbeampte, ten opsigte van elke afdeling, ' n lys van die kiesers wat gedurende die vorige maand ingevolge sub-artikel (3) van artikel tien geregistreer is, en genoemde Direkteur hou 'n rekord van iedere sodanige persoon ooreenkomstig die bepalings van subartikel (1) . "
Vervanging van artikel 21 van Proklamasie No. R. 142 van 1963, soos gewysig deur artikel 2 van Wet No. 4 van 1964.
5. Artikel een-en-twintig van die Proklamasie word hierby deur die volgende artikel vervang: ,,Opgawes van 21. ( 1) Nie later as die tiende dag van elke maand afgestorwe en gediskwalifi- nie, word daar aan die verkiesingsbeampte verstrek seerde kiesers.
(a) deur die Direkteur van die Bantoebewysburo, 'n opgawe bevattende die persoonsnommer en name van elke kieser wie se dood gedurende die vorige maand geregistreer of onder sy aandag gebring is; (b) deur die Registrateur van Geboortes, Huwelike en Sterfgevalle vir die Transkei , 'n opgawe bevattende die persoonsnommer en name van elke kieser wie se dood gedurende
262.
die vorige maand in die distrikte vermeld in artikel twee van die Wet geregistreer is; (c) deur die griffier of klerk van die betrokke hof, 'n opgawe in die voorgeskrewe vorm van elke kieser wat gedurende die vorige maand skuldig bevind is aan enige van die misdrywe, of onderhewig geword het aan enige hofbevel , in sub-artikel ( 1) van artikel agt-en-twintig van die Wet bedoel ; en (d) deur die superintendent van iedere inrigting, soos omskryf in artikel sewe-en-tagtig van die Wet op Geestesgebreken, 1916 (Wet No. 38 van 1916) , ' n opgawe in die voorgeskrewe vorm van elke kieser onderhewig aan 'n diskwalifikasie vermeld in paragraaf (c) van artikel agt-en-twintig van die Wet wat gedurende die vorige maand as 'n herstelde pasiënt ontslaan is.
(2) Vir die doeleindes van sub-artikel ( 1) beteken ,, kieser" iemand wie se bewysboek 'n endossement bevat dat hy as ' n kieser in ' n afdeling geregistreer is. " 6. Artikel twee-en-twintig van die Proklamasie word hierby deur die volgende artikel vervang: ,,Wysiging van 22. ( 1) Die verkiesingsbeampte moet te eniger tyd registers van kiesers deur behalwe gedurende die tydperk tussen die sluitingsverkiesings- datum van die registrasie soos bepaal in sub- artikel beampte. (2) van artikel tien en stemdag, indien hy oortuig is ten opsigte van die feite wat ter sake is, die regis ter van kiesers vir ' n afdeling wysig deur (a) ' n fout in die besonderhede van die registrasie van ' n kieser te verbeter, 'n weglating daarin aan te vul of ' n verandering daarin aan te teken; (b) die naam van ' n kieser wat, volgens ' n opgawe of kennisgewing kragtens paragraaf (a), (b) of ( c) van artikel een-en-twintig oorlede of onbevoeg is om geregistreer te bly, te verwyder; (c) die naam van'n in paragraaf ( c) of (d) van
263.
Vervanging van artikel 22 van Proklamasie No. R. 142 van 1963.
artikel een-en-twintig bedoelde kieser, wat opgehou het om gediskwalifiseer te wees , op die toepaslike register van kiesers terug te plaas;
(d) die naam te verwyder van enigiemand ten opsigte van wie ' n beswaar, aangeteken kragtens artikel ses-en-twintig, gehandhaaf is; (e) die naam van ' n kieser wat per abuis verwyder is, terug te plaas; ( f) die naam van iemand by te voeg wat met welslae teen die weglating van sy naam beswaar gemaak of appèl aangeteken het;
(g) die naam van 'n kieser wat, volgens berig van die Direkteur van die Bantoebewysburo, 'n burger van die Transkei en nie onbevoeg is om as kieser geregistreer te word nie, by te voeg. (2) As die verkiesingsbeampte ingevolge subartikel ( 1) ' n naam van ' n register van kiesers verwyder wat nie die naam van 'n afgestorwe persoon is nie moet hy die betrokke persoon by kennisgewing in die voorgeskrewe vorm, gerig aan die adres van daardie persoon soos in die register van kiesers aangegee, dienooreenkomstig verwittig. Vervanging van artikel 23 van Proklamasie No. R. 142 van 1963, soos vervang deur artikel 3 van Wet No. 4 van 1964.
7. Artikel drie-en-twintig van die Proklamasie word hierby deur die volgende artikel vervang: " Hoe regis- 23. ( 1) Wanneer die verkiesingsbeampte besluit het ters van kiesers ge- om die naam van enige persoon van ' n register van wysig word . kiesers te verwyder of om die naam van ' n persoon daarop terug te plaas of by te voeg of om ' n fout daarin te verbeter of om ' n weglating daarin aan te vul, laat hy die betrokke registrasiekaart aldus in ink verander of endosseer. (2) So ' n verandering of endossement moet geparafeer word deur die beampte wat dit aanbring wat, in die geval van ' n verwydering, terugplasing of byvoeging, dit duidelik moet aandui en die rede vir die verandering of endossement op bedoelde kaart vermeld. (3) Die verkiesingsbeampte moet die betrokke
264 .
distriksbeheerbeampte dienooreenkomstig in kennis stel en sodanige beampte maak dieselfde verandering of endossement op die duplikaat registrasiekaart van die kieser en teken die rede daarvoor op sodanige kaart aan behalwe dat, in die geval van ' n verwydering weens dood, die duplikaat registrasiekaart vemietig word. ". 8. Artikel vier-en-twintig van die Proklamasie word hierby deur die volgende artikel vervang:
Vervanging van artikel 24 van Proklamasie No. R. 142 van 1963.
,Kieserslyste 24. 'n Afskrif van die kieserslys vir elke afmoet insae deling vir en ' n afskrif van die in sub-artikel (2) van gehou word. artikel twintig bedoelde lys van kiesers word vir insae van die publiek gehou by die kantoor van elke distriksbeheerbeampte en op sodanige ander plekke as wat deur die Minister gelas mag word, en enigiemand wat insae daarin verlang of afskrifte daarvan of uittreksels daaruit wil maak het die reg om dit sonder betaling gedurende kantoorure te doen. ". 9. Artikel gewysig -
ses-en-twintig van
die Proklamasie word hierby
(a)
deur in sub-artikel ( 1) die woord ,,kieserslys " deur die woorde ,, register van kiesers " te vervang;
(b)
deur in sub-artikel (2) die woord ,, kieserslys " , oral waar dit voorkom , deur die woorde ,, register van kiesers" te vervang;
(c)
deur sub- artikel (6) deur die volgende sub- artikel te vervang:
Wysiging van artikel 26 van Proklamasie No. R.142 van 1963.
,,(6) As die distriksbeheerbeampte ' n beswaar ingedien ingevolge sub- artikel ( 1) handhaaf, teken hy sy beslissing op die kieser se duplikaat registrasiekaart in sy besit aan en moet hy die verkiesingsbeampte aldus in die voorgeskrewe vorm in kennis stel.'"" 10. Artikel sewe-en-dertig artikel vervang:
,,Kiesbeamptes.
word hierby
deur
die
volgende
37. (1) Iedere distriksbeheerbeampte is ampshalwe ten opsigte van sy registrasiedistrik die kiesbeampte vir elke afdeling waarvoor stemming op stemdag gehou gaan word.
265.
Vervanging van artikel 37 van Proklamasie No. R. 142 van 1963 , soos gewysig deur Proklamasie No. R.301 van 1963.
(2) Die verkiesingsbeampte kan een of meer adjunk-kiesbeamptes aanstel om ' n kiesbeampte op stemdag by te staan. "
Wysiging van artikel 40 van Proklamasie No. R. 142 van 1963.
11. Artikel veertig van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig deur in sub-artikel ( 1) die uitdrukking ,, twintig rand(R20) " deur die uitdrukking ,, vyftig rand (R50)" te vervang.
Wysiging van artikel 44 van Proklamasie No. R. 142 van 1963.
12. Artikel vier-en-veertig van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig deur in sub-artikel (2) die woorde ,, in die afwesigheid van sodanige kandidaat" te skrap.
Invoeging van artikels 46 bis en 46 ter in Proklamasie No. R. 142 van 1963.
13. Die volgende artikels word hierby in die Proklamasie na artikel ses-en-veertig ingevoeg: ,,Stemming voor stemdag .
46. bis ( 1) Behoudens die bepalings van sub- artikel (2) kan ' n afwesige kieser, gedurende die tydperk van een-en-twintig dae wat stemdag onmiddellik voorafgaan, aansoek doen gedurende kantoorure by die kantoor van die kiesbeampte binne wie se registrasiedistrik hy woon om voor sodanige kiesbeampte te stem: Met dien verstande dat geen bepaling van hierdie Proklamasie uitgelê word nie as sou dit 'n kiesbeampte verbied om so ' n kieser behalwe 'n in sub-artikel (2) bedoelde kieser, toe te laat om , bi nne bedoelde tydperk van een-en-twintig dae op enige plek in die registrasiedistrik te stem . (2) Geen aansoek om kragtens hierdie artikel te stem nie word gedoen deur ' n afwesige kieser wat in ' n registrasiedistrik woon waarin voorsiening gemaak is, ingevolge artikel vyf, vir ' n stemburo vir afwesige kiesers .
(3) Die bepalings van artikels vier-en vyftig, vyf-en-vyftig en ses-en-vyftig is, behalwe soos in artikel ses-en-veertig ter bepaal , mutatis mutandis van toepassing op ' n afwesige kieser wat ingevolge hierdie artikel sy stem uitbring .
Wyse waarop gemerkte stembriewe van sekere afwesige kiesers behandel word.
46. ter. Onmiddellik nadat hy gestem het, plaas ' n in sub- artikel ( 1) van artikel ses-en-veertig bis bedoelde afwesige kieser en elke afwesige kieser wat sy stem uitbring by ' n stemburo waar geen voorsiening vir ' n stembus vir afwesige kiesers gemaak is nie, sy gemerkte stembrief in ' n afwesige kieser se stembriefkoevert en maak dit toe waama hy die
266 .
koevert aan die kiesbeampte, voorsittende beampte of stemopnemer, na gelang van die geval , handig en die kiesbeampte, voorsittende beampte of stemopnemer moet verseker dat die aldus toegemaakte koevert in ' n plek van veilige bewaring gehou word. " Artikel agt-en-veertig van die Proklamasie word hierby 14. gewysig deur sub-artikel ( 1) deur die volgende sub- artikel te vervang:
,,( 1) By die stemburos verskaf ingevolge artikel vier of vyf in die ses- en-twintig in artikel drie bedoelde stemdistrikte begin die stemming om seweuur in die oggend en sluit om ses-uur in die aand van stemdag , en by alle ander stemburos verskaf ingevolge artikel vyf dwarsdeur die Republiek buitekant die Transkei , begin die stemming om sewe-uur in die oggend en sluit om nege-uur in die aand van stemdag: Met dien verstande dat die Minister by kennisgewing in die Staatskoerant die stemure by die stemburos wat hy vermeld, kan verleng: Met dien verstande verder dat in 'n registrasiedistrik waarin geen addisionele stemburo ingevolge artikel vyf verskaf is nie, stemming slegs gedurende kantoorure gehou word. " 15.
Artikel nege-un-veertig van die Proklamasie word
hierby deur die volgende artikel vervang: " Verklaring 49. Iedere kiesbeampte, voorsittende beampte, van geheim- stemopnemer, kandidaat of sy agent, getuie houding. of enige ander persoon of beampte (behalwe 'n polisiebeampte ) wat geregtig is om in ' n stemburo of by die tel van stemme teenwoordig te wees, lê voor die aanvang van stemming, en iedere telbeampte lê voor die aanvang van die tel van stemme in die voorgeskrewe vorm 'n verklaring van geheimhouding af as hy 'n kiesbeampte is voor ' n vrederegter of ' n kommissaris van ede of, as hy nie ' n kiesbe ampte is nie , voor ' n vrederegter of ' n kommissaris van ede of voor ' n kiesbeampte of voorsittende beampte wat hierby gemagtig word om sodanige eed af te neem. "
16.
Artikel vier-en-vyftig van die Proklamasie word hier-
by gewysig -
267.
Wysiging van artikel 48 van Proklamasie No. R. 142 van 1963, soos vervang deur Proklamasie No. R.301 van 1963.
Wysiging van artikel 49 van Proklamasie No. R. 142 van 1963, soos gewysig deur Proklamasie No. R.301 van 1963.
Wysiging van artikel 54 van Proklamasie No.
R.142 van 1963, soos vervang deur Proklamasie No. R.301 van 1963.
(a) deur in sub-artikel (3) die woorde ,,druk hy onmiddellik onder die registrasie - endossement die amptelike merk in die kieser se bewysboek" deur die woorde ,,stempel hy die amptelike merk in die kieser se bewysboek, endosseer die datum van die verkiesing daaroor" te vervang; en (b) deur aan die begin van sub-artikel (4) die woorde ,, Behoudens die bepalings van artikel ses-en-veertig ter", in te voeg.
Wysiging van artikel 57 van Proklamasie No. R.142 van 1963 , soos gewysig deur Proklamasie No. R.301 van 1963.
17. Artikel sewe-en-vyftig van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig deur paragrawe (b), (c), (d ) en (e) van sub-artikel (1) deur die volgende paragrawe te vervang :
,,(b) die afwesige kiesers se stembrief koeverte , indien enige bevattende gemerkte stembriewe; (c) die ongebruikte en bedorwe stembriewe en ongebruikte en bedorwe aangebode stembriewe , bymekaar geplaas ; (d) die teenblaaie van gebruikte stembriewe en van gebruikte aangebode stembriewe ; (e) die gemerkte afskrifte van die kieserslyste ; (f) die verklarings van geheimhouding; ".
Vervanging van artikel 59 van Proklamasie No. R.142 van 1963.
18. Artikel nege-en-vyf tig van die Proklamasie word hierby deur die volgende artikel vervang : ,,Hoe stemme 59. ( 1 ) In die geval van ' n algemene verkiesing getel moet of ' n verkiesing om meer as een toevallige vakaword. ture in die verteenwoordiging van ' n afdeling in die Vergadering te vul word die stembriewe vir die doeleindes van tel , bymekaar gebind in pakke van vyftig (aan elk waarvan 'n onderskeidende nommer toegeken word) en daarna word die getal stemme vir elke kandidaat aangeteken en gekontroleer .
(2) In die geval van ' n verkiesing om slegs een toevallige vakature in die verteenwoordiging van ' n afdeling in die Vergadering te vul, word die stembriewe ten gunste van elke kandidaat bymekaar in pakke van vyftig gebind. "
268.
19.
Artikel een-en-sestig van die Proklamasie word hier
by deur die volgende artikel vervang: Nadat die tel van stemme ten opsigte van ,,Uitslag van 61. tel aan verbedoelde kiesafdeling voltooi is en in teenwoorkiesingsbedigheid van die kandidate of hulle agente, vol. ampte. tooi die kiesbeampte die voorgeskrewe vorm deur en die uitslag van die tel daarin aan te teken plaas dit in ' n koevert wat aan die verkiesingsbeampte geadresseer is, verseel dit en stuur dit sonder versuim per aangetekende pos aan die geadresseerde en stel bedoelde geadresseerde onmiddellik telegrafies in kennis van die volledige uitslag van die tel: Met dien vertande dat in die telegram die persoonsnommers en name van al die kandidate verstrek moet word en die getal stemme deur hulle gekry in woorde sowel as in syfers verstrek moet word. ".
Vervanging va artikel 61 van Proklamasie No. R.142 van 1963, soos vervang deur Proklamasie No. R.301 van 1963.
Artikel twee-en-sestig van die Proklamasie word hier20. by gewysig deur die woorde ,, stuur sodanige pakkette per geregistreerde pos aan die verkiesingsbeampte wat hulle vir 'n tydperk van ses maande moet bewaar en daarna vernietig" deur die woorde ,,bewaar hulle vir 'n tydperk van ses maande waarna hy hulle vernietig" te vervang, en deur die woorde ,,by enige daaropvolgende verkiesing gebruik kan word" deur die woorde ,,per aangetekende pos aan die verkiesingsbeampte gestuur word" te vervang.
Wysiging van artikel 62 van Proklamasie No.R.142 van 1963, soos vervang deur artikel 4 ven Wet No. 4 van 1964.
21. Artikel drie-en-sestig van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig -
Wysiging van artikel 63 van Proklamasie No. R.142 van 1963.
(a) deur in sub-artikel ( 1 ) die woorde ,,betrokke hoofkiesbeampte" deur die woorde ,, verkiesingsbeampte" te vervang; en (b) deur in sub- artikel (2) die woorde ,, stuur dit aan die verkiesingsbeampte " deur die woorde ,, bewaar die pakket vir ' n tydperk van ses maande waarna hy dit vernietig" te vervang.
Artikel vier-en-sestig van die Proklamasie work hierby deur die volgende artikel vervang: 22.
,,Verkiesings- 64. ( 1 ) By ontvangs van al die telegramme van beampte stel Kennisgewing vanaf distrikte waar stemme ten vas hoeveel stemme elke opsigte van ' n kiesafdeling uitgebring is, en kandidaat in daardie kies nie eerder nie, stel die verkiesings beampte ,
269.
Vervanging van artikel 64 van Proklamasie No. R. 142 van 1963.
afdeling gekry het enverklaar kandidate behoorlik verkose.
in die teenwoordigheid van die kandidate of hulle agente wat teenwoordig mag wees , vas hoeveel stemme elke kandidaat in daardie afdeling gekry het en verklaar onverwyld die getal kandidate , gelyk aan die getal lede wat vir daardie afdeling by bedoelde verkiesing verkies moet word en wat die meeste stemme gekry het, tot behoorlik verkose lede van die Wetgewende Vergadering. (2) As die volle getal kandidate wat aldus verkose verklaar moet word, nie bepaal kan word nie weens gelyke getalle stemme , verklaar die verkiesingsbeampte onverwyld die getal kandidate wat wel bepaal kan word, behoorlik verkose en dat ' n getal toevallige vakatures , gelyk aan die verskil tussen die getal kandidate aldus behoorlik verkose verklaar en die getal lede wat vir daardie kiesafdeling verkies moet word in bedoelde kiesafdeling bestaan. (3) Nadat hy die verklaring voorgeskryf in sub-artikel (1 ) of (2) , na gelang van die geval , gemaak het dra die verkiesingsbeampte die inhoud van sodanige verklaring by wyse van 'n telegram aan die hoof kiesbeampte van die betrokke afdeling oor wat by ontvangs van die telegram van advies , 'n soortgelyke verklaring maak."
Vervanging van artikel 65 van Proklamasie No. R. 142 van 1963
23. Artikel vyf-en-sestig van die Proklamasie word hierby deur die volgende artikel vervang: ,,Gelyke ge- 65. ( 1 ) Indien by 'n verkiesing vir die aanvulling talle stemme by 'n verkies- van ' n toevallige vakature , enige kandidate vir ing vir die verkiesing ' n gelyke getal stemme ontvang het aanvulling van' en die uitslag van die verkiesing daardeur beintoevallige 'n vakature. vloed word, verklaar die verkiesingsbeampte dat daar geen verkiesing was nie en in so ' n geval begin al die handelinge wat op so ' n verkiesing betrekking het, weer van vooraf, op presies dieselfde wyse asof 'n vakature ontstaan het. (2) Nadat hy die verklaring in sub-artikel (1) voorgeskryf gemaak het, dra die verkiesingsbeampte die inhoud van sodanige verklaring by wyse van 'n telegram aan die hoofkiesbeampte van die betrokke afdeling oor wat by ontvangs
270.
van die telegram van advies, ' n soortgelyke verklaring maak. ".
Artikel ses-en-sestig van die Proklamasie word hier24. by deur die volgende artikel vervang:
Vervanging van artikel 66 van Proklamasie No. R. 142 van 1963.
66. (1) Sodra die name en adresse van die ,,Bekendmaking van persone wat by ' n algemene verkiesing vir die vame van verkose lede. verskillende kiesafdelings van die Transkei behoorlik verkies is of die naam en adres van 'n persoon wat by 'n verkiesing om 'n toevallige vakature aan te vul behoorlik verkies is, bekend is, laat die verkiesingsbeampte die volle naam en adres van elke sodanige verkose lid tesame met die datum waarop hy behoorlik verkies is en die naam van die afdeling wat hy verteenwoordig by kennisgewing in die Staatskoerant publiseer .
(2) Die verkiesingsbeampte moet die besonderhede in sub-artikel (1) vermeld aan die Voorsitter van die Wetgewende Vergadering oordra. ".
25. Artikel een-en-tagtig van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig deur paragraaf (d) deur die volgende paragraaf te vervang:
Wysiging van artikel 81 van Proklamasie No. R. 142 van 1963.
,,(d) die verwydering van die naam van enige persoon van ' n register van kiesers bewerkstellig, wetende dat daardie persoon geregtig is op opneming van sy naam in daardie register; ".
Die Eerste Bylae van die Proklamasie word hierby
26.
gewysig -
(a)
deur in die ,,Lys van Voorgeskrewe Vorms in die Eerste Bylae van hierdie Proklamasie " die be skrywing van vorm T.C. 20 deur die volgende beskrywing te vervang: ,,Uitslag van tel deur kiesbe"" en deur die woord ampte aan verkiesings beampte vorm T.C. 21 ,,versending" in die beskrywing van deur die woord ,,vernietiging" te vervang;
(b)
deur in vorms T.C. 5, T.C. 6, T.C. 7 , T.C. 9 en T.C. 12 die woord ,,kieserslys ", oral waar dit voor-
271 .
Wysiging van die Eerste Bylae van Proklamasie No. R.142 van 1963, soos gewysig deur Proklamasie No. R.301 van 1963.
kom , deur die woorde ,,register van kiesers " te vervang;
(c)
deur in voetnota (i) van vorm T.C. 15 die woorde ,,in die afwesigheid van sodanige kandidaat " te skrap;
(d)
deur in vorm T.C. 16 na die woorde ,, gelees het” die woorde ,,of wat aan my voorgelees is" in te voeg;
(e)
deur in vorm T.C. 20 die woord ,,Hoofkiesbeampte " deur die woord ,,Verkiesingsbeampte" te ver vang, deur die woord ,, Kiesafdeling" waar dit die eerste maal voorkom te skrap en deur die woorde ,,vir die verkiesing van 'n lid/lede* van die Wetgewende Vergadering vir u kiesafdeling in my registrasiedistrik die volgende kandidaat (date ) die getalle stemme teenoor sy/hulle* name genoem, gekry het" deur die uitdrukking ,, in my registrasiedistrik vir die verkiesing van ' n lid/lede van die Wetgewende Vergadering vir die kiesafdeling...... die volgende kandidaat ( date) die getal stemme teenoor sy/hulle* name genoem, gekry het" te vervang; deur in vorm T.C. 21 die woorde ,,Die Verkiesingsbeampte❞ deur die woorde ,, Verkiesingsdokumente " en die woord ,, Versendingsdatum " deur die woorde ,,Datum vernietig te word" te vervang, en deur die byvoeging van die volgende voetnota aan bedoelde vorm :
(f)
L.W. Hierdie dokumente moet ses maande na bogenoemde datum van stemming vernietig word. " Kort titel.
27 . Hierdie Wet heet die Wysigingswet op die Transkeise Kieswet, 1965.
272.
UMTH ETHO WE 9 1965
UMTHETHO
Wokufaka imibandela kwimithetho yotywala obunxilisayo njengoko ithi jsebenze eTranskei.. (Obhalwe ngesiBnulu usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe) (Uvunywe nge 30/3/66) KUQINGQWA UMTHETHO YIPREZIDANTI YOMBUSO NENDLU YOWISO-MITHETHO YASETRANSKEI , ngolu hlobo lulandelayo:-
1. Isiqendu sokuqala semimiselo epapashwe ngokweSihlokomiso-mithetho soTywala saMazwana aPhesheya kweNciba esinguNamba 333 sowe 1949 (esibizwa apha ngezantsi njengeSihlokomiso-mthetho) ngokwenjenje sifakelwa imibandela (a) ngocimo lwengcaciso-gama weeMantyi";
elithi
"uMongameli
(b) ngokubeka endaweni yengcaciso yegama elithi "bumlahlekile" le ngcaciso ilandelayo: ukuthi " bumlahlekile' kuya kuthetha ukuthi bumlahlekile baza bawela kuRulumente waseTranskei ; " ; (c) ngokubeka endaweni yengcaciso "yotywala besiXhosa" le ngcaciso ilandelayo: " "utywala besiXhosa ' buya kuthetha (a) isiselo ekuqheleke ukuba senziwe ngokusila amazimba, umbona okanye nakuphi na ukutya okuziinkozo nesinealkoholi engengaphezulu ngevolyum kwesibini ekhulwini; kunye (b) nayiphi na enye into ebilileyo ebutywala obunxilisayo ene-alkoholi engengaphezulu ngevolyum kwesibini ekhulwini angathi uMphathiswa wezeMithetho ngamaxesha ngamaxesha ngesaziso eGazethini yoBurulumente yaseTranskei ayibhengeze ngokuba butywala besiXhosa ukulungiselela iinjongo zale mimiselo; "; (d) ngocimo lwengcaciso yeli binzana lentetho: "incwadi yokukhululwa " ;
(e) ngofako emva kwengcaciso yeli gama: " IMantyi " Iwale ngcaciso ilandelayo : " "umntu' uquka ugunya.ziwe wesizwe okanye wenqila; "; (f) ngokubeka kwingcaciso yeli binzana lentetho: "inkantini yezidlo yebutho " endaweni yamagama
273.
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 1 seSihlokomiso-mthetho No. 333 sowe 1949, njengoko sifakelwe imibandela siSihlokomisomthetho No. 78 sowe 1954.
athi "aMabutho oKhuselo IweloMdibaniso okanye aMabutho aseMhlabeni, eLwandle okanye eMoyeni kaKumkani , la magama athi "Umkhosi wokhuselo loMzantsi- Afrika ” ; (g) ngokufaka emva kwengcaciso yeli binzana lentetho: "Inkantini yezityo yamapolisa " le ngcaciso-magama ilandelayo: "ugunyaziwe wenqila' uya kuthetha ugunyaziwe wenqila osekwe ngumthetho okanye ngokomthetho nawuphi na; 'uSibakhulu ' uya kuthetha uSibakhulu wezeMithetho; " ;
(h) ngocimo lwengcaciso-magama athi lweyo";
" umntu owale-
(i) ngokubeka endaweni yengcaciso-gama elithi " aMazwana aPhesheya kweNciba ” le ngcaciso ilandelayo yamagama: " iTranskei ' iya kuthetha ilizwe ekuthiwa yiTranskei nelichazwe esiqendwini sesibini soMthetho osiSiseko solawulo eTranskei , 1963 (uMthetho Namba 48 wowe 1963), " ugunyaziwe wesizwe' uya kuthetha ugunyaziwe wesizwe osekwe ngumthetho okanye ngokomthetho nawuphi na; ".
Ufako-mbandela esiqendwini sesi 3 seSihlokomisomthetho No. 333 sowe 1949.
2. Isiqendu sesithathu seSihlokomiso -mthetho ngok wenjenje sifakwa imibandela ngokubeka endaweni yesiqendwana (3) esi sigendwana silandelayo : "(3) (a) Elawulwa yimigaqo yomhlathi (b) wesi siqendwana , uSibakhulu uya kuba namandla okuvuma okanye okwalela nasiphi na isicelo semvume entsha yokurweba okanye yohlaziyo , utshintshelo okanye yokususwa kwayo nayiphi na imvume ekhoyo yorwebo, kwaye ke ngokubhekiselele kwisicelo ngokwesiqendu samashumi amabini anesihlanu, uya kuba namandla okuphelisa ngoko nangoko loo mvume yorwebo okanye okuwisa (okwenza) isithintelo, umyalelo okanye umgaqo angewenzile entlanganisweni yokuqwalasela nasiphi na isicelo semvume entsha yorwebo okanye sohlaziyo , utshintshelo okanye ukususwa kwemvume ekhoyo yorwebo. (b) Ukuvunywa ngu Sibakhulu kwaso nasiphi na isicelo selayisensi yevenkile entsha yokuthengisa utywala okanye ihotele esenziwe ngumntu ongengomntu untsundu, njengoko kuchazi weyo esiqendwini samashumi
274.
asixhenxe anesithathu soMthetho osi Siseko soLawulo eTranskei, 1963 (uMthetho wa 48 wowe 1963) , kuya kufuneke kuqiniselwe nguMphathiswa wezeMithetho ongathi yena ngokubona kwakhe akuqinisele ukunikwa kwayo nayiphi na imvume enjalo yorwebo aze ke yena awise (enze) isithintelo, umyalelo okanye umga qo, okanye anike ilungelo angelinikile okanye elenzile ngokubona kwakhe uSibakhulu .
(c) Nasiphi na isithintelo, umyalelo okanye umgaqo owisiweyo okanye ilungelo elinikiweyo nguMphathiswa wezeMithetho ngokomhlathi (b) liya kuthatyathwa ukulungiselela iinjongo zale mimiselo ngokuba lenziwe okanye linikwe nguSibakhulu . " Isiqendu sesithandathu seSihlokomiso-mthetho ngokwenjenje 3. sifakelwa umbandela ngokufaka emva komhlathi (g) wesiqendwana (1) lo mhlathi ulandelayo:
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 6 seSihlokomiso-mthetho No. 333 sowe 1949.
"(h) imvume yorwebo eyodwa yexeshana yotywala obunxilisayo eya kubizelwa iR10 ( ishumi leerandi ) ngo suku ngalunye . " Isiqendu sesixhenxe seSihlokomiso -mthetho ngokwenjenje 4. sifakelwa imibandela -
(a) ngokubeka emhlathini ( a) wesiqendwana (4) endaweni yamagama athi "aMabutho oKhuselo 1weloMdibaniso okanye aMabutho aseMhlabeni , eLwandle okanye eMoyeni kaKumkani , la magama athi : "Umkhosi woKhuselo loMzantsi -Afrika" ; (b) ngokubeka emhlathini (b) wesiqendwana (4) endaweni yeli gama: " Amabutho " la magama : "Umkhosi woKhuselo loMzantsi - Afrika" ; (c) ngokongezelela apho esi siqendwana silandelayo : "(6) ( a) imvume eyodwa yexeshana yorwebo ngotywala obunxilisayo iya kunikwa kuphela unobhala womboniso owenziwe ngenjongo enonyaniseko kuyo . (b) uSibakhulu angathi nangaliphi na ixesha aqwalasele isicelo semvume eyodwa yexeshana yorwebo ngotywala obunxilisayo waye engagunyazisa uniko Iwaloo mvume okwethuba naphantsi kwemigaqo nezithintelo angazibona zifanele . (c) Imvume eyodwa yexeshana yorwebo ngo-
275 .
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 7 se. Sihlokomiso-mthetho No. 333 sowe 1949.
tywala obunxilisayo iya kuba nokunikwa yildantyi eya kubhala kwelinye icala loxwebhu 1welayisensi leyo izithintelo nemigaqo ewiswe nguSibakhulu ngokomhlathi (b). ".
Ufako-m bandela kwisiqendu 10 seSihlokomiso- mthetho No. 333 sowe 1949.
5. KwiSiqendu seshumi seSihlokomiso-mthetho kufakwa umbandela ngokucima emhlathini (f) wesiqendwana ( 1) eli gama lithi "ongeMhlophe" .
Uroxiso lwesiqendu 12 seSihlokomisomthetho No. 333 sowe 1949.
6. Isiqendu seshumi elinambini seSihlokomiso-mthetho ngokwenj enje siyaroxiswa
Ukubeka isiqendu endaweni yesiqendu 13 seSihlokomisomthetho No. 333 sowe 1949, njengoko sifakelwe imibandela siSihlokomiso -mthetho No. R. 177 sowe 1962.
7. Esi siqendu silandelayo ngokwenjenje sibekwa endaweni yesiqendu seshumi elinesithathu seSihlokomiso- mth etho:
" Ukuthe- (a) ngisa kungengangamvume yorwebo .
13. ( 1) Nawuphi na ke umntu oya kuthi athengise, arwebe okanye akhuphele abanye utywala obunxilisayo ngaphandle kwel ayisensi uya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho waye ke ekugwetyweni umelwe kukuba adliwe imali engengaphezulu kweR1,000 ( iwaka leerandi) okanye afakwe entolongweni ithuba elingengaphaya kweminyaka emihlanu okanye amelwe kukuba ohlwaywe ngezo zohlwayo zozibini. (2) Ekugwetyweni kwaloo mntu bonke u-
tywala obunxilisayo obufunyenwe kuye buya kuthi ngenxa yoko bube bumlahlekile : Kodwa ke, makuqondakale nje ukuthi xa sukuba inguye nawuphi na umntu ogunyazisi weyo ngokufanelekileyo ukuba alwenzelwe uhlaziyo lwelayisensi , kodwa ke abe usilele ukukwenza oko kwangoko ekupheleni kwexesha lelayisensi yakhe engaphambili , ukulahlekwa kwakhe ke bobo tywala buxeliweyo kuya kuxhomekeka ekuboneni kwekundla. (3) Okokuba ke nawuphi na umntu ongenamvume yorwebo ngoty wala (a) unomqondiso nawuphi na webhodi okanye isaziso esizeni esinendlu okanye kufuphi nesiza akuso esixela ukuba unelayisensi , okanye (b) unendlu
okanye
isiza
ekukho
kuso
indawo yoselo-tywala okanye indawo eneembodlela, iifatyi okanye iiglasi eziboniswe
276 .
apho ngendlela eyenza umntu ukuba akholwe ngokufanelekileyo ukuba utywala obunxilisayo buyathengiswa okanye bunikwa abantu apho, okanye (c) uthenga nangaliphi na ithuba elithile okanye esizeni akuso okanye kuye okanye phantsi kolawulo Iwakhe , unotywala obungaphezulu koko kweemfuneko zakhe ezifanelekileyo okanye zomzi wakhe okanye zakhe nawuphi na omnye umntu ohlala kweso siza, oko kuya kuthaty athwa ngokuba bubungqina obusekuhleni bokre qo-migaqo yesiqendwana (1) sesi siqendu .
(4) Nangona ke kukho nayiphi na enye into enxaxhileyo koku nakuwuphi na umthetho okanye isaziso soluntu esingakhutshwayo sisenza umnyinyivana ngokunika abantu elinye ithutyana amabathathe ngalo iilayisensi , akukho thuba linjalo liya kuvunyelwa ukuhlaziya iilayisensi zotywala kodwa ke imigaqo yesiqendwana ( 1 ) sési siqendu iya kuqalisa ukusebenza kwangoko ekupheleni kwalo naliphi na ithuba ekuthathelwa lona nayiphi na ilayisensi yotywala obunxilisayo. ". 8. Isiqendu seshumi elinesihlanu se Sihlokomiso -mthetho ngokwenjenje sifakelwa umbandela ngokubeka endaweni yomhlathi (a) lo mhlathi ulandelayo :
9.
"(a) inxila elibekelwe izithintelo ngokwemigaqo yesiqendu samashumi amabini anantathu, okanye" . seSihlokomisoseshumi Kwisiqendu elinesithandathu
mthetho ngokwenjenje ku fakwa , imibandela (a) ngocimo lomhlathi (a) wesiqendwana (1) ; (b) ngocimo emhlathini (h) wesiqendwana ( 1) lwegama elithi "ongeMhlophe " ; (c) ngocimo emhlathini ( 1 ) wesiqendwana ( 1 ) lwegama elithi: "okanye" ; (d) ngocimo lwemihlathi (j ) no (k) yesiqendwana ( 1) ; na (e) ngocimo lwesiqendwana (3) .
277.
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 15 seSihlokomiso-mthetho No. 333 sowe 1949.
Ufako-m bandela kwisiqendu 16 seSihlokomiso-mthetho No. 333 sowe 1949, njengoko sifakelwe imibandela ziZihlokomiso mthetho No. 78 sowe 1954 no-No. R.177 sowe 1964.
Ufako-mbandela kwisigendu 16 kabini seSihlokomiso-mthetho No. 333 sowe 1949, nj engoko sifakelwe imibandela siSihlokomiso-mthetho No. R. 177 sowe 1962.
10. Kwisiqendu seshumi elinesithandathu kabini seSihlokomiso-mthetho ngokwenjenje kufakwa umbandela ngokucima imihlathi (b) no (c) yesiqendwana (1).
seSihlokomiso-mthetho
Uroxiso lwe sigendu 17 seSihlokomisomthetho No. 333 sowe 1949 njengoko sifakelwe imibandela ziZihlokomiso-mthetho No. 135 sowe 1957 noNo. R.177 sowe 1962.
11. Isiqendu seshumi elinesixhenxe ngokwenjenje siyaroxiswa.
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 18 seSihlokomiso-mthetho No. 333 sowe 1949.
12. Kwisiqendu seshumi elinesibhozo se Sihlokomiso -mthetho ngokwenjenje kufakwa Imibandela (a) ngokucima kwisigendwana ( 1) igama elithi " umLungu" naphina apho libonakala khona; na (b) ngocimo kwisigendwana ( 2) Iwamagama athi "uthengo, ukuba nabo , uthwalo ",
Uroxiso 1weziqendu 19, 20 , 21 nesama 22 zeSihlokomiso-mthetho No. 333 sowe 1949, nj engoko sifakelwe imibandela ziZihlokomiso-mthetho oNamba 135 sowe 1957 no- R.144 sowe 1962. Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 23 seSihlokomiso-mthetho No. 333 sowe 1949.
13. Ezi ziqendu: eseshumi elinethoba, esamashumi amabini, esamashumi amabini ananye nesamashumi amabini anambini zesi Sihlokomiso-mthetho n gokwenjenje ziyaroxiswa.
14. Isiqendu samashumi amabini anantathu seSihlokomisomthetho ngokwenjenje sifakwa umbandela ngobeko lwesi siqendwana silandelayo endaweni yesiqendwana (4) : ་ ་ (4) Nawuphi na umntu owalelweyo ukuthengiselwa , ukuba kuziswe kuye okanye ukufunyaniswa utywala obunxilisayo ngokwesi si qendu nothi asele utywala okanye afunyanwe enabo uya kuba netyala lokwaphul ' umthetho waye emelwe ekugwetyweni kukuba adliwe imali engengaphezulu kwama R50 (amashumi amahlanu eerandi ) okanye ekungaphumelelini ukuyihlawula loo mali , amelwe kukuba afakwe entolongweni ithuba elingengaphezulu kweenyanga ezintathu .'
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 24 seSihlokomiso-mthetho No. 333 sowe 1949.
15. Isiqendu samashumi amabini anesine mthetho ngokwenjenje sifakelwa imibandela -
seSihlokomiso-
(a) ngocimo kwisiqendwana ( 1 ) lwala magama : " okanye
278 .
ishumi elinethoba";
(b) ngocimo lwesiqendwana ( 2); na (c) ngokubeka kwisi qendwana (3) endaweni yamagama athi: "isiqendu seshumi elinesithathu neseshumi elinethoba la magama athi : “isiqendu seshumi elinesithathu".
Esi seqendu silandelavo ngokwenjenje sibekwa endaweni 16. yesiqendu samashumi amabini anesithandathu seSihlokomisomthetho: 26. ( 1) Nawuphi na umntu onelayisensi okanye "Amalungelo okugxotha. umenzeli okanye umkhonzi wakhe angala ukunika nawuphi na umntu utywala obunxilisayo, waye angala nokwala ukungenisa okanye angathi agxothe esizeni ekunikwe ngokumalunga naso ilayisensi yakhe nawuphi na umntu onxilileyo okanye osisidlova , osisithanda-kulwa okanye osisinyophonyopho , nokokuba unxilile nokokuba akanxilile , kunye nawuphi na umntu ongathi ngobukho bakhe esizeni sakhe amenze okokuba abesesichengeni sokohlwaywa phantsi kwale mimiselo . (2) Nawuphi
na
ke
umntu
onjalo ,
Ukubeka isiqendu endaweni yesiqendu 26 seSihlokomisomthetho No. 333 sowe 1949 njengoko sifakelwe imibandela siSihlokomiso-mthetho No. R.177 sowe 1962.
othi
ekucelweni nguloo mntu unelayisensi okanye umenzeli okanye umkhonzi wakhe okanye naliphi na ipolisa ukuba aphume kweso siza , aze ale okanye angaphumeleli ukukwenza oko , uya kuba netyala lokwaphul'umthetho aze athi ekugwetyweni kwakhe amelwe kukuba adliwe imali engengaphezulu kwama R50 ( amashumi amahlanu eerandi) okanye ekungahlawulini loo mali , amelwe kukuba afakwe entangeni ithuba elingengaphezulu kweenyanga ezintathu . (3 ) Onke amapolisa ngesicelo esinam andla saloo mntu unel ayisensi , umenzeli okanye umkhonzi afanelwe kukuba agxothe okanye ance dise ekugxotheni wonke umntu onjalo kwezo ziza, aye engathi asebenzise isinyanzelo esingathi sifuneke ngokufanelekileyo ukufeza loo
njongo. " Isiqendu samashumi amabini anesixhenxe seSihlokomiso17. mthetho ngokwenjenje sifakelwa imibandela (a) ngobeko endaweni yesiqendwana ( 1 ) Iwesi siqendwana silandelayo : 279.
Ufako-mibandela kwis iqendu 27 seSihlokomiso-mthetho No. 333 sowe 1949 njengoko sifakwe imibandela siSihlokomiso -mthetho No. 78 sowe 1954.
"(1) Wonke umntu onelayisensi uya kugcina ingolunye lweelwimi zombuso incwadi yempahla ngokwiSihlomelo (kwiSixokokwendlela eboniswe mezelelo) ' G' eya kwenza ukuba njengoko kunokwenzeka onke amaxesha kube nokuqinisekiswa okongezelelwayo , okuthaty athwayo empahleni yakhe kunye nemeko yangoku sithethayo yempahla yakhe , kunye ke nomqulu wotywala obuthengwa kuhanjwe nabo obonisa ezi ngongoma zingezantsi apha ngentengiso nganye yotywala kumntu ngamnye oqhele ukuthenga apho isixa seegaloni ezimbini okanye isihlandlo esinye ngaphezulu nangasiphi
(a) umhla nexesha lentengiso , (b) igama ne- adresi yom thengi , kunye (c) nesixa, inkcazo nexabiso lotywala obuthengisiweyo. "; na (b) ngocimo lwesiqendwana (5).
Ukubeka isiqendu endaweni yesiqendu 29 se Sihlokomisomthetho No. 333 sowe 1949.
Esi siqendu silandelayo ngokwenjenje sibekwa endaweni 18. yesiqendu samashumi amabini anethoba se Sihlokomiso-mthetho :
Ufako-mbandela kwisigendu 31 seSihlokomiso -mthetho No. 333 sowe 1949.
19. Isiqendu samashumi amathathu ananye seSihlokomisomthetho ngokwenjenje apha sifakwa umbandela ngobeko kwisiqendwana (3) endaweni yala magama: " isiNgesi okanye isiBhulu❞ lweli gama : “ zoburulumente ” .
Ufako-mbandela a kwisigendu 33 se Silokomiso-mthetho No. 333 sowe 1949 , njengoko sifakwe imibandela siSihlokomiso . mthetho No.R.177 sowe 1962.
20. Kwisiqendu samashumi amathathu anesithathu seSihlokomiso-mthetho ngokwenjenje kufak wa umbandela -
"Iintengiso nguMsila wenkundla okanye Ligosa loXolo eliphethe ezoBulungisa eMthethweni .
Nangona kukho nakuphi na na okunye okungavumelaniyo noku kule mi miselo , kuya kuba semthethweni ukuba naliphi na igosa loxolo eliphethe ezobulungisa ngomyalelo wenkundlamatyala, umsila wenkundla okanye nawuphi na omnye umntu owenza into ngegunya layo nayiphi inkundla, iJaji , okanye uMantyi okanye naliphi na igosa leSebe lorafiso ngeempahla ezivela ngaphandle ekuqhubeni umsebenzi walo lithengise utywala ngentengiso yesidlangalala okanye ngokubun ikela ngokubuthengisa nakuwuphi na umntu ongenguye umntu owalel weyo ngokwesiqendu samashumi amabini anantathu. "
(a) ngocimo lwesi qendwana ( 1); (b) ngokucima kwisi qendwana ( 2) amagama athi : "oka-
280.
nye igunya elilodwa " naphina khona;
apho abonakala
(c) ngocimo lwesiqendwana (3); na-
(d) ngocimo kwisiqendwana (4 ) lwala magama "umntu owalelweyo okanye " kunye nala magama "owaleIweyo okanye". Isiqendu samashumi amathathu anane seSihlokomiso21. mthetho ngokwenjenje sifakwa umbandela ngokubeka kwisiqendwana (2) endaweni yegama elithi " Edityanisiweyo " igama elithi "yaseTranskei ” .
Ufako-mbandela kwisiqendu 34 seSihlokomiso-mthetho No. 333 sowe 1949.
22. Izihlomelo A, B, C , D, E , no F ze Sihlokomiso-mthetho ngokwenjenje ziyacinywa.
Ucimo lwezinye iZihlomelo zeSihlokomiso-mthetho No. 333 sowe 1949 , njengoko sifakwe imibandela siSihlokomiso-mthetho No. 78 sowe 1954.
Kulawu wa yimi gaqo engaphambili yalo Mthetho , iSihloko23. miso-mthetho ngokwenjenje sifakelwa imibandela ngokubeka
Ubeko-mag ama endaweni yala magama: "uMongameli weeMantyi" kunye "naMazwana aPhesheya kweNciba" kwisihlomelo No. 333 sowe 1949.
(a) endaweni yala magama: "uMon gameli weeMantyi " , apho abonakala khona, eli gama: naphina “uSibaknulu ” . (b) nasendaweni yala magama: " aMazwana aPhesheya kweNciba" , naphina apho abonakala khona , eli gama: "iTranskei " .
24.
Isihlokomiso-mthetho No. R. 177 sowe 1962 ngokwenjenje siyaroxiswa.
Uroxiso 1weSihlokomiso-mthetho No. R. 177 sowe 1962.
25. Lo Mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuba nguMthetho wo Fakomibandela kwiMithetho yoTywala yase Transkei , 1965.
Intlokwana.
ļ
281 .
ACT NO.9 OF 1965 .
ACT
To amend the liquor laws in so far as they apply to the Transkei, (Afrikaans Text signed by the State President) (Assented to 30/3/66) BE IT ENACTED BY THE STATE PRESIDENT AND THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY , as follows : -
Amendment of section 1 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949, as amended by Proclamation No. 78 of 1954.
1.
Section one of the regulations published under the Transkeian Territories Liquor Proclamation No. 333 of 1949 (hereinafter referred to as the Proclamation) is hereby amended (a) by the deletion of the definition of " Chief Magistrate";
(b) by the substitution for the definition of "forfeited" of the following definition: " " "forfeited' shall mean forfeited to the Government of the Transkei; "; (c) by the substitution for the definition of "kaffir beer" ofthe following definition: " " "kaffir beer' shall mean · (a) the drink commonly brewed from kaffir corn, millet or other grain and containing not more than two per cent by volume of alcohol ; and (b) any other fermented liquor containing not more than two per cent by volume of alcohol which the Minister of Justice may from time to time by notice in the Official Gazette of the Transkei declare to be kaffir beer for the purposes of these regulations; "; (d) by the deletion of the definition of "letter of exemption"; (e)
by the insertion after the definition of “Magistrate” of the following definition : "person' includes a tribal or regional authority; ";
(f) by the substitution in the definition of "regimental canteen" for the words "Union Defence Forces or His Majesty's Land, Naval or Air Forces " of the words " South African Defence Force " ; (g) by the insertion after the definition of "police canteen" of the following definitions : " "regional authority ' shall mean a regional autho-
rity established by or under any law; 'Secretary' shall mean the Secretary for Justice; "; (h) by the deletion of the definition of "prohibited person "; (i) by the substitution for the definition of "Transkeian Territories" of the following definitions: " ""Transkei ' shall mean the territory named the Transkei and described in section two of the Transkei Constitution Act, 1963 (Act No. 48 of 1963);t tribal authority ' shall mean a tribal authority established by or under any law; " ;
.2. Section three of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the substitution for sub- section (3) of the following subsection: "(3) (a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this sub-section, the Secretary shall have the power to grant or to refuse any application for a new licence or for the renewal, transfer or removal of any existing licence and, in respect of an application under section twenty -five, to cancel the licence concemed forthwith or to impose such restriction , direction or condition as he may have imposed at a meeting for the consideration of any application for a new licence or the renewal, transfer or removal of an existing licence. (b) The granting by the Secretary of any application for a new bottle store or hotel licence made by a person other than a Bantu person , as defined in section seventy-three of the Transkei Constitution Act, 1963 (Act No. 48 of 1963), shall be subject to confirmation by the Minister of Justice who may in his discretion confirm the granting of any such licence and himself impose such restriction , direction or condition, or grant such privilege as in his opinion the Secretary ought to have imposed or granted. (c) Any restriction, direction or condition imposed or privilege granted by the Minister of Justice under paragraph (b) shall , for the purposes of these regulations , be deemed to have been imposed or granted by the Secretary. ".
283.
Amendment of section 3 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949.
Amendment of section 6 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949.
Amendment of section 7 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949.
3. Section six of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the insertion after paragraph (g) of sub- section (1) of the following paragraph : "(h) A special temporary liquor licence for which there shall be charged R10 (ten rand) for each day. ”.
4.
Section seven of the Proclamation is hereby amended (a) by the substitution in paragraph (a) of sub-section (4) for the words "Union Defence Forces or His Majesty's Land, Naval or Air Forces " of the words "South African Defence Force "; (b) by the substitution in paragraph (b) of sub- section (4) for the word "Forces" of the words " South African Defence Force "; (c) by the addition thereto of the following sub- section: "(6) (a) A special temporary liquor licence shall only be granted to the secretary of a bona fide exhibition or agricultural show . (b) The Secretary may consider an application for a special temporary liquor licence at any time and may authorise the issue of such licence for such period and subject to such restrictions and conditions as he may think fit. (c) A special temporary liquor licence shall be issuable by the Magistrate who shall endorse thereon the restrictions and conditions imposed by the Secretary in terms of paragraph (b). ".
Amendment of section 10 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949.
5. Section ten of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the deletion in paragraph (f) of sub- section ( 1) of the word "non-European".
Repeal of section 12 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949.
6.
Substitution of section 13 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949 , as amended by Proclamation No. R.177 of 1962 .
7. The following section is hereby substituted for section thirteen of the Proclamation : " Dealing without licence.
Section twelve of the Proclamation is hereby repealed .
13. (1) Any perso who shall sell , deal in or disn o a b g s a licen pose of liquor witho ut ce hall e uilty f n to a fine not excee and liable on convi offen ction dce for r ) or to impri ing R1000 (one thous sonme and and s ntfine o t b y f a perio not excee d ding ive ears r o oth uch and such impri . sonme nt
284 .
(2) Upon conviction of such person all liquor found in his possession shall ipso facto be forfeited: Provided that, in the case of any person who has been duly authorised to obtain the renewal of a licence but has omitted to do so immediately on expiry of his previous licence , the forfeiture of the said liquor shall be in the discretion of the court. (3) If any unlicensed person (a) has any sign or notice upon or near his premises purporting that he is licensed, or (b) has a house or premises fitted up with a bar or other place containing bottles , casks or vessels so displayed as to induce a reason, able belief that liquor is sold or served therein, or (c) purchases during any specific period or has on his premises or in his possession or under his control , more liquor than is reasonably required for himself or his household or for any other person residing on such premises, the fact shall be deemed to be prima facie evidence of a contravention of sub- section ( 1 ) of this section. (4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any law or public notice that may be issued allowing a period of grace for the taking out of licences , no such period shall be allowed for the renewal of liquor licences but the provisions of sub-section ( 1) of this section shall come into operation immediately upon the expiry of any period for which any liquor licence is taken out. ". 8. Section fifteen of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the substitution for paragraph (a) of the following paragraph: "(a) an intemperate restricted under the provisions of section twenty-three, or"
Amendment of section 15 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949,
9. ed -
Amendment of section 16 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949, as amended by Proclamations Nos. 78 of 1954 and R. 177 of 1962.
Section sixteen of the Proclamation is hereby amend-
(a) by the deletion of paragraph (a) of sub-section ( 1); (b) by the deletion of paragraph (h) of sub- section ( 1 ) of the word "non-European"; (c) by the deletion in paragraph ( i) of sub- section ( 1) of the word "or";
285 .
(d) by the deletion of paragraphs (j) and (k) of subsection (1); and (e) by the deletion of sub-section (3).
Amendment of section 16 bis of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949, as inserted by Proclamation No. R.177 of 1962 .
10. Section sixteen bis of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the deletion of paragraphs (b) and (c) of sub-section (1).
Repeal of section 17 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949 , as amended by Proclamations Nos. 135 of 1957 and R.177 of 1962.
11. repealed.
Section seventeen of the Proclamation is hereby
Amendment of section 18 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949 .
12. amended -
Section
eighteen of the
Proclamation is hereby
(a) by the deletion in sub-section ( 1 ) of the word " European " wherever it occurs; and (b) by the deletion in sub- section (2) of the words "purchase, holding, conveyance ".
Repeal of sections 19, 20, 21 and 22 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949, as amended by Proclamations Nos. 135 of 1957 and R.177 of 1962.
13. Sections nineteen, twenty, twenty-one and twentytwo of the Proclamation are hereby repealed.
Amendment of section 23 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949.
14. Section twenty-three of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the substitution for sub-section (4 ) of the following sub-section: "(4) Any person to whom the sale , delivery or supply of liquor has been forbidden under this section and who consumes or is found in possession of liquor shall be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding R50 (fifty rand ) or in default of payment imprisonment for a period not exceeding three months . " .
Amendment of section 24 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949.
15. amended -
Section twenty-four of the Proclamation is hereby
(a) by the deletion in sub-section ( 1) of the words "or nineteen";
286 .
(b)
by the deletion of sub- section (2); and
(c) by the substitution in sub- section (3 ) for the words "sections thirteen and nineteen" of the words "section thirteen".
16. The following section is hereby substituted for section twenty- six of the Proclamation : 26 . " Rights ( 1) Any licence-holder or his agent or servant of ejectmay refuse to serve any person with liquor ment. and may also refuse to admit to or may turn out of the premises in respect of which his licence is granted any person who is drunk or who is violent, quarrelsome or disorderly, whether drunk or not , and any person whose presence on his premises would subject him to a penalty under these regulations .
Substitution of section 26 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949, as amended by Proclamation No. R. 177 of 1962.
(2) Any such person who , upon being requested by such licence- holder or his agent or servant or any policeman to quit such premises , refuses or fails to do so , shall be guilty of an offence and liable on conviction to a fine not exceeding R50 (fifty rand) or in default of payment to imprisonment for a period not exceeding three months. (3) All policemen are required on the demand of such licence-holder, agent or servant to expel or assist in expelling every such person from such premises and may use such force as may be reasonably necessary for that purpose . "
17. Section twenty- seven of the Proclamation is hereby amended (a) by the substitution for sub- section ( 1 ) of the following sub-section: "(1) Every licence-holder shall keep in one of the official languages a stock -book in the form set out in Annexure ' G' as will enable at all times the additions to , the takings from , and the present position of his stock to be as far as practic able ascertained and an off- sales register showing in respect of every sale of liquor to any one customer at any one time in a quantity of two gallons; or more (a) the date and time of the sale , (b) the name and address of the purchaser , and (c) the quantity, description and price of the liquor sold . " ; and 287.
Amendment of section 27 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949, as amended by Proclamation No. 78 of 1954.
(b) by the deletion of sub-section (5) . Substitution of section 29 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949.
18. The following section is hereby substituted for section twenty-nine of the Proclamation : "Sales by 29. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary Sheriff or in these regulations , it shall be lawful for any sheriff, messenger. nessenger or any other person acting under the authority of any court, Judge or Magistrate or any Customs Officer in the discharge of his duty to sell liquor by public auction or by tender to any person who is not a person forbidden under section twenty-three. "
Amendment of section 31 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949.
19. Section thirty-one of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the substitution in sub- section ( 3) for the words "English or Afrikaans " of the word "official ".
Amendment of section 33 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949, as amended by Proclamation No. R.177 of 1962.
20. amended -
Amendment of section 34 of Proclamation No. 333 of 1949.
21. Section thirty-four of the Proclamation is hereby amended by the substitution in sub- section ( 2) for the word "Consolidated " of the word "Transkeian ".
Deletion of certain Annexures to Proclamation No. 333 of 1949, as amended by Proclamation No. 78 of 1954. Substitution of words "Chief Magistrate' and "Transkeian Territories" in Proclamation No. 333 of 1949 .
Repeal of Proclamation No. R.177 of 1962 . Short title .
Section thirty-three of the Proclamation is hereby
(a) by the deletion of sub-section (1 );. (b) by the deletion in sub-section (2) of the words "or special authority " wherever they occur; (c) by the deletion of sub -section ( 3) ; and (d) by the deletion in sub-section (4) of the words "prohibited person or" and the words "prohibited or" .
22. Annexures A, B , C , D, E and F tothe Proclamation are hereby deleted.
23. Subject to the preceding provisions of this Act, the Proclamation is hereby amended by the substitution (a) for the words "Chief Magistrate " , wherever they occur, of the word "Secretary"; and (b) for the words "Transkeian Territories" , wherever they occur , of the word " Transkei ” .
24.
Proclamation No. R. 177 of 1962 is hereby repealed.
25. This Act shall be called the Transkeian Liquor Laws Amendment Act, 1965.
288 .
WET NO. 9 WET VAN 1965 . Tot wysiging van die drankwette vir sover hulle op die Transkei van toepassing is. (Afrikaanse Teks deur die Staats president geteken) (Goedgekeur 3 0/3/66 ) DAAR WORD DEUR DIE STAATSPRESIDENT EN DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING VERORDEN, soos volg:-
Artikel een van die regulasies afgekondig by die 1. Drankproklamasie vir die Transkeigebied No. 333 van 1949 (hieronder die Proklamasie genoem) word hierby gewysig (a) deur die omskrywing van ,,Hoofmagistraat" te skrap; (b) deur die omskrywing van ,, verbeurdverklaar" deur die volgende omskrywing te vervang: verbeurdverklaar aan die ,,,verbeurdverklaar ', Regering van die Transkei;" (c) deur die omskrywing van ,,kafferbier " deur die volgende omskrywing te vervang: ,,,kafferbier' (a) die drank wat gewoonlik van kafferkoring,
giers of ander graan gebrou word en wat hoogstens twee persent alkohol per volume bevat; en (b) enige ander gegiste drank wat hoogstens twee persent alkohol per volume bevat en wat die Minister van Justisie van tyd tot tyd by kennisgewing in die Amptelike Koerant van die Transkei verklaar kafferbier vir die doeleindes van hierdie regulasies te wees; (d) deur die omskrywing van ,,vrystellingsbrief" te skrap; (e) deur na die omskrywing van magistraat die volgende omskrywing in te voeg: ,,, persoon ', ook ' n stam- of streeksowerheid; " (f) deur in die omskrywing van regimentskantien " die woorde ,,Sy Majesteit se Land- see- of Lugmag" deur die woorde ,,Suid-Afrikaanse Weermag" te vervang; (g) deur na die omskrywing van ,,polisiekantien " die volgende omskrywings in te voeg: ,,,Streeksowerheid', ' n streeksowerheid deur of
289.
Wysiging van artikel 1 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949, soos gewysig by Proklamasie No. 78 van 1954.
kragtens enige wet ingestel; , Sekretaris', die Sekretaris van Justisie;"; (h) deur die omskrywing van ,,verbode persoon " te skrap; ( i) deur die omskrywing van ,,Transkeigebied ” deur die volgende omskrywings te vervang: ,,,Transkei ', die gebied wat die Transkei genoem word en in artikel twee van die Transkeise Grondwet, 1963 (Wet No. 48 van 1963) beskryf word; ,stamowerheid' , ' n stamowerheid deur of kragtens enige wet ingestel ; " ;
Wysiging van artikel 3 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949 .
2. Artikel drie van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig deur sub-artikel (3) deur die volgende sub- artikel te vervang: (3) (a) Behoudens die bepalings van paragraaf (b) van hierdie sub-artikel het die Sekretaris die bevoegdheid om ' n aansoek om 'n nuwe lisensie of om die die hernuwing, oordrag of verplasing van ' n bestaande lisensie toe te staan of te weier, en ten opsigte van 'n aansoek ingevolge artikel vyf-en-twintig, om die betrokke lisensie dadelik in te trek of om sodanige beperking, voorskrif of voorwaarde op te le as wat hy by ' n vergadering vir die oorweging van 'n aansoek om 'n nuwe lisensie of die hernuwing, oordrag of verplasing van ' n bestaande lisensie kon opgele het. (b) Die toestaan deur die Sekretaris van ' n aansoek om ' n nuwe drankwinkel- of hotelisensie wat gedoen word deur iemand wat nie ' n Bantoepersoon is soos in artikel drie-en- sewentig van die Transkeise Grondwet , 1963 (Wet No. 48 van 1963) omskryf nie , is onderworpe aan bekragtiging deur die Minister van Justisie wat na goeddunke die verlening van sodanige lisensie kan bekragtig en self sodanige beperking, voorskrif of voorwaarde kan ople of sodanige voorreg kan verleen as wat die Sekretaris volgens sy mening moes opgele of verleen het. (c) ' n Beperking , voorskrif, voorwaarde of Voorreg wat deur die Minister van Justisie ingevolge paragraaf (b) opgele of verleen is , word vir die doeleindes van hierdie regulasies geag deur die Sekretaris opgelê of verleen te gewees het . ”
290.
3. Artikel ses van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig deur in sub-artikel ( 1) na paragraaf (g) die volgende paragraaf in te voeg:
Wysiging van artikel 6 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949.
(h) ' n Spesiale tydelike dranklisensie waarvoor R10 (tien rand) per dag betaalbaar is. ".
4.
Artikel sewe van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig (a) deur in paragraaf (a ) van sub-artikel (4 ) die woorde ,,Unieverdedigingsmag of Sy Majesteit se Land- , See of Lugmag" deur die woorde ,, Suid-Afrikaanse Weermag" te vervang;
Wysiging van artikel 7 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949.
(b) deur die volgende sub- artikel daaraan by te voeg: ,,(6) (a) ' n Spesiale tydelike dranklisensie word slegs aan die sekretaris van ' n bona fide skou of landboutentoonstelling uitgereik. (b) Die Sekretaris kan te eniger tyd ' n aansoek om 'n spesiale tydelike dranklisensie oorweeg en kan die uitreiking van so ' n lisensie vir sodanige tydperk en onderworpe aan sodanige beperkings en voorwaardes as wat hy mag goedvind , magtig. (c) ' n Spesiale tydelike dranklisensie word deur die magistraat uitgereik en hy endosseer daarop die beperkings en voorwaardes wat ingevolge paragraaf ( b) deur die Sekretaris opgele is . "
5. Artikel tien van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig deur in paragraaf ( f) van sub- artikel ( 1) die woord ,, nie- blanke " te skrap .
Wysiging van artikel 10 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949.
6. roep .
Artikel twaalf van die Proklamasie word hierby her-
Herroeping van artikel 12 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949.
7. Artikel dertien van die Proklamasie word hierby deur die volgende artikel vervang: ,,Handel 13. ( 1 ) Iemand wat sonder lisensie drank verkoop, sonder verhandel of van die hand sit, is skuldig aan ' n mislisensie" dryf en by skuldigbevinding strafbaar met ' n boete van hoogstens R1000 (een duisend rand) of met gevangenisstraf van hoogstens vyf jaar of met sowel die boete as die gevangenisstraf.
Vervanging van artikel 13 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949 .
(2) By skuldigbevinding van so ' n persoon word alle drank in sy besit ipso facto verbeurdverklaar: Met dien verstande , dat in die geval van ' n persoon wat behoorlik gemagtig is om die hernuwing van ' n
291 .
lisensie te verkry maar versuim het om dit onmiddellik na die verstryking van sy vorige lisensie te verkry, die verbeurdverklaring van gemelde drank aan die goeddunke van die hof oorgelaat word.
(3) Indien ' n ongelisensieerde persoon (a) 'n uithangbord of kennisgewing op of naby sy perseel het wat te kenne gee dat hy gelisensieer is, of (b) ' n gebou of perseel het wat ingerig is met 'n kroeg of ander plek bevattende bottels , ankers of vate wat so uitgestal word dat dit redelikerwys aanleiding gee tot die vermoede dat drank daarin verkoop of bedien word, of (c) gedurende enige bepaalde tydperk meer drank koop, of op sy perseel of in sy besit het as wat redelikerwys benodig word deur homself, sy huisgesin of enige ander persoon wat op sodanige perseel woon, word die feit geag prima facie bewys te wees van ' n oortreding van sub- artikel ( 1 ) van hierdie artikel.
(4) Ondanks andersluidende bepalings in enige wet of openbare kennisgewing wat afgekondig mag word en waarkragtens ' n respyttydperk vir die verkryging van lisensies toegelaat word, word geen sodanige tydperk vir die hernuwing van dranklisensies toegelaat nie , maar die bepalings van sub- artikel ( 1 ) van hierdie artikel tree in werking onmiddellik na verstryking van die tydperk waarvoor ' n dranklisensie verkry is. ". Wysiging van artikel 15 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949.
8. Artikel vyftien van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig deur paragraaf (a ) deur die volgende paragraaf te vervang:
Wysiging van artikel 16 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949, soos gewysig by Proklamasie Nos. 78 van 1954 en R.177 van 1962.
Artikel 9. gewysig -
,,(a) 'n onmatige persoon wat kragtens artikel drie-entwintig beperking opgelê is , of" . sestien
van
die
Proklamasie
word hierby
(a) deur paragraaf (a) van sub- artikel ( 1 ) te skrap ;
(b) deur in paragraaf (h) van sub-artikel ( 1 ) die woord ,,nie-blanke " te skrap; (c) deur in paragraaf (i ) van sub- artikel ( 1) die woord
292.
,, of" , waar dit die tweede keer voorkom , te skrap ;
(d) deur paragrawe (j ) en (k) van sub- artikel ( 1 ) te skrap; en (e) deur sub- artikel (3) te skrap .
10. Artikel sestien bis van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig deur paragrawe (b) en (c) van sub- artikel ( 1 ) te skrap.
11.
Artikel sewentien van die Proklamasie word hierby
Herroeping van artikel 17 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949, soos gewysig by Proklamasies Nos. 135 van 1957 en R. 177 van 1962.
Artikel agtien van die Proklamasie word hierby ge-
Wysiging van artikel 18 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949 .
herroep .
12. wysig -
Wysiging van artikel 16 bis van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949, soos ingevoeg by Proklamasie No. R.177 van 1962 .
(a) deur in sub- artikel ( 1) die woord ,, blanke " , oral waar dit voorkom , te skrap ; en (b) deur in sub- artikel ( 2) die woorde ,, gekoop , gehou , vervoer" te skrap.
13. Artikels negentien, twintig, een- en-twintig en tweeen-twintig van die Proklamasie word hierby herroep.
14. Artikel drie-en-twintig van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig deur sub- artikel ( 4) deur die volgende sub- artikel te vervang: ,,(4) Iemand aan wie die verkoop, lewering of verskaffing van drank ingevolge hierdie artikel verbied is en wat drank verbruik of in wie se besit drank gevind word, is skuldig aan ' n misdryf en by skuldigbevinding strafbaar met ' n boete van hoogstens R50 (vyftig rand) of by wanbetaling met gevangenisstraf van hoogstens drie maande .
293.
Herroeping van artikels 19 , 20, 21 en 22 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949 , soos gewysig by Proklamasies Nos. 135 van 1957 en R.177 van 1962. Wysiging van artikel 23 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949.
Wysiging van artikel 24 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949.
15. Artikel vier-en-twintig van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig (a) deur in sub- artikel ( 1 ) die woorde ,, of neëntien” te skrap;
(b) deur sub-artikel (2) te skrap; en (c) deur in sub-artikel (3) die woorde ,, artikels dertien en neëntien" deur die woorde ,, artikel dertien" te vervang.
Vervanging van artikel 26 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949, soos gewysig by Proklamasie No. R.177 van 1962.
16. Artikel ses-en-twintig word hierby deur die volgende artikel vervang :
,,Reg van uitsetting .
26.
( 1 ) ' n Lisensiehouer of sy agent of dienaar kan weier om iemand met drank te bedien en kan ook iemand wat dronk is of wat geweld pleeg of rusiemakerig is of hom wanordelik gedra , of hy dronk is of nie , en enigeen wie se teenwoordigheid op die perseel hom strafbaar maak ingevolge hierdie regulasies, toegang weier tot en uitsit uit die perseel ten opsigte waarvan sy lisensie toegestaan is; (2) 'n Persoon wat aldus deur die lisensiehouer, sy agent of dienaar of ' n polisiebeampte versoek is om die perseel te verlaat en wat weier of versuim om dit te doen, is aan ' n misdryf skuldig en by skuldigbevinding strafbaar met 'n boete van hoogstens R50 (vyftig rand ) of by wanbetaling met gevangenisstraf van hoogstens drie maande. (3) Van alle polisiebeamptes word vereis om op versoek van so ' n lisensiehouer, agent of dienaar elke sodanige persoon uit die perseel uit te sit of te help uitsit en hulle kan soveel geweld gebruik as wat vir die doel redelik nodig mag wees . " .
Wysiging van artikel 27 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949, soos gewysig by Proklamasie No. 78 van 1954.
17. Artikel sewe- en-twintig van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig (a) deur sub- artikel ( 1 ) deur die volgende sub- artikel te vervang : ,, ( 1 ) Elke lisensiehouer hou in een van die amp-
294.
telike tale ' n voorraadboek in die vorm wat in Aanhangsel , G ' aangegee word sodat die byvoegings by, die verwyderings uit en die huidige toestand van sy voorraad altyd sover moontlik presies vasgestel kan word, en ' n buiteverbruik register wat, ten opsigte van elke verkoop van drank aan 'n bepaalde klant op ' n bepaalde tyd in ' n hoeveelheid van twee gellings of meer , aandui (a) die datum en tyd van verkoop , (b) die naam en adres van die koper, en (c) die hoeveelheid, beskrywing en prys van die drank verkoop "; en
(b) deur sub- artikel (5) te skrap . 18. Artikel nege-en-twintig word hierby deur die volgende artikel vervang: 29. ,,Verkope Ondanks andersluidende bepalings in hierdie deur is ' n baljie , geregsbode of ander persoon regu lasi es Balju of wat kragtens die magtiging van ' n hof, regter , of magiGeregsbode . straat optree of ' n doeanebeampte by die uitvoering van sy plig wettiglik bevoeg om drank per openbare veiling of per tender te verkoop aan iemand wat nie ' n persoon is wat kragtens artikel drie-en-twintig verbied is nie .
Vervanging van artikel 29 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949.
19. Artikel een-en-dertig van die Proklamasie word hierby gewysig deur in sub-artikel (3 ) die woorde ,, Engels en Afrikaans" deur die woorde ,, die amptelike tale " te vervang.
Wysiging van artikel 31 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949 .
word
Wysiging van artikel 33 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949, soos gewysig by Proklamasie No. R. 177 van 1962.
Artikel 20. hierby gewysig -
(a)
drie-en-dertig
van
die
Proklamasie
deur sub- artikel ( 1) te skrap;
(b) deur in sub- artikel (2) die woorde ,, of ' n spesiale magtiging", oral waar hulle voorkom, te skrap; (c) deur sub- artikel (3) te skrap ; en (d) deur in sub- artikel (4) die woorde ,, verbode persoon of" en die woorde ,, verbode persoon " , oral waar hulle voorkom , te skrap . Artikel vier-en-dertig van die Proklamasie word 21. hierby gewysig deur in sub- artikel (2) die woord "" Gekonsolideerde" deur die woord ,, Transkeise" te vervang .
295.
Wysiging van artikel 34 van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949.
Skrapping van sekere Aanhangsels van Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949, soos gewysig by Proklamasie No. 78 van 1954.
22. Aanhangsels A, B, C, D, E en F van die Proklamasie word hierby geskrap .
Vervanging van woorde ,,Hoofmagistraat" en ,,Transkeigebied" in Proklamasie No. 333 van 1949.
Onderworpe aan die voorafgaande bepalings van 23. hierdie Wet, word die Proklamasie hierby gewysig (a) deur die woord ,, Hoofmagistraat" , oral waar dit voorkom , te vervang deur die woord ,, Sekretaris " ; en (b) deur die woord ,,Transkeigebied" , oral waar dit voorkom , te vervang deur die woord ,, Transkei ” .
Herroeping van Proklamasie No. R.177 van 1962.
Kort titel.
24.
Proklamasie No. R.177 van 1962 word hierby herroep.
25. Hierdie Wet heet die Wysigingswet op die Transkeise Drankwette , 1965.
296.
UMTHETHO UMTHETHO
WE 10 1965 .
Wokulungiselela uhlawulo Iwezibonelelo zexeshana ezizodwa kwabathile bepenshini nokuqinisa iintlawulo ezingekho mgaqweni zezo zibonelelo , ukuguqula izambuku-mali zeepenshini ezithile emazihlawul we abemi baseTranskei nokulungiselela imicimbi enxibelelene noko. (Obhalwe ngesi Bhulu usayinwe yiPrezidanti yeSizwe) (Uvunywe ngomhla we-9 Septemba , 1965 ) UMTHETHO OWENZIWA YIPREZIDANTI YESIZWE NEPALAMENTE YASETRANSKEI ngulo: 1. Kulo Mthetho, okanye (i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
ngaphandle kokuba umxholo uqondisa
"ipenshini " ithetha ipenshini yabagugileyo, ipenshini yemfama okanye uncedo-mali ngobu1welwe ; "owepenshini " uthetha ummi waseTranskei omakahlawulwe ipenshini ngolweMithetho yePenshini ; "Imithetho yePenshini " ithetha uMthetho weePenshini zokuguga , 1962 (uMthetho wa 38 wowe 1962), uMthetho weeMfama, 1962 (uMthetho wa 39 wowe 1962) noMthetho woNcedomali ngobulwelwe , 1962 (uMthetho wa 41 wowe 1962); "uSibakhulu" uthetha uSibakhulu wezaseKhaya.
2. ( 1) Ukususela kumhla wokuqala kuTshaziimpuzi /kuAprili 1965 kuse kowama kuze kubandakanywe nowama 30 kuSeptemba/kweyoMsintsi , 1965, owepenshini ngamnye uya kuhlawulwa kwiimali ezabel we oko yiNdlu yoWiso-mithetho , isibonelelo sexeshana esisodwa esibalwa ngomlinganiso oziirandi ezintlanu ezineesenti ezilishumi ngonyaka.
(2) Isibonelelo ngokwesiqendwana selungelweni loxhanyulwa (a)
Ingcac is omagama.
( 1)
siya
kuba
ngokubhekiselele nakuwuphi na umntu obengowepenshini ngosuku lokuqala kwekaTshaziimpuzi/kuAprili , 1965 , ukususela kuloo mhla; na -
297.
Isibone lelo sexeshana esisodwa sabepenshini.
(b)
ngokubhekiselele
nakuwuphi
na
umntu o-
ba okanye obe ngowepenshini emva kusuku lokuqala kuTshaziimpuzi , 1965, ukususela ngomhla wokuba selungelweni lokuxhanyulwa kwepenshini yakhe.
Uqiniso-zint lawulo zesibonelelo sexeshana esisodwa.
3. Uhlawulo naku wuphi na umntu wepenshini nangaliphi na ixesha eliqingqiweyo elingaphambili kosuku lokuqala kuTshaziimpuzi, 1965 Iwesi bonelelo sexeshana esisodwa esibalwa ngomlinganiso ongengaphezulu kulowo umiselwe sisiqendu sesibini ngokwenjenje kuyaqiniswa.
Isambuku- mali sepenshini emasihlawulwe abepenshini.
4. (1) Nangona kukho okunye okungangqinelaniyo noku eMithethweni yePenshini , ipenshini emayihlawulwe nawuphi na owepenshini ukususela kusuku lokuqala kweyeDwara/ Oktobha, 1965, iya kuthi ilawulwa yimigaqo yesi siqendu ibe seso sambuku angathi uSibakhulu asibone sifanelekile , sanele ekuthatheleni kwakhe ingqalelo iimeko zalowo wepenshini, kodwa ke ayiyi kuba ngaphezulu kwesambuku esibalwe ngomlinganiso oziirandi ezili 12 ngonyaka. (2) Ngaphezulu kwale penshini kulungiselelwe yona , kwaye ke ukususela kulo mhla ukhankanyiweyo kwisiqend wana ( 1) , kuya kuhlawulwa nakuwuphi na umntu omakahlawulwe ipenshini ngokweso siqendwana isi bonelelo samashumi amathathu anesibini eerandi aneesenti ezing amashumi amane ngonyaka. (3) Akukho penshini ihlawulwa ngokwesiqendwana ( 1) iya kuba gomlinganiso oya kwenza ingenelo okanye aphila ngako owepenshini , kunye nepenshini kube ngaphaya kwamashumi amabini anesine eerandi ngonyaka .
uphambukileyo .
5.
Akukho nto ikulo Mthetho iya kuthatyathwa (a)
njengengangqinelaniyo nemigaqo yemithetho yePenshini ngaphandle kwaloo migaqo iphathelele kwisam buku-mali sepenshini , ipenshini eyongezelelweyo nebhaso emalihlawulwe nawuphi na owepenshini ;
(b)
njengechaphazela
298.
imeko
yakhe
nawuphi
na
umntu emakuhlawulwe kuye ipenshini ngomhla wamashumi amathathu kweyoMsintsi/kuSeptemba, ngokusebenzisa ingongoma esisiseko ethi ingenelo yaloo mntu okanye aphila ngako kukunye nepenshini akusayi kuba ngaphezulu kwamashumi amathathu anesith andathu eerandi ngomnyaka: Kodwa ke makuqondakale ukuthi isambuku-mali ethi kratya ngaso ipenshini enjalo kwishumi elinambini leerandi siya kutsalwa kwisibonelelo emasihlawulwe loo mntu ngokwesiqen dwana ( 2) sesiqendu sesine.
6. Lo mthetho uya kubizwa ngokuthi nguMthetho weePenshini waseTranskei , 1965.
299.
Intloko emfutshane.
ACT NO . 10 OF 1965 .
ACT
To provide for the payment of temporary special alfowances to certain pensioners and to validate irregular payments of such allowances , to vary the amounts of certain pensions payable to citizens of the Transkei and to provide for matters incidental thereto . (Afrikaans Text signed by the State President) (Assented to 9th September , 1965 ) BE IT ENACTED BY THE STATE PRESIDENT AND THE TRANSKEIAN LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY, as tollows : -
Definitions.
1.
In this Act, unless the context otherwise indicates · (i)
"pension" means an old age pension, a blind person's pension or a disability grant; "pensioner" means a citizen of the Transkei (ii) to whom a pension is payable in terms of the Pension Laws; "Pension Laws " means the Old Age Pensions (iii) Act, 1962 (Act No. 38 of 1962) , the Blind Persons Act, 1962 (Act No. 39 of 1962), and the Disability Grants Act, 1962 (Act No. 41 of 1962); (iv) "Secretary" means the Secretary for the Interior.
Temporary special allowance for pensioners .
2. (1) With effect from the first day of April , 1965 and up to and including the thirtieth day of September, 1965 there shall be paid to every pensioner, from moneys appropriated by the Legislative Assembly for the purpose, a temporary special allowance calculated at the rate of five rand and ten cents per annum . (2) An allowance in terms of sub-section ( 1) shall accrue (a)
(b)
in respect of any person who was a pensioner on the first day of April , 1965, as from that date; and in respect of any person who becomes or became a pensioner after the first day of April , 1965, as from the date of accrual of his pension.
300.
3. The payment to any pensioner during any period prior to the first day of April, 1965 of a temporary special allowance calculated at a rate not exceeding the rate prescribed by section two is hereby validated.
Validation of payments of temporary special allowance.
4. ( 1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Pension laws contained, the pension payable to any pensioner with effect from the first day of October, 1965 shall, subject to the provisions of this section, be of such amount as, having regard to the circumstances of such pensioner, the Secretary deems reasonable and sufficient, but shall not exceed an amount calculated at the rate of twelve rand per annum .
Amount of pension payable to pensioners.
(2) In addition to the pension provided for, and with effect from the date mentioned, in sub-section ( 1) , there shall be paid to any person to whom a pension is payable under that sub-section an allowance of thirty-two rand and forty cents per annum .
(3) No pension paid under sub- section ( 1) shall be at such a rate as will make the pensioner's income or means, together with the pension , exceed twenty-four rand per annum. 5.
Nothing in this Act contained shall be construed (a)
(b)
6. 1965.
Savings .
as derogating from the provisions of the Pension laws other than those provisions which relate to the amount of the pension , additional pension and bonus payable to any pensioner; as affecting the position of any person to whom, on the thirtieth day of September, 1965, a pension is payable on the basis that such person's income or means together with the pension shall not exceed thirty-six rand per annum: Provided that the amount by which any such pension exceeds twelve rand shall be set off against the allowance payable to that person in terms of sub- section ( 2) of section four.
This Act shall be called the Transkei Pensions Act,
301 .
Short title .
WET NO . 10 VAN 1965 .
WET
Om voorsiening te maak vir die betaling van tydelike spesiale toelaes aan sekere pensioentrekkers en om onreelmatige betalings van sodanige toelaes te wettig, om die bedrae van sekere pensioene betaalbaar aan burgers van die Transkie te verander en om vir daarmee in verbandstaande aangeleenthede voorsiening te maak. (Afrikaanse Teks deur die Staatspresident geteken) (Goedgekeur op 9 September 1965 ) DAAR WORD DEUR DIE STAATSPRESIDENT EN DIE TRANSKEISE WETGEWENDE VERGADERING VERORDEN , soos volg: Woordomskrywing .
1. Tensy uit die samehang anders blyk, beteken in hierdie Wet · (i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Tydelike spesiale toelae vir pensioentrekkers .
,,pensioen" ' n ouderdomspensioen, die pen. sioen van ' n blinde persoon of ' n ongeskiktheidstoelae; ,,pensioentrekker" ' n burger van die Transkei aan wie ' n pensioen ingevolge die Pensioenwette betaalbaar is ; ,,Pensioenwette " die Ouderdomspensioenwet, 1962 (Wet No. 38 van 1962) , die Wet op Blindes , 1962 (Wet No. 39 van 1962) en die Wet op Ongeskiktheidstoelaes , 1962 (Wet No. 41 van 1962); ,,Sekretaris " die Sekretaris van Binnelandse Sake.
2. (1) Met ingang van die eerste dag van April 1965 en tot en met die dertigste dag van September 1965 word daar aan elke pensioentrekker, uit gelde vir die doel deur die Wetgewende Vergadering bewillig , ' n tydelike spesiale toelae betaal bereken teen vyf rand en tien sent per jaar. (2) 'n Toelae ingevolge sub- artikel ( 1) val toe -
(a)
(b)
ten opsigte van iemand wat op die van April 1965 ' n pensioentrekker daardie datum ; en ten opsigte van iemand wat ' n trekker na die eerste dag van April of geword het , vanaf die datum van van sy pensioen.
302 .
eerste dag was , vanaf pensioen1965 word toevalling
3. Die betaling aan 'n pensioentrekker gedurende enige tydperk voor die eerste dag van April 1965 , van 'n tydelike spesiale toelae bereken teen ' n skaal wat nie die skaal by artikel twee voorgeskryf, te bowe gaan nie, word hierby gewettig.
Wettiging van betalings van tydelike spesiale toelae .
4. (1 ) Ondanks andersluidende bepalings van die Pensioenwette , is die pensioen betaalbaar aan ' n pensioentrekker met ingang van die eerste dag van Oktober 1965, onderworpe aan die bepalings van hierdie artikel , 'n bedrag wat die Sek taris , met inagneming van daardie pensioentrekker se omstandighede , redelik en voldoende ag, maar is hoogstens 'n bedrag bereken teen twaalf rand per jaar.
Bedrag van pensioen betaalbaar aan pensioentrekkers .
(2) Benewens die pensioen waarvoor voorsiening gemaak word, en met ingang van die datum vermeld , in sub- artikel (1) word daar aan ien.and aan wie ' n pensioen betaalbaar is, 'n toelae van twee-en-dertig rand en veertig sent per jaar betaal.
(3) ' n Pensioen word nie kragtens sub- artikel ( 1) betaal teen so ' n skaal dat die pensioentrekker se inkomste of middele tesame met die pensioen meer as vier-en-twintig rand per jaar sal bedra nie.
5.
Niks in hierdie Wet vervat, word uitgelê as sou dit afbreuk doen aan die bepalings van die Pensioenwette nie, behalwe daardie bepalings wat in verband staan met die bedrag van die pensioen, bykomende pensioen en bonus betaalbaar aan 'n pensioentrekker; as sou dit die posisie van iemand raak nie
(a)
(b)
•
6.
Voorbehoude .
aan wie, op die dertigste dag van September 1965, ' n pensioen op die basis betaalbaar is dat so ' n persoon se inkomste of middele tesame met die pensioen , nie meer as ses- endertig rand per jaar bedra nie : Met dien verstande dat die bedrag waarmee so ' n pensioen twaalf rand oorskry, verreken word teen die toelae betaalbaar aan daardie persoon ingevolge sub-artikel (2) van artikel vier.
Hierdie Wet heet die Transkei Pensioene Wet 1965.
303 .
Kort titel.
Stanford Law Library
3 6105 063 310 614
Dagbreek (H. & G. )